Deprecated: iconv_set_encoding(): Use of iconv.internal_encoding is deprecated in /home/omeka/oelawhk/application/libraries/Zend/Validate/Hostname.php on line 538

Deprecated: iconv_set_encoding(): Use of iconv.internal_encoding is deprecated in /home/omeka/oelawhk/application/libraries/Zend/Validate/Hostname.php on line 634
<![CDATA[Historical Laws of Hong Kong Online]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/browse/page/41?output=rss2 Mon, 08 Jun 2026 14:20:07 +0800 webadmin@lib.hku.hk (Historical Laws of Hong Kong Online) Zend_Feed http://blogs.law.harvard.edu/tech/rss <![CDATA[STAMP ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1866

Title

STAMP ORDINANCE

Description






CHAPTER 117.

THE STAMP ORDINANCE.

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS.

Section Page
1. Short title ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... .... ... ... 390
2. Collector and assistant collectors ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 390
3. Interpretation ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 390
4. Regulations ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 395
5. Liability to, nature of and time of stamping ... ... 396
6. Excess stamp duty on conveyance ... ... ... ... ... 397
7. Non-admissibility of unstamped instruments ... ... ... ... 397
8. How instruments to be written and stamped ... ... 399
9. Instruments chargeable under more than one headin.g ... 399
10. Facts and circumstances affecting duty to be set forth ... 400
11. Power to call for abstract and evidence ... ... ... ... ... 400
12. Splitting ... ... ... ... ... ... .11 ... ... ... ... ... 400
13. Cancellation of adhesive stamps ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 401
14. Methods of stamping and denoting ... ... ... ... 401
15. Cheques supplied by authorized banks need not bear stamp 402
16. Duplicates and counterparts ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 403
17. Adjudication of duty by Collector ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 403
18. Appeal against assessment ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 404
19. Stamping by special leave ... ... ... ... ... ... 405
20.Effect of non-compliance in case of certain bills of exchange. 406
21. Instruments executed out of the Colony ... ... ... ... ... 406
22. Foreign bills and notes ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 406
23. Bills in sets ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 407
24. Penalty regarding unstamped bill or note ... ... ... ... ... 408
25. Certificates to practise ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 408
26. Exchange contracts . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 409
27. Gifts inter vivos ... ... 410

28. Proxies ... 1 . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... . 411

29. Refusal to give receipt ... ... ... ... ... 412
30. Certain mortgages of shares chargeable as agreements ... 412
31. Share contract notes ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 412





Section Page

32. Passing on of dividends prohibited ..... ... ... ... ... 414

33. Telegraphic transfers ..................... ... ... ... ... 415

34. Ad valorem duty as regards foreign currency ... ... ... 415

35. Ad valorem duty where the consideration consists of shares

or securities ..1 ..................... ... ... ... ... 416

36. Ad valorem duty where the conveyance is in consideration of

debt, etc. to be charged ................... ... ... ... 416
37. Conveyance duty in certain cases .... ... ... ... ... ... ... 416

38. Certain contracts to be chargeable with conveyance duty 417

39. Security for future advances ........... ... ... ... ... ... 419

40. Tontine mortgages ...................... ... ... ... ... ... 419
41. General exemptions ..................... ... ... ... ... ... 419

42. Reassignments and mortgages made for new Grown lease or

exchange ............................... ... ... ... ... 420

43. Instruments confirmatory of transactions during Japanese

occupation ............................. ... ... ... ... 421

44. Attested copies of instruments containing attestation clauses. 421

45. Chinese 'chops' ........................ ... ... ... ... ... 422

46. Responsibility for loss of or damage to instruments 422

47. Liability in the case of corporate bodies and firms ... 422

48. Inspection ............................. ... ... ... ... 122
49. Falsification ... . ................... ... ... ... ... ... 423

50. Limitation of time and consent of Collector ... ... ... 423

51. Penalties .............................. ... .. 423

SCHEDULE.
(Instruments to be stamped, duty payable, time for
stamping and persons liable.)





CHAPTER 117.

STAMP.

To arnend the law relating to stamp duly.

[2nd May 1921.]

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Stamp

Ordinance.

2. (1) The Governor may appoint a Collector and

such assistant collectors as he may deem necessary for the

purposes of this Ordinance.

(2) An assistant collector shall have the same rights

and powers as the Collector.

3. In this Ordinance-

'accident policy Icy' means a policy of insurance for any payment
agreed to be made upon the death of any person only froni
accident or violence or otherwise than from a natural cause, or as
compensation for personal injury;

'bank note' includes-

(a)anv bill of exchange or promissory note issued by any
banker for the payment of money to the bearer on demand;
and

(b)any bill of exchange or promissory note so issued which
entitles or is intended to entitle the bearer or holder thereof,
without indorsement or without any furhter or other
indorsement than may be thereon at the time of the issuing
thereof, to the payment of money on demand, whether the
same be so expressed or not and in whatever form or by
whomsoever the bill or note is drawn or made.,

'banker' means any person or firm carrying on the business of
banking within the Colony;

'bill of exchange' includes cheque circular note, draft, letter of credit,
order, travellers cheque and any instru





ment (except a bank note or comprador order) entitling or
purporting to entitle any person, whether named therein or not, to
payment by any other person of, or to draw upon any other
person for, any sum of money; and the term 'bill of exchange
payable on demand' includes

(a)an order for the payment of any sum of money by a bill of
exchange or promissory note, or for the delivery of any bill
of exchange or promissory note in satisfaction of any sum of
money, or for the payment of any sum of money out of any
particular fund which may or may not be available, or upon
any condition or contingency which may or may not be
performed or happen; and

(b)an order for the payment of any sum of money weekly,
monthly or at any other stated periods, and also an order for
the payment by any person at any time after the date thereof
of any sum of money, and sent or delivered by the person
making the same to the person by whom the payment is to
be made, and not to the person to whom the payment is to
be made, or to any person on his behalf;

'bill of lading' means any instrument signed by the owner or master
of a vessel, or by the agent of the owner, which states that
certain specified goods have been shipped upon a particular
vessel and which purports to set out the terms on which such
goods have been delivered to and received by the vessel;

'charter party' means any instrument for the charter or hiring of any
vessel or of some principal part thereof, and any memorandum,
letter or other writing (otlier than a bill of lading) between the
master or owner of any vessel and any other person for or
relating to the freight or conveyance of any money, goods or
effects on board any vessel;

'cheque' means a bill of exchange drawn on a banker and payable on
demand;

'Collector' means the Collector of Stamp Revenue appointed under
section 2 ;

'comprador order' means an order for the payment of money
addressed to a comprador, and signed by the employer of the
comprador or by some person in common employment with the
comprador;





conveyance on sale' includes every instrument, and every decree or
order of any court, whereby any property except vessels and
shares, or any estate or interest in any property except vessels
and shares, upon the sale thereof, is transferred to or vested in a
purchaser, or any other person on his behalf or by his direction ;

exchange contract' means a contract for the sale aiid purchase of any
sum in any currency other than the currency, of the Colony, but
does not include any contract for the sale of actual coin or
bullion;

'executed' and 'execution' used with reference to instruments not
under seal mean signed and signature respectively ;

'foreclosure order' includes every order or decree for, or having the
effect of an order for, foreclosure ;

'godown warrant' means any document or writing, being evidence of
the title of any person therein named or his assigns, or the holder
thereof, to the property in any goods, wares or merchandise lying
in any godown or dock or upon any wharf, and signed or certified
by or on behalf of the person having the custody of the goods,
wares or merchandise;

'instrument' includes every written document;

'Japanese House Registration Office' means the office in which
during the Japanese occupation of Hong Kong were kept the
registers or records of houses and buildings and documents
relating thereto;

'letter of hypothecation means an ilnstrument accompanying a deposit
with a banker of the documents of title to goods, shares or
marketable securities ;

'life policy' means a policy of insurance upon any life or lives or upon
any event or contingency relating to or depending upon any life
or lives except a policy of insurance against accident;

marine policy' means any insurance (including reinsurance) made
upon any vessel, or upon the machinery, tackle or furniture of
any vessel, or upon any goods, merchandise, or property of any
description whatever on board of any vessel, or upon the freight
of, or any other interest which may be lawfully insured in or
relating to any vessel, and includes any insurance of goods,
merchandise or property for any transit which includes not only a
sea risk, but also. any other risk





incidental to the transit insured from the commencement of the
transit to the ultimate destination covered by the insurance;

marketable security' means a security of such a description as to be
capable of being sold in the stock market in the Colony;

mortage means a security by way of mortgage or equitable mortgage
for the payment of any definite and certain sum of money
advanced or lent at the time, or previously due and owing, or
forborne to be paid, being payable, or for the repayment of money
thereafter to be lent, advanced or paid, or which may become due
upon an account current, together with any sum already
advanced or due, or without, as the case may be, and includes

(a)conditional surrender by way of mortgage, or further charge,
of or affecting any property whatsoever; and

(b)any conveyance of any property whatsoever in trust to be
sold or otherwise converted into money, intended only as a
security, and redeemable before the sale or other disposal
thereof, either by express stipulation or otherwise; and

(c)any instrument for defeating or making redeemable, or
explaining or qualifying any conveyance, transfer or
disposition of any property whatsoever, apparently
absolute, but intended only as a security; and

(d)any instrument relating to the deposit of any title deeds or
instruments constituting or being evidence of the title to any
property whatsoever or creating a charge on any property
whatsoever; and

(e)any mortgage by an equitable owner of his equitable rights;
and

any warrant of attorney to enter up judgment; but does not
include a letter of hypothecation as defined in this section or a
trust receipt given to a banker;

'officer of His Majesty's service' includes every person in the service
of His Majesty in the United Kingdom or in the Colony, and
every person in the employment of any department of the
Government of the United Kingdom or of the Colony;





'partnership instrument' includes every agreement relating to the
formation, continuance, reorganization or dissolution of any
partnership, and every agreement relating to the alteration of any
of the terms of any partnership ;

'person' includes firm

'policy of insurance' includes every instrument whereby any contract
of insurance is made or agreed to be made, or is evidenced;

promissory note' includes every instrument (except a bank note)
containing a promise to pay any sum of money, and a note
promising the payment of any sum of money out of any particular
fund which may or may not be available, or upon any condition or
contingency which may or may not be performed or happen, is to
be deemed a promissory note for that sum of money;

receipt means any instrument, note, memorandum or writing whereby
any money, or any bill of exchange or promissory note for money,
is acknowledged or expressed to have been received or deposited
or paid, or whereby any debt or demand or any part of a debt or
demand is acknowledged to have been settled, satisfied or
discharged or which signifies or imports any such
acknowledgment, and whether the same is or is not signed with
the name of any person;

servant's security agreement' means any instrument by which any
domestic or other servant or clerk or comprador gives security for
the due discharge of his duties or of the duties of other persons
to be employed by him, or for the safe custody of money or
property to be entrusted to him, or for the proper carrying on of
business to be conducted by him, or for the discharge of his
responsibilities arising from such business, whether such
security is given by the binding of other persons or by the
deposit of money or valuable property or by deposit of the title-
deeds to any property or by any assignment;

settlement means any instrument, whether voluntary or upon any
good or valuable consideration, other than a bona fide pecuniary
consideration, whereby any definite and certain principal sum of
money (whether charged or chargeable on lands or not, or to be
laid out in the purchase of lands or not) or any definite and
certain





amount of stock, or any security, is settled or agreed to be settled
in any manner whatsoever;

share.' includes any share in any stocks or funds transfer- E able at the
Bank of England or at the Bank of Ireland, and India promissory
notes, and any share or debenture (being a marketable security) in
the stocks or funds of 'Lily foreign or colonial state or government, or
in the capital, stock or funded debt of any county council,
corporation, company or society in the United Kingdom or in the
Colony, or of any foreign or colonial corporation, company or
society;

share contract note' means the note sent by a broker or agent to his
principal, or by -any person who by way of business deals, or
holds himself out as dealing, as a principal in any shares or
marketable securities, advising the principal or the vendor or
purchaser, as the case may be, of the sale or purchase of any
shares or marketable securities.

4. The Governor in Council may by regulations-
(a) amend any of the provisions of the Schedule

Provided that no such amendment shall have the effect of
increasing any stamp duty specified in the Schedule or of
imposing any new or additional duty not specified therein;

(b)provide that this Ordinance shall apply to the New Territories
with such adaptations as he shall think fit or that instruments
or classes of instruments affecting land in the New Territories
or affecting land therein of a particular character or executed
for a particular purpose shall bear less stamp duty or a lesser
rate of stamp duty than any duty or rate of stamp duty
imposed by or under this Ordinance or that any such
instrument or class of instrument as aforesaid shall be exempt
from starrip duty;

(c)impose any obligations, in addition to those imposed in this
Ordinance and in the Schedule, which the Governor in
Council may deern advisable in connexion with the payment
of stamp duty : Provided that no such obligation shall have
the effect of increasing any stamp duty specified in the
Schedule or of imposing any new or additional duty not
specified therein ;





(d)give directions as to the manner in which any stamp duty
payable under this Ordinance is to be calculated or
ascertained;

(e)prescribe methods of stamping and denoting; and provide
generally for carrying out the objects of this Ordinance.

5. (1) Subject to the exemptions contained in this Ordinance and in
any other enactment, the instruments specified in the Schedule shall
be chargeable with the stamp duties specified in such Schedule.

(2) Subject to the provisions of sections 19, 21, 22 and
24, the points of time before which and the periods of time
within which the respective instruments must be stamped
shall be those specified in the Schedule, and where it 'IS
provided in such Schedule that an instrument is to be
stamped within a certain period of time after execution, the
said period of time shall be reckoned as commencing on the
day after the ex execution of the instrument in question by the
person who first executes it, unless otherwise stated in the
Schedule.

(3) Where in the Schedule it is specified that an instrument is to
be stamped before execution, such instrument must be stamped before
execution by any party thereto.

(4) If any instrument which is chargeable with stamp duty is not
duly stamped, the person or persons respectively specified in the
Schedule as being liable for stamping shall be liable, or jointly and
severally liable, as the case may be, civilly to the Collector for the
payment of the specified duty.

(5) If any instrument which is liable to stamp duty is not duly
stamped, every person specified in the Schedule as being liable for
stamping shall also be deemed to commit an offence.

(6) Where in the Schedule the liability for stamping is imposed
upon more persons than one, every person on whom the said liability
is imposed may, if the instrument is not duly stamped, be proceeded
against either civilly or criminally without reference to any civil liability
of the parties inter se for the payment of the stainp duty.





6. (1) In addition to any stamp duty payable by reason of the last
preceding section there shall be payable also by way of excess stamp
duty on any new conveyance a stamp duty of $3 for every $100 or part
thereof of the amount or value of the consideration for such new
conveyance: Provided that such excess stamp duty shall not become
payable in respect of the value of the consideration of property
comprised in a conveyance which has already borne the excess stamp
duty imposed by this subsection or in respect of the value of the
consideration of property comprised in a conveyance which has borne
the excess stamp duty made payable by the Stamp (Amendment)
Ordinance, 1946.

(2) In this section-

conveyance on sale' shall not include a conveyance on sale registered
in the Japanese House Registration Office, nor an assignment or
re-assignment exempt from ad valorem duty under section 43 ;

((new conveyance' means a conveyance on sale executed after the
10th day of September, 1948;

property means any estate or interest in land.

(3) Where a new conveyance purports to convey for
one consideration property previously comprised in a con-
veyance which has borne excess stamp duty and property not
so comprised the collector shall apportion such consideration
between such properties according to what he considers to
be the true value thereof and shall assess excess stamp duty
accordingly. [5A ]

7. (1) Subject to the provisions of subsection (3) and to the
provisions of section 19, no instrument chargeable with stamp duty
under this Ordinance shall be received in evidence in any proceedings
whatsoever, except (a) in criminal proceedings, and (b) in civil
proceedings by the Collector to recover stamp duty, unless such
instrument is duly stamped, whether the point of time before which or
the period of time within which such an instrument should be stamped
has or has not arrived or expired as the case may be.

(2) No instrument chargeable with stamp duty tinder this
Ordinance shall be acted upon, filed or registered by any public officer
or by any company unless such instrument





is duly stamped, whether the point of time before which or the period
of time within which such an instrument should be stamped lias or has
not arrived or expired as the case may be.

(3) Upon the production to any court (otlier than a criminal court),
arbitrator, referee, company or other corporation, or public officer, of
any instrument which is chargeable with stamp duty under this
Ordinance and which is not duly stamped, it shall be the duty of such
court, arbitrator, referee, company or other corporation or public
officer, to take notice of the omission or insufficiency of the stamp on
such instrument and thereupon to take action in accordance with the
following rules

(a)if the point of time before which or the period of time within
which the instrument should have been stamped has arrived
or expired, as the case may be, and the instrument is one in
respect of which a person is specified in the Schedule as
being liable for the stamping thereof, the instrument shall be
impounded and, unless the instrument has been produced to
the Collector himself, shall be forwarded to the Collector;

(b)in any such case, before the exclusion or rejection of the
instrument the person tendering such instrument shall, if lie
desires, be given a reasonable opportunity of applying to
the Collector for special leave under the provisions of
section 19;

(c)in all other cases, unless otherwise expressly provided in
this Ordinance, the instrument shall, saving all just
exceptions on otlier grounds, be received in evidence upon
payment to the court, arbitrator or referee of the amount of
the unpaid duty aiid of the penalty, if any. Such duty and
penalty, if any, shall be remitted to the Collector with the
instrument to be stamped after the instrument has been
admitted in evidence.

(4) If a public officer is empowered or required by law to act upon,
file or register, a duplicate or copy of any instrument, and if the original
of such instrument would require to be duly stamped if acted upon,
filed or registered by such public officer, it shall be lawful for such
public officer to call for the production of the original instrument





or for evidence to his satisfaction that it was duly stamped and no
public officer shall act upon, file or register any such duplicate or
copy without production of the original instru ment duly stamped or
of evidence as aforesaid.

(5) The penalties on stamping instruments out of time referred to
in paragraph (c) of subsection (3) shall be a

follows-
within one month out of time ......$5
over one month and within three months
Out Of time .......................$25
over three months and within six months
out of time .......................$50
over six months out of time .......$100.

8. (1) Every instrument written upon stamped material is to be
written in such manner, and every instrument partly or wholly written
before being stamped is to be so stamped, that the stamp may appear
on the face of the instrument, and cannot be used for or applied to any
other instrument written upon the same piece of material.

(2) If more than one instrument is written upon the
same piece of material, every one of the instruments is to be
separately and distinctly stamped with the, duty with which
it is chargeable.

9. (1) An instrument containing or relating to several distinct
matters shall be separately and distinctly charged, as if it were a
separate instrument, with duty in respect of each of the matters.

(2) An instrument made for any consideration in respect whereof it
is chargeable with ad valorem duty, and also for any further or other
valuable consideration or considerations, shall be separately and
distinctly charged, as if it were a separate instrument, with duty in
respect of each of the considerations.

(3) An instrument which is chargeable under more than one head
in the Schedule shall be charged under that head
which imposes the highest duty.





10. All the facts and circumstances affecting the liability of any
instrument to duty, or the amount of the duty with which an
instrument is chargeable, are to be fully and truly set forth in the
instrument; and every person who with intent to defraud the
Government

(a)executes any instrument in which all the said facts and
circumstances are not fully and truly set forth

or

(b)being employed or concerned in or about the preparation of
any instrument, neglects or omits fully and truly to set forth
therein all the said facts and circumstances,

shall be deemed to commit an offence.

11. Whenever any instrument is tendered for stamping
and whenever the Collector is required under section 17 to
express his opinion with reference to any instrument, the
Collector may require to be furnished with an abstract of
the instrument and also with such evidence as he may deem
necessary in order to show to his satisfaction whether all
the facts and circumstances affecting the liability of the
instrument to duty, or the amount of the duty chargeable
thereon are fully and truly set forth therein.

12. (1) Where any minimum amount is precribed below which
stamp duty shall not be payable, no person shall execute more
instruments than would ordinarily be necessary for the transaction in
question, in order to evade stamp duty by such splitting.

(2) Where a scale is prescribed under which the rate of stamp duty
is increased after passing certain limits, no person shall execute more
instruments than would ordinarily be necessary for the transaction in
question, in order to evade stamp duty by such splitting.

(3) In any question whatsoever arising. under this section the
onus of proof shall he upon the person who asserts that there has
been no splitting in order to evade stamp duty.





13. (1) Where stamp duty is required or permitted by law to be
denoted by an adhesive stamp, such stamp shall be cancelled in such
manner as to render it incapable of being used again for any revenue
purpose.

(2) Where an instrument, the stamp duty on which is required or
permitted by law to be denoted by an adhesive stamp, is to be stamped
before execution, or before issue, or before being parted with by the
maker, or before the doing of any other act, the first person executing,
or the person issuing, or the maker, or the person doing such other act,
as the case may be, shall cancel the adhesive stamp before execution,
or before issuing, or before parting with the instrument, or before doing
such other act, as the case may be.

(3) Where an instrument, the stamp duty on which is required or
permitted by law to be denoted by an adhesive stamp, is to be stamped
within a certain period after any event, the person affixing the adhesive
stamp shall cancel it forthwith and before he parts with the instrument.

(4) Subject to the provisions of sections io, 22 and 24,
an instrument, the stamp duty on which is denoted by an
adhesive stamp, shall not be deemed to have been duly
stamped unless such stamp has been cancelled as required
by this section.

14. (1) Documents chargeable with stamp duty shall be stamped in
the method specified by regulations made under section 4 hereof :
Provided that where so indicated in the Schedule the use of adhesive
stamps shall be permitted in lieu of the method specified in such
regulations.

(2) Postage stamps shall not be used for the purpose of paying
any stamp duty under this Ordinance except that

(a)postage stamps and revenue stamps of any denomination
which are overprinted by direction of the Governor with the
words 'contract note' may be used as adhesive stamps for
the purposes of subhead (i) of head 52 in the Schedule;

(b)postage stamps of any denomination aiid revenue stamps of
any denomination which are by direction of the Governor
overprinted as fifteen cents, ten





cents or five cents stamps may be used as adhesive stamps
for the purposes of heads 13 aiid 48 in the Schedule; and

(c)postage stamps of one dollar may be used as adhesive
stamps for the purpose of head 33 in the Schedule.

(3) No document shall be stamped with the stamp denoting that it
is not chargeable with any duty until it lias been stamped with the
adjudication fee stamp.

(4) The adjudication fee stamp shall in every case bear the
signature or initials of the Collector.

(5) No instrument which has been stamped by special leave given
under the provisions of section 19 shall be deemed to be duly stamped
unless the Collector's signature appears thereon.

(6) Where the duty with which an instrument is chargeable
depends in any manner upon the duty paid upon another instrument,
the payment of the last-mentioned duty shall, upon application to the
Collector aiid production of both the instruments, be denoted upon the
first-mentioned instrument in such manner as the Collector thinks fit.

(7) The provisions of this section may be rescinded or
amended in any way whatsoever by regulations made under
the provisions of section 4.

15. (1) The Financial Secretary may, in his absolute discretion, by
an order published in the Gazette authorize any bank doing business
in the Colony to compound for the payment of duty on unstamped
cheques on the following conditions

(a)that the said cheques be drawn and issued on forms to be
supplied or adopted by the said bank;

(b)that the said bank do levy upon or charge to the person to
whom such cheques are issued the stamp duty mentioned in
the Schedule;

(c)that the said bank do pay on the 1st day of January and 1st
day of july in each year to the Collector the amount due and
collected thereon as duties on such unstamped cheques.

(2) Cheques drawn and issued on forms supplied or adopted by
such bank in accordance with this section shall





be deemed to be duly stamped notwithstanding any provision
of this Ordinance or of the regulations. made hereunder
relating to affixing and cancelling of stamps or the method
of denoting the payment of stamp duty.

16. The duplicate or counterpart of an instrument chargeable with
duty (except the counterpart of an instrument chargeable as a lease,
such counterpart not being executed by or on behalf of any lessor or
grantor) is not to be deemed duly stamped unless it is stamped as an
original instrument, or unless it appears by some stamp impressed
thereon, or by some indorsement made by the Collector thereon, that
the full and proper duty has been paid upon the original instrument of
which it is the duplicate or counterpart.

17. (1) Subject to such rules as the Collector may think fit to make,
the Collector may be required by any person to express his opinion
with reference to any executed instrument upon the following
questions

(a) whether it is chargeable with any duty;

(b) with what amount of duty it is chargeable.

(2) If the Collector is of opinion that the instrument is not
chargeable with any duty, it may be stamped with a particular stamp
denoting that it is not chargeable with any duty.

(3) If the Collector is of opinion that the instrument is chargeable
with duty, he shall assess the duty with which it is in his Ppinion
chargeable, and when the instrument is stamped in accordance with
the assessment it shall also be stamped with the adjudication stamp.

(4) Every instrument stamped either with the particular stamp
denoting that it is not chargeable with any duty or with the
adjudication stamp, shall be admissible in evidence and available for all
purposes notwithstanding any objection relating to duty.,

(5) An instrument upon which the duty lias been assessed by the
Collector shall not, if it is unstamped or insufficiently stamped, be
stamped otherwise than in accordance with the assessment.





(6) Nothing in this section shall extend to any instrument
chargeable with ad valorem duty and made as a security for money or
stock without limit.

(7) Nothing in this section shall authorize the stamping after the
execution thereof of any instrument which by law cannot be stamped
after execution.

(8) A statutory declaration made for the purpose of this section
shall not be used against any person inaking the same in any
proceeding whatever, except in an inquiry as to the duty with which the
instrument to which it relates is chargeable; and if such declaration is
true every person by whom it is made shall, on payment of the duty
chargeable upon the instrument to which it relates, be relieved froni
any fine or disability to which he may be liable by reason of the
omission to state truly in the instrument any fact or circumstance
required by this Ordinance to be stated therein.

(9) The person submitting the instrument for assess-
ment shall pay to the Collector the adjudication fee specified
in the Schedule.

18. (1) Any person who is dissatisfied with the assessment of the
Collector may, within twenty-one days after the date of the assessment
and on payment of duty in conformity therewith, appeal against the
assessment to the court and may for that purpose require the Collector
to state and sign a case, setting forth the question upon which his
opinion was required and the assessment made by him.

(2) The Collector shall thereupon state and sign a case and deliver
the same to the person by whorn it is required and the case may, within
seven days thereafter and after service thereof upon the Attorney
General, be set down by such person for hearing.

(3) Upon the hearing of the case the court shall determine the
question submitted, and if the instrument in question is in the opinion
of the court chargeable with any duty, shall assess the duty with
which it is chargeable.

(4) If it is decided by the court that the assessment of the Collector
was erroneous, any excess of duty which may have been paid in
conformity with the erroneous assessment, together with any fine or
penalty which may





have been paid in consequence thereof, shall be ordered by the court
to be repaid to the appellant with or without costs as the court may
deterniine.

(5) If the assessment of the Collector is confirmed, the court may
make an order for payment to the Collector of the costs incurred by him
in relation to the appeal.

(6) In this section, 'court' means the Supreme Court
in its summary jurisdiction : Provided that the Chief justice
may direct that any appeal under this section shall be heard
by a Full Court of two judges.

19. (1) Where aii instrument is chargeable with stamp duty under
this Ordinance and should have been stamped before a certain event
or before the expiration of a certain period, but lias riot been so
stamped, it shall be lawful for the Collector to give special leave for the
stamping of such instrument if he is satisfied

(a)that the omission or neglect to stamp duly did not arise from
any intention to evade payment of stamp duty or otherwise
to defraud; and

(b) that either-

(i) such omission or neglect arose solely from urgent
necessity or unavoidable accident and that the instrument
lias been brought to be stamped without delay, or

(ii) that the circumstances of the case are otherwise so
exceptional Lis to Justify special permission being given.

(2) If the Collector grants special leave tinder the provisions of
subsection (i) for the stamping of any instrument, such instrument may
be stamped on payment of the following penalties in addition to the
stamp duty

(a)if the instrument is stamped within one month of the point of
time before which, or the expiration of the period of time
within which, it should have been stamped, the penalty shall
be double the amount of deficient duty;

(b)if within two months, four times the amount of deficient
duty; and

(c)if after two months, ten times the amount of deficient duty :





Provided that it shall be lawful for the Collector in his discretion to
remit the whole or an), part of the penalty provided by this subsection.

(3) If any person applying for special leave under this section is
dissatisfied with any decision of the Collector upon such application, it
shall be lawful for such person to require his application to be referred
to the Govertior in Council whose decision thereon shall be final for all
purposes.

(4) Upon any application for special leave under the provisions of
this section, it shall be lawful for the Collector, or for the Govertior in
Council, to require such sworn or other evidence in support of the
application as lie may require.

(5) When an instrument has been stamped by special
leave under the provisions of this section, such instrurnent
shall be deemed to have been duly stamped for the purposes
of section 7.

20. Notwithstanding ding any enactment to the contrary, a
bill of exchange which is presented for acceptance, or
accepted, or payable, outside the Colony or a cheque whether
presented for acceptance, or accepted, or payable, outside or
inside the Colony shall not be invalid by reason only that
it is not stamped in accordance with the provisions of this
Ordinance, and any such bill of exchange or cheque which
is unstamped or riot properly stamped may be received in
evidence on payment of the proper duty and penalties as
provided by sections 7 and 19.

21. Every instrument executed out of the Colony by ariv
person, not being a bill of exchange or a promissory note,
shall, before being used, brought into force or registered,
within the Colony, be stamped according to the rate of duty
to which it would have been liable if it had been executed
in the first instance within the Colony, whatever the pro-
vision of the Schedule may be with regard to the time before
which or the period within which such an instrument, if
executed in the first instance within the Colony, should
be stamped.

22. (1) Every person into whose hands any bill of exchange or
promissory note drawn or made out of the





Colony comes in the Colony before it is stamped shall, before lie
presents for payment, or indorses, transfers or in any manner
negotiates or pays the bill or note, affix thereto a proper adhesive
stanip or proper adhesive stamps of sufficient amount, and cancel
every stamp so affixed thereto

Provided as follows-

(a)if at the time when any such bill or note comes into the
hands of any bona fide holder there is affixed thereto an
adhesive stamp effectually cancelled, the stamp shall, so far
as relates to the holder, be deemed to be duly cancelled,
although it may not appear to have been affixed or cancelled
by the proper person; and

(b)if at the time when any such bill or note comes into the
hands of any bona fide holder there is affixed thereto an
adhesive stamp not duly cancelled, it shall be competent for
the holder to cancel the stamp as if he were the person by
whom it was affixed, and upon his so doing the bill or note
shall be deemed duly stamped and .is valid and available as
if the stamp had been cancelled by the person by whom it
was affixed affixed

(2) Neither of the foregoing provisos is to relieve any
person from any fine or penalty incurred by him for not
cancelling an adhesive stamp.

23. (1) When a bill of exchange is drawn in a set according to the
custom of merchants and one of the set is duly stamped, the other or
others of the set shall, unless issued or in some manner negotiated
apart from the stamped bill, be exempt from duty; and upon proof of the
loss or destruction of a duly stamped bill forming one of a set, any
other bill of the set which lias not been issued or in any
manner negotiated apart froni the lost or destroyed bill may, although
unstamped, be admitted in evidence to prove the contents of the lost
or destroyed bill.

(2) No bills of exchange in sets shall be stamped in which the
words 'First' and 'Second' or 'First', 'Second' and 'Third' are left
blank, nor in which the words 'Second of the same tenor and date
being unpaid' or the like are wholly or partly left blank.





24. (1) Every person who issues, indorses, transfers, negotiates,
presents for payment or pays any bill of exchange or promissory note
chargeable with duty and not being duly stamped shall be deemed to
commit aii offence against this Ordinance, and the person who takes or
receives froni any other person any such bill or note either in payment
or as a security, or by purchase or otherwise, shall riot be entitled to
recover thereon or to make the same available for an), purpose
whatever : Provided that if any bill of exchange payable, on demand or
at sight or on presentation is presented for payment unstamped, the
person to whom it is presented may affix thereto an adhesive stamp of
fifteen cents and cancel the same as if he had been the drawer of the
bill, and may thereupon pay the sum in the bill mentioned and charge
the duty in account against the person by whom the bill was drawn or
deduct the duty frorn the said sum, aiid the bill is, so far as respects the
duty, to be deemed valid and available.

(2) The foregoing proviso is not to relieve any person
from any fine or penalty incurred by him in relation to such
bill.

25. (1) Subject to any temporary regulations which may be made
under this Ordinance, no architect, barrister, registered dentist, medical
practitioner, pharmaceutical chemist, auditor on the current authorized
list published under subsection (3) of section 131 of the Conipanies
Ordinance, or solicitor, shall practise his profession oi, any part thereof
in the Colony, whether wholly oi. in part on his owl] account or as an
assistant or servant of any other person, unless he is in possession of
a valid and current certificate to practise which shall be stamped in
accordance with the provisions of head 17 in the Schedule: Provided
that in the case of auditors this subsection shall not be deemed to
require an additional certificate in respect of practice under a firm name
where the names of the individual professional partners, assistants and
servants of the firm appear on the said current authorized list.

(2) No person who is required under the provisions of this section
to take out a certificate shall be entitled to recover any fees, costs or
other remuneration on any cause of action unless either





(a)he was in possession of a valid certificate to practise at the
time when the cause of action arose, or

(b)he is at the time of judgment in possession of a duly
stamped certificate to practise covering the time when the
cause of action arose.

(3) A person who is required under the provisions of this section
to take out a certificate and who fails to take out the same shall be
liable civilly to the Collector for the payment of the duty which but for
such failure would have been payable.

(4) This section shall not apply to the following---

(a)any person the whole of whose time is at the disposal of the
Crown;

(b)any person appointed by the University of Honey Kong for
the purpose of teaching in the pathological department of
the faculty of medicine, or in the clinical units of medicine or
of surgery or of obstetrics and gynaecology in such faculty,
and whose whole time is at the disposal of such University;

(c) any person who may for the time being be exempted
by the Governor in Council on the ground that the
whole of the time of such person is at the disposal
of some charitable institution.

26. (1) When any exchange contract is, either wholly, or in part,
cancelled, or set off, oi- otherwise terminated, oicarried out, by some
transaction upon which neither bill of exchange nor telegraphic transfer
duty is paid, the person specified in head 29 in the Schedule as the
person liable for stamping shall forthwith execute a cancellation note,
which shall set forth the amount of currency so cancelled or set off or
otherwise released, aiid such cancellation note shall be stamped with
the duty specified in the Schedule.

(2) The duty shall be calculated on the equivalent of the sum of
foreign currency in the currency of the Colony at the rate of exchange
which under the contract Would be the rate of exchange for delivery
on the date on which the contract is, wholly or in part, cancelled, or set
off, or otherwise terminated, or carried out, by the transaction on which
neither bill of exchange nor telegraphic transfer duty is paid.





(3) If the exchange contract is only partly cancelled, or set off, or
otherwise terminated, or carried out, by a transaction on which neither
bill of exchange nor telegraphic transfer duty is paid, exchange contract
duty shall be paid on the equivalent in Hong Kong currency, as
provided in subsection (2), of the amount of foreign currency cancelled
or set off or otherwise released.

(4) Without prejudice to the rights of the seller aiid purchaser
inter se, the person specified in head 29 in the Schedule as the person
liable for stamping shall be liable under this Ordinance for the stamping
of any exchange contract cancellation note which is required to be
stamped under the provisions of this section

(5) Every exchange contract cancellation note shall be duly
stamped within two days after the exchange contract has been wholly
or in part cancelled, or set off, or otherwise terminated, or carried out,
as aforesaid.

(6) No duty shall be payable upon exchange contracts for the
account and in the name of any person ordinarily resident or carrying
on business in Canton if the transaction bona fide originated in and is
financed in Canton.

(7) It shall be lawful for the Collector in his discretion to allow an
exchange contract cancellation note to be executed by a banker
without being stamped, or without being fully stamped, if the Collector
is satisfied that the amount of the duty cannot be recovered, or can be
recovered only in part, from the person who is or was liable to the
banker for the payment of the amount of the duty.

(8) If the parties to an exchange contract mutually agree
to cancel the contract, exchange contract cancellation note
duty shall be payable only in respect of the original contract,
provided that the agreement is come to, and the exchange
for the cancellation is fixed, and the transaction is completed,
on the same day.

27. (1) Any conveyance or transfer operating as a voluntary
disposition inter vivos shall be chargeable with the like stamp duty as
if it were a conveyance or transfer on sale, with the substitution in
each case of the value of the property conveyed or transferred for the
amount or value of the consideration for the sale.





(2) Notwithstanding anything in section 17, the Collector may be
required to express his opinion under that section on any conveyance
or transfer operating as a voluntary disposition inter vlvos, and no
such conveyance or transfer shall be deemed to be duly stamped
unless the Collector has expressed his opinion thereon in accordance
with that section.

(3) Where any instrument is chargeable with duty both as a
conveyance or transfer under this section and as a settlement, the
instrument shall be charged with duty as a conveyance or transfer
under this section but not as a settlement.

(4) Any conveyance or transfer (not being a disposition made in
favour of a purchaser or incumbrancer or other person in good faith
aiid for valuable consideration) shall for the purposes of this section be
deemed to be a conveyance or transfer operating as a voluntary
disposition inter vivos, and (except where a marriage is the
consideration) the consideration for any conveyance or transfer shall
not for this purpose be deemed to be valuable consideration where the
Collector is of opinion that by reason of the inadequacy of the sum
paid as consideration or other circumstances the conveyance or
transfer confers a substantial benefit on the person to whom the
property is conveyed or transferred.

(s) A conveyance or transfer made for nominal con-
sideration for the purpose of securing the repayment of an
advance or loan or made for effectuating the appointment
of a new trustee or the retirement of a trustee, whether the
trust is expressed or implied, or under which no beneficial
interest passes in the property conveyed or transferred, or
made to a beneficiary by a trustee oi- other person in a
fiduciary capacity under any trust, whether expressed or
implied, shall not be charged with duty under this section,
and this subsection shall have effect notwithstanding that
the circumstances exempting the conveyance or transfer froni
charge under this section are not set forth in the conveyance
or transfer.

28. (1) Any letter or power of attorney for the sole purpose of
appointing a proxy to vote at a meeting shall specify the day upon
which the meeting at which it Is





intended to be used is to be held and shall be available only at the
meeting so specified and any adjournment thereof.

(2) Any person who votes or attempts to vote under or by means
of any letter or power of attorney which is not duly stamped, and
every person who accepts any such vote, shall be deemed to commit
an offence.

(3) Any vote given or tendered under the authority or by means
of any such letter or power of attorney which is not duly stamped shall
be absolutely null and void.

29. Any person who refuses to give a duly stamped
receipt in any case where a receipt would be chargeable with
stamp duty shall be deemed to commit an offence against
this Ordinance.

30. (1) Any instrument tinder hand only (not being a promissory
note or bill of exchange) given upon the occasion of the deposit of any
share warrant or certificate to bearer or foreign or colonial share
certificate, or any security for money money transferable by delivery,
by way of security for any loan, shall be deemed to be an agreement
and shall be charged with duty accordingly.

(2) Any instrument under hand only (not being a promissory note
or bill of exchange) making redeemable or qualifying a duly slarnped
transfer, intended as a security, of any registered share or marketable
securits, shall be deerned to be an agreement aiid shall be charged with
duty accordingly.

(3) A release or discharge of any such instrument shall
not be chargeable with any ad valorem duty.

31. (1) Any person who effects any sale or purchase of any shares
or marketable securities as a broker or agent or as a principal shall
forthwith make and execute a contract note and transmit the note to his
principal or to the vendor or purchaser of the shares or marketable
securities as the case may be.

(2) No broker, agent or other person shall have any legal claim to
any charge for brokerage, coninlission or agency with reference to the
sale or purchase of any shares





or marketable securities if he fails to comply with the provisions of this
section.

(3) Ariy stamp duty on a contract note may be added to the
charge for brokerage or agency and shall be recoverable as part of
such charge.

(4) Where a contract note is a continuation or carrying over note
made for the purpose of continuing or carrying over any transaction
for the sale or purchase of shares or marketable securities, the contract
note, although it is made in respect of both a sale and purchase, shall
be charged with duty under this section as if it related to one of those
transactions only, and if different rates of duty are chargeable in
respect of those transactions, to that one of those transactions which
would render the contract note chargeable at the highest rate.

(5) Where a contract note advises the sale or purchase of more
than one description of share or marketable security, the note shall be
deemed to be as many contract notes as there are descriptions of
shares or securities sold oi- purchased.

(6) The provisions of this Ordinance as to contract notes shall
apply to any contract under which an option is given or taken to
purchase or sell any shares or marketable securities at a future time at a
certain price, as it applies to the sale or purchase of any shares or
marketable securities, but the stamp duty on such a contract shall be
one-half only of that chargeable on a contract note : Provided that, if
under tile contract a double option is given or taken, the contract shall
be deemed to be a separate contract in respect of eacli option.

(7) Any contract note made or executed in pursuance and in
consequence of the exercise of an option given or taken under a
contract duly stamped in accordance with the provisions of subsection
(6) shall be charged with one-half only of the duty which would
otherwise have been chargeable thereon under this section, if it bears
on its face a certificate by the broker, agent or other person mentioned
in subsection (i) to the effect that it is inade or executed in the exercise
of an option for which a duly stamped contract lias been rendered on
the date mentioned in the certificate.





32. (1) No person shall be entitled to claim, directly or indirectly,
the payment of any dividend, or of the. amount or value of any
dividend, on any share on a share register which is by law required to
be kept within the Colony, unless

(a)such person is the registered owner of the share in question
at the time of such claim; or

(b)such person was the registered owner of the share in
question at some date subsequent to the declaration of the
dividend in question; or

(c)such person is entitled to be paid such dividend under a
bona fide declaration of trust in favour of a specified person
or firm, or otherwise as a bona fide cestui que trust; or

(d)such person lias bona fide lent Illoney 011 the Security of the
share in question and is entitled by the express written terms
of the loan agreement to claim such dividend.

(2) No person shall, oi-ally or in writing, demand or request or
accept, directly or indirectly, payment of any dividend, or of the
,..iiount or value of any dividend, which under the provisions of
subsection (i) he is not entitled to claim.

(3) No person shall, directly or indirectly, pay ally dividend, or the
amount or value of any dividend, on any share on i share register
which is by law required to be kept within the Colony to any other
person unless

(a)such other person is the registered owner of the share in
question; or

(b) SLICII other person was the owner of the

.share in question at: some date subsequent to the
declaration of the dividend in question ; or

(c)such other person is entitled to be paid such dividend under
a bona fide declaration of trust in favour of a specified
person or firm, or otherwise as a bona fide cestui que trust;
or

(d)such other person has bona fide lent money on the security
of the share in question aiid is entitled by the express written
terms of the loan agreement to claim such dividend.

(4) For the purposes of this section, notwithstanding standing
any declaration of trust or agreement whatsoever, no un





registered beneficial owner of any share shall be deemed to be entitled
as a cestui que trust to be paid any dividend on such share by any
previous beneficial owner of such share.

(5) Any person who contravenes any of the provisions of this
section shall upon summary conviction be liable to a fine of one
thousand dollars or of the total amount of the dividend in question,
whichever limit be the greater.

33. (1) Ariy person who despatches any, nioney from the Colony
on behalf of any other person by telegraphic transfer shall, within two
days after the despatch of the nioney, give to such other person a
telegraphic transfer advice in which shall he stated the equivalent in
the currency of the Colony of the money so despatched.

(2) Any person who despatches any money from the Colony on
behalf of any other person by telegraphic transfer shall be entitled to
recover the stamp duty payable in respect of the transaction frorn the
person at whose request the money is despatched.

(3) This section shall not apply to telegraphic transfers
in silver currencies from the Colony to China.

34. (1) Where an instrument is chargeable with ad valorem duty in
respect of any money in currency, other than the currency of the
Colony, the dirty shall be calculated on the value, on the day of the
date of the instrument, of the money in the currency of the Colony
according to the current demand rate of exchange.

(2) Where an instrument contains a statement of the rate of
exchange and is stamped in accordance with that statement, it is, so far
as regards the subject-matter of the statement, to bc deerned to bc
duly starnped, unless or lintil it is shown that the statement is untrue
and that the instrument is in fact insufficiently stamped.

(3) Notwithstanding anything contained in this section, it shall be
lawful for the Governor in Council to prescribe by regulation the
manner in which the duty is to be calculated or ascertained on any
such instrument as is referred to in this section.





35. (1) Where the consideration or any part of the consideration
for a conveyance on sale consists of aily shares or marketable
securities, the conveyance is to be charged with ad valorem duty in
respect of the value of the shares or securities on the day of the date of
such conveyance.

(2) Where the consideration or aily part of the con-
sideration for a conveyance on sale consists of any security
not being a marketable security, the conveyance is to be
charged with ad valorem duty in respect of the amount
due oil the day of the date thereof for principal and interest
upon the security.

36. Where any property is conveyed to any person In
consideration, wholly or in part, of aily debt due to hini, or subject
either certainly or contingently to the payment or transfer of any
money or shares, whether being or constituting a charge or incumbrance
upon the property or not, the debt, money or shares are to be deemed
the whole or part, as the case may be, of the consideration in respect
whereof the conveyance is chargeable with ad valorem. duty.

37. (1) Where property contracted to be sold for one
consideration for the whole is conveyed to the purchaser in
separate parts or parcels by different instruments, the con-
sideration is to be apportioned in such nianner as the parties
think fit, so that a distinct consideration for eacli separate
part or parcel is set forth in the conveyance relating thereto
and such conveyance is to be charged with ad duty
in respect of such distinct consideration.

(2) Where property contracted to be purchased for one
consideration for the whole by two or more persons Jointly, or by any
person for himself and others or wholly for others, is conveyed in parts
or parcels by separate instruments to tile persons by or for whom the
same was purchased for distinct parts of the consideration, the
conveyance of each separate part or parcel is to be charged with ad
valorem duty in respect of the distinct part of the consideration
therein specified.

(3) Where there are several instruments of conveyance for
completing the purchaser's title to property sold, the principal
instrument of conveyance only is to be charged charged with ad
valorem duty and the other instruments are to be





respectively charged with such other duty as they may be liable to, but
the last-mentioned duty shall not exceed the ad valorem duty payable
in respect of the principal instrument.

(4) Where a person having contracted for the purchase of any
property but not having obtained a conveyance thereof contracts to
sell the same to any other person and the property is in consequence
conveyed immediately to the sub-purchaser, the conveyance is to be
charged with ad valorem. duty in respect of the consideration moving
froni the sub-purchaser.

(5) Where a person having contracted for the purchase of -any
property but not having obtained a conveyance contracts to sell the
whole or any part or parts thereof to any other person or persons and
the property is in consequence conveyed by the original seller to
different persons in parts or parcels, the conveyance of eacli part or
parcel is to be charged with ad valorem duty in respect only of the
consideration moving froni the sub-purchaser thereof, without regard
to the amount or value of the original consideration.

(6) Where a sub-purchaser takes an actual conveyance of the
interest of the person immediately selling to him, which is chargeable
with ad valorem duty in respect of the consideration moving from him
aiid is duly stamped accordingly, any conveyance to be afterwards
made to him of the same property by the original seller shall be
chargeable only with such other duty as it may be liable to, but the
lastmentioned duty shall not exceed the ad valorem duty.

38. (1) Any contract or agreement for the sale of any equitable
estate or interest in any property whatsoever, 01* for the sate of any
estate or interest in any property except lands, tenements or
hereditaments, or property locally situate out of the Colony, or goods,
wares or merchandise, or shares, or marketable securities, or United
Kingdom patents, or trade marks and the proportion of goodwill
created thereby, or any ship or vessel, or part interest, share. or
property of or in any ship or vessel, shall be charged willi the same ad
valorem duty, to be paid by the purchaser, as if it were aii actual
conveyance on sale of the estate, interest or property contracted or
agreed to be sold.





(2) Where the purchaser has paid the said ad valorem duty. and
before having obtained a conveyance or transfer of the property enters
into a contract or agreement for the sale of the same, the contract or
agreement shall be charged, if the consideration for that sale is in
excess of the consideration for the original sale, with the ad valorem
duty payable in respect of such excess consideration, and in any other
case with the fixed duty of twenty dollars or one dollar, as the case may
require.

(3) Where duty lias been duly paid in conformity with the
foregoing provisions, the conveyance or transfer made to the
purchaser or sub-purchaser, or any other person on his behalf or by
his direction, shall not 'be chargeable with

chargeable
any duty, aiid the Collector upon application either shall denote the
payment of the ad valorem duty Upon the convey- or transfer or shall
transfer the ad valo,renb duty thereto upon production of the contract
or -agreement, or contracts or agreements, duly stamped.

agreement
s

(4) Provided that where any such contract oi- agreement is
stamped with the fixed duty of twenty dollars or one dollar, as the case
may require, the contract or agreement shall be regarded as duly
stamped for the mere purpose of proceedings to enforce specific
performance or recover damages for the breach thereof.

Provided also that where any such contract or agreement is
stamped with the said fixed duty, and a conveyance or transfer made in
conformity with the contract or agreement is presented to the Collector
for stamping with the ad ditty chargeable thereon within the period of
six months after the first execution of the contract or agreement or
within such longer period as the Collector may think reasonable in the
circumstances of the case, the conveyance or transfer shall be stamped
and the same, and the said contract or agreement, shall be deemed to
be duly stamped. Notliing in this proviso shall alter or affect the
provisions as to the stamping of a conveyance or transfer after the
execution thereof.

(6) Provided also that the ad duty, paid any such contract or
agreement shall be returned by the Collector in case the contract or
agreement be





rescinded or annulled, or for any other reason be not substantially
performed or carried into effect, so as to operate as or be followed by a
conveyance Or transfer.

39. (1) A security for the payment or repayment of money to be
lent, advanced or paid, or which may become due upon an account
current, either with or without money previously due, is to be charged,
where the total amount secured or to be ultimately recoverable is in any
way limited, with the same duty as a security for the amount so limited.

(2) Where such total amount is unlimited the security is to be
available for such an amount only as the ad valorem duty impressed
thereon extends to cover, but where any advance or loan is made in
excess of the amount covered by that duty the security shall for the
purpose of stamp duty be deemed to be a new and separate instrument
and as executed by all the parties and as bearing date on the day on
which the advance or loan is made.

(3) Provided that no nioney to be advanced for the
insurance of any property comprised in the security against
darnage by fire, or for keeping up any policy of life :insurance
comprised in the security, or for effecting in lieu thereof
any new policy, or for the renewal of any grant or lease of
any property comprised in the security upon the dropping
of any life whereon the property is held, shall be reckoned
as forniing part of the amount in respect whereof the security
is chargeable with ad valorem duty.

40. The duty on tontine mortgages shall be calculated
on the principal sum advanced and not on the total amount
of the payments secured.

41. The following instruments shall be exempt froni stamp duty
under this Ordinance to the extent hereinafter stated

(a)all instruments made or executed by or on behalf of His
Majesty, or by or on behalf of any officer of His Majesty's
service in his official capacity, or whereby any property or
interest is transferred to or any contract of any kind
whatsoever is made with His Majesty or with any person for
or on behalf





of His Majesty or with any such officer in his official
capacity as aforesaid, shall be wholly exempt from duty :
Provided that this exemption shall riot extend to any
document executed by any such officer as Official
Administrator, or as Official Receiver, or as Official Receiver
of Companies, or as a liquidator, or as Official Trustee, or in
pursuance of any order or writ of any court;

(b)all instruments for the sale, transfer or other disposition,
either absolutely or by way of mortgage or otherwise, of any
vessel, or of any part interest, share or property of or in any vessel, shall be
wholly exempt from duty;

(c)all instruments which relate to property situate out of the
Colony, other than shares and marketable securities, shall be
exempt froni duty in respect of such property;

(d) all instruments which have been duly stamped under
the stamp regulations enforced by the Japanese
in Hong Kong between the 26th day of November,
1942 and the 1st day of September, 1945, shall be
wholly exempt from duty.

42. (1) Whenever the Land Officer certifies that a reassignment lias
been made for the sole purpose of enabling the mortgagor or his
assigns as the owner of any immovable property held from the Crown
to obtain a Crown lease thereof, and that a new mortgage of the same
property similar as far as possible to the previous mortgage was made
immediately upon the granting of such Crown lease, then such
reassignment and new mortgage shall be exempt from stamp duty, and
the Collector shall, on production to him of such certificate and of such
reassignment and new mortgage, indorse thereon a certificate to the
effect that the sat-lie are under this section exempt from stamp duty.

(2) Whenever the Land Officer certifies that a reassignment has
been made for the sole purpose of enabling the mortgagor or his
assigns as the owner of any immovable property held from the Crown
to surrender the said property to the Crown as consideration or part
consideration for an exchange, and that a new mortgage of the
property granted in exchange similar as far as possible to the previous





mortgage was made immediately upon the granting of such
property granted in exchange, then such reassignment and
new mortgage shall be exempt froni stamp duty, and the
Collector shall, on production to him of such certificate aiid
of such reassignment and new mortgage, indorse thereon
a certificate to the effect that the same are under this section
exempt from stamp duty.

43. (1) Whenever the Land Officer certifies that in his opinion an
assignment or reassignment has been made by the appropriate parties
solely for the purpose of carrying into effect a transaction or a Series of
transactions in respect whereof an instrument or a series of
instruments has been registered or recorded in the Japanese House
Registration Office and of effectuating by aii assignment or
reassignment in the form in common use in the Colony the transaction
or series of transactions which to hini appears to have been intended
to be effected by such instrument or series of instruments, then such
assignment or reassignment sliall be exempt from ad valorem duty but
shall be stamped in accordance with head 25 in the Schedule.

(2) The certificate under subsection (i) sliall be indorsed upon the
instrument in question and a Land Office fee of ten dollars shall be
payable therefor. The Collector on production of the certificate tinder
subsection (i) and of the instrument in question shall indorse thereon a
certificate to the effect that the same is under this section exempt from
ad valorem duty'.

(3) T1iis section sliall not apply to any instrument

executed in contravention of the Moratorium Proclamation of
the British Military Administration dated the 13th day of
September, 1945.

44. In case any instrument of which an attested copy is made has
annexed to it or subscribed upon it any certificate, affidavit, declaration
or attestation referring to the execution of such instrument or to any
other formality in connexion with such instrument, no separate or
additional stamp shall be required for or in respect of an attested copy
of any such certificate, affidavit, declaration or attestation, and the
stanip of three dollars upon the attested copy of the principal





instrument shall be deemed to cover and include the attested
copies of all such certificates, affidavits, declarations and
attestations.

45. The impressions of Chinese names, shop names or trading
names, commonly called chops shall not be deemed to be seals for the
purposes of this Ordinance.

46. The Government shall not be responsible for the
loss of or for daniage to any instrument tendered for
stamping whilst in the custody of the Collector, nor shall
any officer of the stamp office be responsible for such loss
or damage unless lie lias caused it wilfully, fraudulently
or by gross negligence.

47. (1) Where any obligation or liability is Under the provisions of
this Ordinance imposed upon a corporate body and such obligation or
liability is not discharged, every director, manager, secretary and other
officer of the corporate body who is wilfully a party to the default, aiid
the said corporate body, shall be deemed to commit an offence against
this Ordinance.

(2) Where any obligation or liability is under the provisions of
this Ordinance irnposed upon a firm aiid such obligation or liability is
not discharged, every partner in tile said firm, and every servant of the
said firm who is wilfully a party to the default, and the person
appearing to have the management of the said firm within the Colony.
shall be deemed to commit an offence against this Ordinance. [391

48. (1) If it appears to a magistrate upon the oath of any person
that there is reason to believe that there are or may be upon or in the
possession or under the control of any person, or on any premises,
any books of account or other instruments whatsoever of which any of
tile contents may tend to show that aii offence against this Ordinance
has been committed, it shall be lawful for such magistrate to issue a
search warrant authorizing any person named or referred to in the said
warrant to search any such person, aiid to enter and search any such
premises aiid any, person found therein, and to inspect and take copies
of aily books of account or other instruments found on such premises
or upon such person.





(2) Any copies so taken shall be admissible in evidence in any
proceedings under this Ordinance.

(3) No person shall obstruct any such inspection or taking of
copies in any manner whatsoever.

(4) Every person in whose possession or under whose
control there may be any books of account or other documents
whatsoever which the Collector, or any person authorized
thereto by him in writing, may wish to inspect for the
purposes of this Ordinance, shall afford to the Collector or
to the person duly authorized by him all reasonable facilities
for such inspection and for taking copies of such books of
account and documents.

49. Any person who for the purpose of evading any
stamp duty payable under this Ordinance falsities, mutilates
or destroys any book of account or other instrument what-
soever shall be deemed to commit an offence.

50. (1) No complaint shall be made or information laid for any
offence against this Ordinance except within two years from the date
of the offence.

(2) No prosecution shall be instituted under this Ordinance except
with the consent of the Collector.

51. Any person who commits or attempts to corninit any
offence shall upon summary conviction be liable to a fine
of ten thousand dollars and to imprisonment for one
year.

SCHEDULE, [ss. 4, 5, 7, 21.]

(a) Stamp Duty.

Nature of Instrument. (b)Time for stamp-
ing.

(e) Persons liable.

1. ADJUDICATION FEE (to be paid (a) $5.00.

on the requisition or other application for
(b) Before adjudica-
adjudication). tion.

(c) The person
applying for
adjudication.





(a) Stamp Duty.

(b) Time for stamp

Nature of Instrument. ing.

(e) Persons liable.

2. AFFIDAVIT, AFFIRMATION, DE- (a) $3. CLARATION AND
STATUTORY DE- (b) 7 days after mak-

CLARATION. ing.

(c) The person making.

Exemptions.

(a) Affidavit or declaration made for the
immediate purpose of being filed, read or used in
any court, or before any judge or officer of any
court.

(b) Affidavit or declaration made for the sole
purpose of enabling any person to receive any
pension or charitable allowance.

(c) Affidavit or declaration made by an
interpreter as to the interpretation of a duly
stamped or exempted instrument, made at the same
time as such duly stamped or exempted instrument.

(d) Affidavit or declaration required to be made
pursuant to any Ordinance relating to marriages.

(e) Affidavit or declaration for the
Commissioner under the Estate Duty Ordinance
(Chapter 111).

(f) Affidavit or declaration intended for use
solely outside the Colony.

3. AGREEMENT, OR ANY MEMO- (a) $1.00. RANDUM OF
AGREEMENT made under (b) 7 days after

hand only, and not otherwise specifically execution.
charged with any duty, whether the same be (c)

only evidence of a contract, or obligatory upon
the parties from its being a written
instrument.
E Exemptions

(a) Agreement or memorandum between the
master and mariners of any ship for wages.

(b) Passage ticket.

(c) Agreement relating to the sale of goods.

4. AGREEMENT OR CONTRACT for (a) $2 for every $100

the sale of any equitable estate or interest or part
thereof of
in any property whatsoever. the amount or
value of the con-






sideration.
(b) 7 days after
execution.
(c) The purchaser.
Exemption.

Ship or vessel, or any part interest, share
or property of or in any ship or vessel.





(a) Stamp Duty.

Nature of Instrument. (b)Time for stamp-
ing.

(e) Persons liable.

5, AGREEMENT OR CONTRACT for (a) $2 for every $100

the sale of any estate or interest in any or part thereof
property. of the amount or
value of the con-
sideration.
(b) 7 days after
execution.
(e) The purchaser.
Exemptions.
(a) Lands, tenements or hereditaments.
(b) Property locally situate out of the
Colony.
(e) Goods, wares or merchandise.
(d) Shares or marketable securities.
(e) United Kingdom patents.
(1) Trade marks and the proportion of
goodwill created thereby.
(g) Ship or vessel, or any part interest,
share or property of or in any ship or vessel.

6. AGREEMENT OF SERVICE with (a) $1.
a corporate body, whether under the seal of (b) 7 days after

such corporate body or not. execution.

(e)

AGREEMENT OR CONTRACT

accompanied by a deposit:See Letter of
Hypothecation, and Mortgage.

7. APPOINTMENT OF A NEW (a) $10.
TRUSTEE, including the transfer of any (b) 30 days after
property made for the purpose of elYeetuating execution.
the appointment of the new trustee, if such (c) All persons execu-
transfer is made by the same instrument as ting.
the appointment of the new trustee.

8. APPRENTICESHIP, instrument of. (a) $1.

(b) 7 days after
execution.

(c) The person to
whom the
apprenticwe
becomes bound.

9. ARTICLES OF CLERKSHIP where- (a) $150; by any person first
becomes bound to serve (b) Before execution.

as an articled clerk to a solicitor. (c) All persons execu-
ting.

ASSIGNMENT: SeeConveyance







et alia

ASSURANCE: See Policy of
Insurance.

10. ATTESTED COPY of any instru- (a) $3.
ment chargeable with stamp duty. (b) 7 days after

attestation.
(c)





(a) Stamp Duty.

Nature of Instrument. (b)Time for stamp-
ing.

(e) Persons liable.

ATTORNEY, letter or power of: See
Power of Attorney.

AVERAGE: See Bond.

11. AWARD. (a) $5.

(b) 7 days after

execution.
(e) The arbitrator or,
if more than one,
all the arbitrators
and the umpire
(if any).

BANK CHEQUE: See Bill of Exchange.

12. BANK NOTE: To be paid monthly (a) One per cent per by the
banker to the Collector: Provided annum 011 the that the duty to be paid by the
banker in average value of respect of one dollar notes shall not exceed bank
notes in one per cent per annum on two million circulation.

dollars: Provided also that pending the (b)

further order or regulation of the Governor (c) The issuing bank. in Council the
duty on bank notes of the Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation shall
not exceed one per cent per annum on $45,000,000 of the -aggregate bank note
issues of such corporation, and the duty on bank notes of the Chartered Bank
of India, Australia and China shall not exceed one per cent per annum on
$42,000,000 of the aggregate bank note issues of such bank.

BILLS OF EXCHANGE (including cheques, circular notes,
letters of credit, and travellers cheques) and promissory notes, as
beneath.

13(1) BILL OF EXCHANGE payable (a) 15 cents. within the Colony on
demand or at sight or on (b) If drawn in the

presentation (except a cheque drawn within Colony, before

the Colony). May be an adhesive stamp. execution, if
drawn out of the
Colony, in accord-
ance with s. 22.
(c) see sections 21.
and 24.

13.(2) CHEQUE drawn within the Colony. (a) 15 cents.

May be an adhesive stamp. (b) Before issue of
cheque form by
banker to
customer.
(c) The banker issu-
ing the cheque
forni.





(a) Stamp Duty.

(b) Time for stamp

Nature of Instrument. ing.

(e) Persons liable.

13.(3) CIRCULAR NOTE, if issued within the
Colony (on each separate note). May be an adhesive
stamp.

13.(4) LETTER OF CREDIT, if issued within the Colony. May be aii
adhesive (a) 15 cents for every

stamp. $500 or part

thereof.
Exemption. (b) Before issue.

Letter of Credit granted in the (,) The person issu

Colony, authorizing drafts to be drawn out ing.

of the Colony payable in the Colony.

13.(5) TRAVELLERS CHEQUE, if issued
within the Colony, on each separate cheque or note.
May be an adhesive stamp.

13.(6) NATIONAL ECONOMY SAVINGS (a) 15 cents.

CERTIFICATES, whether transferable or not, (b) Before issue. issued in the
Colony by the legal representa- (e) The person issu

tives of the Chinese Postal Remittance and ing.

Savings Banks being instruments within the
definition of Bill of Exchange. May be an
adhesive stamp.

Exemption.

Certificates issued before the 31st
December, 1939.

13.(7) BILL OF EXCHANGE of any other (a) 15 cents for every kind
whatsoever (except a bank note), if $500 or part drawn, or expressed to be
payable, or actually thereof.

paid or indorsed, or in any manner negotiated, (b) If drawn in the

within the Colony, May be an adhesive Colony, before
stamp. execution. if
drawn out of the
Colony, in accord-
ance with s. 22.
(e) See sections 22
and 24.

13.(8) PROMISSORY NOTE of any kind (a) 15 cents for the

whatsoever *(except a bank note), if drawn, or first $100 or part
expressed to be payable, or actually paid, or thereof and 10
indorsed, or in any manner negotiated, within cents for every






the Colony. If made out of the Colony, may subsequent $100
be an adhesive stamp. or part thereof.
See s. 19 as to bills in sets. (b) If inade in the
Colony,before
execution. If made
out of the Colony,
in accordance
with s. 22.
(c) Seesections 22
and 24.





(a) Stamp Duty.

Nature of Instrument. (b)Time for stamp-
ing.

(c) Persons liable.

14. BILL OF LADING (each part of (a) When the freight

every set). is under $5, 15
For all other ships receipts, including cents. When the
Chinese shippers books, see heading 50. freight is $5 oi.
more, 40 cents.
(b) Before execution.
(c) All persons execu-
ing.

BILL OF SALE, absolute and by
way of security, see Conveyance and Mortgage.

15. BOND, BOTTOMRY, GENERAL (a) 25 cents for every

AVERAGE OR RESPONDENTIA $100 or part

thereof.
(b)Before execution.
(c)The obligor.

BROKERS NOTE: See Shares.

16. BOND to secure the payment or (a) 20 cents for every

repayment of money. $100 or part
thereof of the
penalty oi. maxi-
mum amount pay-
able.
(b) Before execution.
(c) All persons execu-
ting.

17. CERTIFICATE TO PRACTISE to (a) $50 for every

be taken out yearly (section 25.) calendar year or
part thereof.
(b) Before beginning
to practise in any
year.
(c) The person prac-
tising.
18. CHARTER PARTY. (a) 15 cents for every
$100 or part
thereof ofthe
total or estimated
hire or freight.
(b) Before execution.
(c) All persons execu-
ting.
19. COMPRADOR NOTE, if
through a bank. May be an adhesive (a) 15 cents.
(b) Before lodgment.

20. CASHIER ORDER, if passed ((c) The person lodg- a bank other than the
bank of issue. ing. May be an adhesive stamp





(a) Stamp Duty.

(b) Time for stamp

Nature of Instrument. ing.

(e) Persons liable.

21. CONVEYANCE ON SALE, the duty (a) $2 for every $100

to be calculated on the amount or value of the or part thereof of
consideration on the day of the date of the the amount or
instrument. value of the con-
See also section 6, as to excess stamp s sideration
duty. (b) 30 days after
execution.
(c) All persons execu-
ting.

22. CONVEYANCE made forthe (a) $5.
purpose of effectuating the appointment of a (b) 30 days after

new trustee, if such conveyance is made by execution.
some instrument other than the instrument (c) All persons execu- which the new
trustee is appointed. ting

23. CONVEYANCE OR TRANSFER of (a) $20.
any kind not herein specifically described. (b) 30 days after
execution.

(c) All persons execu-
ting.

24. DECLARATION or revocation of (a) $20.
any use or trust of or concerning any (b) 7 days after tel.
property by any writing, not being a will or execution.
an instrument chargeable with ad valorem (c) All persons execu-
duty as a settlement, including any acknow- ting

legdment in writing, by recital or otherwise,
of a trust, not being a trust created by a will,
in respect of which no instrument has been
duly stamped as a declaration of a trust or
as a settlement.

Exemptions.

(a) Declaration of Trust by the nominees of a
banker to whom property is transferred to secure an
advance made by the banker. (b) Trust receipt given
to a banker.

25. DEED of any kind whatsoever not (a) $20.
described in this Schedule (including a deed (b) 30 days after
of assignment by a trustee to a cestui que execution.
trust, and a deed confirmatory of a conveyance (c) All persons execu-

on which the full conveyance duty has been ting.
paid).
See also-

Agreement of service with a
corporate body.
Deposit of title-deeds: See







Mortgage.

26. DIVIDEND WARRANT, whether (a) 15 cents.
expressed to be payable by the corporate body (b) Before issue.
issuing the dividend warrant or by some other (c) The corporate
person, and whether payable within or with- body issuing.
out the Colony.





(a) Stamp Duty.

(b) Time for stamp

Nature of Instrument. ing.

(e) Persons liable.

27. DUPLICATE OR COUNTERPART (a) Where the duty

of any instrument chargeable with any duty. on original instru-
ment doesnot
exceed $2,the
same duty as on
the original.
Where duty
exceeds $2 on the
original, $2.
(b) 7 (laysafter
execution, oi. such
longer period as
may beallowed
within which the
original must be
stamped.
(e)
Exemption.
Policies of insurance, duplicates of:
See Policy of insurance (8).

28. EXCHANGE. (a) The same duty as
on a conveyance
on sale for
a consideration
equal to the value
of theproperty
of thegreater
value.
(b) 30days after
execution.
(e) All persons execu-
ting.
29. EXCHANGE CONTRACT CAN- (a) 10 cents for every

CELLATION NOTE. MAY BE ADHESIVE $500 or part
STAMP, thereof
(b) 2 daysafter
cancellation etc.,
see section
26(5).
(c) If one party to
the contract
was
a banker, ancl the
other party was
not a banker, the
banker. In every
other case, the
seller.

EXPORT DECLARATION, See

Import Declaration.

30. FORECLOSURE ORDER, the duty (a) $1 for every $100







to be calculated on the value of the property. or part thereof.
(b)Before the order
is signed by the
Registrar.
(c)The person ob-
taining the order.





(a) Stamp Duty.

Nature of Instrument. (b) Time for stamp-
ing,

(e) Pe31. FOREIGN ATTACHMENT BOND. (a) $1 for every $100 or
part thereof.

(b) Before execution.

(c.) All persons execu-
ting.

GIFT: See Voluntary disposition inter
vivos.

32. GODOWN WARRANT. (a) 20 cents:
(b) Before issue.
(e) The person issu-
ing.
GUARANTEE: See Agreement.

33. IMPORT OR EXPORT DECLARA- (a) $1.

TION for the purpose of regulations under (b) Before lodgment. section 3 of
the Registration of Imports and (e) The person lodgExports Ordinance. May
be an adhesive ing.

stamp.

LEASE, AND AGREEMENT FOR
LEASE, as beneath.

34.(1) IF granted in consideration of a (a) The same duty as

premium ot. fine. on a conveyance
on sale, the duty
to be calculated
on the premium
or fine.
(b) 30 days after
execution.
(e) All persons execu-
ting.
34.(2) IF granted in consideration of a
rent-

(i) Where the term is not defined at (a) (i) 25 cents for

'111, or is uncertain, or is so defined as not to every $100 or
exceed one year. part thereof of
(ii) Where the term specified in the the rent for one
lease exceeds one year but does not exceed year.
three years. (ii) 50 cents for
(iii) Where the term specified in the every $100 or
lease exceeds three years. part thereof of
the rent for one
year.
(iii) $1 for every
$100 orpart
thereofof the
rent for one year.
(b) 30days after






execution.
(e) All persons execu-
ting.





(a) Stamp Duty.

Nature of Instrument. (b)Time for stamp
ing.

(c) Persons liable.

34.(3) IF the consideration includes both (a) The total ascer

premium oi. fine and relit. tained as in 34(1)
aiid 1.4 (2).
(b) 30 days after
execution.
(c) All persons execu-
ting.
34.(4) SURRENDER OF LEASE. (a) The same duty as
on a lease for the
residue of the
term surrendered,
any price oi. con-

sideration for
surrender being
regarded as
prenlium.
(b) 30 days after
execution.

(c) All person. execu-
ting.

34.(5) LEASE executed in pursuance of a (a) $3.
duly stamped agreenienb for a lease. (b) 30 clays after

execution.

(c) All persons execu-
ting.

35. LETTER OF ALLOTMENT or any (a) 10 cents. other document
having the effect of a letter of (b) Before execution. allotment of shares in any
company or (c) All persons execu

proposed company or in respect of any loan ting.
raised or proposed to be raised by any
company or proposed company, and letter of
renunciation.
LETTER OF ATTORNEY: See
Power of Attorney.
36. LETTER OF HYPOTHECATION. (a) Referring to

particular property
$3. (,eneral,
$6.

(b) 7 days after
execution.

(c) All persons execu-
ting.

37. LETTERS PATENT, assignment of. (a) $10.

(b) 7 days after
execution.







(c) All persons execu-
ting.

38. MARKETABLE SECURITY issued (a) 20 cents for every

in the Colony, or made or issued by or on $100 or part
behalf of a corporate or unincorporate body thereof of the

formed or established in the Colony. nioney secured.
(b) Before issue.
(c)The body issuing.





(a) Stamp Duty.

(b) Time for stamp

Nature of Instrument. ing.

(e) Persons liable.

MORTGAGE, as beneath.

39.(1) BEING THE ONLY or principal (a) 20 cents for every

or primary security. (For tontine mortgages $100 or part

see section 40.) thereof of the

principal sum
secured.

(b) 30 days after
execution.

(e) All persons execuing.

39.(2) BEING a collateral or auxiliary (a) 10 cents for every

or additional or substituted security (other $100 or part
than a mortgage executed in pursuance of a thereof of the
duly stamped agreement for a mortgage), or value of the
being a mortgage executed by way of further additional or sub-
assurance, provided in every case that the stituted security.

principal security was duly stamped under (b) 30 days after
sub-head (1). execution.

(c) All persons executing.

39.(3) EXTENSION of the time of an (a) 10 cents for every

original mortgage, whether indorsed on the $100 or part

mortgage deed or not. thereof of the

principal sum
secured.

(b) 30 days after
execution.

(c) All persons
executing.

39.(4) TRANSFER OR ASSIGNMENT (a) 10 cents for every

of any mortgage, bond, debenture, or $100 or part

covenant, (except a share as defined in section thereof of the
3, or other marketable security), or of any principal sum
money or stock secured by any such instru- secured.
ment, or by any warrant of attorney to enter (b) 30 days after
up judgment or by any judgment. execution.

(c) All persons executing.

39.(5) WHERE any further money is (a) 20 cents for







added to the money already secured. every $100 or
partthereof of
the additional
principal sum
secured.
(b) 30 days
after
execution.
(c) All persons execu-
ting.
39.(6) AGREEMENT for a mortgage. (a) 20 cents for every
$100 or part
thereof of the
principal sum to
be secured.
(b) 30 days
after
execution.
(c) All persons execu-
ting.





(a) Stamp Duty.

Nature of Instrument. (b)Time for stamp-
ing.

(c;) Persons liable.

39.(7) AGREEMENT for a collateral or (a) 10 cents for every

auxiliary or additional or substituted security $100 or part
or for a mortgage to be executed by way of thereof of the
further assurance, provided in every case that value of the
the principal security was duly stamped under additional or
substituted (1). stituted security.
(b) 30 days after
execution.
(e)All persons execu-
ting.

39.(8) RECONVEYANCE, REASSIGN- (a) Where the whole

MENT, RELEASE, DISCHARGE, SUR- of the principal
RENDER OR RENUNCIATION, of any sum secured is
such security as aforesaid, or of the benefit released or
discharged or of the
money thereby secured. charged, 10 cents
(Any portion of the principal sum not for every $500 oi.
expressed in any prior instrument then to be part thereof of
released or discharged shall be deemed to be the principal sum
released by the final instrument of secured. Where a
reconveyance, reassignment, release, discharge, portion of the
surrender or renunciation.) principal sum is
released or dis-
charged, 10 cents
for every $500 or
part thereof of
the amount
actually released
or discharged.
(b) 30 days after
execution.
(0) All persons execu-
ting.

39.(9) CERTIFICATE OF SATISFAC- (a) 10 cents for every

TION. $500 or part

thereof of the

principal sum
secured.

(b) 30 days after
execution.

(c) All persons execu-
ting.

39.(10) MORTGAGE executed in pur- (a) $3,
suance of a duly stamped agreement for a (b) 30 days after

mortgage. execution.

(c) All persons execu-






ting.

39.(11) TRANSFER of a mortgage made (a) 10 cents for every

for the purpose of edectuating the appoint- $100 oi. part
ment of a new trustee, if such transfer is thereof of the
made by some instrument other than the principal sum
instrument by which the new trustee is secured up to a
appointed. maximum of $5.
(b) 30 days after
execution.
(c) All persons execu-
ting.





(a) Stamp Duty.

(b) Time for stamp

Nature of Instrument. ing.

(e) Persons liable.

40. NOTARIAL ACT of any kind what- (a) $3.
soever (except a protest of a bill of exchange (b) 7 days after

or promissory note). execution.
(r) The notary.
Exemption.

Notarial acts relating solely to transfers of
shares on share registers which are not required by law
to be kept within the Colony.

41. NOTE OF PROTEST of a bill of (a) 75 cents.

exchange or promissory note. (b) 7 days after
execution.
(e) The notary.

42. PARTITION DEED. (a) $20, together
Where the partition is carried out by with ad valorem

several instruments, the principal deed will duty as on a
be chargeable as at (a) in the next column, conveyance on
the other deeds each being stamped $20. sale on any sum
paid or agreed to
be paid for
equality.
(b ) 30 days after
execution.
(e) All persons execu-
ting.
43. PARTNERSHIP instrument. (a) $10.
(b) 7 days after
execution.
(e) All persons execu-
ting.

POLICIES OF INSURANCE, as

beneath.
44.(1) LIFE POLICIES. (a) 25 cents for every
$1,000 or part
44.(2) MARINE POLICIES, hull risks for thereof insured.
time (b) Before execution.
(e) The insurer,

44.(3) MARINE POLICIES, other than (a) Where the

hull risks for time. amount insured
44.(4) FLOATING POLICIES, for eachdoes not exceed

$1,000: 20 cents.

indorsement. Where the

amount insured
44.(5) FIRE, ACCIDENT, and all other exceeds $1,000:







policies not specifically referred to above. 50 cents.
(b)Before execution.
(c)The insurer.





(a) Stamp Duty,

Nature of Instrument. (b)Time for stamp-
ing.

(e) 44.(6) RENEWALS, except life renewals. (a)The same rates of
duty as on original
policies.

(b) Before execution.

(c) The insurer.

44.(7) LIFE POLICIESRENEWAL (a) 15 cents.

RECEIPTS for amounts exceeding $20. May (b) Before execution.

be an adhesive stamp. (c) The insurer.
44.(8) DUPLICATES of Policies. (a) The same duty as
on the original
policy.
(b) Before execution.
(c) The insurer.
44.(9) REINSURANCE. (a) The same rates
of duty as on
direct policies.
(b) Before execution.
(c) The insurer.

45. POWER OF ATTORNEY for (a) 10 cents.
appointing a proxy to vote at a specified (b) Before execution.
meeting, or revocation thereof.(c) The person, execu-

ting.

46. POWER OF ATTORNEY for any (a) $,S.

other purpose whatsoever. (b) 7 days after
after

execution.
(c) The person execu
ting.
Exemption.

Power of attorney relating exclusively to
things to be done out of the Colony.

PROMISSORY NOTE: See Bill of
exchange (8).

47. PROTEST by a master of a vessel. (a) 75 cents.

(b) 7 days after
execution.

(c) The master of the

vessel.

48. RECEIPT. May be an adhesive (a) 15 cents.
stamp. (b) Before being







parted with by
the maker.
(c)The maker, i.e.
the person giving
the receipt.





(a) Stamp Duty.

(b) Time for stamp-

Nature of Instrument. ing.

(c) Persons liable.

Exemptions

(a) Receipt for an amount not exceeding $20.

(b) Receipt given by a banker for money
lodged or deposited with hirn and to be accounted
for by him to the person lodging or depositing the
money.

(c) Acknowledgment by a banker of the the
receipt of any bill of exchange or promissory note
for the purpose of being presented for acceptance or
payment.

(d) Receipt given by a banker indorsed on a
telegraphic transfer advice.

(c) Receipt given by an officer in His
Majesty's service to any Government department

(f) Receipt indorsed or otherwise written UP011
or contained in any instrument liable to stamp duty,
and duly stamped, acknowledging the receip~ of the
consideration money therein expressed, or the
receipt of any principal money, interest, or annuity
thereby secured or therein mentiioned

(g) Receipt given for or on account of any
salary, pay or wages, or for or on account of any
other like payment made to or for the account or
benefit of any person being the holder of an offee or
an employee, in respect of his office or
employrnent, or for or on account of money paid in
respect of any pension, superannuation allowance,
compassionate allowance or other like allowance.

(h) Receipt for a gift to any fund or
organization which the Collector is satisfied was
established and is applied or maintained solely for
purposes of charity or public welfare, and which
holds a valid certificate in writing from the Collector
to that effect.

(i) Receipt given for a refund of bail or for a
refund of a fine or any part thereof.

(i) Receipt given for a refund of rates made
under sections 34-38 and section 51 of the Rating
Ordinance.

(k) Receipt given for a refund of tax made
under section 80 of the Inland Revenue Ordinance.

(1) Receipt given for a refund of Crown Rents
on leased lands or of premia

(nt) Receipt given for a refund of water






charges.

49. SERVANT'S SECURITY AGREE- (a) 20 cents for every

MENT which is not chargeable with mortgage $100 or part
duty. thereof of the
amount up to
which security is
given.
(b) 7 daysafter
execution.
(c) The employer.





(a) Stamp Duty.

Nature of Instrument. (b)Time for stamp-
ing.

(e) Persons liable.

50. SETTLEMENT. (a)30 cents for every
$100oi. part
thereof of the
amount or value
of the
property
settled oi. agreed
to be settled.
(b) 30 (lays after
execution.
(c)All persons, exeeu-
ting

51. SETTLEMENT executed in pur (a) $3.

suance of a duly stamped agreement for a (b) 30 days after
tel.
settlement. execution.

(e) All persons
executing

SHARES, as beneath.

52.(1) CONTRACT NOTE, on every (a) 10 cents for every bought
note and every sold note. May be $100 or part an adhesive stamp.

thereof of the
amount or value of
the consideration.

(b) Before delivery.

(e)The broker or agent
or where no broker
the principal
delivering the note.

52.(2) TRANSFER. (a)
$5.

(b) Before executioi

(c)The transfer
and tilt, trail
force
Exemptions.

(a) Transfers of shares on share registers which
are not required by law to be kept within the
Colony.

(b) Transfers of share warrants to bearer.

52.(3) SHARE WARRANT to bearer, (a) $1 for $100 or

issued in the Colony. part thereof of
the nominal value






of the share.
(b) Before issue.
(c) The company
issuing.





(a) Stamp Duty.

(b) Time for stamp

Nature of Instrument. ing.

(c.) Persons liable.

53. SHIPPERS BOOKS (Chinese) and (a) When the freight

all other receipts for goods shipped given by is under $5: 15
or on behalf of the owner or master of a cents.
vessel where bills of lading are not used. When the freight
is $5 or more: 40
cents.
(b) Before the book
is chopped or
(as the case may
be) before the
receipt is parted
with to the ship-
per ol. to any one
on his behalf.
(c) The person who
chops the book or
gives the receipt.

54. TELEGRAPHIC TRANSFER AD- (a) 10 cents for every

VICE. (To be calculated on the equivalent $500 oi. part

in Hong Kong. currency of the money thereof.
despatched. And see section 33.) (b) Two days after
the despatch of
the money.
(c) The person who
despatchesthe
nioney on behalf
of another.
Exemption

Telegraphic transfers in silver
currencies from the Colony to China.

55. TRADE MARK (or trade marks), (a) $10.

SS

.1. assignemtn of, together with the goodwill of (b) 7 clays after
the business concerned in the goods for which execution.

it has (oi. they have) been registered.(c) All persons execu-
ting.

56. VESTING ORDER (other than a (a) $20.

vesting order which is a conveyance on sale), (b) Before the order

including. the transfer of any property is signed by the
transferred by the order. Registrar.
(c)The person ob-
taining the order.
57. VOLUNTARY DISPOSITION (a) $2 for every $100

inter vivos, the duty to be calculated on the or part thereof of






value of the property. the value of the
property conveyed
or transferred.
(b)30 days after
execution.
(c)All persons execu-
ting.
Originally 8 of 1921. Fraser 8 of 1921. 19 of 1938. 1 of 1940. 22 of 1946. 38 of 1947. 46 of 1948. 17 of 1949. 9 of 1950. 24 of 1950. 24 of 1950. Short title. Collector an assistant collectors. 38 of 1947, s. 2. Interpretation. 54 & 55 Vict, c.30, s. 98. 54 & 55 Vict, c.39, s. 29. 54 & 55 Vict, c.30, s. 29. 54 & 55 Vict, c.30, s. 32. 54 & 55 Vict, c.39, s. 49. [s. 3 cont.] 54 & 55 Vict, c.39, s. 54. 54 & 55 Vict, c.39, s. 122. 61 & 62 Vict, c.10, s. 6. 54 & 55 Vict, c.39, s. 111(1). 54 & 55 Vict, c.39, s. 122. 54 & 55 Vict, c.39, s. 98. 54 & 55 Vict, c.39, s. 92(1). [s. 3 cont.] 54 & 55 Vict, c.39, s. 122. 54 & 55 Vict, c.39, s. 86. [s. 3 cont.] 54 & 55 Vict, c.39, s. 91. 54 & 55 Vict, c.39, s. 33. 54 & 55 Vict, c.39, s. 101. 54 & 55 Vict, c.39. First Schedule. 54 & 55 Vict, c. 39, s. 122. 10 Edw. 7, c. 8, s. 77(3). Regulations Schedule. 46 of 1948, s. 2. [s. 4 cont.] Liability to, nature of, and time of stamping. Schedule. 24 of 1950, Schedule. Excess stamp duty on conveyance. 46 of 1948, s. 3. (22 of 1946.) 9 of 1950, Schedule. Non-admissibility of unstamped instruments. 54 & 55 Vict. [cf, c. 39, ss. 14, 17, 41.] [s. 7 cont.] Schedule. How instruments to be written and stamped. 54 & 55 Vict, s. 39, s. 3. Instruments chargeable under more than on head. 54 & 55 Vict, s. 39, s. 4. Facts and circumstance affecting duty to be set forth. 54 & 55 Vict, s. 39, s. 5. Power to call for abstract and evidence. [cf. 54 & 65 Vict, s. 39, s. 12.] Splitting. Cancellation of adhesive stamps. 54 & 55 Vict, c. 39, s. 8. Methods of stamping and denoting. Schedule. 24 of 1950, Schedule. G.N.A. 88/49. [s. 14 cont.] 54 & 55 Vict, c. 39, s. 11. Cheques supplied by authorized banks need not bear stamp. 17 of 1949, s. 3. 24 of 1950, Schedule. Duplicates and counterparts. 54 & 55 Vict, c. 39, s. 72. Adjudication of duty by Collector. [cf. 54 & 55 Vict, c. 39, s. 12.] [s. 17 cont.] Appeal against assessment. 54 & 55 Vict, c. 39, s. 13. Stamping by special leave. [cf. 54 & 55 Vict, c. 39, s. 15, and 58 & 59 Vict, c. 16, s. 15. ] [s. 19 cont.] Effect of non-compliance incase of certain bills of exchange. 23 & 24 Geo, 5, c. 19, s. 42. Instruments executed out of the Colony. [cf. 54 & 55 Vict, c. 39, s. 15(2)(a), (3)(a).] Schedule. Foreign bills and notes. 54 & 55 Vict, c. 39, s. 35. Bills in sets. 54 & 55 Vict, c. 39, s. 39. Penalty regarding unstamped bill or note. 54 & 55 Vict, c. 39, s. 38. 24 of 1950, Schedule. Certificates to practice. 1 of 1940, s. 28. (Cap. 32.) 37 of 1950, Schedule. Exchange contracts. [s. 26 cont.] Gifts inter vivos. 10 Edw. 7, c. 8, s. 74. 19 of 1938, s. 2. Proxies. 54 & 55 Vict, c. 39, s. 80. [s. 28 cont.] Refusal to give receipt. 54 & 55 Vict, c. 39, s. 103. Certain mortgages of shares chargeable as agreements. 54 & 55 Vict, c. 39, s. 23. Share contract notes. 10 Edw. 7, c. 8, s. 78(1). 38 of 1947, s. 3. 10 Edw. 7, c. 8, s. 78(3). 10 Edw. 7, c. 8, s. 78(5). 10 Edw. 7, c. 8, s. 77(2). 10 Edw. 7, c. 8, s. 77(4). 10 Edw. 7, c. 8, s. 79(1). 10 Edw. 7, c. 8, s. 79(2). Passing on of dividends prohibited. Telegraphic transfers. Ad valorem duty as regards foreign currency. 54 & 55 Vict, c. 39, s. 6. [cf. 62 & 63 Vict, c. 9, s. 12.] Ad valorem duty where the consideration consists of shares or securities. 54 & 55 Vict, c. 39, s. 55. Ad valorem duty where the conveyance is in commiseration of debt etc. to be charged. 54 & 55 Vict, c. 39, s. 57. Conveyance duty in certain cases. 54 & 55 Vict, c. 39, s. 58. Certain contracts to be chargeable with conveyance duty. 54 & 55 Vict, c. 39, s. 59. [s. 38 cont.] Security for future advances. 54 & 55 Vict, c. 39, s. 88. Tontine mortgages. General exemptions. [s. 41 cont.] 24 of 1950, Schedule. Reassignments and mortgages made for new Crown lease or exchange. Instruments confirmatory of transactions during Japanese occupation. 24 of 1950, Schedule. 24 of 1950, Schedule. 24 of 1950, Schedule. Attested copies of instruments containing attestation clauses. [s. 44 cont.] Chinese 'chop'. Responsibility for loss of or damage to instrument. Liability in the case of corporate bodies and firms. Inspection. Falsification. Limitation of time and consent of Collector. Penalties. [Sch. Cont.] 9 of 1950, Schedule. 9 of 1950, Schedule. 37 of 1950, Schedule. [Sch. Cont.] G.N. 558/47. 17 of 1949, s. 2. G.N. 1/40. [Sch. Cont.] 46 of 1948, s. 5. 46 of 1948, s. 5. 24 of 1950, Schedule. 24 of 1950, Schedule. 46 of 1948, S. 4. 37 of 1950, Schedule. 37 of 1950, Schedule. 37 of 1950, Schedule. 37 of 1950, Schedule. 24 of 1950, Schedule. [Sch. Cont.] 37 of 1950, Schedule. 37 of 1950, Schedule. (Cap. 51.) 37 of 1950, Schedule. 37 of 1950, Schedule. [Sch. Cont.] 37 of 1950, Schedule. 37 of 1950, Schedule. 37 of 1950, Schedule. 37 of 1950, Schedule. 37 of 1950, Schedule. 37 of 1950, Schedule. 37 of 1950, Schedule. 37 of 1950, Schedule. 37 of 1950, Schedule. [Sch. Cont.] 37 of 1950, Schedule. 37 of 1950, Schedule. 37 of 1950, Schedule. 37 of 1950, Schedule. 37 of 1950, Schedule. 37 of 1950, Schedule. [Sch. Cont.] 24 of 1950, Schedule. G.N. 31/39. 17 of 1940, s. 2. G.N. 891/40. G.N. 819/41. (Cap. 116.) (Cap. 112.) [Sch. Cont.] 37 of 1950, Schedule. 37 of 1950, Schedule. 38 of 1947, s. 4. 46 of 1948, s. 4. 37 of 1950, Schedule.

Abstract

Originally 8 of 1921. Fraser 8 of 1921. 19 of 1938. 1 of 1940. 22 of 1946. 38 of 1947. 46 of 1948. 17 of 1949. 9 of 1950. 24 of 1950. 24 of 1950. Short title. Collector an assistant collectors. 38 of 1947, s. 2. Interpretation. 54 & 55 Vict, c.30, s. 98. 54 & 55 Vict, c.39, s. 29. 54 & 55 Vict, c.30, s. 29. 54 & 55 Vict, c.30, s. 32. 54 & 55 Vict, c.39, s. 49. [s. 3 cont.] 54 & 55 Vict, c.39, s. 54. 54 & 55 Vict, c.39, s. 122. 61 & 62 Vict, c.10, s. 6. 54 & 55 Vict, c.39, s. 111(1). 54 & 55 Vict, c.39, s. 122. 54 & 55 Vict, c.39, s. 98. 54 & 55 Vict, c.39, s. 92(1). [s. 3 cont.] 54 & 55 Vict, c.39, s. 122. 54 & 55 Vict, c.39, s. 86. [s. 3 cont.] 54 & 55 Vict, c.39, s. 91. 54 & 55 Vict, c.39, s. 33. 54 & 55 Vict, c.39, s. 101. 54 & 55 Vict, c.39. First Schedule. 54 & 55 Vict, c. 39, s. 122. 10 Edw. 7, c. 8, s. 77(3). Regulations Schedule. 46 of 1948, s. 2. [s. 4 cont.] Liability to, nature of, and time of stamping. Schedule. 24 of 1950, Schedule. Excess stamp duty on conveyance. 46 of 1948, s. 3. (22 of 1946.) 9 of 1950, Schedule. Non-admissibility of unstamped instruments. 54 & 55 Vict. [cf, c. 39, ss. 14, 17, 41.] [s. 7 cont.] Schedule. How instruments to be written and stamped. 54 & 55 Vict, s. 39, s. 3. Instruments chargeable under more than on head. 54 & 55 Vict, s. 39, s. 4. Facts and circumstance affecting duty to be set forth. 54 & 55 Vict, s. 39, s. 5. Power to call for abstract and evidence. [cf. 54 & 65 Vict, s. 39, s. 12.] Splitting. Cancellation of adhesive stamps. 54 & 55 Vict, c. 39, s. 8. Methods of stamping and denoting. Schedule. 24 of 1950, Schedule. G.N.A. 88/49. [s. 14 cont.] 54 & 55 Vict, c. 39, s. 11. Cheques supplied by authorized banks need not bear stamp. 17 of 1949, s. 3. 24 of 1950, Schedule. Duplicates and counterparts. 54 & 55 Vict, c. 39, s. 72. Adjudication of duty by Collector. [cf. 54 & 55 Vict, c. 39, s. 12.] [s. 17 cont.] Appeal against assessment. 54 & 55 Vict, c. 39, s. 13. Stamping by special leave. [cf. 54 & 55 Vict, c. 39, s. 15, and 58 & 59 Vict, c. 16, s. 15. ] [s. 19 cont.] Effect of non-compliance incase of certain bills of exchange. 23 & 24 Geo, 5, c. 19, s. 42. Instruments executed out of the Colony. [cf. 54 & 55 Vict, c. 39, s. 15(2)(a), (3)(a).] Schedule. Foreign bills and notes. 54 & 55 Vict, c. 39, s. 35. Bills in sets. 54 & 55 Vict, c. 39, s. 39. Penalty regarding unstamped bill or note. 54 & 55 Vict, c. 39, s. 38. 24 of 1950, Schedule. Certificates to practice. 1 of 1940, s. 28. (Cap. 32.) 37 of 1950, Schedule. Exchange contracts. [s. 26 cont.] Gifts inter vivos. 10 Edw. 7, c. 8, s. 74. 19 of 1938, s. 2. Proxies. 54 & 55 Vict, c. 39, s. 80. [s. 28 cont.] Refusal to give receipt. 54 & 55 Vict, c. 39, s. 103. Certain mortgages of shares chargeable as agreements. 54 & 55 Vict, c. 39, s. 23. Share contract notes. 10 Edw. 7, c. 8, s. 78(1). 38 of 1947, s. 3. 10 Edw. 7, c. 8, s. 78(3). 10 Edw. 7, c. 8, s. 78(5). 10 Edw. 7, c. 8, s. 77(2). 10 Edw. 7, c. 8, s. 77(4). 10 Edw. 7, c. 8, s. 79(1). 10 Edw. 7, c. 8, s. 79(2). Passing on of dividends prohibited. Telegraphic transfers. Ad valorem duty as regards foreign currency. 54 & 55 Vict, c. 39, s. 6. [cf. 62 & 63 Vict, c. 9, s. 12.] Ad valorem duty where the consideration consists of shares or securities. 54 & 55 Vict, c. 39, s. 55. Ad valorem duty where the conveyance is in commiseration of debt etc. to be charged. 54 & 55 Vict, c. 39, s. 57. Conveyance duty in certain cases. 54 & 55 Vict, c. 39, s. 58. Certain contracts to be chargeable with conveyance duty. 54 & 55 Vict, c. 39, s. 59. [s. 38 cont.] Security for future advances. 54 & 55 Vict, c. 39, s. 88. Tontine mortgages. General exemptions. [s. 41 cont.] 24 of 1950, Schedule. Reassignments and mortgages made for new Crown lease or exchange. Instruments confirmatory of transactions during Japanese occupation. 24 of 1950, Schedule. 24 of 1950, Schedule. 24 of 1950, Schedule. Attested copies of instruments containing attestation clauses. [s. 44 cont.] Chinese 'chop'. Responsibility for loss of or damage to instrument. Liability in the case of corporate bodies and firms. Inspection. Falsification. Limitation of time and consent of Collector. Penalties. [Sch. Cont.] 9 of 1950, Schedule. 9 of 1950, Schedule. 37 of 1950, Schedule. [Sch. Cont.] G.N. 558/47. 17 of 1949, s. 2. G.N. 1/40. [Sch. Cont.] 46 of 1948, s. 5. 46 of 1948, s. 5. 24 of 1950, Schedule. 24 of 1950, Schedule. 46 of 1948, S. 4. 37 of 1950, Schedule. 37 of 1950, Schedule. 37 of 1950, Schedule. 37 of 1950, Schedule. 24 of 1950, Schedule. [Sch. Cont.] 37 of 1950, Schedule. 37 of 1950, Schedule. (Cap. 51.) 37 of 1950, Schedule. 37 of 1950, Schedule. [Sch. Cont.] 37 of 1950, Schedule. 37 of 1950, Schedule. 37 of 1950, Schedule. 37 of 1950, Schedule. 37 of 1950, Schedule. 37 of 1950, Schedule. 37 of 1950, Schedule. 37 of 1950, Schedule. 37 of 1950, Schedule. [Sch. Cont.] 37 of 1950, Schedule. 37 of 1950, Schedule. 37 of 1950, Schedule. 37 of 1950, Schedule. 37 of 1950, Schedule. 37 of 1950, Schedule. [Sch. Cont.] 24 of 1950, Schedule. G.N. 31/39. 17 of 1940, s. 2. G.N. 891/40. G.N. 819/41. (Cap. 116.) (Cap. 112.) [Sch. Cont.] 37 of 1950, Schedule. 37 of 1950, Schedule. 38 of 1947, s. 4. 46 of 1948, s. 4. 37 of 1950, Schedule.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1866

Edition

1950

Volume

v3

Subsequent Cap No.

117

Number of Pages

52
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 15:46:54 +0800
<![CDATA[RATING (FORMS) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1865

Title

RATING (FORMS) REGULATIONS

Description






(b)all those residences occupied by the staff situate within the
precincts of the said University's property,
shall be totally exempted from assessment for rates.

5. These Orders may be cited as the Rating (Exemption) Orders.

DECLARATION OF URBAN AREAS.
(Cap. 116, section 5I(b)).
(Ordinance No. 6 of 1901).
[28th July, 19So.]
Those portions of the New Territories comprising the villages of Tai Po
Market and Yuen Long and their vicinities which are delineated
and bounded by a red line on the respective plans thereof
approved by the Governor in Council and deposited in the office
of the District Commissioner.
[29th September, 1939.]
That portion of the New Territories locally known as Tsun Wan and its
vicinity (including the villages of Tsun Wan Wai, Sha Tsui, Sam
Tung Uk, Hoi Pui, Muk _Min Ha and Sam Pak Tsin) which is
delineated and bounded by a red line on the plan thereof approved
by the Governor in Council and deposited in the office o~ the
District Commissioner.

RATING (FORMS) REGULATIONS.
(Cap. 116, section So).
(Ordinance No. 6 of 1901)
[3rd November, 1950].
1. These regulations may be cited as the Rating (Forms)
Regulations.

2. The following forms are prescribed---





G.N.A. 240/50. FORM

HONG KONG.
Requisition for particulars
THE RATING ORDINANCE,-ANNUAL
1st April to
To

.............
...........1 .....
.............
In pursuance of s. 4 of the Rating Ordinance (Chapter 116 of the undernlentioned
tenements in the manner specified below, and return the same 3RD FLOOR, within TEN DAYS
from the day hereof.

Dated..the .............................. day of ........................ 19

RETURN OF HOUSES, BUILDINGS AND LANDS IN THE COLONY OF
























owner or occupier who refuses or neglects to furnish the incorrect particulars, is liable upon
summary conviction to the furnished within ten days, no appeal from the valuation
will be





1A.

(ss. 4, 44.)

as to tenements.
VALUATION FOR THE YEAR 19 - 19
31st March.

Revised Edition) I require you to furnish me with the particulars relating to the to me at the
RATING & VALUATION DEPARTMENT, WINDSOR HOUSE,

(Signed) Commissioner,
Rating & Valuation Department.

HONG KONG OF WHICH THE UNDERSIGNED IS OWNER OR OCCUPIER.














Address .(Signed)
. . Owner or Occupier.
particulars required, and every person who knowingly furnishes any false or penalties
prescribed in s. 44 or the Ordinance. If the above information is not allowed.





G.N.A. 240150. FORM
HONG KONG. Requisition for particulars
THE RATING ORDINANCE,-INTERIM
To
............
............
............
In pursuance of s. 4 of the Rating Ordinance (Chapter 116 of the
undermentioned tenements in the manner specified below, and return the same 3RD FLOOR,
within TEN DAYS from the day hereof.
Dated the ..........day of 19












(1) Total cost of buildings (4) If Land is rented
including all fixtures,amount of rent $
decoration, services, and (5) Area of Land sq. ft.
architect's f ees $ .....(6) Crown Rent $ per ann.
(2) Total cost of site forma- (7) Estimated annual
tion including retaining cost of repairs $
walls and roadways $ (8) Estimated annual
(3) (a) Cost or Land $ insurance premium
(b) Date or purchase $

Dated day of 19
Note-Every owner or occupier who refuses or neglects to furnish the incorrect
particulars, is liable upon summary conviction to the furnished within ten days,
no appeal from the valuation will be





1 B.
(ss. 4, 24.)
as to tenements.
VALUATION IN THE YEAR 19 19

Revised Edition) 1 require you to furnish me with the particulars relating to the to me at the
RATING & VALUATION DEPARTMENT, WINDSOR HOUSE,
(Signed)
Commissioner,
Rating & Valuation Department.
HONG KONG OF WHICH THE UNDERSIGNED IS OWNER OR OCCUPIER.







In the case of repairs, improvements or additions to existing buildin.-,
15. state the following particulars:-

(1) Nature of repairs, improvements or additions .......................................

. . ...... ---

(2)Total cost including all fixtures, decoration,
site formation and architect's fees $

Address (Signed)
.Otener or Occupier.
. .
particulars required, and every person who knowingly furnishes any false or penalties
prescribed in s. 44 of the Ordinance. If the above information is not allowed.





FORM 2. 4.1
Notice requiring permission to enter tenement.
HONG
KONG.
THE RATING ORDINANCE-ASSESSMENT.
FORTHE YEAR 19
To occupier of
I hereby give you notice, under the provisions of section 4 of
the Rating Ordinance (Chapter 116 of the Revised Edition), that
I require permission to enter upon the above tenement for the
purpose of inspecting the same, so as to enable me to fix the
valuation thereof for the year 19and that 1 intend to enter
upon the said tenement on the day of
1.9 , between the hours of and
Dated the day of 19
(Signed)
Commissioner,
Rating and Valuation Department.

FORM 3. Is. 11.1
Declaration of errors in valuation list.
HONG KONG.
THE RATING ORDINANCE.
(Chapter 116 of the Revised Edition).
Permission is requested to make the following corrections in the Valuation
List for the year 19 . 1 declare that such corrections are of clerical errors only
and that the values as so corrected are, to the best of my knowledge and belief,
full and fair valuations of the tenements named below and are correct in every
particular.
(Signed)
Commissioner,
Rating and Valuation Department.
Declared before me
the day of 19
(Signed) Justice of the Peace.
No. of Tenement. Existing Corrected Reason for
assess- entry. entry. the correction.
ment. No. Street.

Approved the day of 19
(Signed) Colonial Secretary.





FORM 4. [ss. 12, 26, 28.]

Notice of valuation.

HONG KONG.
THE RATING ORDINANCE.
VALUATION FOR THE YEAR 19
(Chapter 116 of the Revised Edition).
1st April to 31st March.




To owner or occupier of the tenements mentioned below.
You are hereby informed that the tenements specified below have been
assessed to the rates for the above year at the rateable values separately entered
against them.
Dated the day of 19
(Signed)
Commissioner
Rating and Valuation Department.

No. of Lot. Street. Description
assess- Descrip- of Rateable Remarks.
ment. tion No. Name. No. tenement. value.






FORM 5. [s. 35.]

Application for refund of rates.

THE RATING ORDINANCE.
(Chapter 116 of the Revised Edition).
APPLICATION FOR REFUND OF RATES.
Hong Kong
Sir,





I request that you will refund the rates paid on the tenements and for the
periods named below. Notice has already been given to you that those
tenements were vacant during the periods stated, which do not include any
broken month, and the rates in question were paid into the Treasury in advance
during the first month of the quarter.
I am, etc.,

(Signed) Owner [or Agent.]

To the Accountant General.

No.Street. Period for which refund $
is claimed.

*Received the above amount the day of 19
(Signed) Owner [or Agent.]

Note-If there are more houses than can be entered on the above form, write
on the back of this. This application must be made during the first ffteen days
after the expiration of the quarter during which the tenements were vacant.
*This receipt must not be signed until the claim has been allowed by the
Treasury,
Citation. Regulations Fraser, vol. 2, p. 521. G.N. 861/39. G.N.A. 162/50. G.N.A. 162/50. G.N.A. 861/39. Ord. 6 of 1901, Schedule. Citation.
G.N.A. 240/50.
G.N.A. 240/50.
Ord. 42/39. s. 5.

Abstract

Citation. Regulations Fraser, vol. 2, p. 521. G.N. 861/39. G.N.A. 162/50. G.N.A. 162/50. G.N.A. 861/39. Ord. 6 of 1901, Schedule. Citation.
G.N.A. 240/50.
G.N.A. 240/50.
Ord. 42/39. s. 5.


Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1865

Edition

1950

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

116

Number of Pages

8
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 15:46:53 +0800
<![CDATA[DECLARATION OF URBAN AREAS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1864

Title

DECLARATION OF URBAN AREAS

Description






(b)all those residences occupied by the staff situate within the
precincts of the said University's property,
shall be totally exempted from assessment for rates.

5. These Orders may be cited as the Rating (Exemption) Orders.

DECLARATION OF URBAN AREAS.
(Cap. 116, section 5I(b)).
(Ordinance No. 6 of 1901).
[28th July, 19So.]
Those portions of the New Territories comprising the villages of Tai Po
Market and Yuen Long and their vicinities which are delineated
and bounded by a red line on the respective plans thereof
approved by the Governor in Council and deposited in the office
of the District Commissioner.
[29th September, 1939.]
That portion of the New Territories locally known as Tsun Wan and its
vicinity (including the villages of Tsun Wan Wai, Sha Tsui, Sam
Tung Uk, Hoi Pui, Muk _Min Ha and Sam Pak Tsin) which is
delineated and bounded by a red line on the plan thereof approved
by the Governor in Council and deposited in the office o~ the
District Commissioner.

RATING (FORMS) REGULATIONS.
(Cap. 116, section So).
(Ordinance No. 6 of 1901)
[3rd November, 1950].
1. These regulations may be cited as the Rating (Forms)
Regulations.

2. The following forms are prescribed---
Citation. Regulations Fraser, vol. 2, p. 521. G.N. 861/39. G.N.A. 162/50. G.N.A. 162/50. G.N.A. 861/39. Ord. 6 of 1901, Schedule. Citation.

Abstract

Citation. Regulations Fraser, vol. 2, p. 521. G.N. 861/39. G.N.A. 162/50. G.N.A. 162/50. G.N.A. 861/39. Ord. 6 of 1901, Schedule. Citation.


Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1864

Edition

1950

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

116

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 15:46:53 +0800
<![CDATA[RATING (EXEMPTION) ORDERS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1863

Title

RATING (EXEMPTION) ORDERS

Description






RATING.
Subsidiary legislation under this Chapter with subsequent
amendments (if any) incorporated, is set out as
follows-
..........Page
Rating 'Exemption) Orders ..... ... ... ... 390
Declaration of Urban Areas ... ... ... ... 391
Rating (Forms) Regulations ... ... ... ... 391

RATING (EXEMPTION) ORDERS.

(Cap. 116, section 40(3) and W).
(Ordinance No. 6 of 1901).

[13th August, 1915.]

1. That part of a hostel attached to the University, of Hong Kong
which is occupied by students of the University shall be totally
exempted from assessment for rates.

2. That part of a hostel attached to the University, of Hong Kong
occupied by the Warden shall be partially exempted from assessment
for rates by the reduction of one-half of the assessment.

3.(a) The Chinese Recreation Ground; and (b) Yaumati
Public Square,
shall be exem ted from assessment for rates notwithstanding
occupation thereof, or of any portion or portions thereof
respectively, for pecuniary profit.

4.(a) All the buildings situate within the precincts of the areas
occupied by the Hong Kong University other than those
used as residences for the staff; and





(b)all those residences occupied by the staff situate within the
precincts of the said University's property,
shall be totally exempted from assessment for rates.

5. These Orders may be cited as the Rating (Exemption) Orders.

DECLARATION OF URBAN AREAS.
(Cap. 116, section 5I(b)).
(Ordinance No. 6 of 1901).
[28th July, 19So.]
Those portions of the New Territories comprising the villages of Tai Po
Market and Yuen Long and their vicinities which are delineated
and bounded by a red line on the respective plans thereof
approved by the Governor in Council and deposited in the office
of the District Commissioner.
[29th September, 1939.]
That portion of the New Territories locally known as Tsun Wan and its
vicinity (including the villages of Tsun Wan Wai, Sha Tsui, Sam
Tung Uk, Hoi Pui, Muk _Min Ha and Sam Pak Tsin) which is
delineated and bounded by a red line on the plan thereof approved
by the Governor in Council and deposited in the office o~ the
District Commissioner.

RATING (FORMS) REGULATIONS.
(Cap. 116, section So).
(Ordinance No. 6 of 1901)
[3rd November, 1950].
1. These regulations may be cited as the Rating (Forms)
Regulations.

2. The following forms are prescribed---
Regulations Fraser, vol. 2, p. 520. G.N. 112/39. G.N. 112/39.
Citation. Regulations Fraser, vol. 2, p. 521. G.N. 861/39. G.N.A. 162/50. G.N.A. 162/50. G.N.A. 861/39. Ord. 6 of 1901, Schedule. Citation.

Abstract

Regulations Fraser, vol. 2, p. 520. G.N. 112/39. G.N. 112/39.
Citation. Regulations Fraser, vol. 2, p. 521. G.N. 861/39. G.N.A. 162/50. G.N.A. 162/50. G.N.A. 861/39. Ord. 6 of 1901, Schedule. Citation.


Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1863

Edition

1950

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

116

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 15:46:53 +0800
<![CDATA[RATING ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1862

Title

RATING ORDINANCE

Description






CRAPTER 116.

THE RATING ORDINANCE.

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS.

Section page

1. Short title ............................. ... ... ... ... ... 371
2. Interpretation ........1 ................ ... ... ... ... ... 371

3. Appointment of Commissioner, etc ........... ... ... ... ... 373

4. Powers of Commissioner .................. ... ... ... ... 373

VALUATION.

5. Mode of valuation ....................... ... ... ... ... 3 73

6. Application by owner for extension of time for making return. 374

7. General annual valuation of tenements ... ... ... ... 374

8. Powers of Governor in Council regarding the making of

such valuation ........................ ... 3) 7 4

9. List of tenements ancl valuations ......... ... ... ... ... '074

10. Verification of list ................... 1 . ... ... ... ... 375

11. Correction of errors ................... ... ... ... ... ... 375

12. Notice of first or altered valuation ... ... ... ... ... 375
13. Effect of omission to serve notice ..... ... ... ... ... 375

14. List to be open for inspection ............ ... ... ... 31 7 5

15. Exhibition of list for country district ... 1. 1. 1 ... 375

APPEAL AGAINST VALUATION

16. Grounds of appeal ...................... ... ... ... ... ... 376
17. Notice of appeal ....................... . ... ... ... ... 376

18. Appeal in relation to property of others ... 376

19. Prosecution of appeal ..................... ... ... ... ... 376

20. Notice of hearing ...................... ... ... ... ... ... 376

21. Disallowance of appeal in certain cases ... ... ... 376
22. Avoidance of disallowance in certain cases ... ... ... ... 377

23. Hearing of appeal ...................... ... ... ... ... ... 377

INTERIM VALUATION.

24. Making of interim valuation ............ ... ... ... ... ... 377

25. Entry of valuation ..................... ... ... ... ... ... 377
26. Notice of valuation .................... ... ... ... ... ... 377
27. Payment of rates ....................... ... ... ... ... ... 378

28. Appeal against interim valuation ...... ... ... ... 378











RATING.

Section Page

29. Amount of rates ........................ ... ... 378

30. Power to alter amount of rates ............ ... ... ... 378

PAYMENT, RECOVERY AND REFUND OF RATES.

31. Mode of payment of rates ............... ... ... ... ... 379
32. Liability for payment of rates ......... ... ... ... ... ... 379

33. Recovery of rates ...................... ... ... ... ... ... 379
34. Rule for refund of rates ............... ... ... ... ... ... ... 379

35. Mode of obtaining refund ............... ... ... ... ... 379
36. Right of appeal against refund ......... ... ... ... ... ... 380

37. Want of notice that tenement unoccupied ... ... ... ... 380

38. Additional power to grant refund of rates ... ... ... 380

39. Making false statement an offence ...... ... ... ... ... 381

EXEMPTIONS FROM RATES.

40. Exemption of certain tenements ......... ... ... ... ... 381

41. No other exemptions .................... ... ... ... ... 382

NUMBERING OF TENEMENTS.

42. Owner of tenement to allow numbering ... ... ... ... 382

43. Maintenance of number .................. ... ... ... ... 3382

OFFENCES AND MISCELLANEOUS.

44. Offences and penalties .................... ... ... ... ... 382
45. New valuation on conviction ............... ... ... ... ... 383
46. Mode of service of notice ................. ... ... ... ... 384
.47. Proof of service of notice ............... ... ... ... ... 384

48. Misnomer, etc., not to affect execution of Ordinance ... 384

49. Judge not to be incompetent by reason of interest in rates. 384

50. Regulations ............................ ... ... ... ... ... 384

MODIFICATIONS IN THE NEW TERRITORIES.

51. Special modifications in New Territories ... ... ... ... 385





CHAPTER 116.

RATING.

To consolidate aitd amend the laws relating to rating.

[ist April, 1901.

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Rating

Ordinance.

2. In this Ordinance

$&annual valuation' means a general valuation of the rateable
tenements in the whole Colony, or any part thereof, to be made
yearly under this Ordiiiance;

'Commissioner' means the Commissioner of Rating and Valuation;

'interim valuation' means a valuation made at any time of any
tenement which may have been increased or reduced in value
since the last valuation thereof, whether by building, destruction
of building or other alteration in the structural condition of such
tenement, or which, being rateable, is not already rated;

'list' means the annual valuation list provided for by this Ordinance;

'machinery' means machinery used for purely industrial or
manufacturing purposes, but does riot include lifts and machinery
used as adjuncts to any tenements occupied as offices, dwellings
or hotels. In making, however, any valuation of such lifts and
machinery, the Commissioner shall deduct the expenses of
working such lifts and machinery from the rateable value thereof,
if such expenses are borne directly by the person who bears the
burden of the rates in respect of any tenement;

owner means the holder of any tenement direct from the Crown,
whether under lease, licence or otherwise, or the immediate
landlord of any tenement, or the agent of any such holder or
landlord who is absent or under disability;

'pier' includes wharf;

-rateable value' means the rent at which any tenement might
reasonably be expected to let, at the time of the





valuation, from year to year, if the tenant undertook to pay all
usual tenants' rates and taxes, and if the landlord undertook to
pay the Crown rent and the costs of repairs and insurance, with
any other expenses necessary to maintain the tenement in a state
to command that rent. Such rateable value shall not include the
value of any machinery upon or in the tenement, and no regard
shall be had

(a)to any room or other part of the tenement which has
been added at any time after the tenement was first
assessed, or was included in the tenement before it was
first assessed, solely for the purpose of affording
protection in the event of hostile attack from the air, or
for purposes auxiliary thereto, if approved by the
appropriate

ci
vil defence authority and by the Commissioner, and
which is not occupied or used for any other purpose;

(b)to any structural alterations or improvements to the
tenement (not being the addition of any such room or
other part as aforesaid) made at any time after the
tenement was first assessed, solely for the purpose of
affording such protection or for purposes auxiliary
thereto, if similarly approved.

In the case of buildings let to more than one occupier, there may
be deducted from the total annual rent of the whole tenement,
estimated as aforesaid, a sum not exceeding twenty per cent of
the whole as an allowance for such portions of such buildings as
may reasonably be expected to be unlet from time to time during
the ensuring year, and the remainder shall be the rateable value;

tenement means any land, with or without buildings, which is held or
occupied as a distinct or separate holding or tenancy, and
includes piers;

'unoccupied', when applied to a tenement, means while such
tenement is put to no beneficial use and, when applied to a
building, means while such building is neither used for storage of
any goods or chattels nor used for habitation; except by a
caretaker;

year means the period from the 1st day of April in any

year to the 31st day of March next following, or any





other period of twelve months fixed by the Governor in

Council.

3. The Governor may appoint a Commissioner of Rating and
Valuation and such rating and valuation surveyors as he may deem
necessary for the purposes ol' this Ordinance, and may allow them suth
remuneration as he thinks fit.

4. The Commissioner may-

(a)serve the owner or occupier of any tenement with a
requisition in the prescribed forni and require him to furnish,
within ten days, the particulars therein specified;

(b)enter into and upon any tenement for the purpose of making
a valuation thereof, aiid take such measurements and other
particulars as he may deem necessary for the purposes of
such valuation ;

(c)call upon such owner or occupier to exhibit to him all
receipts for rent, rent-books accounts or other documents
whatever connected with the rent or value of such tenement;

(d)serve on such owner or occupier a written notice in the
prescribed form, requiring permission to enter; and after
twenty-four hours from the delivery of such notice may, at
any time during the day-time enter into and upon the said
tenement and take measurements and other particulars, as
hereinbefore provided, and may use force to effect such
entry, if necessary, doing no more damage than is necessary
for the purpose; aiid

(e)inspect or authorize a public. officer to inspect on his behalf
any room or other part of a tenement which is exempted.
frorn assessment to rates under the provisions of section 2
or of subsection (5) of section 40, in order to ascertain that
such room is being used for the purposes of and as required
by the said provisions, by virtue of which they have been so
exempted.

Valuation

5. 'The Commissioner shall separately estimate the rateable value
of' each tenement, except in the following cases





(a)whenever the value of a tenement is affected by the value of
another tenement contiguous to it or separated only by a
roadway, and both tenements are owned by the same
person, the two tenements may be valued together; and

(b)when two or more tenements are so built that their floors
overlap or are intermixed, they may be valued as one
tenement, the rates being charged against any one of the
owners, who may be required to adjust their respective
shares of payment of such rates amongst themselves.

6. Any owner of a tenement occupied by himself for which no rent
passes, or any owner of more than ten tenemerits, may, within ten days
from the service on hirn of the requisition in the prescribed form as
provided b), section 4, apply in writing to the Commissioner for an
extension of the time allowed for returning such forni, stating his
reasons for the application, and the Commi Commissioner may grant
such extension of time, not exceeding an additional twenty-eight days,
as to him may appear reasonable.

7. The Commissioner shall make in eacli year, before the 31st day
of January or as soon thereafter as may be, a valuation of the
tenements in the Colony, or of such part thereof as the Governor in
Council may by order signified in the Gazette direct.

8. The Governor in Council rnay-

(a)by order signified in the Gazette fix aii), other day as the day
before which (or as soon thereafter as may be) the valuation
shall be finished; aiid

(b)adopt any valuation at any time existing, either wholIv or in
part, as the valuation for the ensuing year or any part
thereof; and shall cause notice of such adoption, and of the
extent thereof, to be published in the Gazette. Any existing
valuation so adopted shall, for the purposes of appeal, be
considered a new valuation.

9. As soon as the said valuation is completed the Commissioner
shall make out a list of the several tenements assessed and of their
respective valuations and shall deliver the same to the Colonial
Secretary.





10. The Commissioner shall make and subscribe, in the presence
of the Colonial Secretary, a declaration to the effect that the list
contains a true account of all valuations made by him and that the
same is, to the best of his knowledge and belief, complete and correct
in every respect, and the Colonial Secretary shall deliver the list to the
Accountant General.

11. (1) After the list lias been so declared aiid delivered no
alteration shall be made in it, except as provided by sections 23 aiid 25
or to correct merely clerical errors.

(2) Such errors shall be declared by the Commissioner before a
justice of the peace in the prescribed forni, which shall be submitted to
the Colonial Secretary, who may approve any such correction and
without whose written sanction no such correction shall be made.

12. When any tenement is valued for the first time, or when any
existing valuation is altered, the Commissioner shall within fourteen
days after the completion of the valuation serve notice in writing in the
prescribed form on the owner, or on the occupier if the owner or his
agent cannot be found, of such valuation having been made and of the
amount thereof : Provided that this section shall not apply to
valuations of tenements in Chinese villages.

13. The omission to serve such notice shall not invalidate any
valuation or relieve any person from the payment of rates.

14. The list, or examined copy thereof, shall be open to inspection
at the Treasury during office hours for twenty-one days, of which
notice shall be previously given in the Gazette and at least one
English and one Chinese public newspaper. Any owner or occupier of
any tenement included in such list may, during such twenty-one days,
take any extract therefrom.

15. The Colonial Secretary, on receipt of the list of Chinese
tenements for each country district, shall cause a copy thereof to be
made in Chinese (stating only the number of each house, its valuation
and the annual rates) and to be exhibited in a conspicuous place in the
principal village of each district during the twenty-one days above
mentioned.





Appeal against valuation

16. (1) Any person who is aggrieved on any of the following
grounds

(a)that any tenement for which he is rateable is valued beyond
its rateable value;

(b) that any tenement is assessed which is not rateable;

(c)that any person who, or any tenement which, ought to be
inserted in the list is omitted therefroni; or

(d)that any tenement is valued therein below its rateable value,

may, during the twenty-one days aforesaid, lodge with the Registrar of
the Supreme Court a notice of appeal to the court in its summary
jurisdiction.

(2) If aii existing valuation lias been adopted under paragraph (b)
of section 8, such period of twenty-one days shall be reckoned from
the date of the Gazette in which notice of such adoption is published.

(3) The Commissioner shall be the respondent in any appeal
under this section or under section 28.

17. The notice of appeal shall state fully the grounds on which the
appeal is made, and the appellant shall within the twenty-one days
aforesaid cause a copy thereof to be served on the Commissioner.

18. When the appeal is in relation to any tenement not the
property or in the occupation of the appellant, lie shall within the
twenty-one days aforesaid cause a cop), of the notice of appeal to be
served on the person interested in the result of the appeal, and such
person may be heard on the appeal.

19. The appellant shall prosecute his appeal within one month
from the expiration of the aforesaid period of twentyone days and if lie
fails to do so his right to appeal shall lapse.

20. On the fixing by the court of a day for bearing the appeal, the
appellant shall forthwith give notice thereof to the Commissioner.

21. The appeal shall not be entertained if it is shown to the
satisfaction of the judge





(a)that any of the provisions of sections 16 to 20 have not been
complied with ;

(b)that the appellant or his agent knowingly furnished false or
incorrect particulars to the Commissioner for the purposes of
the valuation against which the appeal is made; or

(c)that the appellant refused or neglected to supply the
information required by section 4 within ten days of a
demand for the same.

22. In any case in which an appeal might be disallowed under
paragraph (c) of section 21, the judge may nevertheless hear the appeal,
if it appears

(a)that the omission to give the required information arose from
the absence or disability of the appellant or other
unavoidable cause; or

(b)that application was made to the Commissioner under
section 6 for an extension of time and was refused without
just cause, or that the time allowed was not in the opinion of
the court of reasonable length.

23. The court, on proof that the notices required by sections 16 to
20 were given within the time fixed by those sections, shall hear and
determine the appeal in a summary way and may make such order
therein as it thinks proper, which shall be final and conclusive, with or
without costs to aily party; and may direct the Accountant General to
ametid the list in any manner.

Interim valuation.

24. The Commissioner may, at any tinic make an interim valuation
of aily tenement.

25. 'I'lic Commissioner shall notify the Accountant General of the
amount of such valuation, and he shall cause the same to be inserted
in the list.

26. (1) The Commissioner shall without delay serve oil the owner
of such tenement, or oil the occupier if the owner cannot be found,
notice in the prescribed form of such valuation having been made aiid
of the amount thereof.





(2) No rates shall be recoverable in respect of such tenement until
such notice has been served.

27. The rates assessed shall be payable froni the first day of the
month next following the assessment and shall thereafter continue to
be payable quarterly.

28. (1) Any person who is aggrieved by any interim valuation, on
the ground that the tenement assessed is not rateable under this
Ordinance or that it is valued beyond its rateable value, may appeal to
the Supreme Court in its summary jurisdiction, whereupon sections 16
to 23 shall apply in relation to such appeal.

(2) The period af twenty one days mentioned in those sections
shall be taken to be twenty-one days from the service on the owner or
occupier of the tenement of notice in the prescribed form or, in case
such notice was not received by such owner or occupier, twenty-one
days from the first demand upon him to pay the rates to which the
appeal lias reference.

Rating,

29. After the time for appealing has expired, seventeen per cent on
the valuation of every tenement enumerated in the list shall be payable
as rates from the 1st day of April in each year or from such other day
as may be fixed by the Governor in Council : Provided that the said
percentage shall be reduced to sixteen per cent in the case of any
tenement for the water supply of which from the Government
waterworks the only provision made is a supply of unfiltered water,
and shall be reduced to fifteen per cent in the case of any tenement for
which no provision is made for any supply

of water from such waterworks. For the purposes of this section
provision for water supply shall be deemed to be made for a tenement,
although it has not connexion with the Government water-mains or
waterworks, if such tenement is situated within two hundred yards of a
Government watermain.

30. (1) The rates provided for in section 29 aiid the districts to
which they apply may be altered by resolution of the Legislative
Council.

(2) If any such resolution is passed the Governor shall

fix a date for its coming into effect. [31 ]





Payment, recovery and refund of rates.

31. The above rates shall be paid quarterly in advance at the
Treasury within the first month of each quarter, and the times
appointed for such payment shall be notified quarterly by the
Accountant General in the Gazette.

32. (1) The owners and occupiers of all tenements shall be liable to
the Crown for payment of the rates assessed thereon, but the same
shall be deemed an occupier's rate and, as between the owner and
occupier of any tenement, shall in the absence of any agreement to the
contrary be borne by the occupier; and the amount thereof, if paid by
the owner, may be recovered by him from the occupier in an action for
money paid to his use, or if he is still in occupation of the tenement, by
distress in the same manner as for rent.

(2) The provisions of this section shall equally apply
to the recovery of rates paid by one owner on account of
another under paragraph (b) of section 5.

33. If any person fails to pay -any rates for which lie is liable,
within one month after the day notified in the Gazette as the last day
for payment, the Accountant General may recover the same by action
in the Supreme Court in its summary jurisdiction, together with interest
at the rate of eight per cent per annum froni the day when such
rates ought to have been paid until the day of payment.

34. Refund of rates may be made subject to the rule
that whenever any tenement is unoccupied during
one or more entire months of any quarter in respect of which
the rates upon such tenement were paid in advance within
the first month of such quarter, the Accountant General shall,
subject to the provisions of section 35, refund the rates for
such months:Provided that no refund of rates shall be
made in respect of the non-occupation of any portion less
than the whole of any land or building which may have
been assessed as a separate tenement.

35. A refund may be obtained in the following manner-
(a) the owner of any tenement may give notice to the
Accountant General that such tenement is vacant





not later than the 15th day of any month from the first day of
which it is intended to claim such refund;

(b)so long as such tenement remains continuously unoccupied
no further notice shall be required, but after the reoccupation
of such tenement, notice of any subsequent vacancy shall
again be required, as provided in paragraph (a);

(c)the person claiming the refund may, within fifteen days after
the expiration of the quarter during which the tenement lias
been unoccupied, apply to the Accountant General in the
prescribed form for such refund; and

(d) the Accountant General may refund the rates for
one or more entire months during such quarter, if
due notice has been given and if the Accountant
,General is satisfied that the tenement was unoccupied
during such months, which he shall ascertain by
causing it to be actually inspected frorn month to
month.

36. Any person who is aggrieved by a refusal on the
part of the Accountant General to refund rates may apply
to the Supreme Court in its summary jurisdiction, and the
court may adjudicate upon a petition for a refund of rates,
although the claim exceeds one thousand dollars, and for
the purpose of such adjudication may receive any evidence
it thinks fit.

37. The petitioner shall riot recover if the notice required
by section 35 lias riot been given, the burden of proof whereof
shall lie on him.

38. Notwithstanding anything in this Ordinance, it
shall be lawful for the Governor in Council to order a refund
of rates to be made in any case in which lie may think fit
to do so.

Note:With effect from 3.11.50, $5,000 was substituted for $1,000 in the
fifth line hereof when an increase in the summary jurisdiction took
place (Ord. 35 of 1950).





39. Every person who knowingly makes to any person
any false statement for the purpose of obtaining a refund
of rates under the provisions Of section 38 shall upon
summary conviction be liable to a fine of two thousand
dollars.

Exemptions frorn rates.

40. (1) Tenements below the rateable value of such minimum
amount as may be fixed by the Governor in Council and notified in the
Gazette shall not be rateable.

(2) The following tenements, so long as they are riot occupied in
any way for gain or pecuniary profit, shall not be rateable

(a) almshouses;

(b) art schools or art galleries;

(c) cemeteries ;

(d) charitable. dispensaries;

(e) free libraries;
premises of the Government of the Colony or any
part of His Majesty's dominions;

(g) hospitals;

(h) museums;

(1) places of public worship;
rifle ranges;
schools; and

(1) the City Hall.

(3) Any village or area may by resolution of the Legislative
Council be exempted from assessment for rates.

(4) It shall be lawful for the Governor in Council in his discretion
to authorize the total or partial exemption from assessment of any
educational, charitable or welfare institution other than those included
in subsection (2) or of any tenement used in connexion therewith.

(5) No person shall, in respect of any period, be liable to pay rates
in respect of a tenement which is intended to be occupied and used
solely for the purpose of affording protection in the event of hostile
attack from the air or for purposes auxiliary thereto, if approved by the
appropriate civil defence authority and the Commissioner and which is
not occupied or used for any other purpose.





41. Except as provided by section 40, no exemption from
rates shall be allowed.

Numbering of tenements.

42. Every owner or occupier of any tenement shall allow
such tenement to be numbered with such number and in
such manner as tile Commissioner may direct.

43. The owner or occupier of such tenement shall -allow
the maintenance or alteration of such number to the satisfac-
tion of the Commissioner, and shall not later, conceal,
remove, deface or obliterate it.

Offences.

44. (1) Any owner or occupier of a tenement who refuses or
neglects to furnish the particulars required under section 4 shall be
liable upon summary conviction to a fine of five hundred dollars and to
a imprisonment prison ment for six months

2.and also to pay a sum equal to any loss in revenue occasioned by his
default, with interest thereon at the rate of eight per cent per annum,
such sum aiid interest to be determined by the magistrate and
recoverable in the same manner as a fine.

(2) Any person who knowingly makes false or incorrect statement
in furnishing the particulars specified in the prescribed form shall be
liable upon summary conviction to a fine of two thousand dollars aiid
to imprisonment for six months for eacli tenement in respect of which
such false

2.or incorrect particulars are furnished aiid also to pay a sum equal to any
loss in revenue occasioned by his default, with interest thereon at the
rate of eight per cent per annum, such sum and interest to be
determined by the magistrate aiid recoverable in the same nianner as a
fine.

(3) Any owner or occupier of a tenement who refuses to exhibit,
when required, to the Commissioner any receipt for rent, or any book
or other document relevant to the valuation, shall be liable upon
summary conviction to a fine of two thousand dollars and to
imprisonment for six months.

(4) Any person who prevents, hinders or obstructs the
Commissioner from entering, inspecting and measuring any tenement,
after delivery of due notice of his intention to do





so and after the lapse of twenty-four hours from such notice, shall be
liable upon summary conviction to a fine of two thousand dollars and
to imprisonment for six months.

(5) Any person who prevents, hinders or obstructs the
numbering, or the maintenance or alteration of the number, of any
tenement shall be liable upon summary conviction to a fine of one
hundred dollars.

(6) Any person who conceals, removes, defaces or obliterates the
number of any tenement shall be liable upon summary conviction to a
fine of fifty dollars; -and also, in a case where such concealment or
obliteration arises froni the act of the owner or occupier of such
tenement, shall be liable upon summary conviction to a fine of five
dollars for each day during which it is continued.

(7) Any person who gives any notice required by section 35
which is to his knowledge false or incorrect shall be liable upon
summary conviction to a fine of five hundred dollars and to
imprisonment for six months and also to pay
a sum equal to any loss in revenue occasioned by his default, with
interest thereon at the rate of eight per cent per annum, such sum and
interest to be determined by the magistrate and recoverable in the same
manner as a fine.

(8) Any owner or occupier who uses or occupies or knowingly
permits to be used or occupied any room or other part of a tenement,
which is exempted frorn assessment to rates under the provisions of
section 2 or of subsection (5) of section 40, for any purposes other
than the purposes authorized under the said provisions, shall be liable
upon summary conviction to a fine of one thousand dollars aiid to
imprisonmerit for six months.

(9) Notwithstanding anything contained in section 26
of the Magistrates Ordinance, any complaint or information
in respect of any offence against this Ordinance may be made
or laid at any time within six years of the date of the
offence.

45. Whenever any person has been convicted, in respect of any
tenement, of an offence under subsection (1) or (2) of section 44, the
Commissioner shall make a new valuation of the tenement and rates
shall be payable on such valuation from the date of the conviction
until the next assessment.





Miscellaneous.

46. (1) Any notice required by this Ordinance to be served on the
owner or occupier of any tenenient shall be served on the owner of
such tenement if lie can be found or, if not, on the occupier.

(2) Service on the owner inav be effected by leaving such notice at
his usual address or by sending it to such address through the post.

(3) Service on the occupier may be effected by leaving
such notice at the tenement or by sending it to such tenement
through the post.

47. A receipt for any notice signed or stamped by any
officer of the Post Office shall be prima facie evidence of the
service of such notice at its address, except for the purposes
of section 26.

48. No misnomer or inaccurate description of ariv person,
place or tenement, in any docurnent required for the purposes
of this Ordinance, nor any mistake, informality or omission
committed in any proceeding had hereunder, shall invalidate
or prejudice such document or proceeding or in any wise
affect the execution of this Ordinance : Provided that such
person, place or tenement is designated in such docurrient
or proceeding to common intent and understanding, and
that such mistake, informality or omission is not of such
a nature as to prevent the requirements of this Ordinance
from being substantially complied with.

49. No judge shall be incapable of acting in his judicial
office in any proceeding, by reason of his being, as one of
several ratepayers or as one of any other class of persons,
liable in common with others to contribute to or to be benefited
by any rate which may be increased, diminished or in any
way affected by such proceeding.

50. The Governor in Council may make regulations for the better
carrying out of the provisions of this Ordinance and in particular for
prescribing and amending the forms to be used hereunder.







Modifications in New Territories (other than New Kowloon).

51. In their application to the New Territories, other than New
Kowloon, the provisions of this Ordinance shall be subject to the
followng modifications

(a)the powers and duties of the Commissioner and of the
Accountant General shall be exercised and carried out by the
District Commissioner;

(b) (i) rates shall be assessed, imposed and levied in

respect of buildings only, and in such areas only
as may be declared by the Governor in Council to
be urban areas. The words 'urban area' shall be
substituted for the words 'country district' ancl
'district' in the second and sixth lines of section
15 ;

(ii) every such urban area shall be delineated and shown
on a plan approved by the Governor in Council aiid
deposited in the office of the District Commissioner;

(c) (i) rateable buildings shall be classified as

follows-
Special class Buildings which are valued by the
.........assessing officer at over $4,000;
First class Buildings which are valued by the
.........assessing officer at over $2,000
.........but not over $4,000;
Second class Buildings which are valued by the
.........assessing officer at over $750
.........but not over $2,000;

Third class Buildings which are valued by the
assessing officer at over $200
but not over $750;

(ii) no rate shall be imposed in respect of an), building of
which the value, in the opinion of the assessing officer, is
$200 or under;

(iii) the assessing officer shall note in every assessment
aiid valuation list made out by him the buildings which he
finds neither to have nor to use Government waterworks
water;

(iv) the word 'tenement' throughout the Ordinance shall
mean a building rateable under this section and the words
'rateable value' in paragraphs (a) and (d) of subsection (i) of
section 16





and subsection (i) of section 28 shall be read as if the words
'true value' were substituted;

(d) (i) in respect of every building enumerated in

the assessment and valuation lists for the New
Territories, other than New Kowloon, and accord-
ing to the classification thereof, and after the time
for appealing under section 16 or 28 has expired,
there shall be payable as rates from the 1st day of
April in each year or, in the case of an interim
assessment, from the first day of the month next
following the assessment, or frorn such other day as
ma), be fixed by Order of the Governor in Council,
the sums or amounts specified in or ascertained
under the following scale-

Class of buildingAnnual rate.
Third class.If noted in the list as
neither having nor using Govern- $ 2
ment waterworks water

If not so noted .......$4

Second class. If noted in the list as
neither having nor using Govern- $6
ment waterworks water

If not so noted .......$12

First class. If noted in the list as
neither having nor using Govern- $ 8
ment waterworks water

If not so noted .......$16

Special class. If noted in the list as $2 per
neither having nor using Govern- $1,000
of the
ment waterworks water
valuation.
$4 per

If not so noted .......$1,000
.......................of the
.......................valuation.





(ii) the annual rate provided for in sub-paragraph (i) may
be altered by resolution of the Legislative Council;

(iii) nothing in this Ordinance shall be deemed to repeal or
affect any of the provisions of the Waterworks Ordinance or
the New Territories Ordinance;

(e)the above rates shall be paid quarterly in advance at the
office of the District Officer of the district and the tirnes
appointed for payment need riot be notified in the Gazette
but shall be published by him in each urban area in his
district;

where default has been made by any person in payment of
any rate, the District Commissioner shall have the same
powers as the collector of Crown Rent under regulations
made under the New Territories Ordinance, and the said
regulations (necessary changes being made) shall apply to
the recovery of rates;

(g)refund of rates may be made by the District Commissioner on
the same terms and subject to the same conditions and right
of appeal as those set out in sections 34 to 39: Provided that
in the case of a building let to more than one tenant, one or
more of the floors of which is unoccupied during one or more
entire months of any quarter, it shall be lawful for the District
Commissioner to grant in respect of such non-occupation a
refund not exceeding twenty per cent of the rates payable for
that quarter;

(h)the prescribed forms i-nay be adapted and modified as the
District Commissioner may find necessary. [49]
Originally 8 of 1901. Fraser 6 of 1901. 21 of 1938. 26 of 1939. 42 of 1939. 15 of 1948. 9 of 1950. 22 of 1950. 24 of 1950. Short title. Interpretation. 24 of 1950, Schedule. [s. 2 cont.] 26 of 1939, s. 2. 15 of 1948, s. 2. 42 of 1939, s. 2. Appointment of Commissioner etc. Powers of Commissioner. 26 of 1939, s. 3. Mode of valuation. [s. 5 cont.] Application by owner for extension of time for making return of annual value. General annual valuation of tenements. 42 of 1930, s. 3. Powers of Governor in Council. List of tenements and valuations. Verification of list. Correction of errors. Giving of notice of first or altered valuation. Omission to serve notice. List to be open for inspection. Exhibition of list for country district. grounds of appeal. Notice of appeal. Appeal in relation to property of others. Prosecution of appeal. Notice of hearing. Disallowance of appeal in certain cases. Avoidance of disallowance in certain cases. Hearing of appeal. Making of interim valuation. Entry of valuation. Notice of valuation. [s. 26 cont.] Payment of rates. Right of appeal against interim valuation. Amount of rates. 42 of 1939, s. 4. Power to alter amount of rates. Mode of payment of rates. Liability for payment of rates. Recovery of rates. Rule for refund of rates. Mode of obtaining refund. [s. 35 cont.] Right of appeal against refusal of refund. Want of notice that tenement unoccupied. Additional power to grant refund of rates. Making false statement an offence. 22 of 1950, Schedule. Exemption of certain tenements. 24 of 1950, Schedule. 9 of 1950, Schedule. 26 of 1939, s. 4. No other exemptions. Owner of tenement to allow numbering. Maintenance of number. Offences and penalties. 21 of 1938, s. 2. 22 of 1950, Schedule. 21 of 1938, s. 2. 22 of 1950, Schedule. 22 of 1950, Schedule. 22 of 1950, Schedule. 22 of 1950, Schedule. 22 of 1950, Schedule. 21 of 1938, s. 2. 26 of 1939, s. 5. 22 of 1950, Schedule. 21 of 1938, s. 2. (Cap. 227.) New valuation on conviction. 21 of 1938, s. 3. Mode of service of notice. Proof of service of notice. Misnomer, etc., not to affect execution of the Ordinance. Judge not to be incompetent by being interested in rates. Regulations. 24 of 1950, Schedule. Special modifications for rating in the New Territories, other than New Kowloon. [s. 51 cont.] [s. 51 cont.] (Cap. 102.) (Cap. 97.) (Cap. 97.)

Abstract

Originally 8 of 1901. Fraser 6 of 1901. 21 of 1938. 26 of 1939. 42 of 1939. 15 of 1948. 9 of 1950. 22 of 1950. 24 of 1950. Short title. Interpretation. 24 of 1950, Schedule. [s. 2 cont.] 26 of 1939, s. 2. 15 of 1948, s. 2. 42 of 1939, s. 2. Appointment of Commissioner etc. Powers of Commissioner. 26 of 1939, s. 3. Mode of valuation. [s. 5 cont.] Application by owner for extension of time for making return of annual value. General annual valuation of tenements. 42 of 1930, s. 3. Powers of Governor in Council. List of tenements and valuations. Verification of list. Correction of errors. Giving of notice of first or altered valuation. Omission to serve notice. List to be open for inspection. Exhibition of list for country district. grounds of appeal. Notice of appeal. Appeal in relation to property of others. Prosecution of appeal. Notice of hearing. Disallowance of appeal in certain cases. Avoidance of disallowance in certain cases. Hearing of appeal. Making of interim valuation. Entry of valuation. Notice of valuation. [s. 26 cont.] Payment of rates. Right of appeal against interim valuation. Amount of rates. 42 of 1939, s. 4. Power to alter amount of rates. Mode of payment of rates. Liability for payment of rates. Recovery of rates. Rule for refund of rates. Mode of obtaining refund. [s. 35 cont.] Right of appeal against refusal of refund. Want of notice that tenement unoccupied. Additional power to grant refund of rates. Making false statement an offence. 22 of 1950, Schedule. Exemption of certain tenements. 24 of 1950, Schedule. 9 of 1950, Schedule. 26 of 1939, s. 4. No other exemptions. Owner of tenement to allow numbering. Maintenance of number. Offences and penalties. 21 of 1938, s. 2. 22 of 1950, Schedule. 21 of 1938, s. 2. 22 of 1950, Schedule. 22 of 1950, Schedule. 22 of 1950, Schedule. 22 of 1950, Schedule. 22 of 1950, Schedule. 21 of 1938, s. 2. 26 of 1939, s. 5. 22 of 1950, Schedule. 21 of 1938, s. 2. (Cap. 227.) New valuation on conviction. 21 of 1938, s. 3. Mode of service of notice. Proof of service of notice. Misnomer, etc., not to affect execution of the Ordinance. Judge not to be incompetent by being interested in rates. Regulations. 24 of 1950, Schedule. Special modifications for rating in the New Territories, other than New Kowloon. [s. 51 cont.] [s. 51 cont.] (Cap. 102.) (Cap. 97.) (Cap. 97.)

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1862

Edition

1950

Volume

v3

Subsequent Cap No.

116

Number of Pages

19
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 15:46:52 +0800
<![CDATA[PUBLIC DANCE-HALLS TAX ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1861

Title

PUBLIC DANCE-HALLS TAX ORDINANCE

Description






CHAPTER 115.

PUBLIC DANCE-HALLS TAX.

Toimpose a tax in respect of payment for the services of dancing
partners and a tax on food sold aitd consumed in public dance-
halls

21st March, 1947.1

1. T1iis Ordinance may be cited as the Public DanceHalls Tax
Ordinance.

2. In this Ordinance

'dancing partner' means a dancing partner whose narne, age, sex,
nationality, birthplace and place of residence in the Colony are
required to be entered in a register kept in accordance with
regulations made under the Miscellaneous Licences Ordinance;

'food' includes every article or substance used for food or drink by
man, other than drugs or water, and any article which ordinarily
enters into or is used in the composition or preparation of human
food, and also includes flavouring matters and condiments;

'proprietor' includes any person responsible for the management of a
public dance-hall and any person on whose behalf payments for
tickets in payment of the services of dancing partners or payment
for food sold and consumed are received;

'public dance-hall' means any place opened, kept or used for the
purpose of dancing to which the general public are admitted with
or without payment for admission and which is required to be
licensed under the Miscellaneous Licences Ordinance.

3. There shall be charged, levied and paid a tax of ten per cent on
all payments for the services of a dancing partner in a public dance-
hall.

4. There shall be charged, levied and paid a tax of ten

per cent on all accounts rendered by a proprietor of a public dance-
hall for food sold and consumed in a public dance-hall.





5. For the purposes of sections 3 and 4 the amount of tax payable
shall be computed to the nearest ten cents and any amount of less
than ten cents shall be deemed to be ten cents.

6. (1) It shall be lawful for the Legislative Council by resolution to
increase, decrease, recast, suspend or vary to any extent and in any
manner whatsoever a tax imposed by or under this Ordinance.

(2) Every resolution shall come into operation at the time of the
passing thereof unless some other time is specified in such resolution.

7. Payment for the services of a dancing partner shall be made by
way of ticket purchased from the proprietor and such ticket shall be
stamped with a stamp (not before used) denoting that the tax has been
paid: Provided that it shall not be necessary for any such ticket to be
stamped as aforesaid in any case where the proprietor has made
arrangements approved by the Accountant General for furnishing
returns of sales of tickets and has given security to an amount and in a
manner approved by the Accountant General for payment of the tax.

8. The Governor in Council may make regulations for securing the
payment of any such tax and generally for carrying the provisions of
this Ordinance into effect. Without prejudice to the generality of the
foregoing such regulations may provide

(a)for calculating, collecting and accounting for any such tax;

(b)for the type of forms to be used in the presentation of
accounts to a person frequenting a public dancehall or to the
Accountant General or other officer entrusted with the
collection of any such tax.

9. It shall be lawful for the Accountant General or for i any person
authorized by him in writing for the purpose to enter any public dance-
hall at any reasonable time to ensure that the provisions of this
Ordinance or any regulations made thereunder are being observed.





10. (1) Ariy person who fails to comply with or attempts to evade
any of the provisions of this Ordinance shall be guilty of an offence
and shall be liable on summary conviction to a fine Of 011C thousand
dollars and sliall be liable also to pay any tax which should have been
paid.

(2) If the proprietor of a public dance-hall is convicted of any
offence against this Ordinance committed in such public dance-hall, a
magistrate may in his discretion suspend or revoke any licence held by
such proprietor.

(3) If any person acts iii contravention of, or fails to comply -,vith,
any regulations rilade tinder this Ordinance, lie shall lie liable on
summary conviction to a fine of five hundred dollars.

(4) Any person who prevents or obstructs the entry of the
Accountant G eneral or of any person authorized by hirn in writing
under this Ordinance shall be liable on summary conviction to a fine of
five hundred dollars.

11. Where a person convicted of an offence against this
Ordinance is a company, the chairman and every director and every
officer of the company shall be guilty of the like offence, unless lie
proves that the act or omission constituting the offence took place
without his knowledge or consent.

12. Any person who would have been liable under this Ordinance
to any pecuniary penalty for anything done or omitted if such a thing
had been done or omitted by him personally shall be liable to the same
penalty if such has been done or omitted by his partner, agent or
servant.
14 of 1947. Short title. Interpretation. (Cap. 114.) (Cap. 114.) Tax on payment for services of dancing partners. Tax on accounts for food sold and consumed. Computation of tax to nearest ten cents. Legislative Council may vary amount of tax. Method of payment for services of dancing partners. Regulations. Inspection. Penalties. Offences by corporations. Responsibility for acts of partners, agents and servants.

Abstract

14 of 1947. Short title. Interpretation. (Cap. 114.) (Cap. 114.) Tax on payment for services of dancing partners. Tax on accounts for food sold and consumed. Computation of tax to nearest ten cents. Legislative Council may vary amount of tax. Method of payment for services of dancing partners. Regulations. Inspection. Penalties. Offences by corporations. Responsibility for acts of partners, agents and servants.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1861

Edition

1950

Volume

v3

Subsequent Cap No.

115

Number of Pages

3
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 15:46:52 +0800
<![CDATA[MISCELLANEOUS LICENCES (MONEY-CHANGERS) EXEMPTION REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1860

Title

MISCELLANEOUS LICENCES (MONEY-CHANGERS) EXEMPTION REGULATIONS

Description






MISCELLANEOUS LICENCES (MONEY-CHANGERS)
EXEMPTION REGULATIONS.
(Cap. 114, section 3).
(Ordinance NO. 25 Of 1933).

[3rd September, 1948.]

1. These regulations may be cited as the Miscellaneous Licences
(Money-Changers) Exemption Regulations.

2. During the continuance in force of the Banking Ordinance, and
notwithstanding the provisions of the regulations contained in Parts 1
and IV of the Miscellaneous Licences Regulations, every money-
changer, who is also a licensed bank as defined in section 2 of the
Banking Ordinance, and who is not in default under section 8 of such
Ordinance, shall not be required to pay the prescribed fee under the
provisions of the Miscellaneous Licences Regulations, for a money-
changer's licence.

CHAPTER 115.
(Ordinance No. 14 Of 1947)
PUBLIC DANCE-HALLS TAX.
No subsidiary legislation.
G.N.A. 218/48. Citation. Exemption from payment of fee. (Cap. 155.) (Cap. 114. rules.)

Abstract

G.N.A. 218/48. Citation. Exemption from payment of fee. (Cap. 155.) (Cap. 114. rules.)


Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1860

Edition

1950

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

114

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 15:46:51 +0800
<![CDATA[MISCELLANEOUS LICENCES REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1859

Title

MISCELLANEOUS LICENCES REGULATIONS

Description






MISCELLANEOUS LICENCES.
Subsidiary legislation under this Chapter, with subsequent
amendments (if any) incorporated, is set out as
follows-
.............................Page
Miscellaneous Licences Regulations ... ... 365
Miscellaneous Licences (AI oney-Cha tigers)
Exemption Regulations ........ ... ... ... 30

MISCELLANEOUS LICENCES REGULATIONS.
(Cap. 114.)
(Ordinance No. 25 of 1933.)

[27(11 October, 1933.1

PART I.-GENFRAL.
1. These regulations may be cited as the Miscellaneous Licences
Regulations.
2. The officers authorized to issue licences, and the fees prescribed
for such licences, and the periods for which such licences sliall be
issued shall be as set forth in the following table
TABLE.
Period of Officer authorized
Licence. Licence. Fee.to issue the
licence.
Auctioneer. Annual $600 Commissioner of
Police.
Hawker oftobacco, Director of
cigars or cigarettes. $ 8 Commerce and
Industry.
Massage establishment. $200 Commissioner of
Police.
Money-changer. $500 Do.
11(ships) $500 Do.
Money-changer in the
NewTerritories $ 25District Commis-
(except New sioner.
Kowloon).





Licence. Period of Officer authorized
Licence. Fee. to issue the
licence.
Public billiard table. Annual $300 Commissioner Of
Police.
Public Bowling-alley. $300 Do.
Public dance-hall graded
as follows
Central District- $1,200 Do.
The area bounded on
North-The Harbour.
East-Arsenal St.
South-Queen's
Road East,
Garden Road,
Upper Albert
Road and Caine
Road.
West-Ladder
Street and
Cleverly Street.
Western. District- $11-9-00 Do.
The whole of the
City of Victoria
to the West of
Cleverly Street
and Ladder
Street and to
the North of
Bonham Road.
Elsewhere in the $600 Do.
Colony.
Public dance-hall (any- Extension $ 50 Do.
where in the Colony) of 1 hour
Public dance-hall (any- Extension $100 Do.
where in the Colony) of 2 hours
Public dance-hall (any- Extension $200 Do.
where in the Colony) of 3 hours
Public skating rink. Annual $300 Do.
Timber Store. $ 20 Chief Officer,
Fire Brigade.
Undertaker of burials. Annual $500 Chairman of the
Duplicate licence, Urban Council.
where the fee for the
original-
does not exceed $1 25 cents Officer authorized
exceeds $1 and does to issue ori-
not exceed $10 $1 ginal licence.
exceeds $10 $5 1





3. In these regulations-
:'Ordinance' means the Miscellaneous Licences Ordinance;
'premises' means, unless the contrary appears, the premises for which
any licence has been or is sought to be granted


under the Ordinance;
'licensing authority' means the officer authorized to issue
a licence under the Ordinance.

4. A licence may be renewed by the endorsement of (lie renewal
thereof by the licensing authority on the original licence; and each
renewal shall be subject to the same fee as the fee prescribed by these
regulations for such licence.

5. The licensing authority may, on sufficient cause being shown to
his satisfaction and subject to such conditions as he may think fit to
impose permit-
(a)the transfer of an existing licence until its expiration to another
person ; or
(b)the transfer of an existing licence until its expiration to
different premises;
and such transfer shall be endorsed on the licence.

6. If the licensing authority is satisfied that a licence granted or
transferred to any person under the provisions of [lie Ordinance has
been lost or destroyed, or accidentally defaced, lie may issue to such
person a duplicate of the licence on payment of the fee prescribed by
these regulations.

7. (1) The licensin authority may refuse to grant or
renew a licence, or may revoke a licence granted-
(a)to a person under the age of twenty-one years;
(b)to any person who may be unsuitable to hold such licence
(c)in respect of any premises which are unsuitable for the
purposes for which the licence is required or held, or in which
the accommodation or provision for treatment, where such is
the purpose of the licence, is not reasonably adequate or
suitable
(d)in respect of any premises which have been or are being
improperly conducted;
(e)in respect of any premises in which an), Curative treatment is
or may be administered by any person





who does not possess such technical qualifications as may
be reasonably necessary;
(f) in respect of any premises in which 110 adequate provision
against fire has been made;
(g)in respect of any premises which are. being conducted in
contravention of the provisions of the Ordinance, or any
regulation made thereunder; and
(h)to any person or in respect of any premises if such refusal or
revocation in his opinion be expedient ill the public interest.
(2) Upon any breach of the Ordinance or arty regulation or
condition of a licence the licensing authority. may ill his discretion
peremptorily revoke the licence, whereupon the same shall forthwith
cease to be valid.
In all other cases, the licensin. authority shall not refuse to renew
or shall not revoke a licence unless lie has given to the person applying
for the licence or holding the licence proposed to be revoked not less
than seven days' previous notice either personally or in writing that
objections have been or will be taken to such renewal or that a
revocation is proposed. Such written notice as aforesaid may be given
by post to the applicant at the premises or at his last address as shown
in an register of licences kept bv the licensing
authority :Provided that no such notice shall be necessary
in the case of non-renewal of any hawker's licence.
Nothing in this regulation contained sliall be construed as limiting
in any way the discretion of the licensing authority contained in section
5 of the Ordinance.

8. Any appeal to the Governor in Council from the decision of the
licensing authority shall be made in writing. addressed to the Colonial
Secretary setting forth the grounds of the appeal, within fourteen days
from the date of such decision.

9. Subject to the approval of the Governor in Council, the licensing
authority, may impose such special conditions in respect of any licence
as the circumstances may require.

10. No person shall alter, deface, or make any erasure oil a licence,
and no person shall use, or have in his posses





sion with a view to use, a licence on which an erasure has been made, or
which lips been altered or defaced in any way.

11. A person requiring a licence or the renewal or any extension of
such licence shall make application either Personally or- in writing to the
licensing authority and in Such form as lie rnay direct and shall when
making the same pay to the licensing authority the licence fee
prescribed by these regulations.

12. (1) If the licensing authority refuses to grant or renew a licence,
the licence fee shall be refunded, or if lie revokes a licence except on the
ground of misconduct, a part of such fee shall be refunded to the
applicant or licensee.
(2) The part of the fee so refunded shall bear to the whole fee the
same proportion as the unexpired part of the term for which the licence
was granted bears to the whole term.
. (3) No refund sliall be made in respect of any period during which a
licence sliall have been in force.

13. Every licence shall expire on the day fixed by these regulations
or named in such licence, or if no day be fixed then on the day which, in
the year following, corresponds to (lie day on which such licence was
granted, or renewed.

14. Every licence may on its expiration be renewed for further
periods riot exceeding one year at a time.

15. When a licence has been granted to an), person or persons to
carry on any trade, business or occupation at any premises, such
person or persons shall not carry on an), such trade, business or
occupation at any other premises without the appropriate licence for
such other premises and the written approval of the licensing authority.

16. No licence granted to any person under the. Ordinance to carry
on any trade, business or occupation on board ships shall authorize
such person to go on board any ship without the perm* ission of the
master or officer, in charge of such ship.





17. Any person who acts in contravention of the regulalations
mentioned hereunder shall upon summary conviction be liable to a fine
of two hundred and fifty dollarsregulations io, IS, 16, 10 to 22, 25 to 32,
35 to 41, 46 to So, 52 to 56, 59 to 65, 67 to 78, 81, 83, 85 to S(, (1 to 105.

PART II-AUCTIONEERS.
18. The form of an auctioneers licence sliall be that in Form i in the
Appendix to these regulations.

19. Every auctioneer, before beginning an)- -auction, shall affix or
suspend, or cause to be affixed or suspended, a ticket or board,
containing his true and full personal and surname and residence
painted, printed, or written in large letters and Chinese characters
publicly visible and legible, in some conspicuous part of the place or
premises where the auction is held so that all persons may easily read
the same, and shall also keep such ticket or board so affixed or
suspended during the whole time of such auction held.

20. Any person acting as an auctioneer shall on demand of any
police officer produce and show to such officer, or within twenty-four
hours produce and show to the officer 011 duty at the charge room at
the Central Police Station, a proper licence to him granted under the
Ordinance.

21. No licence taken out by any person to exercise or carry on the
trade or business of an auctioneer shall authorize such person to deal in
or sell, either on his own -account or for the benefit of any other person,
any liquor or tobacco for the dealing in or selling of which a licence is
required under any Ordinance for the time being in force relating to the
same, except upon premises in respect of which the owner of such liquor
or tobacco shall have taken out and shall have .in force at the time of the
sale thereof the proper licence for the sale of such liquor or tobacco :
Provided that any such licensed auctioneer may sell by auction, by
sample, any such liquor or tobacco as aforesaid, if the owner thereof
shall be duly licensed for the sale of such liquor or tobacco : and
provided also that the Director of Commerce and Industry may in his
discretion authorize any





licensed auctioneer to sell any such liquor or tobacco by, auction where
he shall be satisfied that the said liquor or tobacco is the property of a
private person, and is riot sold for profit or by way of trade.

22. The holder of every auctioneer's licence shall observe the
following conditions, and such special conditions as the licensing
authority may in his discretion impose, which shall be endorsed on the
licence
(a)except with the written permission of the licensing authority,
the licensee shall not transfer, lend or hire his licence to any
person ;
(b)no auction shall take place except between the hours of S
a.m. and 8 p.m.

PART III.-MASSAGE ESTABLISHMENTS.
23. The form of a massage establishment licence shall be that ill
Form 2 ill the Appendix to these regulations.

24. A person requiring a licence under this Part shall when making
application for the same furnish to the licensing authority two copies of
his photograph.

25. Every person holding a licence under this Part shall
exhibit and keep exhibited the words 'Licensed Massage
Establishment- in English and in Chinese the characters
ill some conspicuous place near the door
and oil the outside of the premises to the satisfaction of the
licensing authority and shall keep his licence exhibited ill 11
suitable place. (to be approved by the licensing authority,) ill
the premises.

26. No person holding a licence under this Part shall employ ill the
premises an), person other than assistants approved by the licensing
authority.

27. Every person holding a licence under this Part shall keep a
register at the premises and shall correctly enter therein the names, age,
sex, nationality, birthplace and place of residence in the Colony of every
person employed ill the premises and shall affix thereto a photograph of
every such person.





28. On the first day of every month every person hold^ ing a
licence under this Part shall make a return in writing to the licensing
authority in such form as lie may approve of the particulars required to
be entered in the register, relating to every person then employed in the
premises.

29. Every person holding a licence under this Part shall
permit an ' v police officer not under the rank of sub-inspector
and any person authorized in writing by the licensing
aut hority to enter and inspect the licensed premises and the
entries in any records kept in connexion therewith.

30. Every, person holding a licence under this Part shall observe the
following conditions, and such special conditions as the licensing
authority may in his discretion impose ,which shall be endorsed on the
licence
(a)without the written permission of the licensin'),


authority endorsed on the licence, the licensee shall riot
transfer, lend or hire his licence to anv person
(b)no massage or other treatment shall be given except
between the hours of 8 a.m. and 8 p.m.

31. No person holding a licence under this Part sliall carry on any
other business on the premises.

32. Every person holding a licence under this Part shall not unless
the conditions of the licence otherwise provide
(a)allow male persons and female persons requ 1 ring massage or
similar treatment to be on the licensed premises at the same
time;
(b)-allow male persons to be treated by female persons nor vice
versa.

PART IV.-MONEY-CHANGERS.
33. The form of a money-changer's licence shail he that in Form 3 in
the Appendix to these regulations.

34. A person requiring a money-changer's licence shall when
making application for the same furnish to the licensing


authority two copies of his photograph.





35. Every money-changer shall exhibit and keep 'ex-
hibited the words 'Licensed money-changer- in English and
in Chinese the characters in some con-
spicuous place near the door and on the outside of the
premises to the satisfaction of the licensing authority and
shall keep his licence exhibited in a suitable place (to be
approved by the licensing authority) in the premises.

36. Every, money-changer shal; carry on his business behind
a locked grille designed, constructed and maintained to the
satisfaction of the licensing authority, and shall keep such grille
locked during business hours.

37. Every money-changer shall carry on his business entirely
within the premises, and shall permit no person resorting thereto
to obstruct any street or thorou gh fare.

38. The Financial Secretary may from time to time by
notification in the Gazette prescribe the premium at which a
money-changer may exchange Hong Kong currency of any
denomination for Hong Kong currency of anyother denomination,
and no money-changer shall, in relation to any such exchange,
charge a greater premium, or make any greater or other charge
for his services, than the premium for the time being so
prescribed.

39. The Financial Secretary, and the Secretary for Chinese
Affairs may from time to time direct any money changer to
exhibit any, notice relating to the currency of the Colony, and
such money-changer shall thereupon exhibit such notice and shall
keep the same exhibited in a conspicuous part of the premises to
the satisfaction of the licensing authority.

40. (1) The holder of every money-changer's licence shall
observe the following conditions, and such special conditions as
the licensing authority may in his discretion impose, which shall be
endorsed on the licence
(a)except with the written permission of the licensing
- authority endorsed on the licence, the licensee shall
not-
(i) transfer, lend or hire his licence to any person;





(ii) carry on his business except between the hours of
6 a.m. and 8 p.m.
(2)- The licensee shall, whenever required by the licensing
authority, furnish to the licensing authority two copies of a new
photograph of himself and shall bring his licence to the office of
the licensing authority in order that one copy of such photograph
may be attached thereto.

Money-changers on Ships.
41. No person shall act as a money-changer on board any
ship except under and in accordance with the terms of a valid
licence issued to him in that behalf.

42. Upon the application of any licensed money- for the -rant
of a licence to himself to carry, on, or to a person nominated by
such money-changer as the person to act for him in carrying on,
his business on board ships, the licensing authority may issue to
sucli money-changer, or to a person so nominated, a money-
changer's ships licence.

43. Such money-changer's (ships) licence shall be for the
same. period as the money-changer's licence held by sucli
licensed money-changer upon the determination of which for any
reason sucii money-changer's Ships licence sliall also determine
and cease to be valid.

44. A person requiring a money-changer's (ships) licence
sliall when making application ~or the same. funish to the
licensing authority two Copies of his photograph.

45. The form of a money-changer's (ships) licence shall be
that in Form 4 in the Appendix to these regulations.
46. The holder of a money-changer's (ships) licence shall
carry on his business on board ships only in the har- or other area
for which the licence is issued.

47. The holder of a money-changer's (ships) licence shall
while carrying on his business on any ship conspicuriously exhibit
and keep exhibited in his immediate vicinity on such ship





(a)the words 'Licensed money-changer' in English and in
Chinese the characters
(b) such notices relating to the currency of the Colony9
as the Financial Secretary or the Secretary for Chinese
Affairs may from time to time direct.
48. The holder of a money-chan -er's (ships) licence shall not
permit an unlicensed person to act as a moneychanger.
49. Every person holding a rnoney-changer's licence shall
produce and show the same at the premises and even person
holding a money-changer's (ships) licence shail produce and
show such licence to any police officer oil demand.
50. The holder of a money-changer's (ships) licence sliall
observe the following conditions, and such special conditions as
the licensing authority may in his discretion impose, which shall
be endorsed on the licence
(a)except with the written permission of the licensing
authority endorsed on his licence the licensee shall not-
transfer, lend or hire his licence to any person ;
(ii) carry on his business except between the hours of
6 a.m. and 8 p.m.

PART V.-PUBLIC BILLIARD TABLES.
51. The form of a public billiard table licence shall be that in
Forin 5 in the Appendix to these Regulations.
52. Every person licensed to keep a public billiard
table shall exhibit and keep exhibited the words 'Licensed
for billiards' in English and in Chinese the characters
in some conspicuous place near the door and
on the outside of the premises to the satisfaction of the
licensing authority.
53. Every person licensed to keep a public billiard table shall
maintain good order in the premi ses and shall not suffer or
permit therein





(a)any drunkenness or other disorderly conduct;
(b)any unlawful game; or
(c)any persons of notoriously bad character to assemble
and meet together.

54. No person licensed to keep a public billiard table shal!
allow an), intoxicating liquors to be sold or consumed on the
premises except under and in accordance with the terms of a
valid licence in that behalf granted to him in respect of such
premises.

55. Every person holding a licence to keep a public billiard
table shall produce and show such licence at the. premises to any
police officer on demand.

56. Every person holding a licence to keep a public billiard
table shall observe the following conditions, and such special
conditions as the-licensing authority may in his discretion impose,
which shall appear on the face of the licence
(a)except with the written permission of the licensing
authority endorsed on the licence, the licensee shall not
transfer, lend or hire his licence to any person ;
(b)the use by the public of the licensed billiard table shall
not be permitted except between the hours of 8 a.m.
and i a.m.

PART VI.-PUBLIC DANCE HALLS.
57. The form of a public dance hall licence shall be that in
Form 6 in the Appendix to these Regulations.

58. A person requiring a licence to open or keep any
premises as a public dance hall shall when making -pplication for
the same furnish to the licensing authority two copies of his
photograph.

59. Every person licensed to keep a public dance hall shall
exhibit and keep exhibited the words 'Licensed for dancing' in
English and in Chinese the characters in some conspicuous
place near the door and on the outside of the premises to the
satisfaction of the licensing authority.





60. Every person licensed to keep a public dance hall shall
employ in the premises only such assistants as the licensin-
authority may approve.

61. Every person licensed to keep a public dance ball sliall
keep a register at the premises and shall correctly enter therein
the narnes, age, sex, nationality, birthplace and place of residence
in the Colony of every dancing

partner and other person employed in the premises and sliall
affix thereto a photograph of every such dancing partner
and employee.
62. On the first day of every month every person licensed to
keep a public dance hall shall make a return in writing. to the
licensing authority in such form as lie way approve of the
particulars required to be entered in the register, relating to every
dancing partner and other person then employed in the premises.
63. No person under the age of fifteen years shall be
employed in or premitted to dance in the premises.
64. No person other than the licensee, members of his
family, his agent, or watchman, and no person employed as a
dancing partner shall sleep or be permitted to sleep 011 the
licensed premises.
65. Excel-it during the hours prescribed in the condi
h
tions of licence, the public shall be excluded from the premise
misses.
66. (1) The licensing authority, may in his discretion for any
particular occasion extend the hours prescribed lit the licence.
(2) Suchsliall be in writing, and subject to
b je
the payment of The fee prescribed by these
67. No intoxicating liquors sha 1 11 be sold or consumed in
the premises, except under and in accordance with the terms of a
valid licence in that behalf granted in respect of such premises.
68. Every person licensed to keep i public dance, ball sliall
maintain good order in the premises and shall riot suffer or permit
therein--





(a)any profanity or impropriety of language;
(b)any indecency of dress, dance or gesture;
(c)any offensive personalities or ' representations of living
persons or anything calculated to produce riot or breach
of the peace;
(d)any drunkenness or other disorderly conduct;
(e)any unlawful game; or
any persons of notoriously bad character to
assemble and meet together.

69. The premises shall be lighted throughout by as or
electricity from the mains of a public utility company, and, except
by and in accordance with the special permission (or the licens
ing authority, no candle, oil lamp or other form of illumination shall
be used therein.

70. The licensing authority may require the removal of, and
the licensee shall immediately remove, anything in the premises
which in the opinion of the licensing authority is a fire danger.

71. Every person licensed to keep a public dance hall sliall
provide and maintain on the premises to the satisfaction of the
Chief Officer of the Fire Brigade
(a)fire appliances adequate for the protection of the
premises, at all times free from obstruction and ready
for use;
(b)adequate arrangements for escape in case of fire from
every part of the premises;
(c)an, adequate shade or guard for every lamp and fire;
and
(d)fire resisting screens, shutters, curtains or other
adequate means of fire protection for every window or
opening which adjoins any place or premises where any
inflammable substance is kept or stored.

72. Every door and barrier on the premises must open
(outwards, and every exit shall be plainly indicated in seveninch
letters and Chinese characters by a fixed lighted sign
of a nature and in a position approved by the Chief Officer of the
Fire Brigade.





73. Every gangway, passage and staircase for the exit of [lie
public shall be kept entirely free frorn obstruction, whether
permanent or temporary, and no person shall be permitted to
loiter therein.

74. No corridor shall be used as a cloak room, and no pegs
for hanging hats or cloaks shall be allowed therein.

75. Every person licensed to keep a public dance hall shall
provide and shall maintain in a clean and wholesome condition oil
the premises adequate latrine, urinal or watercloset
accommodation to the satisfaction of the Chairman of the Urban
Council.

76. Every person licensed to keep a public dance hall shall
provide adequate measures for ventilating, cleansing and
otherwise securing hygienic conditions ill the premises and shall
maintain the premises ill a hygienic condition to the satisfaction of
the Chairman of the Urban Council.

77. Every person holding a licence tinder this Part shall at all
reasonable times permit any police officer not under the rank of
sub-inspector and any person authorized in writing by the
licensing authority to enter and inspect the licensed premises and
the entries in any records kept ill connexion therewith.

78. Every person holding a licence to keep a public dance
hall sliall observe the following conditions and such special
conditions as the licensing authority may in his discretion impose,
which shall appear on the face of the licence
(a)except the written permission of the licensing authority
endorsed on the licence, the licensee shall not
(i) transfer, lend or hire his licence to any person ;
(i i) allow the premises to be used for dancing except
between the hours of 12 noon and i a.m.;
(b)should any person employed by the licensee and
induced by him or on his behalf to enter the Colony
become liable to expulsion from the Colony or at any
time, after the termination, in whatsoever





manner, of his services with the. licensee desire to
return to the place whence he came to the Colony, the
licensee shall defray the cost of such expulsion or
return ;
(c)the licensee shall deposit a sum of one hundred dollars
with the Accountant General at such interest as he may
fix and shall maintain such deposit during the
continuance of this licence;
(d)any money so deposited shall be available to pay the
cost of the return or expulsion to any place outside the
Colon), of any employee as set out in condition (b), and
the licensing authority may direct that the whole of such
money or such part as may be necessary shall be paid
out in respect of such expulsion or return;
(e)the licensee shall on demand produce and show to
the LICENSING authority and any person deputed by
him inin that behalf every contract in
respect of any employment performed on the
premises.

PART VII-UNDERTAKERS OF BURIALS.

79. The regulations in this Part, and so much of the
Ordinance as makes it an offence to carry on the trade of an
undertaker of burials except under and in accordance with a
licence Shall not apply to any person exercising such trade in the
New Territories, except New Kowloon.

80. The form of an undertaker's licence shall be that in Form
in the Appendix to these regulations.

81. Every person holding an undertaker's licence shall
observe the following conditions, and such special conditions as
the licensing authority may in his discretion impose, which shall be
endorsed on the licence

(a)except with the written permission of the licensing
authority endorsed on the licence, the licensee shall not
transfer, lend or hire his licence to any person ;
(b)every grave shall be dug to a depth throughout of not
less than six English feet from the ordinary surf-ice of
the grave to the uppermost side of the corpse or coffin
therein deposited.





PART VIII.-TIMBER STORES.
82. The form of a timber store licence shall be that in Form
8 in the Appendix to these regulations.

83. Every person holding a licence under this Part shall
observe the following conditions, and such special conditions as
the licensing authority may in his discretion impose, which shall
be endorsed on the licence
(a)every timber store shall be constructed and maintained
in good and substantial repair and clean condition to the
satisfaction of the licensing authority;
(b)no naked lights, fires, chatties nor any cooking shall be
permitted in any timber store;
(c)no person, except watchmen only not exceeding two in
number, shall dwell in any timber store;
(d)the keeper of any timber store shall instal such fire
appliances as the Chief Officer of the Fire Brigade,
may require and maintain them in efficient condition;
(e)every person holding a licence under this Part shall at
all reasonable times permit an), police officer not under
the rank of sub-inspector and am person authorized in
writing by the licensing authority to enter and inspect
the licensed premises and the entries in any records
kept in connexion therewith.

PART IX.-PUBLIC BOWLING-ALLEY.

84. The form of a bowling-alley licence shall be that in
Form 9 in the Appendix to these regulations.

85. Every person licensed to keep a bowling-alley shall
exhibit and keep exhibited the words -Licensed bowlingalley' in
English and in Chinese the characters
in sonic conspicuous place near the door and on the outside of
the premises to the satisfaction of the licensing authority.

86. Every person licensed to keep a bowling-alley shall
maintain good order in the premises and shall riot suffer or permit
therein





(a) any drunkenness or other disorderly conduct;
(b) any unlawful game;
(c)any persons of notoriously bad character to assemble
and meet together.
87. No person licensed to keep a bowling-alley shall allow
any intoxicating liquors to be sold or consumed on the premises,
except under and in accordance with the terms of a valid licence
in that behalf granted to him in respect of such premises.
88. Every person holding a licence to keep a bowlingalley
shall produce and show such licence at the premises to any
police officer on demand.
89. Every person holding a licence to keep a bowlingalley
shall observe the following conditions, and such special conditions
as the licensing authority may, in his discretion, impose, which
shall appear on the face of the licence
(a)except with the written permission of the licensing
authority endorsed on the licence, the licensee shal! not
transfer, lend or litre his licence to any person ;
(b)permit the licensed premises to be used as a bowling-
alley except between the hours of io a.m. and 12
midnight.
PART X.-PUBLIC SKATING RINK.
90. The form of a public skating rink licence shall be that in
Form io in the Appendix to these regulations.
91. Every person licensed to keep a public skating rink shall
exhibit and keep exhibited the words 'Licensed for skating' in
English and in Chinese the characters *7 some conspicuous
place near the door and on the outside of the premises to the
satisfaction of the licensing authority.
92. Every person licensed to keep a public skating rink
shall employ in the premises 'only such assistants as the licensing
authority may approve.
93. Except dui-ing the hours prescribed in tile conditions of
licence, the public shall be excluded from the premises.





94. No intoxicating liquors shall be sold or consumed in the
premises, except under and in accordance with the terms of a
licence in that behalf granted in respect of such premises.
95. Every person licensed to keep a public skating rink shall
maintain good order in the premises and shall not suffer or permit
therein
(a) any profanity or impropriety of language;
(b) any drunkenness or other disorderly conduct;
(c) any unlawful game;
(d) any persons of notoriously bad character to assemble
and meet together.
96.The premises shall be lighted throughout by gas or
electricity from the mains of a public utility company and, except
by and in accordance with the special permission of the licensing
authority, no candle, oil lamp or other form of illumination shall be
used therein.
97. The licensing authority may require the removal of, and
the licensee shall immediately remove, anything in the premises
which, in the opinion of the licensing authority, is a fire danger.
98. Every person licensed to keep a public skating rink shall
provide and maintain on the premises to the satisfaction of the
Chief Officer of the Fire Brigade
(a)fire appliances adequate for the protection of the
premises at all times free from obstruction and ready for
use;
(b)adequate arrangements for escape in case of fire frorn
every part of the premises;
(c)an adequate shade or guard for every lamp and fire;
(d)fire resisting screens, shutters, curtains or other
adequate means of fire protection for every window or
opening which adjoins any place or premises where any
inflammable substance is kept or stored.
99. Every door and barrier on the premises must open
outwards, and every exit shall be plainly indicated in seveninch
letters and Chinese characters by a fixed lighted sign of a nature
and in a position approved by the Chief Officer of the Fire
Brigade.





100. Every gangway, passage and staircase for the exit of the public
shall be kept entirely free from obstruction, whether permanent or
temporary, and no person shall be permitted to loiter therein.
101. No corridor shall be used as a cloakroom and no pegs for
banging hats or cloaks shall be allowed therein.
102. Every person licensed to keep a public skating rink shall
provide and maintain in a clear and wholesome condition on the
premises adequate latrine, urinal or watercloset accommodation to the
satisfaction of the Chairman of the Urban Council.
103. Every person licensed to keep a public skating rink shall
provide adequate measures for ventilating, cleansing and otherwise
securing hygienic conditions in the premises and shall maintain the
premises in a hygienic condition to the satisfaction ,of the Chairman of
the Urban Council.
104. Every person holding a licence under this Part shall. at all
reasonable times permit any police officer not under the rank of sub-
inspector and any person authorized in writing by the licensing
authority to enter and inspect the licensed premises and the entries in
any records kept in connexion therewith
105. Every person holding a licence to keep a public skating rink
shall observe the following conditions and such special conditions as
the licensing authority may, in his discretion, impose, which shall
appear on the face of the licence
(a)except with the written permission of the licensing authority
endorsed on the licence, the licensee shall not
(i) transfer, lend or hire his licence to any person ;
(ii) allow the premises to be used for skating except
between the hours of io a.m. and 12 midnight;
(b)the licensee shall, on demand, produce and show to the
licensing authority and any person deputed by him in writing
in that behalf ever), contract in respect of any employment
performed on the premises.





APPENDIX.

FORM 1.
Licence No . ...............

AUCTIONEER'S LICENCE.

,(Annual).

............... of............
is hereby licensed to carry on the business of an auctioneer until
the ......day of ........19 ..inclusive.
subject to the conditions and for the further periods endorsed hereon.
Fee $600.
Dated this .day of .........19

Licensing Authority.

FORM 2.
Licence No . ...............

MASSAGE ESTABLISHMENT LICENCE.

.......... of
is hereby licensed to carry on a massage establish-
ment at (description of licensed premises) until the
Photograph.
......................... day of 19
inclusive, subject to the conditions and for the
further periods endorsed hereon.
Dated this .................day of 19

Licensing Authority.





FORM 3.
Licence No . ...............

MONEY-CHANGER'S LICENCE.

................of.............
is hereby licensed to carry on the business of a
Money-changer at (description of licensed premises)
until the day of Photograph. -
. . 19 inclusive, subject
to
the conditions and for the further periods endorsed
hereon.

Dated this day of 19

Licensing Authority.

FORM 4.
Licence No . ...............

MONEY-CHANGER'S (SHIPS) LICENCE.

............. 1 of
is hereby licensed to carry on the business of a
money changer on board ships in the harbour of
Hong Kong (or as the case may be) for Photograph.
...........................a money-changer holding annual
licence No . issued on the
day of 19 until the
.......................... day of 19
inclusive, subject to the conditions and for the
further periods endorsed hereon.
Dated this day of 19

Licensing Authority.





FORM 5.
Licence No . ...............
PUBLIC BILLIARD TABLE LICENCE.

. . of
is hereby licensed to keep public billiard table(s) at
(description of licensed premises) until the day of
.............................. 19 inclusive, subject to the conditions and
for the further periods endorsed hereon.
Dated this day of
19

Licensing Authority

FORM 6.
Licence No . ...............
PUBLIC DANCE HALL LICENCE.

(Annual).

. . of
is hereby licensed to keep (description of licensed premises) as a
public dance hall until the day of
19 inclusive, subject to the conditions and for the further periods
endorsed hereon.
Dated this day of 19

Licensing Authority.

FORM 7.
Licence No . ...............
UNDERTAKER'S LICENCE.

. . of
is hereby licensed to undertake and perform burials of Chinese
(or non-Chinese, as the case may be) dead in the cemeteries allotted
for that purpose, until the day of 19
inclusive, subject to the conditions and for the further periods
endorsed hereon.
Dated this day of 19

Licensing Authority.





FORM 8.
Licence No . ...............
TIMBER STORE LICENCE.

: .......................... of
is ereby licensed to keep a timber store at ...............
............. Until the day of
inclusive, subject to the conditions and for the further
periods endorsed hereon.
Dated this day of 19

Licensing Authority.

Fee $20.

FORM 9.
Licence No . ...............
PUBLIC BOWLING-ALLEY LICENCE.

. . of
is hereby licensed to keep ..........
(description of licensed premises
as a public bowling-alley until the day
of 19 , inclusive, subject to the conditions
and for the further periods endorsed hereon.
Dated this day of 19

Licensing Authority.

FORM 10.
Licence No . ...............
PUBLIC SKATING RINK LICENCE.

of ............................................. is hereby licensed to keep
...........................................................
(description of licensed premises)
as a public skating rink until the day
of 19 , inclusive, subject to the conditions
and for the further periods endorsed hereon.
Dated this day of 19

Licensing Authority.
[r. 2 cont.]
Interpretation. (Cap. 114.) Renewals. Transfers. Duplicates. Refusals and revocations.
[r. 7 cont.] Appeals. Special conditions. Defacing a licence.
Applications and renewals. Refunds. Date of expiration of licences. Power to renew licences. Premises not to be changed. Boarding ships. [cf. Ord. 10/1899. s. 26(1)(d)].
Penalty G.N.A. 75/51. Forms. Appendix. Name to be exhibited at auctions. Production of licence. Liquor and tobacco.
Conditions. Form. Appendix. Application for licence. Outdoor sign and licence to be exhibited. Only approved assistants to be employed. Register of employees.
Return of employees. Entry and inspection. Conditions. Prohibition of other businesses. G.N.A. 296/48. Restriction. G.N.A. 296/48. Form. Appendix. Application for licence. G.N. 423/35.
Outdoor sign. G.N. 423/35. Grilles. Business confined to premises. Premium G.N. 238/40. Notices relating to currency. Conditions.
[r. 40 cont.] G.N. 423/35. Ships. Application for licence. Period. Photograph. Form. Appendix. Area within which business may be done. Notices.
Unlicensed persons. Production of licence. Conditions. Form. Appendix. Outdoor sign. Good order in premises.
[r. 53 cont.] Sale or consumption of liquor. Production of licence. Conditions. G.N. 672/36. Form. Appendix.G.N. 500/41 Application for licence. Outdoor sign.
Only approved assistants to be employed. Register of dancing partners, etc. Return of dancing partners, etc. Persons under 15 years. Sleeping on premises. Exclusion of public. Extension of hours. Sale or consumption of liquors. Good order in premises.
[r. 68 cont.] Lighting. Removal of fire danger. Fire appliances and escape. Exits and doors.
Gangways and stair-cases. Corridors not to be used and cloakrooms. Latrines. Hygiene. Entry and inspection. Conditions G.N. 874/34.
[R. 78 cont.] Exemption of New Territories, except New Kowloon. Form. Appendix. Conditions.
Ord. 8/41. s. 6. Form. Appendix. Conditions. Ord. 42/47. s. 6. Form. Appendix Outdoor sign. Good order in premises.
[r. 86 cont.] Sale or consumption of liquors. Production of licence. Conditions. Ord. 42/47. s. 6. Form. Appendix. Outdoor sign. Only approved assistants to be employed. Exclusion of public.
Sale or consumption of liquors. Good order in premises. Lighting. Removal of fire danger. Fire appliances and escape. Exits and doors.
Gangways and stair-cases. Corridors not to be used and cloakrooms. Latrines. Hygiene. Entry and inspection. Conditions.

Abstract

[r. 2 cont.]
Interpretation. (Cap. 114.) Renewals. Transfers. Duplicates. Refusals and revocations.
[r. 7 cont.] Appeals. Special conditions. Defacing a licence.
Applications and renewals. Refunds. Date of expiration of licences. Power to renew licences. Premises not to be changed. Boarding ships. [cf. Ord. 10/1899. s. 26(1)(d)].
Penalty G.N.A. 75/51. Forms. Appendix. Name to be exhibited at auctions. Production of licence. Liquor and tobacco.
Conditions. Form. Appendix. Application for licence. Outdoor sign and licence to be exhibited. Only approved assistants to be employed. Register of employees.
Return of employees. Entry and inspection. Conditions. Prohibition of other businesses. G.N.A. 296/48. Restriction. G.N.A. 296/48. Form. Appendix. Application for licence. G.N. 423/35.
Outdoor sign. G.N. 423/35. Grilles. Business confined to premises. Premium G.N. 238/40. Notices relating to currency. Conditions.
[r. 40 cont.] G.N. 423/35. Ships. Application for licence. Period. Photograph. Form. Appendix. Area within which business may be done. Notices.
Unlicensed persons. Production of licence. Conditions. Form. Appendix. Outdoor sign. Good order in premises.
[r. 53 cont.] Sale or consumption of liquor. Production of licence. Conditions. G.N. 672/36. Form. Appendix.G.N. 500/41 Application for licence. Outdoor sign.
Only approved assistants to be employed. Register of dancing partners, etc. Return of dancing partners, etc. Persons under 15 years. Sleeping on premises. Exclusion of public. Extension of hours. Sale or consumption of liquors. Good order in premises.
[r. 68 cont.] Lighting. Removal of fire danger. Fire appliances and escape. Exits and doors.
Gangways and stair-cases. Corridors not to be used and cloakrooms. Latrines. Hygiene. Entry and inspection. Conditions G.N. 874/34.
[R. 78 cont.] Exemption of New Territories, except New Kowloon. Form. Appendix. Conditions.
Ord. 8/41. s. 6. Form. Appendix. Conditions. Ord. 42/47. s. 6. Form. Appendix Outdoor sign. Good order in premises.
[r. 86 cont.] Sale or consumption of liquors. Production of licence. Conditions. Ord. 42/47. s. 6. Form. Appendix. Outdoor sign. Only approved assistants to be employed. Exclusion of public.
Sale or consumption of liquors. Good order in premises. Lighting. Removal of fire danger. Fire appliances and escape. Exits and doors.
Gangways and stair-cases. Corridors not to be used and cloakrooms. Latrines. Hygiene. Entry and inspection. Conditions.


Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1859

Edition

1950

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

114

Number of Pages

24
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 15:46:51 +0800
<![CDATA[MISCELLANEOUS LICENCES ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1858

Title

MISCELLANEOUS LICENCES ORDINANCE

Description






CHAPTER 114.

MISCELLANEOUS LICENCES.

To consolidate and amend the law relating to miscellaneous
licences.

[27th October, 1933.1

1. T1iis Ordinance may be cited as the Miscellaneous Licences
Ordinance.

2. In this Ordinance

auctioneer means and includes every person who exercises or carries
on the trade or business of an auctioneer, or who acts in such
capacity at any sale or roup and every person who sells or offers
for sale any goods or chattels, lands, tenements, or
hereditaments, or any interest therein, at any sale or roup where
any person or persons become the purchaser of the same by
competition, and being the highest bidder, either by being the
single bidder or increasing upon the biddings made by others, or
decreasing on sums named by the auctioneer or person acting as
auctioneer, or other person at such sale or roup, or by any other
mode of sale by competition ;

'hawker' means any person who trades in any street or public
thoroughfare or goes from place to place, or goes on board any
vessel, selling or exposing for sale any

goods, wares or merchandise immediately to be

delivered, or exposing samples or patterns of any goods,
wares or merchandise to be afterwards delivered, or
selling or offering for sale his skill in handicraft, except
a person selling or seeking orders for goods, wares or
merchandise to or from persons who are dealers therein,
and who buy to sell again;

'massage establishment' means any premises used or represented as
being or intended to be used for the reception or treatment of
persons requiring massage or other similar treatment, except a
hospital for the time being recognized by the Director of Medical
and Health Services, or except an establishment carried on by a
duly registered medical practitioner, or except the premises of a
hairdresser, where face or scalp massage is ad





ministered to female customers only or is administered in his shop
or saloon in full view of all customers resorting thereto;

place means and includes any house, shop, room, office, boat, vehicle
or vessel, or any erection movable or otherwise, or any spot on
land or water;

'public bowling-alley' means any place opened, kept or 4 used for the
purpose of playing the game of skittles to which the general public
are admitted with or without payment for admission;

'public dance-hall' means any place opened, kept or used for the
purpose of dancing to which the general public are admitted with
or without payment for admission unless such place be a place of
public entertainment licensed as such under the Places of Public
Entertainment Ordinance;

'public skating rink' means any place opened, kept or used for the
purpose of skating to which the general public are admitted with
or without payment for admission unless such place be a place of
public entertainment licensed as such under the Places of Public
Entertainment Ordinance;

'sale' includes exchange or barter;

'timber store' means any building, yard or other place used for the
storage of timber other than timber in baulk. For the purposes of
this paragraph timber in baulk shall not include china fir poles;

3. It shall be lawful for the Governor in Council by regulations to
provide for

(a)licensing, regulation and control of any place, trade, business
or occupation specified in the Schedule;

(b)classifying for the purposes of paragraph (a) any, place, trade,
business or occupation for which a licence may be issued
under this Ordinance;

(e)the form and conditions of any licence granted under this
Ordinance, the officers who may issue such licence and the
fees therefor, the hours during which such licence may be
used aiid the period for which such licence shall be issued;





(d)precautions to be taken against fire in any place licensed
under this Ordinance;

(e)maintenance of peace and good order in any place licensed
tinder this Ordinance;

means of securing hygienic conditions and requiring the
maintenance of such conditions in any place licensed under
this Ordinance;

(g)entry and inspection of any place licensed under this
Ordinance, by the Commissioner of Police, the Secretary for
Chinese Affairs or any other officer authorized by the
Governor in that behalf;

(h)exempting any place, trade, business or occupation situated
or carried on within specified areas from the operation of this
Ordinance or of any part thereof or of any regulations made
thereunder, and specifying and varying the boundaries of
such areas; and

i)generally carrying into effect the provisions of this
Ordinance.

f 4. No person shall open or keep any place, or conduct
any trade, business or occupation specified in the Schedule
except under and in accordance with a licence issued tinder
this Ordinance.
5. (1) Subject to the provisions of subsection (3) the
grant of any licence issued, or to be issued tinder this
Ordinance shall be in the absolute discretion of the officer
authorized to issue such licence.
(2) SLICII officer may revoke a licence granted to any
person on proof to his satisfaction of an offence against this
Ordinance or other misconduct by such person.
(3) An appeal shall lie to the Governor in Council from
the decision of any officer under this section.
6. If it is made to appear to a magistrate by informa-
tion upon oath that there is reason to believe that an offence
against this Ordinance is being committed in any place, the
magistrate may issue a warrant authorizing any police officer
to enter and search such place and to arrest such persons as
may be found therein.





7. Every person who contravenes any of the provisions of this
Ordinance or of any regulation made thereunder or who fails to
observe any condition or restriction imposed by or under this
Ordinance shall be deemed to commit an offence against this
Ordinance.

8. Every person who commits or attempts to commit any offence
against this Ordinance shall upon sunimary conviction be liable to a
fine of two hundred and fifty dollars.

9. Whenever any person to whom any licence or permit or
authority has been issued or granted under this Ordinance would be
liable under the provisions of this Ordinance or of any regulations
made thereunder to any punishment, penalty or forfeiture for any act,
omission, neglect or default, lie shall be liable to the same punishment,
penalty or forfeiture for every similar act, omission, neglect or default
of any agent or servant employed by him in the course of his business,
and every such agent or servant shall also be liable to every
punishment, penalty or forfeiture prescribed for such acts, omissions,
neglects or defaults contrary to the provisions of this Ordinance as
fully and effectually as if he had been the person to whom the licence
or permit or authority had been issued or granted.

10. The provisions of this Ordinance shall be in addition to and
not in derogation of the provisions of any other enactment relating to
or affecting any place, trade, business or occupation with respect to
which this Ordinance applies [12]

FIRST SCHEDULE. [ss. 3 and 4.]

Auctioneer. Hawker of tobacco, cigars or
cigarettes. Massage establishment. Money-
changer. Public billiard-table. Public dance-
hall. Undertaker of burials. Timber store.
Public bowling-alley Public skating rink.
25 of 1933. 9 of 1934. 22 of 1935. 8 of 1941. 42 of 1947. Short title. Interpretation. [cf. 8 & 9 Vict, c. 15, s. 4.] [cf. 51 & 52 Vict, c. 33, s. 2.] 34 & 35 Vict, c. 96, s. 3.] 9 of 1934, s.2. [cf. 10 & 11 Geo. 5, c. lxxxix ss. 3, 17 & 18.] 42 of 1947, s. 2. (Cap. 172.) 42 of 1947, s. 2. 8 of 1941, s. 2. Regulations. Schedule. [s. 3 cont.] Prohibition of trading, etc., without licence. Schedule. Grant of licences, revocation and appeals. Search warrants. Offences. Penalty. Liability of agent. Savings. 8 of 1941, s. 3. 22 of 1935, s. 7. 8 of 1941, s. 4. 42 of 1947, s. 3.

Abstract

25 of 1933. 9 of 1934. 22 of 1935. 8 of 1941. 42 of 1947. Short title. Interpretation. [cf. 8 & 9 Vict, c. 15, s. 4.] [cf. 51 & 52 Vict, c. 33, s. 2.] 34 & 35 Vict, c. 96, s. 3.] 9 of 1934, s.2. [cf. 10 & 11 Geo. 5, c. lxxxix ss. 3, 17 & 18.] 42 of 1947, s. 2. (Cap. 172.) 42 of 1947, s. 2. 8 of 1941, s. 2. Regulations. Schedule. [s. 3 cont.] Prohibition of trading, etc., without licence. Schedule. Grant of licences, revocation and appeals. Search warrants. Offences. Penalty. Liability of agent. Savings. 8 of 1941, s. 3. 22 of 1935, s. 7. 8 of 1941, s. 4. 42 of 1947, s. 3.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1858

Edition

1950

Volume

v3

Subsequent Cap No.

114

Number of Pages

4
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 15:46:50 +0800
<![CDATA[MEALS AND INTOXICATING LIQUORS TAX REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1857

Title

MEALS AND INTOXICATING LIQUORS TAX REGULATIONS

Description






MEALS AND INTOXICATING LIQUORS TAX.
MEALS AND INTOXICATING LIQUORS TAX
REGULATIONS.
(Cap. 113, section 7).
(Ordinance NO. 31 Of 1946).

[25th April, 1947.1

1. These regulations may be cited as the Meals and
Intoxicating Liquors Tax Regulations.

2. (1) When a meal, the retail cost of which does riot exceed
$5.00 is sold to any person for consumption in a restaurant or
eating-house, the licensee of such restaurant or eating-house shall
render or cause to be rendered to that person a bill stating such
retail cost.
(2) When a meal, the retail cost of which exceeds $5.00 is
sold to any person for consumption in a restaurant or eating-
house, the licensee shall render or cause to be rendered to that
person a bill* stating the retail cost and charging a tax of io%
thereon.
(3) No tax shall be charged in respect of arty meal the retail
cost of which does not exceed $5.00 nor in respect of any meal
served in the room of a bona fide hotel resident.

3. (1) When in,; intoxicating liquor is consumed by any
person on the premises of the holder of
(a) a publican's licence; or
(b) a restaurant adjunct licence; or
(c) a hotel keeper's adjunct licence ; or (d)
a Chinese restaurant licence,
the licensee shall render or cause to be rendered to that person a
bill stating the retail cost (including corkage) of such intoxicating
liquor and charging a tax of 100 thereofl.
(2) No tax shall be charged in respect of intoxicating liquor
consumed in (lie room of a bona fide hotel resident.

4.(I) Bills shall be rendered in such form as the Accountant
General shall prescribe and shall contain such particulars as lie
sliall require.





(2) A duplicate copy of every bill shall be kept and preserved
by the licensee who rendered it.
(3) Eve ry bill shall be serially numbered and each duplicate
shall bear the same number as its original.
(4) If the Accountant General supplies printed books of bill
forms to any licensee, the Accountant General shall be entitled to
require the licensee to use them and to pay the cost of supplying
them.
(5) If in the opinion of the Accountant General the existing
form of bill rendered in 'any restaurant or eatinghouse is
satisfactory or can be altered so as to be satisfactory the
Accountant General may in his discretion approve the same or
require such alterations to be made, as the case may be.
(6) If in the opinion of the Accountant General the trade of
any restaurant or eating-house does not warrant the rendering of
bills, the Accountant General may grant to the licensee exemption
from his obligation to render them upon such conditions and for
such period as the Accountant General shall think fit.
5. Every licensee shall pay to the Accountant General, the
tax imposed by the Ordinance on such date or dates in each
month as may be determined by the Accountant General.

6. Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the
Accountant General may prescribe the forms to be used in the
presentation of accounts to any customer or to the Accountant
General or other officer entrusted with the collection of the tax
imposed by the Ordinance.
7. (1) If any licensee desires to make arrangements (approved
by the Accountant General) for furnishing returns in connexion
with the payment of tax, lie shall make application in writing to the
Accountant General in such form as the Accountant General shall
direct.
(2) If the Accountant General thinks fit to approve the
arrangements he shall signify his approval in writing , and shall
specify the date on which the arrangements are to take effect.





(3) If the approval of the Accountant General is expressed
to be granted subject to the compliance by the licensee with any
conditions, it shall be the licensee's duty to comply with those
conditions.
(4) The Accountant General may at any time either on his
own motion or on an application made to him in writing by the
licensee, and without prejudice to his powers subsequently to
grant his approval to any arrangements, declare that any
arrangements so approved shall, on the. date specified in that
behalf in the declaration, cease to be in force.
(5) If at any, time a licensee is uncertain ,whether rneals or
intoxicating liquors will or will not be chargeable with tax, the
licensee may make arran genie tits for furnishing returns in the
same manner as if the meals or intoxicating liquors were subject
to tax, and this regulation shall apply to any such arrangements.

8. The Accountant General may if lie thinks it necessary so
to do for the protection of the revenue, require a licensee to keep
such books -and records of food and liquor purchased, sold and
consumed, and in such form as lie rnay prescribe, and it shall be
the duty of the licensee to comply with such requirements.

9. Every licensee shall at all reasonable times on demand by
an), officer authorized by the Accountant General, produce to that
officer all books and records kept by the licensee in connexion
with the purchase, sale and consumption of food or liquor and
shall allow the officer to inspect and take an account of the same
or to remove the same for the purpose of examination or inquiry.

10. Any person who acts In contravention of regulations 2 1,1)
and (2), 3 (1), 4 (1) to (4), 5, 6, 7 (3) and (5), 8 and 9 shall be liable to
a fine of five hundred dollars.
G.N. 321/47. G.N.A. 75/51. Citation. Provisions for rendering of bills for all meals. Taxable meals. Non-taxation meals. Provision for rendering of bills for intoxicating liquor. G.N.A. 75/51. Non-taxable liquor. Bill forms.
Duplicates. Numbering. Printed forms. Existing forms. Exemptions. Payment of tax. (Cap. 113). Provision as to forms of accounts. Provision as to arrangements for furnishing returns.
[r. 7 cont.] Accountant General may require records to be kept. Production of records. Penalty G.N.A. 75/51.

Abstract

G.N. 321/47. G.N.A. 75/51. Citation. Provisions for rendering of bills for all meals. Taxable meals. Non-taxation meals. Provision for rendering of bills for intoxicating liquor. G.N.A. 75/51. Non-taxable liquor. Bill forms.
Duplicates. Numbering. Printed forms. Existing forms. Exemptions. Payment of tax. (Cap. 113). Provision as to forms of accounts. Provision as to arrangements for furnishing returns.
[r. 7 cont.] Accountant General may require records to be kept. Production of records. Penalty G.N.A. 75/51.


Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1857

Edition

1950

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

113

Number of Pages

3
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 15:46:50 +0800
<![CDATA[MEALS AND INTOXICATING LIQUORS TAX ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1856

Title

MEALS AND INTOXICATING LIQUORS TAX ORDINANCE

Description






CHAPTER 113.

MEALS AND INTOXICATING LIQUORS TAX.

To impose a tax of meals and intoxicating liquors sold in certain
establishments.

.[2nd December, 1946.]

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Meals and Intoxicating
Liquors Tax Ordinance.

2. In this Ordinance

'Chinese restaurant licence' means a Chinese restaurant licence as
prescribed by regulations made under the Dutiable Commodities
Ordinance;

'eating house' means a building or portion thereof used as an eating
house, coffee house or other similar establishment (where no
intoxicating liquors are sold on the premises);

'food' includes every article or substance used for food or drink other
than intoxicating liquors;

'hotel-keepers adjunct licence' means an hotel-keepers adjunct
licence as prescribed by regulations made under the Dutiable
Commodities Ordinance;

'intoxicating liquors' includes spirits, liqueurs, wines, beer, Chinese
type liquor, native wines and spirits, and all other liquors
containing more than two per cent of proof spirit or intended to
be used as a beverage;

means the human consumption of food in such a manner as to
constitute a continuous repast;

'publicans licence' means a publicans licence as prescribed by
regulations made under the Dutiable Commodities Ordinance;

means a building or portion thereof used as an hotel, eating house,
coffee house or other similar establishment and having a licence
for the sale of intoxicating liquors;

'restaurant adjunct licence' means a restaurant adjunct licence as
prescribed by regulations made under the Dutiable Commodities
Ordinance.





3. There shall be charged, levied and paid a tax of ten per cent on
the retail cost of every meal sold aiid consumed in any restaurant or
eating house: Provided that where the total cost of each meal does not
exceed the sum of five dollars per head or where such meal is served in
the room of a bona fide hotel resident no tax shall be charged, levied
and paid.

4. There shall be charged, levied and paid i tax of ten per cent on
the retail cost (including corkage) of all intoxicating liquors consumed
on the premises of holders of publicans licences, restaurant adjunct
licences or hotelkeepers adjunct licences and Chinese restaurant
licences. No tax shall be payable in respect of intoxicating liquors
consumed in the rooms of bona fide hotel residents. In the case of
intoxicating liquor upon which corkage is paid, the liquor shall be
deemed to have been consumed at the time it becomes liable to
corkage.

5. For the purpose of sections 3 and 4 the amount of tax payable
shall be computed to the nearest ten cents and any amount of less
than ten cents shall be deemed to be ten cents.

6. (1) It shall be lawful for the Legislative Council by resolution to
increase, decrease, recast, suspend or vary to any extent and in any
manner 'whaLsoever the tax imposed by or under this Ordinance.

(2) Every resolution shall come into operation at the time of the
passing thereof unless some other time is specified in such resolution.

7. The Governor in Council inay make regulations for securing the
payment of tax and generally for carrying the provisions of this
Ordinance into effect. Without prejudice to the generality of the
foregoi,ng such regulations may provide

(a)for calculating, collecting aiid accounting for the taxes
hereby imposed;

(b)for the type of forms to be used in the presentation of
accounts to the consumer or to the Accountant General or
other officer entrusted with the collection of any tax hereby
imposed.





8. It shall be lawful for the Accountant General or for any person
authorized by him in writing for the purpose to enter any restaurant or
eating house and the premises of holders of publicans licences,
restaurant adjunct licences or hotel-keepers adjunct licences and
Chinese restaurant licences at any reasonable time, with a view to
seeing whether the, provisions of this Ordinance or any regulations
made thereunder are being complied with.

9. (1) Any person who fails to comply with or attempts to evade
any of the provisions of this Ordinance shall be guilty of an offence
and shall bc liable on summary conviction to a fine of one thousand
dollars, and sliall be liable also to pay aii), tax which should flave been
paid.

(2) If the holder of any restaurant or eating-house, licence,
publicans licerice, restaurant adjunct licence or hotel-keepers adjunct
licence or Chinese restaurant licerice is convicted of any offence
against this Ordinance committed upon the premises to which such
licence relates, a magistrate may in his discretion suspend or revoke
such licence.

(3) If any person acts in contravention of, or fails to comply with,
any regulations made under this Ordinance, lie shall be liable on
summary conviction to a fine of five hundred dollars.

(4) Any person who prevents or obstructs the entry of the
Accountant General or of any person authorized by him in writing
under this Ordinance shall be liable on summary conviction to a fine of
five hundred dollars.

10. Where a person convicted of an offence against this
Ordinance is a company, the chairman and every director and every
officer of the company shall be guilty of the like offence, unless he
proves that the act or omission constituting the offence took place
without his knowledge or consent.

11. Any person who would have been liable under this Ordinance
to any pecuniary penalty for anything done or omitted if such thing
had been done or omitted by him personally shall be liable to the same
penalty if such thing has been done or omitted by his partner, agent,
or servant.
31 of 1946. Short title. Interpretation. (Cap. 109.) Tax on meals. Tax on intoxicating liquors. Computation of tax to nearest ten cents. Legislative Council may vary amount of tax. Regulations. Inspection. Penalties. Offences by corporations. Responsibility for acts of partners, agents, and servants.

Abstract

31 of 1946. Short title. Interpretation. (Cap. 109.) Tax on meals. Tax on intoxicating liquors. Computation of tax to nearest ten cents. Legislative Council may vary amount of tax. Regulations. Inspection. Penalties. Offences by corporations. Responsibility for acts of partners, agents, and servants.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1856

Edition

1950

Volume

v3

Subsequent Cap No.

113

Number of Pages

3
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 15:46:49 +0800
<![CDATA[INLAND REVENUE RULES]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1855

Title

INLAND REVENUE RULES

Description






INLAND REVENUE.
INLAND REVENUE RULES.
(Cap. 112, section 85).
(Ordinance No. 20 Of 1947).

[22nd August, 1947.1

1. These rules may be cited as the Inland Revenue Rules.

Rates of Depreciation.
2. (1) The following rates of depreciation are hereby prescribed for
the purpose of ascertaining the 'annual allowance- to be made under
subsection (2) of section 37 Of the Ordinance. In all cases depreciation
will be calculated on the reducing value of the asset concerned.
(2) Except with the permission of the Commissioner, who sliall in
special cases allow such greater depreciation as lie thinks fit, no
depreciation sliall be allowed in excess of that specified in the scale.
(3) For the purposes of sections 37, 38, and 39 of the Ordinance the
expression 'plant and machinery-'' sliall be
deemed to include the items mentioned below-
General rate for plant and machinery -where no

special rate is prescribed
Aircraft
Bar Syphon apparatus
Bicycles
Brewing Plant/Machinery .
Boilers
Cables, electric
Cinema and Photographic Processing Equipment IS
Copper Stills-Distillery
Concrete Pipe Moulds
Diesel Engines
Domestic Appliances-
Electric Cookers and Kettles
Gas Cookers and Fires
Electric Refrigerators, water-heaters, etc .
Other gas and electric domestic appliances





Foundry Plant
Grill Equipment
Lamp Standards, gas or electric
Steel
.
Wood
Meters, gas or electric
Motor Vehicles-
Petrol Driven
Oil Driven .......
Motor Launches ....
Office Furniture, Fixtures and Equipment
Oil Tanks
Printing Machinery
Pumps and Motors
Pipe Lines
Refrigerating Plant
Sailing Vessels
Scales and Gears
Show Cases
Ships
Sprinklers
Steam Engines
Steam Launches
Steam ','Inches
Tank Lorries
Tractors
Trail Lorries
Tramway rolling stock

Tags
Type and Mocks
Weaving, Knitting and Sewing Machinery

Method of ascertainment and determination
of /he pro ' fits of the Hong Kong branch of a
bank whose head office is outside the Colony.

3. (1) In this rule-
'bank' means anv bank whose head office is outside this Colony;
'Hong Kong branch' means the business carried on in Hong Kong by
any such bank.





(2) Where any accounts prepared by a bank for its own purposes
disclose, in the opinion of the Assessor, the true profits of the Hong
Kong branch, the assessable profits shall be computed on the basis of
such accounts.
(3) Where no accounts are prepared which in the opinion of the
Assessor disclose the true profits of the I-long Kong branch, the
following provisions sliall apply in the determination of such profits-
the same proportion of the total profits of the bank as the assets of
the Hong Kong branch bear to the total assets of the bank shall be
treated as profits made from transactions in the Colony and shall be
assessed accordingly;
(b)for the purposes of determining the total profits of the bank,
similar adjustments for tax purposes will be made in the
accounts of the bank as would have been necessary had the
whole of those profits been liable to tax under this Ordinance;
(c)where the Assessor is of the opinion that it would be
impracticable or inequitable to adopt the provisions of sub-
paragraphs (a) and (b) of this paragraph, he may estimate the
amount of the profits of the Hong Kong branch, and assess
such profits accordingly:
Provided that any decision of an Assessor under this rule shall be
subject to appeal in accordance with the provisions of Part XI of the
Ordinance.
Note.
This rule applies to non-resident banks operating in Hong Kong.
It is expected that the accounts of the Hong Kong branch of most banks
will be sufficiently accurate for the computation of the profits of the branch to
be based on those accounts.
Where, however, either no branch accounts are prepared, or the Hong
Kong branch accounts are so merged with the accounts of other branches as to
make it difficult to compute the true profits, provision is made for the profits to
be ascertained by apportioning the total profits of the bank in the ratio of the
Hong Kong assets to the total assets.
Method of ascertaining the amount of a dividend
liable to tax and to be included in the recipient's
'total, income'' as defined in section 42(2).

4. (1) Where a dividend is paid partly out of profits liable to Hong
Kong tax and partly out of profits not liable






to Hong Kong tax, the corporation paying the dividend shall state
in the certificate issued to the shareholders as prescribed by
subsection (2) of section 27 of the Ordinance the proportionate
parts of that dividend liable to and exempt from Hong Kong tax
respectively, also the amount of tax deducted.
(2) A resident shareholder claiming to be personally assessed
under section 41 shall include in his return of 'total income- as
defined by subsection (2) of section 42, only that portion of such a
dividend which is liable to Hong Kong tax and the tax thereon.

Method of ascertainment and determination, of
the Profits of the Hong Kong branch, of a person
whose head office is outside the Colony.

5. (1) In this rule-
pson' includes a company, partnership, or body of
persons
'permanent establishment' means a branch, management
or other place of business, but does not include an
agency unless the agent has, and habitually exercis . es,
a general authority to negotiate and conclude contracts
on behalf of his principal or has a stock of merchandise
from which he regularly fills orders on his behalf.
(2) The Hong Kong profits of a person having a permanent
establishment in the Colony, but whose head office is situated
outside the Colony, will be assessed as follows
(a) where the person keeps accounts for his Hong
Kong establishment in such a way that his true
profits arising in or derived from the Colony can
be readily ascertained from those accounts, his
assessment to Profits Tax will be computed by
reference to the profits disclosed in those accounts;
(b) where the person's accounts do not disclose the
true profits arising in or derived from the Colony,
his tax liability will be computed by, reference to
his total profits wherever made. The same propor-
tion of his total profits as his turnover in the ' Colony
bears to his total turnover shall be treated as profits





arising in or derived from the Colons, and shall be taxed
accordingly;
(c)for the purposes of determining a person's total profits,
similar adjustments for tax purposes will be made in his
accounts as would have been necessary had the whole
of those profits been liable to tax under the Ordinance;
Where the Assessor is of the opinion that it would be
impracticable or inequitable to adopt the provisions of,
sub-paragraphs (b) and (c) of this paragraph lie may
compute the amount of the profits arising in or derived
from the Colony, on a fair percentage of the person's
turnover in the Colony.
Provided that the decision of an Assessor under this rule
shall be subject to appeal in accordance with the provisions of
Part XI of the Ordinance.

Method of apportioning an annuity between
capital and income.
6. (I) For the purpose of assessment to Salaries and Annuities
Tax under Part 111 of the Ordinance, an annuity, payable in
respect of valuable consideration given shall first be apportioned
as between capital and income in accordance with the provisions
of this rule. The capital portion shall be ascertained by dividing
the consideration (i.e., premiums paid, or the total of such
premiums if more than one, or other valuable consideration given)
b), the figures ascertained from the Table set out in paragraph (2)
hereof by reference to the age of the annuitant at the date of his
or her last birthday prior to the first payment of the annuity. The
excess of the annual annuity over the capital portion thus
computed shall be deemed to be income and liable to Salaries and
Annuities Tax. This apportionment between capital and income
shall be constant each year until such time as the accumulated
total of the capital portions shall equal the total consideration.
Thereafter, the whole of the annual amount of the annuity shall
be regarded as income for the purpose of Salaries and Annuities
Tax: Provided that no apportionment to capital shall be made in
respect of any consideration given by a person other than the
annuitant, or his or her spouse, and provided further that any
premium





or portion of a premium which has been allowed as a deduction tinder
section 42 Of the Ordinance, shall be Cap 112). excluded from the amount of the
consideration.

(2) TABLE.

Age of Ageof
Annuitant
Annuitant
on last on last
birthday prior MALES FEMALES birthday prior MALES FEMALES
to first to first
payment of payment of
annuity. annuity.
G.N. 658/47. G.N.A. 18/48. Citation. (Cap. 112.)
Banks; Hong Kong Branch Offices.
[r. 3 cont.] (Cap. 112.) Dividends liable to tax.
(Cap. 112) Profits of Hong Kong branch offices.
[r. 5 cont.] (Cap. 112.) Apportion-ment of annuity. G.N.A. 18/48.
(Cap. 112).

Abstract

G.N. 658/47. G.N.A. 18/48. Citation. (Cap. 112.)
Banks; Hong Kong Branch Offices.
[r. 3 cont.] (Cap. 112.) Dividends liable to tax.
(Cap. 112) Profits of Hong Kong branch offices.
[r. 5 cont.] (Cap. 112.) Apportion-ment of annuity. G.N.A. 18/48.
(Cap. 112).


Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1855

Edition

1950

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

112

Number of Pages

6
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 15:46:49 +0800
<![CDATA[INLAND REVENUE ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1854

Title

INLAND REVENUE ORDINANCE

Description






CHAPTER 112.
THE INLAND REVENUE ORDINANCE.

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS.

Section Page
PART I-INTRODUCTORY.
1. Short title ...... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 296
2. Interpretation... . . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 296
3. Board of Inland Revenue ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 299
4. Official secrecy ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 299

PART II-PROPERTY TAX.

5. Imposition of property tax ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 301
6. By whom payable ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 302
7. Refund in case of unoccupied property ... ... ... ... ... 302

PART III-SALARIES AND ANNUITIES TAX.
8. Imposition of salaries and annuities tax ... ... ... ... ... 302
.9. Definition of income from employment ... ... ... ... ... 303
10. Aggregation of married persons' incomes ... ... ... ... ... 304
11. Ascertainment of assessable income ... ... ... ... ... ... 304
12. Allowances ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 305
13. Rates of salaries and annuities tax ... ... ... ... ... ... 305

PART IV-PROFITS TAX.

14. Imposition of corporation profits tax ... ... ... ... ... ... 306
15. Imposition of business profits tax ... ... ... ... ... ... 306
16. Ascertainment of profits ... ...... ... ... 307
17. Deductions not allowed ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 307
18. Basis for computing profits ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 308
19. Treatment of losses ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 309
20. Liability of certain non-resident persons ... ... ... ... ... 310
21.Profits of certain businesses to be computed on a percentage
of the turnover ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 310
22. Assessment of partnerships ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 311
23. Ascertainment of profits of insurance companies ... ... ... 312
24. Clubs, trade associations, etc . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 313
25. Deduction of property tax from profits tax ... ... ... ... 314
26. Certain dividends excluded from assessment of profits ... ... 314
27. Deduction of tax from dividends of corporations ... ... ... 314





Section Page

PART V.-INTEREST TAX.

28. Imposition of interest tax ............. ... ... ... .... ... 315

29. Deduction of tax by person paying interest ... ... ... 316

30. Certificate of deduction, etc . ........ ... ... ... ... ... ... 316
31. Set off and refund of deduction ..... ... ... ... ... ... ... 316

32. Recovery of deduction ..................... ... ... ... ... 317

33. Recovery of tax by direct assessment ... ... ... ... ... 317

PART VI-DEPRECIATION, ETC.

34. Initial and annual allowances, industrial buildings and

structures ............................... ... ... ... ... 317

35. Balancing allowances and charges, industrial buildings and

structures ............................... ... ... ... ... 318

36. Definitions for this Part ................. ... ... ... ... 320

37. Initial and annual allowances, machinery or plant ... ... 321

38. Balancing allowances and charges, machinery or plant ... 322

39. Replacement of machinery or plant ...... ... ... ... ... 323
40. Expenditure on machinery or plant ...... ... ... ... ... 324

PART VII-PERSONAL ASSESSMENT.
41. Election to be personally assessed...... 324

42. Allowances ............................. ... ... . ... ... 325
43. Rates of charge ........................ ... ... ... ... ... ... 327

PART VIII-DOUBLE TAXATION AND
NON-RES1DENTS.
44. Relief in respect of United Kingdom income tax ... ... 327
45. Relief in respect of Commonwealth income tax ... ... 328

46. Official secrecy ....................... ... ... ... ... ... ... 330

47. Persons assessable on behalf of a non-resident 330

48. Profits of shipowners, aircraft owners and charterers ... 330

49. Double taxation arrangements ........... ... ... ... ... 332

50. Tax credits ............................ ... ... ... ... ... ... 332

PART IX-RETURNS, ETC.

51. Returns and information to be furnished ... ... ... ... 335

52. Information to be furnished by officials and employers ... 336
53. Who may act for incapacitated or non-resident persons ... 337

54. Liability of executor of deceased taxpayer ... ... ... ... 337

55. Liability of trustees and executors..... ... ... ... 338





Section Page
56. Precedent partner to act on behalf of partnership ... ... ... 338

57. Principal officer to act on behalf of a company or body of

persons ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 338
58. Signature and service of notices ... ... ... ... ... ... 338

PART X-ASSESSMENTS.
59. Assessor to make assessments ... ... ... ... 339
60. Additional assessments ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 340
61. Certain transactions and dispositions to be disregarded ... ... 341
62. Notice to be issued by assistant commissioner ... ... ... ... 341
63. Validity of assessments, etc. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 341

PART XI-APPEALS.
64. Procedure on appeals to the Commissioner ... ... ... ... ... 341
65. Constitution of the Board of Review ... ... ... ... ... ... 343
66. Right of appeal to the Board of Review ... ... ... ... ... 344
67. Commissioner may refer appeals to the Board of Review ... 345
68. Hearing and disposal of appeals to the Board of Review ... 345
69. Appeals to the Supreme Court ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 346
70. Assessments or amended assessments to be final ... ... 347

PART XII.-PAYMENT AND RECOVERY OF TAX.

71. Provisions regarding payment of tax ... ... ... ... ... ... 348
72. Tax to include fines etc . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 349
73. Tax to be a first charge ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 349
74. Recovery of tax by seizure and sale ... ... ... ... 349
75. Recovery of tax on certificate to a magistrate ... ... 350
76. Recovery from debtor of taxpayer ... ... ... ... 351
77. Recovery of tax from persons leaving the Colony ... 352
78. Use of more than one means of recovery ... ... ... ... 353

PART XIII.-REPAYMENT PAYMENT.
79. Tax paid in excess to be refunded ... ... ... ... ... ... 353

PART XIV-PENALTIES AND OFFENCES.

80. Penalties for failure to make returns, making incorrect

returns, etc . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 354
81. Breach of secrecy and other matters to be orTences ... ... 355

82. Penal provisions relating to fraud, etc . ... ... ... ... ... 355

83. Tax payable notwithstanding proceedings ... ... ... ... ... 356

84. Prosecutions, sanction of Commissioner... ... ... ... ... 356

PART XV-GENERAL.
85. Power to make rules ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 356
86. Board of Inland Revenue to prescribe forms ... ... ... ... 357
87. General power of Governor in Council to exempt ... ... ... 357
88. Exemption of charitable, ecclesiastical and educational bodies. 357

SCHEDULES.





CHAPTER 112.

INLAND REVENUE.

To impose a tax on earnings and profits.

[3rd May, 1947.]

PART I.

Introductory.

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Inland Revenue Ordinance.

2. In this Ordinance-

($active partner', in relation to a partnership, means a partner who
takes an active part in the control, management, or conduct of the
trade or business of such partnership ;

agent in relation to a non-resident person or to a partnership in which
any partner is a non-resident person, includes

(a) the agent, attorney, factor, receiver, or manager in
the Colony of such person or partnership, and

(b)any person in the Colony through whom such person or
partnership is in receipt of any profits or income arising in or
derived from the Colony;

assessor means an assessor appointed under this Ordinance;

assistant commissioner' means an assistant commissioner of Inland
Revenue appointed under this Ordinance;

'authorized representative' means an individual authorized in writing
by any person to act on his behalf for the purposes of this
Ordinance who is

(a) in any case-

(i) an accountant approved by the Commissioner,

(ii) a solicitor, or counsel instructed by a solicitor,

(iii) an employee regularly employed by the person
concerned, or

(iv) any other person approved by the Commissioner;





(b) in the case of an individual, a relative;

(c)in the case of a company, a director or officer of the
company;

(d) in the case of a partnership, a partner (c) in the case of a body
of persons, a member;

'basis period' for any year of assessment is the period on the profits
of which tax for that year falls to be computed ;

'bill of sale' means a bill of sale registrable under the Bills of Sale
Ordinance;

'business' includes agricultural undertaking, poultry and

pig rearing and the sub-letting by any person of any
premises or portion thereof rented by hirn ;
'Commissioner' includes the Commissioner of Inland
Revenue appointed under this Ordinance, and the deputy
commissioner, and an assistant commissioner specially
authorized by the Commissioner either generally or for
some specific purpose to act on behalf of the Commis-
sioner;
corporation means any company which is either incor-
porated or registered under any enactment or charter in
force in the Colony or elsewhere.
Y
'debenture' means a debenture as defined in subsection (i)
of section 2 of the Companies Ordinance;

'deputy commissioner' means the deputy commissioner of Inland
Revenue appointed under this Ordinance;

executor means any executor, administrator, or other person
administering the estate of a deceased person, and includes a
trustee acting under a trust created by the last will of the author
of the trust;

'incapacitated person' means any minor, lunatic, idiot, or person of
unsound mind;

'income arising in or derived from the Colony' for the purpose of Part III,
shall, without in any way limiting the meaning of the term, include all income
derived from services rendered in the Colony and any annuity payable in the
Colony;





((mortgage' means a mortgage as defined in section 3 of the Stamp
Ordinance;

(&owner,' in relation to land or improvements thereon, includes a
person who holds such land or improvements subject to a ground
rent or other annual charge;

((person' includes a company, partnership, or body of persons;

'precedent partner' means the partner who, of the active partners
resident in the Colony

(a) is first named in the agreement of partnership; or

(b)if there is no agreement, is specified by name or initials
singly or with precedence to the other part~ ners in the usual
name of the partnership; or

(c)is first named in any statutory statement of the names of the
partners;

profits means the net profits for any period calculated in accordance
with the provisions of Part IV of this Ordinance, but does not
include profits arising from the sale of capital assets;

((profits arising iii or derived from the Colony' for the purposes of Part
IV shall, without in any way limiting the meaning of the term,
include all profits from business transacted in the Colony,
whether directly or through an agent;

'receiver' includes any receiver ;or liquidator, and any assignee,
trustee, or other person having the possession or control of the
property of any person by reason of insolvency or bankruptcy;

'standard rate' means the rate specified in the First Schedule;

'tax' means any tax imposed by this Ordinance;

'trade' includes every trade and manufacture, and every adventure
and concern in the nature of trade;

'trustee' includes any trustee, guardian, curator, manager, or other
person having the direction, control, or





management of any property on behalf of any person, but does
not include an executor;

'year of assessment' means the period of twelve months
commencing on the 1st day of April in any year;

'year preceding a year of assessment' means the period of twelve
months ending on the 31st day of March immediately prior to
such year of assessment.

3.(1) (a) There shall be a Board of Inland Revenue composed of
the Financial Se
cretary and four other members appointed by the Governor, of
whom not more than one shall be an official in the
employrnent of the Government. A member so appointed
shall hold office until he shall resign or be removed from
office by the Governor.

(b)Three members of the Bo Board of Inland Revenue shall
form a quorum for the transaction of business and when the
Financial Secretary is present he shall be the chairman.

(c)All matters coming before the Board of Inland Revenue shall
be decided by a majority of votes, and in the case of an
equality of votes the chairman or presiding member shall
have a second or a casting vote.

(2) For the purposes of this Ordinance, the Governor may appoint
a Commissioner, a deputy commissioner, assistant commissioners, and
assessors.

(3) An assistant commissioner exercising or performing any
power, duty, or function of the Commissioner under this Ordinance
shall be deemed for all purposes to be authorized to exercise or perform
the same until the contrary is proved.

(4) All powers conferred upon an assessor by this Ordinance may
be exercised by an assistant commissioner.

4. (1) Except in* the performance of his duties under this
Ordinance, every person who has been appointed under or who is or
has been employed in carrying out or in assisting any persons to carry
out the provisions of this Ordinance





shall preserve and aid in preserving secrecy with regard to all matters
relating to the affairs of any person that may come to his knowledge in
the performance of his duties under this Ordinance, and shall not
communicate any such matter to any person other than the person to
whom such matter relates or his authorized representative, nor suffer or
permit any person to have access to any records in the possession,
custody or control of the Commissioner.

(2) Every person appointed tinder or employed in carrying out the
provisions of this Ordinance, shall before acting under this Ordinance
take aiid subscribe before a justice of the peace an oath of secrecy in
the prescribed form.

(3) No person appointed under or employed in carrying out the
provisions of this Ordinance shall be required to produce in an), court
any return,' document, or assessment, or to divulge or communicate to
any court any matter or thing coming under his notice in the
performance of his duties under this Ordinance, except as may be
necessary for the purpose of carrying into effect the provisions of this
Ordinance.

(4) Notwithstanding anything contained in this section, the
Commissioner or any officer of the Inland Revenue Department
authorized by the Commissioner in that behalf may communicate any
matter which comes to his knowledge, including a copy of any return,
accounts or other document submitted to him in connexion with this
Ordinance

(a)to the Commissioner of Rating and Valuation, to the
Collector of Stamp Revenue, oi* to the Estate Duty
Commissioner, or

(b)to the income tax authority of any part of the Commonwealth
to such an extent as the Commissioner may deem necessary
to enable the correct relief to be given from income tax in that
part in respect of the payment of tax under this Ordinance.

(3) Notwithstanding anything contained in this section, the
Commissioner may permit the Director of Audit or any officer of that
department duly authorized by the Director of Audit in that behalf to
have such access to any records or documents as may be necessary
for the performance of his





official duties. The Director of Audit or any officer so authorized shall
be deemed to be a person employed in carrying out the provisions of
this Ordinance for the purpose of subsection (2).

PART II.

Properly Tax.

5. Property tax shall be charged on and borne by the owner of any
land or buildings wherever situate in the Colony at the standard rate
on the rateable value of such land or buildings or land and buildings as
assessed for rating purposes under the Rating Ordinance, less an
allowance for repairs and outgoings of twenty per cent of the said
rateable value : Provided that

(a)for any year of assessment on the first day of which rents are
restricted by reference to rents recoverable on or before 25th
day of December, 1941, under the provisions of the Landlord
and Tenant Ordinance, property tax shall be charged at one-
half the standard rate;

(b)where no assessment has been made under the Rating
Ordinance, the rateable value shall be determined by the
Commissioner of Rating and Valuation;

(c)in the case of the New Territories other than New Kowloon,
the rateable value for the purpose of property tax shall be
taken at one-fourteenth of the value of the buildings as
assessed under the Rating Ordinance;

(d)where the owner of the land is not the owner of the buildings
thereon, a separate assessment shall be made for the land and
for the buildings;

(e) property tax shall not be charged on premises owned
by the Government of the Colony or of any part of His
Majesty's dominions;

where any land or buildings are exempt from rates by virtue
of subsection (2) of section 40 of the Rating Ordinance, there
shall be substituted for the rateable value the annual rent (if
any) payable to the owner of such land or buildings.





6. Property tax shall be payable in the first place by

the person, whether owner, agent or occupier, who pays the
rates in respect of the land or buildings taxed. Where such
payment is made by any person other than the owner of the
property then the amount so paid by way of property tax
shall be a debt due from the owner and recoverable as such
from any rent or other moneys due to him.

7. A proportionate refund of property tax may be made whenever
any land or buildings are proved to the satisfaction of the
Commissioner to have been unoccupied during one or more entire
months of any year ear of assessment.

PART III.

Salaries and Annuities Tax.

8. Salaries and annuities tax shall be charged at the rates provided
for in section 13 and subject to the allowances hereinafter provided on
all income arising in or derived from the Colony in respect of

(a) any office or employment of profit; and

(b) any pension or annuity :

Provided that the following shall be exempt

(a)the official emoluments received by the Officer
Administering the Government;

(b)the official emoluments of consuls, vice-consuls and
persons employed on the staff of any consulate, who are
subjects or citizens of the state which they represent;

(c)any sum received by way of commutation of pension or
annuity and any sum, other than a pension or annuity,
withdrawn from a provident fund;

(d)the emoluments payable by the Governments of the
Members of the Commonwealth to members of His Majesty's
Forces and to persons in the permanent service of those
Governments in the Colony in respect of their offices under
those Governments;





(e)wound and disability pensions granted to members of His
Majesty's Forces;

gratuities granted to members of His Majesty's Forces in
respect of services rendered during war;

(g)any income exempted by order of the Governor in Council
under section 87 ;

(h)the income of any person who is not resident or is only
temporarily resident in the Colony : Provided in any case that

(i) a person who stays in the Colony for a period or a
number of periods amounting to more than one hundred and
eighty days during a year of assessment shall be liable for
that year of assessment, and

(ii) a person whose stay in the Colony amounts in the
aggregate to more than three hundred days during two
consecutive years of assessment shall be liable for each such
year 'of assessment. 191

9. (1) Income from any office or employment includes---

(a)any wages, salary, leave pay, fee, commission, bonus,
gratuity, perquisite, or allowance for high cost of living,
whether derived from the employer or others, except the
value of any holiday warrant, or passage granted by an
employer to an employee, or any allowance for the, purchase
of any such holiday warrant or passage in so far as it is
expended for such purpose;

(b)the rental value of any place of residence provided rent-free
by the employer;

(c)where a Place of residence is provided by an employer at a
rent less than the rental value, the excess of the rental value
over such rent.

(2) The rental value of any place of residence provided by the
employer shall be deemed to be seven and one-half per cent of the
income as described in paragraph (a) of subsection (i) derived from the
employer for the period during which a place of residence is provided :
Provided that





(a)if such place of residence be a hotel, hostel or boarding
house the rental value shall be deemed to be six per cent of
the income aforesaid where the accommodation consists of
not more than two rooms and three per cent where the
accommodation consists of not more than one room ;

(b)if such place of residence be other than a hotel, hostel or
boarding house any person may elect to have the rateable
value arrived at in accordance with section 5 substituted for
rental value at seven and one-half per cent as aforesaid.

(3) For the purpose of this Part a pension or annuity includes any
annual payment not being

(a) income as defined in subsection (i),

(b) income chargeable to tax under Parts II, IV or V,

(c) a return of capital,

and shall include a pension or annuity which is voluntary
or is capable of being discontinued.

10. The income as defined in section 9 of a married woman who is
not living apart from her husband under the decree of a competent
court or a duly executed deed of separation shall, for the purposes of
this Part, be deemed to be the income. of her husband and shall be
chargeable accordingly: Provided

(a)that such part of the total amount of the tax charged to the
husband as appears to the Commissioner to be charged in
respect of the income of the wife may, if necessary, be
collected froni the wife, notwithstanding that no assessment
has been made upon her, and the provisions of this
Ordinance as to collection and recovery of tax shall apply
accordingly;

(b) that where the husband is not assessable to tax
under this Part or under Part VII the wife shall
be assessed as a feme sole.

11. (1) Save as provided in this section, the assessable income
chargeable to salaries and annuities tax for any year of assessment
shall be the income of the recipient as defined in section 9 arising in
the year preceding the year of assessment.





(2) Where a person commences to receive income chargeable to
salaries and annuities tax on a day within a year of assessment, his
assessable income for that year of assessment shall be his income
arising in the period from such day to the end of the year of
assessment.

(3) Where a person has commenced to receive income chargeable
to salaries and annuities tax on a day within the year preceding the
year of assessment, his assessable income for that year of assessment
shall be his income arising in one year from such day.

(4) Where a person ceases to receive income chargeable to
salaries and annuities tax his assessable income for the year of
assessment in which the cessation occurs shall be his income arising
in the period beginning on the 1st day of April in that year and ending
on the date of cessation.

12. Before arriving at the net chargeable income of a person
assessable to tax under this Part, there shall be deducted from his
assessable income the following

(a) the allowances provided under section 42; and

(b) any outgoings and expenses wholly exclusively and
necessarily incurred in the production of that
income.

13. Salaries and annuities tax shall be charged for each year of
assessment upon the net chargeable income for that year calculated as
provided by sections 9 to 12 at the rates specified in the Second
Schedule : Provided that

(a)where a person is liable to tax under this Part for a part only
of any year of assessment prior to the year of assessment
1950/51, the provisions of the Second Schedule shall be
modified in manner specified therein ; and

(b)in no case shall the amount of salaries and annuities tax
chargeable on any person exceed the amount which would
have been chargeable on him had the standard rate of tax
been charged on the whole of his income chargeable to
salaries and annuities tax before deducting the allowances
provided in section 12.







PART IV.

Profits Tax.

14. Corporation profits tax shall, subject to the provisions of this
Ordinance, be charged on every corporation carrying on trade or
business in the Colony at the standard rate, in respect of the profits
arising in or derived from the Colony from such trade or business.

15. (1) Business profits tax shall, subject to the provisions of this
Ordinance, be charged at the standard rate on every person other than
a corporation carrying on trade, profession or business in the Colony
in respect of the profits arising in or derived from the Colony from such
trade, profession or business.

(2) Where the ultimate controlling interest in two or more trades,
professions or businesses is owned by the same person, the
Commissioner shall cause the profits and losses of those trades,
professions or businesses to be aggregated and a single assessment
thereon shall be made in the sum of the profits: Provided that

(a)where the profits assessable under this section from a trade,
profession or business, or trades, professions or businesses
aggregated under the provisions of subsection (2), do not
exceed the sum of seven thousand dollars no tax shall be
chargeable in respect thereof;

(b)the profits tax payable by any person other than a
corporation in respect of the profits from any trade,
profession or business shall not be more than the amount by
which the profits from such trade, profession or business
exceed the sum of seven thousand dollars ;

(c)for the purpose of assessing the profits of a trade,
profession or business, a husband aiid wife who are not
living apart from each other under the decree of a competent
court or a duly executed deed of separation shall be deemed
to be one person.





16. (1) For the purpose of ascertaining the profits of any person
there shall be deducted all outgoings and expenses wholly and
exclusively incurred during the basis period for the year of assessment
by such person in the production of the profits, including

(a)sums payable by such person by way of interest upon any
money borrowed by him, if such money was borrowed for
the purpose of producing the profits;

(b)rent paid by any tenant of land or buildings occupied by him
for the purpose of acquiring the profits;

(c) the allowances provided by Part VI (Depreciation);

(d)bad debts incurred in any trade, business or profession,
proved to have become bad during the basis period for the
year of assessment, and doubtful debts to the extent that
they have become bad during the said basis period
notwithstanding that such bad or doubtful debts were due
and payable prior to the commencement of the said basis
period: Provided that all sums recovered during the said
basis period on account of amounts previously written off or
allowed in respect of bad or doubtful debts shall for the
purposes of this Ordinance be treated as receipts of the
trade, business or profession for that basis period;

(c)such other deductions as may be prescribed by any rule
made under this Ordinance.

(2) The Governor in Council may by rules provide for
the method of calculating or estimating the deductions
allowed or prescribed under this Ordinance. [

17. (1) For the purpose of ascertaining profits no deduction shall
be allowed in respect of

(a)domestic or private expenses, including the cost of travelling
between residence and place of business;

(b)any disbursements or expenses not being nioney expended
for the purpose of producing the profits;

(c)any expenditure of a capital nature or any loss or withdrawal
of capital;





(d) the cost of any improvements;

(e)any sum recoverable under an insurance or contract of
indemnity;

rent of, or expenses in coiiiiexion with, any premises or part
of premises not occupied or used for the purpose of
producing the profits;

(g)any tax paid or payable under this Ordinance other than
salaries and annuities tax paid in respect of employees'
remuneration.

(2) In computing the profits or losses of a partnership, nothing
shall be deducted for salaries or other remuneration of partners or for
interest on partners' capital or loans.

18. (1) Save as provided in this section, the assessable profits
liable to profits tax of any trade, profession or business for any year of
assessment shall be the full amount of its profits arising in or derived
from the Colony during the year preceding the year of assessment.

(2) Where the Commissioner is satisfied that the accounts of a
trade, profession or business carried on or exercised in the Colony are
usually made up to some day other than the 31st day of March, he may
direct that the profits from that source be computed on the amount of
the profits of the year ending on that day in the year preceding the year
of assessment. Where, however, the profits of any trade, profession or
business have been computed by reference to an account made up to a
certain day, and no account is made up to the corresponding day in the
year following, the profits from that source both of the year of
assessment in which such failure occurs and of the two years of
assessment following shall be computed on such basis as the
Commissioner in his discretion thinks fit.

(3) Where a person commences to carry on a trade, profession or
business in the Colony on a day within a year of assessment, the
profits arising therefrom for the period from such date to the end of the
year of assessment shall be the assessable profits for such year of
assessment.

(4) Where a person has commenced to carry on a trade,
profession or business on a day within the year preceding a year of
assessment, the assessable profits for





that year of assessment shall be the profits for one year from such day.

(5) Where a person ceases to carry on a trade, profession or
business, the assessable profits therefrom as regards the year of
assessment in which the cessation occurs shall be the amount of the
profits of the period beginning on the 1st day of April in that year and
ending on the date of cessation.

(6) Notwithstanding the provisions of section 70 a claim made
under subsection (2), (3), (4) or (5) to an adjustment of aily assessment
by reference to the profits for any period other than the year preceding
the year of assessment shall be entertained if it is made within the
period of twelve months next succeeding the year of assessment. A
claim so made shall be regarded as an appeal for the purposes of Part
XL

(7) Where in the case of any trade, profession or
business it is necessary in order to arrive at the profits or
losses of any year of assessment or other period to divide
and apportion to specific periods the profits and losses for
any period for which accounts have been made up, or to
aggregate any such profits or losses or any apportioned
parts thereof, it shall be lawful to make such a division
and apportionment or aggregation, and any apportionment
under this section shall be made in proportion to the
number of days in the respective period unless the
.Commissioner, having regard to any special circumstances,
otherwise directs.

19. (1) Where a loss is incurred by any person in the basis period
for any year of assessment in any trade, profession or business the
arnount of such loss attributable to activities in the Colony shall be
carried forward and shall, subject as hereinafter provided, be set off
against what would otherwise have been the chargeable profits of that
person for the next five years in succession: Provided that the amount
of any such loss allowed to be set ofF in computing the chargeable
profits in any year shall not be set off in computing the chargeable
profits of any other year.

(2) Where all the members of a person not being a body corporate
have elected to be severally assessed





under the provisions of Part VII the portions of any loss
incurred in the basis period for any year of assessment of
any trade, profession or business falling on a member shall
first be set off against the other income of that member.
If the amount of the loss falling on a member cannot be
wholly set off against his other income for the year of assess-
ment following the year in which it was incurred the amount
of the loss not so set off shall be set off against what would
otherwise have been his chargeable income for the next five
years in succession : Provided that the amount of such loss
allowed to be set off in computing the chargeable income for
any year shall not be set off in computing the chargeable
income of any other year.

20. (1) For the purposes of this section-

(a)a person is closely connected with another person where the
Commissioner in his discretion considers that such persons
are substantially identical or that the ultimate controlling
interest of each is owned or deemed under this section to be
owned by the same person or persons;

(b)the controlling interest of a conipany shall be deemed to be
owned by the beneficial owners of its shares, whether held
directly or through nominees, and shares in one conipany
held by or on behalf of another company shall be deemed to
be held by the shareholders of the last-mentioned company,.

(2) Where a non-resident person carries on business with a
resident person with whom he is closely connected and the course of
such business is so arranged that it produces to the resident person
either no profits or less than the ordinary profits which might be
expected to arise, the business done by the non-resident person in
pursuance of his connexion with the resident person shall be deemed
to be carried on in the Colony, aiid such non-resident person shall be
assessable and chargeable with tax in respect of his profits from such
business in the nanie of the resident person as if the resident person
were his agent, and all the provisions of this Ordinance shall apply
accordingly.

21. Where the true amount of the profits of a nonresident person
in respect of a trade, profession or business carried on in the Colony
cannot be readily ascertained, such





profits may be computed on a fair percentage of the turnover
of that trade or business in the Colony.

22. (1) Where a trade, profession or business is carried on by two
or more persons jointly the tax in respect thereof shall be computed
and stated jointly in one sum and a joint assessment shall be made in
the partnership name.

(2) The precedent partner shall make and deliver a statement of the
profits or losses of such trade, profession or business, on behalf of the
partnership, ascertained in accordance with the provisions of this Part
relating to the ascertainment of profits. Where no active partner is
resident in the Colony the return shall be furnished by the manager or
agent of the partnership in the Colony.

(3) If a change occurs in a partnership of persons carrying on any
trade, profession or business, by reason of retirement or death, or the
dissolution of the partnership as to one or more of the partners, or the
admission of a new partner, in such circumstances that one or more of
the persons who until that time were engaged in the trade, profession
or business continue to be engaged therein, or a person who until that
time was engaged in any trade, profession or business on his own
account continues to be engaged in it, but as a partner in a partnership,
the tax payable by the person or persons who carry on the trade,
profession or business after that time shall, notwithstanding the
change be computed according to the profits or gains of the trade,
profession or business in accordance with section 18 as if no such
change had occurred: Provided that on application made in writing by
all the persons engaged in the trade, profession or business both
immediately before and immediately after the change, and signed by all
of them or, in the case of a deceased person, by his legal
representative, and received by the assessor within twelve months
after the change took place, the assessor shall compute the profits for
any year of assessment as if the trade, profession or business had
been discontinued at the date of the change and a new trade,
profession or business had been then set up and commenced.





(4) Tax upon the partnership shall be recoverable by all means
provided in this Ordinance out of the assets of the partnership, or from
any partner, or from the manager or agent of the partnership in the
Colony, and in the case of an assessment made in accordance with
subsection (3) notwithstanding a change in the partnership shall be
recoverable if necessary from any person who quitted the partnership
at the change or from the estate of any such person deceased.

(5) Tax may be assessed on the profits of a partnership
notwithstanding the cessation or dissolution of such partner-
ship and shall be recoverable from the former partners and
from the assets of the partnership at the tirne of its cessa-
tion

23. (1) The profits of a coi-npany, whether mutual or proprietary,
from the business of life insurance shall be the investment income of
the life insurance fund less the management expenses (including
commission) attributable to that business : Provided that where such a
company transacts life insurance business both in the Colony, whether
directly or through an agent, and elsewhere, the profits from business
in the Colony shall be deemed to be the same proportion of the total
investment income of the life insurarice fund of the company as the
premiums from Hfe insurance business in the Colony bear to the total
life insurarice premiums received by the company, subject to a
deduction of agency expenses in the Colony (including con-imission)
and a fair proportion of the expenses of the head office of the company,
due account being taken in each case by set-off against such expenses
of any income or profits other than life insurance premium or
investment income.

(2) The profits of a company, whether mutual or proprietary, from
the business of insurance (otlier than life insurance) shall be
ascertained by taking the gross premiums from insurance business in
the Colony (less any, premiums returned to the insured and premiums
paid on re-insurance and deducting therefrom a reserve for unexpired
risks at the percentage adopted by the conipany in relation to its
operations as a whole for such risks at the end of the period of which
the profits are being ascertained, and adding thereto





a reserve similarly calculated for unexpired risks outstanding at the
commencement of such period, and from the net amount so arrived at
deducting the actual losses (less the amount recovered in respect
thereof under re-insurance the agency expenses in the Colony, and a
fair porportion of the expenses of the head office of the company, due
account being taken in each case by set-off against such expenses of
any income or profits other than premiums.

(3) Where the Commissioner is satisfied that by reason of the
limited extent of the business transacted in the Colony by a non-
resident insurance company it would be unreasonable to require the
company to furnish the particulars necessary for the application of
subsections (1) and (2), he may, notwithstanding the provisions of those
subsections, permit the profits of the company to be ascertained by
reference to the proportion of the total profits and income of the
company corresponding to the proportion which its premiums from
insurance business in the Colony bear to its total premiums, or on any
other basis which appears to him to be equitable.

(4) For the purposes of this section 'investment income
of the life insurance fund' means, in the case of a conipany
whose sole business is life insurance, the whole of its income
from investments, and, in the case of any other company,
such part of its income from investments as appears fairly
attributable to its life insurance business.

24. (1) Where a body of persons, whether corporate or
unincorporate, carries on a club or similar institution and receives from
its members not less than half of its gross receipts on revenue account
(including entrance fees and subscriptions), it shall not be deemed to
carry on a business ; but where. less than half of its gross receipts are
received from members, the whole of the income from transactions both
with members and others (including entrance fees and subscriptions)
shall be deemed to be receipts from a business, and the body of
persons shall be chargeable in respect of the profits therefrom.

(2) Where a body of persons, whether corporate or unincorporate,
carries on a trade association in such circumstances that more than
half its receipts by way of entrance





fees and subscriptions are from persons who claim or would be entitled
to clairn that such surns were allowable deductions for the purposes of
section 16, such body of persons shall be deemed to carry on a
business, and the whole of its income from transactions both with
members and others (including entrance fees and subscriptions) shall
be deemed to be receipts from business, and the body of persons shall
be chargeable in respect of the profits therefrom.

(3) In this sectim, 'members', in relation to a body
of persons, means those persons who are entitled to vote at
a general meeting of the body at which effective control is
exercised over its affairs.

25. Where property tax is payable for any year of assessment
under Part II in respect of any land or buildings owned by a person
carrying on a trade profession or business any profits tax payable by
such person in respect ot. that year of assessment shall be reduced by
a sum not exceeding the amount of such property tax paid by him

Provided that-

(a)no reduction shall be allowed unless either the income from
such property has been included in such person's taxable
profits or the property is occupied by him for the purposes of
his trade, profession or business but not for residential
purposes;

(b) where property tax, which would otherwise have
been allowed as a deduction, exceeds the amount of
the profits tax payable, the excess may be carried
forward and offset against the profits tax payable by
that person in respect of the next succeeding year
of assessment.

26. For the purposes of assessment the dividends of a
corporation, which is subject to tax under this Part, shall not
be included in the profits of any other person for the. purposes
of taxation under this Part.

27. (1) Every corporation which is registered in the
Colony shall be entitled to deduct from the amount of any dividend
paid to any shareholder tax at the i-ate paid or payable by the
corporation (as reduced by any relief granted
under sections 44 and 45) in respect of the year Of assess-





ment within which the dividend is declared payable : Provided that
where tax is not paid or payable by the corporation on the whole
incorne out of which the dividend is paid the deduction shall be
restricted to that portion of the dividend which is paid out of income
on which tax is paid or payable by the corporation.

(2) Every such corporation shall upon payment of a
dividend, whether tax is deducted therefrom or not, furnish
each shareholder with a certificate setting forth the amount
of the dividend paid to that shareholder and the amount of
tax which the corporation has deducted. or is entitled to
deduct in respect of that dividend.

PART V.

Interest Tax.

28. Interest tax shall be charged at the standard rate on the full
amount of any sum accruing after the 31st day of March, 1947, being
interest arising in or accruing in the Colony on any debenture,
mortgage, bill of sale, loan, deposit or advance, and

(a)paid or payable under any debenture, mortgage or bill of sale
registered with any public authority or public officer; or

(b)paid or payable by aily person carrying on trade, profession
or business in the Colony and allowable as a deduction in
ascertaining the profits of such trade, profession or business
in accordance with section 16; or

(c)paid or payable under nder an instrument issued by the
Government of Hong Kong under

(i) the Public Works Loan Redemption Ordinance; or

(ii) the Hong Kong Dollar Loan Ordinance; or

(iii) the Rehabilitation Loan Ordinance; or

any other Ordinance enacted to make provision for raising a loan the
repayment of which is charged on the revenues of the Colony :

Provided that there shall be exempt from interest tax





(a)any interest paid or payable by or to a bank approved by the
Commissioner;

(b)any interest paid or payable to a corporation carrying on
trade or business in the Colony.

29. Where any person in the Colony pays or credits to
any other person any sum being interest chargeable with
tax under section 28, he shall, notwithstanding any agree-
ment to the contrary whether made before or after the pass-
ing of this Ordinance make a deduction from such sum at
the standard rate in force at the date on which the interest
is paid or is credited, and every such deduction shall be a
debt due from such person to the Government of Hong Kong
and shall be recoverable forthwith as such or may be assessed
and charged upon such person in addition to any tax other-
wise payable by him under this Ordinance. Where any such
person fails to make a deduction ,vhich he is required to
make under this section he shall nevertheless be deemed to
have made the deduction.

30. Any person who deducts interest tax in accordance with the
provisions of section 29 shall, at the request of the recipient, issue to
him a certificate in the prescribed form showing

(a) the gross amount of the interest;

(b) the amount of tax deducted;

(c) the net amount paid or credited;

(d) the period of accrual.

31. (1) Where the profits of any person which are liable to tax
under the provisions of sections 14 and 15 include anv sum froni which
a deduction lias been made in accordanciwith section 29, he shall be
entitled, on production of a certificate issued in accordance with
section 30, to a set-off against the tax payable by him under the
provisions of Part IV of the amount of the deduction shown on such
certificate : Provided that if the amount of the deduction should exceed
the amount of profits tax, the excess shall be refunded in accordance
with section 79.





(2) Where for any year of assessment a person is assessed to
profits tax under the provisions of subsection (5) of section 18, the
Commissioner may in addition to the relief due under subsection (1) of
this section grant such further relief as he may decide to be reasonable.

(3) The aggregate relief granted under this section in respect of
any sum deducted by way of interest tax shall in no circumstances
exceed the amount of such deduction.

32. Any person who has been deemed to have made a
deduction from interest payable to another person under the
provisions of section 29, may retain out of any assets of such
other person coming into his possession or control, so much
thereof as shall be sufficient to produce the amount of such
deduction, and he shall be and is hereby indemnified against
any person whomsoever in respect of his retention of such
assets; and where no assets of such other persons come into
his possesion or control out of which he could retain the
amount deducted, the amount of such deduction shall be a
debt due to him from such other person.

33. Where, in the opinion of the Commissioner, the
provisions of section 29 relating to the deduction of interest
tax have failed or are likely to fail to secure payment of any
sum being tax upon interest charged by section 28, it shall be
lawful for him to recover any such sum by way of direct
assessment upon the recipient of such interest or upon his
agent.

PART VI.

Depreciation, etc.

34. (1) Where a person incurs capital expenditure on the
construction of a building or structure which is to be an industrial
building or structure occupied for the purposes of a trade there shall be
made to the person who incurred the expenditure for the year of
assessment in the basis period for which the expenditure was incurred
an allowance to be known as an 'initial allowance' equal to one-tenth
thereof.

(2)(a) Where any person is, at the end of the basis period for
any year of assessment, entitled to an interest in a building or
structure which is an industrial building or structure and
where that





interest is the relevant interest in relation to the capital
expenditure incurred, on the construction of that building or
structure an allowance, to be known as an 'annual
allowance', equal to one-fiftieth of of that expenditure shall
be made to him for that. year of assessment.

(b)Where-the interest in a building or structure which is the
relevant interest in relation to any expenditure is sold while
the building or structure is an industrial building or structure
the annual allowance, in the years of assessment the basis
periods for which end after the time of that sale, shall be
computed by reference to the residue of expenditure
immediately after the sale and shall be the fraction of the said
residue the numerator of which is one and the denominator of
which is the nuinber of years ot assessment comprised in the
period which

(i) begins with the first year of assessment for which the
buyer is entitled to an annual allowance or would be so
entitled if the building or structure had at all material times
continued to be an industrial building or structure; and

(ii) ends with the year of assessment which is the fiftieth
year after the year in which the building or structure was first
used; and so on for any subsequent sales.

(c) Notwithstanding anything in the preceding pro-
visions of this section, in no case shall the amount
of an annual allowance for any year of assessment
in respect of any expenditure exceed such as, apart
from the writing off falling to be made by reason
of the making of that allowance, would be the
residue of that expenditure at the end of his basis
period for that year of assessment.

35. (1) Where any capital expenditure lias been incurred on the
construction of a building or structure and any of the following events
occurs while the building ot structure is an industrial building or
structure, that is to say





(a)the relevant interest in the building or structure is sold; or

(b)that interest, being a leasehold interest, conies to an end
otherwise than on the person entitled thereto acquiring the
interest which is reversionary thereon

oi*

(c)the building or structure is demolished or destroyed or,
without being demolished or destroyed, ceases altogether to
be used,

an allowance or charge, to be known as a 'balancing allowance' or a
'balancing charge' shall, in the circumstances mentioned in this
section, be made to or, as the case may be, on the person entitled to
the relevant interest immediately before that event occurs for 'the year
of assessment in his basis period for which that event occurs :
Provided that no balancing allowance or balancing charge shall be
made to or on any person for any year of assessment by reason of any
event occurring after the end of the basis period for the year of
assessment which is the. fiftieth year after the year in which the
building or structure was first used.

(2) Where there are no sale , insurance, salvage or compensation
moneys, or where the residue of the expenditure immediately before
the event exceeds those moneys, a balancing allowance shall be made
and the amount thereof shall be the amount of the said residue or, as
the case may be, of the excess thereof over the said moneys.

(3) If the sale, insurarice, salvage or compensation moneys
exceed the residue, if any, of the expenditure immediately before the
event, a balancing charge shall be made and the amount on which it is
made shall be an arnount equal to the excess or, where the residue is
nil, to the said moneys.

(4) Notwithstanding anything in the last preceding subsection, in
no case shall the amount on which a balancing charge is made on a
person exceed the aggregate of the following amounts, that is to say

(a)the amount of the initial allowance, if any, made to him in
respect of the expenditure in question;





(b)the amount of the annual allowances, if any, made to him in
respect of the expenditure in question.

36. In this Part-

(a)'industrial building or structure' means a building or
structure in use

(i) for the purposes of a trade carried on in a mill, factory
or other similar premises; or

(ii) for the purposes of a transport, dock, water or
electricity undertaking; or

(iii) for the purposes of a trade which consists of the
manufacture of goods or materials or the subjection of
goods or materials to aii), process; or

(iv) for the purposes of a trade which consists of the
storage of goods or materials which are to be used in the
manufacture of other goods or to be subjected, in the course
of a trade, to any process; or

(v) for the purposes of a trade which consists of the
storage of goods or materials on their arrival by sea or air
into the Colony;

and, in particular, the said expression includes any building
or structure provided by the person carrying on such a trade
or undertaking for the welfare of workers employed in that
trade or undertaking and in use for that purpose : Provided
that notwithstanding anything in the foregoing the
expression 'industrial building or structure' does not include
any building or structure in use as, or as part of, a dwelling
house, retail shop, showroom, hotel or office or to any
purpose ancillary to the purposes of a dwelling house, retail
shop, showroom, hotel or office ;

(b)'relevant interest' means, in relation to any expenditure
incurred on the construction of a building or structure the
interest in that building or structure to which the person who
incurred the expenditure was entitled when he incurred it;





(c)'residue of expenditure' shall be the amount of the capital
expenditure incurred in the construction of a building or
structure reduced by

(i) the amount of any initial allowance made; and

(ii) any annual allowance made; and

(iii) any balancing allowances granted;

and increased by any balancing charges made.

For the purpose of computing the residue of expenditure
there shall be written off an amount of one fiftieth of the
expenditure in respect of any year in which no initial or
annual allowance falls to be made.

37. (1) Where a person carrying on a trade, profession or business
incurs capital expenditure on the provision of machinery or plant for
the purposes of that trade, profession or business, there shall be made
to him, for the year of assessment in the basis period for which the
expenditure is incurred, an allowance, to be known as an 'initial
allowance' equal to one-fifth of that expenditure.

(2) Where at the end of the basis period for any year of assessment
a person has in use machinery or plant for the purpose of his trade,
profession or business there shall be made to him in respect of that
year of assessment an allowance to be known as an 'annual
allowance' for depreciation by wear and tear of those assets. The
allowance shall be calculated at the rates prescribed by the Board of
Inland Revenue and shall be computed on the reducing value of the
asset, which shall be the original cost of the asset reduced by

(a)any initial allowance granted in accordance with the
provisions of this section ; and

(b)by the annual allowances made under the provisions of this
section

Provided that

(a)where the asset was acquired before the basis period in
respect of the year of assessment 1947/48 the value at the end
of the basis period shall be computed by deducting from the
amount paid for the asset by its present owner annual
allowances as if this





subsection had been in force during the whole period of
ownership of the asset excluding any period during which
the owner was deprived of the use of the asset by reason of
enemy occupation

(b) the Commissioner may in his discretion allow a
higher rate than that prescribed by the Board of
Inland Revenue.

38. (1) Where any of the following events occurs in the case of
any machinery or plant in respect of which an initial allowance or an
annual allowance has been made for any year of assessment to a
person carrying on a trade, profession or business, that is to say,
either

(q)the machinery or plant is sold, whether while still in use or
not; or

(b) the machinery or plant is destroyed; or

(c)the machinery or plant is put out of use as being worn out or
obsolete or otherwise useless or no longer required,

and the event in question occurs before the trade, profession or
business is permanently discontinued, an allowance or charge, to be
known as a 'balancing allowance' or a 'balancing charge', shall in the
circumstances mentioned in this section, be made to or, as the case
may be, on that person for the year of assessment in his basis period
for which that event occurs.

(2) Where there are no sale, insurance, salvage or compensation
moneys or where the amount of the capital expenditure of the person in
question on the provision of the plant or machinery still unallowed as
at the time of the event exceeds those moneys, a balancing allowance
shall be made, and the amount thereof shall be the amount of the
expenditure still unallowed as aforesaid or, as the case may be, the
excess thereof over the said moneys.

(3) If the sale, insurance, salvage or compensation moneys
exceed the amount, if any, of the said expenditure still unallowed as at
the time of the event, a balancing charge shall be made, and the
amount on which it is made shall be an amount equal to the excess or,
where the said amount still unallowed is nil, to the said moneys.





(4) Notwithstanding anything in the last preceding subsection, in
no case shall the amount on which a balancing charge is made on a
person exceed the aggregate of the following amounts, that is to say

(a)the amount of the initial allowance, if any, made to him in
respect of the expenditure in question;

(b) the amount of the annual allowances, if any, made
to him in respect of the expenditure in question,
including any allowance computed under proviso
(b) to subsection (2) of section 37 at a rate higher
than that prescribed by the Board of Inland
Revenue.

39. Where machinery or plant in the case of which any of the
events mentioned in subsection (i) of section 38 has occurred is
replaced by the owner thereof and a balancing charge falls to be made
on him by reason of that event or, but for the provisions of this
section, would have fallen to be made on him by reason thereof, then, if
by notice in writing to the Commissioner he so elects, the following
provisions shall have effect, that is to say

(a)if the amount on which the charge would have been made is
greater than the capital expenditure on providing the new
machinery or plant

(i) the charge, shall be made only on an amount equal to
the difference; and

(ii) no initial allowance, no balancing allowance and no
annual allowance shall be made or allowed in respect of the
new machinery or plant or the expenditure on the provision
thereof; and

(iii) in considering whether any, and, if so, what balancing
charge falls to be made in respect of the expenditure on the
new machinery or plant, there shall be deemed to have been
made in respect of that expenditure an initial allowance equal
to the full amount of that expenditure;

(b) if the capital expenditure on providing the new
machinery or plant is equal to or greater than the amount on
which the charge would have been made





(i) the charge shall not be made; and

(ii) the amount of any initial allowance in respect of the
said expenditure shall be calculated as if the expenditure had
been reduced by the amount on which the charge would
have been made; and

(iii) in considering what annual allowance is to be made in
respect of the new machinery or plant, there shall be left out
of account a proportion of the machinery or plant equal to
the proportion which the amount on which the charge would
have been made bears to the amount of the said expenditure;
and

(iv) in considering whether any and, if so, what
balancing allowance or balancing charge falls to be
made in respect of the new machinery or plant, the
initial allowance in respect thereof shall be deemed
to have been increased by an amount equal to the
amount on which the charge would have been
made.

40. Expenditure on the provision of machinery or
plant shall include capital expenditure on alterations to an
existing building incidental to the installation of that
machinery or plant for the purposes of the trade, profession
or business.

PART VII.

Personal Assessment.

41. (1) Any individual being a resident of the Colony may, by
notice in writing to the Commissioner, elect to be personally assessed
on his total income. Such election shall be made not later than the last
day of the year following the year of assessment to which it relates.

(2) For the purpose of this section

'individual' does not include a married woman who is not living apart
from her husband under the decree of a competent court or a duly
executed deed of separation;

'resident of the Colony' means an individual who stays in the Colony
for a period or a number of periods amounting to more than one
hundred and eighty days during





the year of assessment in respect of which the election
is made or for a period or periods amounting to more
than three hundred days in two consecutive years of
assessment, one of which is the year of assessment in
respect of which the election is made.

42. (1) In giving effect to an election under the provisions of this
Part the assessor shall make a single .assessment in the sum of the total
income, reduced by the following allowances

(a) an allowance allowance of seven thousand dollars;

(b)an allowance of five thousand dollars if at any, time during
the year preceding the year of assessment the individual had
a wife;

(c)an allowance of two thousand dollars if the individual had
living at any time during the year preceding the year of
assessment aii unmarried child who was under the age of
twenty-one years, and where lie had more than one such
child, aii allowance of two thousand dollars for the second
child and one thousand dollars each for the third aiid fourth
child aiid two hundred dollars for eacli subsequent child :
Provided that

(i) no such allowance shall be made in respect of a child
whose income froni any source, for the year preceding the
year of assessment exceeded two thousand dollars;

(ii) no such allowance shall be made in respect of a child
who carried on or exercised during the year preceding the
year of assessment a trade, profession, business, vocation or
employrnent, other than employrnent proved to the
satisfaction of the Commissioner to be apprenticeship;

(iii) the total allowances in respect of children shall not
exceed in all seven thousand dollars;

(d)the annual amount of any premium paid in respect of any
individual on the life of the individual oi. on the life of his
wife in any insurance company or the annual contribution
made by the individual to the Widows and Orphans
Pensions Scheme of the Colony or such other scheme or
fund as the Com





missioner may approve as equivalent to a Widows and
Orphans Pensions Scheme : Provided that no such deduction
shall be allowed in respect of any. such annual amount of
premium or contribution beyond an amount equal to one-
sixth part of the total income of such individual before
making the deductions specified in paragraphs (b), (c), (d)
aiid (e) of this subsection;

(e)sums payable by way of interest on any nioney borrowed for
the purpose of producing the income oi* any part thereof.

(2) For the purpose of this Part-

total income' means the total income ol' aii individual aiid,
save where she is entitled to be and lias elected to be
personally assessed, his wife, computed in accordance
with the provisions of Parts 11, .111, IV, and V, as the
case may be, including any interest paid or credited by
a bank approved under proviso (a) to section 28 and,
notwithstanding section 26, shall include the amount of
an), dividend from a c corporation which is entitled to
deduct tax under the provisions of section 27. The
amount to be included in respect of any such dividend
is the net dividend received plus the. tax which the
corporation has deducted or is eiititl(,.d to deduct in
respect of that dividend;

'wife' nicans the lawful wife of any individual married to him by a
Christian marriage 'or its civil equivalent, or in the case of a
Chinese or any other Asiatic the principal spouse;

'child' of aii individual includes a child b\, his wife oi- b\, a former wife
and a step-child. It includes also aii adopted child and, in the case
of Asiatics, a child by his concubine if such child is recognized
by him and his family as a mernber of his family.

(3) Aii individual who is liable to tax for a part only of a year of
assessment prior to the year of assessment 195o/Si shall be entitled
for that year to the same proportion only of the allowances under this
section as the number of days during which he is liable bears to the
number of days in that year of assessment.





(4) Every individual who claims an allowance under
this section shall make his claim on the prescribed form.
Such allowance shall be granted if the clairn contains such
particulars and is supported by such proof as the Com-
missioner may require.

43. (1) Tax shall be charged on the total income reduced by the
allowances under section 42 It the rates specified in the Second
Schedule: Provided that where a person is liable to tax under this Part
for for a part only of any year of assessment prior to the year of
assessment 1950/SI, the provisions of the Second Schedule shall be
modified in the nianner specified therein.

(2) Ariy tax which shall have been paid whedier directly
or by deduction under the provisions of section 6 or 29 and
any tax which a corporation has deducted or is entitled to
deduct under the provisions of section 27 and any business
profits tax which shall have been paid or charged upon any
part of the income under the provisions of Part IV shall,
when the relevant income is included in the total income of
any individual, be set off for the purposes of collection
against the tax charged on that individual. Xny excess of
tax, so borne by deduction over the tax payable by an
individual shall be repayable by the Commissioner on receipt
of a claim in the form prescribed and on the Commissioner
being satisfied that the claim is in order.

PART VIII.

Double Taxation and non-Residents.

44. (1) Any person who has paid, by deduction or otherwise, or is
liable to pay, tax under this Ordinance for any year of assessment on
any part of his income and who proves to the satisfaction of the
Commissioner that he has paid, by deduction or otherwise, or is liable
to pay, income tax in the United Kingdom for that year in respect of the
same part of his income, shall be entitled to relief from tax under this
Ordinance paid or payable by him on that part of his income at a rate
equal to the amount by which the rate of tax appropriate to his case
under this Ordinance exceeds half the appropriate rate of United
Kingdom tax.





If, however, the rate of tax appropriate to his case under this Ordinance
exceeds the appropriate rate of United Kingdom tax he shall be entitled
only to relief at a rate equal to half the appropriate rate of United
Kingdom tax.

(2) For the purposes of this section a certificate issued by or on
behalf of the Commissioners of Inland Revenue in the United Kingdom
shall be receivable in evidence to show what is the appropriate rate of
United Kingdom tax in any particular case.

(3) For the purpose of this section the expression 'rate
of tax' when applied to tax paid or payable tinder this
Ordinance means the rate determined by dividing the amount
of the tax paid or payable for the year (before the deduction
of the relief granted under this section) by the amount of the
income in respect of which the tax paid or payable under
this Ordinance lias been charged for that year except that
where the income which is the subject of a clairn to relief
under this section is computed by reference to the provisions
of section 21 on an amount other than the ascertained amount
of the actual profits, the rate of tax shall be determined by
the Commissioner.

45. (1) If any person resident in the Colony who has paid, by
deduction or otherwise, or is liable to pay, tax under this Ordinance for
any year of assessment on any part of his income, proves to the
satisfaction of the Commissioner that he has paid, by deduction or
otherwise, or is liable to pay, Commonwealth income tax for that year in
respect of the same part of his income, he shall be entitled to relief frorn
tax in the Colony paid or payable by him on that part of his income at a
rate thereon to be determined as follows

(a)if the Commonwealth rate of tax does not exceed one-half of
the rate of tax appropriate to his case under this Ordinance in
the Colony the rate at which relief is to be given shall be the
Commonwealth rate of tax;

(b)in any other case the rate at which relief is to be given shall
be half the rate of tax appropriate to his case under this
Ordinance.

(2) If any person not resident in the Colony, who has paid, by
deduction or otherwise, or is liable to pay, tax under





this Ordinance for any year of assessment on any part of his income
proves to the satisfaction of the Commissioner that he has paid, by
deduction or otherwise, or is liable to pay Commonwealth income tax
for that year of assessment in respect of the same part of his income, he
shall be entitled to relief from tax paid or payable by him under this
Ordinance on that part of his income at a rate thereon to be determined
as follows-

(a)if the Commonwealth rate of tax appropriate to his case does
not exceed the rate of tax appropriate to his case under this
Ordinance, the rate it which relief is to be given shall be one-
half of the Commonwealth rate of tax;

(b)if the Commonwealth rate of tax appropriate to his case
exceeds the rate of tax appropriate to his case under this
Ordinance, the rate at which relief is to be given shall be equal
to the amount by which the rate of tax appropriate to his case
under this Ordinance exceeds one-half of the Commonwealth
tax.

(3) For the purposes of this section, Commonwealth income tax
means any income tax charged tinder any law in force in any part of the
Commonwealth (otlier than the United Kingdom or this Colony) if the
legislature of that part or place has provided for relief in respect of tax
charged on income both in that part or place and this Colony in a
nianner similar to that provided in this section.

(4) For the purposes of this section the rate of tax tinder this
Ordinance shall be computed in the manner provided by subsection (3)
of section 44 and the Commonwealth rate of tax shall be computed in a
similar manner.

(5) Where a person is for any year of assessment resident both in
the Colony and in a part or place in which Commonwealth income tax is
charged, he shall for the purposes of this section be deemed to be
resident where during that year he resides for the longer period.

(6) The expression 'income' in section 44 and this

section shall mean income or profits.





46. Where, under any law in force in any part of the
Commonwealth provision is made for the allowance of relief
frorn income tax in respect of the payment of tax under this
Ordinance, the obligation as to secrecy imposed by section
4 of this Ordinance shall not prevent the disclosure to the
authorized officers of the government in that part of the
Commonwealth of such facts as may be necessary to enable
the proper relief to be given in cases where relief is claimed
from tax under this Ordinance or from income tax in that
part or place aforesaid.

47. (1) A non-resident person shall be assessable either directly or
in the name of his agent in respect of all his profits arising in or derived
from the Colony of any trade, profession or business carried on in the
Colony whether such agent has the receipt of the profits or not, and
the tax so assessed whether directly or in the name of the agent shall
be recoverable by all means provided in this Ordinance out of the
assets of the non-resident person or frorn the agent. Where there are
more agents than one they may be assessed jointly or severally in
respect of the profits of the non-resident person and shall be jointly
and severally liable for tax thereon.

(2) Ever), person chargeable with tax as agent, or froni
whom tax is recoverable in respect of the profits of another
person, may retain out of any assets coming into his
possession or control on behalf of such other person or in
his capacity as agent so much thereof as shall be sufficient
to produce the amount of such tax, and he shall be aiid is
hereby indemnified against any person whomsoever in respect
of his retention of such assets.

43. (1) Where a person carries on a business of shipowner or
aircraft owner or charterer and any, ship oi. aircraft owned or chartered
by such person calls at a port in the Colony the full amount of the
profits arising froni the carriage of passengers, mails, livestock and
goods shipped in the Colony shall be deemed to arise in the Colony
Provided that-

(a)this section shall not apply to goods which are brought to
the Colony solely for transhipment unless the outward
freight is payable in the Colony; and





profits received by a person other than profits, described in
this subsection shall bc assessable under Part IV of this
Ordinance.

The following provisions shall apply to the deter- of such
profits-

the profits arising in Hong Kong from shipping or air
transport business for any accounting period shall be the
sum bearing the same ratio to the sums receivable in respect
of carriage of passengers, mails, livestock and goods shipped
in the Colony as the total profits for the said period shown
by that person's accounts bear to the total sums receivable
by him in respect of the carriage of passengers, mails,
livestock and goods . Provided that where the said total
profits have been computed on a basis which differs
materially froni that prescribed in Part IV for the
ascertainment of profits, the ratio of profits shall be adjusted
so as to correspond as nearly as may be to the ratio which
would have been arrived -it if the profits had been computed
in accordance with the provisions of Part IV relating to the
ascertainment of profits;

where the provisions of paragraph (a) cannot for any reason
be satisfactorily applied, the profits arising in the Colony
may be computed on a fair percentage of the full sum
receivable on account of the carriage of passengers, mails,
livestock and goods shipped in the Colony : Provided that
where aii), person has been assessed for any year of
assessment by reference to such percentage, he shall be
entitled to claim at any time within one year of the end of
such year of assessment that his liability to tax for that year
be recomputed on the basis provided by paragraph (a);

where the Commissioner decides that the call of a ship or
aircraft belonging to a particular shipowner or charterer at a
port of the Colony is casual aiid that further calls by that
ship or aircraft or others in the same ownership are
improbable, he ma), in his discretion exempt the profits of
such ship or





aircraft from the provisions of this section, aiid thereupon
such profits shall be treated as if they, do not arise in the
Colony.

(3) The master of any ship or aircraft owned or
chartered by a person whose profits are calculated under the
provisions of this section shall (though not to the exclusion
of any other agent) be deemed the agent of such person for
all the purposes of the Ordinance.

49. (1) If the Governor in Council by order declares that
arrangements specified in the order have been made with the
Government of any territory outside the Colony with a view to
affording relief froni double taxation in relation to income tax and any
tax of a similar character imposed by .the laws of that territory, and that
it is expedient that those arrangements should have effect, the
arrangements shall have effect in relation to tax under this Ordinance
notwithstanding anything in any enactment.

(2) On the making of aii order under this section with respect to
arrangements relating to the United Kingdom, section 44 shall cease to
have effect except in so far as the arrangements otherwise provide.

(3) On the making of an order under this section with respect to
arrangements relating to any territory forming part of the
Commonwealth (other than the United Kingdom or this Colony),
section 45 shall cease to have effect as respects that territory except in
so far as the arrangements otherwise provide.

(4) Any order made under this section may be revoked by a
subsequent order.

(5) Where any arrangements have effect by virtue of
this section, the obligation as to secrecy imposed by section
4 shall not prevent the disclosure to any authorized officer
of the government with which the arrangements arrangements are
made
of such information as is required to be disclosed under the
arrangements.

(6) The Govertior in Council may make rules for
carrying out the provisions of any arrangements having
effect under this section.

50. (1) The provisions of this section shall have effect where,
under arrangements having effect under section 49, tax payable in
respect of any income in the territory with





the Government of which the arrangements are made is to be allowed
as a credit against tax payable in respect of that income in the Colony;
and in this section the expression 'foreign tax' means any tax payable
in that territory which under the arrangements is to. be so allowed and
the expression 'tax' means tax chargeable under this Ordinance.

(2) The amount of the tax chargeable in respect of the income shall
be reduced by the amount of the credit Provided that credit shall not
be allowed against tax for any year of assessment unless the person
entitled to the income is resident in the Colony for that. year.

(3) The credit shall not exceed the amount which would be
produced by computing the amount of the income in accordance with
the provisions of this Ordinance and then charging it to tax at a rate
ascertained by dividing the tax chargeable (before allowance of credit
under any arrangemerits having effect under section 49) on the total
income of the person entitled to the income by the amount of his total
income.

(4) Without prejudice to the provisions of the preceding
subsection, the total credit to be. allowed to a person for any year of
assessment for foreign tax under all arrangements having effect under
section 49 shall not exceed the total tax payable by him for that year of
assessment, less any tax payable by him under the provisions of
section 29.

(5) In computing the amount of the income-

(a)no deduction shall be allowed in respect of foreign tax
(whether in respect of the same or any other income);

(b)where the tax chargeable depends on the amount received in
the Colony, the said amount shall be increased by the
appropriate amount of the foreign tax in respect of the
income;

(c)where the income includes a dividend and under the
arrangements foreign tax not chargeable directly or by
deduction in respect of dividend is to be taken into account
in considering whether any, and if so what, credit is to be
given against tax in respect of the dividend the amount of
the income shall be increased by the amount of the foreign
tax not so





chargeable which falls to be taken into account in computing
the amount of the credit;

but notwithstanding anything in the preceding provisions of this
subsection a deduition shall be allowed of any,- amount by which the
foreign tax in respect of the income exceeds the credit therefor.

(6) Paragraphs (a) and (b) of the preceding subsection (but not
the remainder thereof) shall apply to the computation of total income
for the purposes of determining the rate mentioned in subsection (3),
and shall apply thereto in relation to all income iii the case of which
credit falls to be given for foreign tax tinder arrangements for the time
being in force under section 49.

(7) Where-

(a)the arrangements provide, in relation to dividends of some
classes but not in relation to dividends of other classes, that
foreign tax not chargeable directly or by deduction in respect
of dividends is to be taken into account in considering
whether any, and if so what, credit is to be given against tax
in respect of the dividends; aiid

(b)a dividend is paid which is not of a class in relation to which
the arrangements so provide,

then, if the dividend is paid to a company which controls, directly or
indirectly not less than one-half of the voting power in the company
paying the dividend, credit shall be allowed as if the dividend were a
dividend of a class in relation to which the arrangements so provide.

(8) Credit shall not be allowed under the arrangements against tax
chargeable in respect of the income of any person for any year of
assessment if he elects that credits shall riot be allowed in the case of
his income for that year.

(9) Any claim for an allowance by way of credit shall be made not
later than two years after the end of the year of assessment, and in the
event of any dispute as to the amount allowable the claim shall be
subject to objection aiid appeal in like manner as an assessment.





(io) Where the amount of a credit given under the
arrangement is rendered excessive or insufficient by reason
of any adjustment of the amount of any tax payable either
in the Colony or elsewhere, nothing in this Ordinance
limiting the time for the making of assessments or claims
for relief shall apply to any assessment or claim to which
the adjustment gives rise, being an assessment or claim
made not later than two years from the time when all such
assessments, adjustments and other determinations have
been made, whether in the Colony or elsewhere, as are
material in determining whether any and if so what credit
falls to be given.

PART IX.

Returns, etc.

51. (1) An assessor may give notice in writing to any person
requiring him within a reasonable time stated in such notice to furnish a
return of any sum assessable to property tax, salaries and annuities tax,
profits tax or interest tax under Parts II, III, IV and V, containing such
particulars and in such form as may be prescribed. An assessor shall
give notice to any individual who has elected to be personally
assessed under Part VII requiring him within a reasonable time stated in
such notice to furnish a return of his total income assessable under
this Ordinance, containing such particulars and in such form as may be
prescribed.

(2) Every person chargeable with tax for any year of assessment
who has not been required within a period of three months after the
commencement of such year of assessment to make a return of any
income assessable to .such tax for that year as provided in subsection
(i) shall within fourteen days after the expiration of such period give
notice to the Commissioner that he is so chargeable.

(3) An assessor may give notice in writing to any person when
and as often as he thinks necessary requiring him within a reasonable
time stated in such notice to furnish fuller or further returns respecting
any niatter of which a return is required or prescribed by this
Ordinance.

(4) For the purpose of obtaining full information in respect of any
person's income which is assessable to tax under this Ordinance





(a)an assessor may give notice in writing to such person
requiring him within a reasonable time stated in such notice
to produce for examination any deeds, plans, instruments,
books, accounts, trade lists, stock lists, or documents which
the assessor may deeni necessary;

(b)an assistant commissioner may give notice in writing to such
person or to any other person whorn lie may deem able to
furnish information iii respect of such income, requiring him
to attend at a time aiid place to be named by the assistant
commissioner for the purpose of being examined respecting
Such income or any transactions or matters affecting the
same.

(5) A return, statement, or forni purporting to be furnished under
this Ordinance by or on behalf of any pet-son shall for all purposes be
deemed to have been furnished by that person or by his authority, as
the case may be, unless the contrary is proved, and any person signing
any, such return, statement, or form shall be deemed to be cognizant of
all niatters therein.

(6) Any person discontinuing a business, profession or
employment or the ownership of property shall give to the
Commissioner notice of such discontinuance within one
month thereof.

52. (1) The Commissioner rnay give notice in writing to any officer
in the employment of the Governnient or of. any public body requiring
him within a reasonable time stated in such notice to furnish any
particulars which lie may require for the purposes of this Ordinance
which may be in the possession of such officer : Provided that no such
officer shall by virtue of this section be obliged to disclose any
particulars as to which lie is Under ativ express statutory obligation to
observe secrecy.

(2) Every person who is an eniployer shall, when required to do so
by notice in writing given by, an assessor, furnish within a reasonable
time stated in such notice a return containing the names and places of
residence and the full amount of the remuneration, whether in cash or
otherwise, for the period specified in the notice, of





(a)all persons employed by him in receipt of remuneration in
excess of a minimum figure to be fixed by the assessor, and

(b)any other person employed by him named by the assessor.

(3) Any director of a company, or person engaged in
the management of a company, shall be deemed to be a
person employed by the company.

53. An act or thing required by or under this Ordinance
to be done by any person shall, if such person is an
incapacitated or non-resident person, be deemed to be
required to be done by the trustee of such incapacitated person
or by the agent of such non-resident person, as the case may
be.

54. The executor of a deceased person shall be chargeable with
the tax for all periods prior to the date of such person's death with
which the said person Would be chargeable if lie were alive, and shall
be liable to do all such acts, matters or things as the deceased person if
lie were alive would be liable to do under this Ordinance

Provided that-

(a)no proceedings shall be instituted against the executor under
the provisions of Part XIV in respect of any act or default of
the deceased person ;

(b)no assessment or additional assessment in respect of a period
prior to the date of such person's death shall be made after
the expiry of two years froni such date of death ; and

(c)the liability of aii executor under this section shall be limited
to the sum of

(i) the deceased person's estate in his possession or
control at the date when notice is given to him that liability
to tax will arise under this section, and

(ii) any part of the estate which may have passed to a
beneficiary within twelve months after the death
of the deceased person.





55. Where two or more persons act in the capacity of trustees of a
trust or executors of a deceased person's estate, they may be charged
jointly or severally with the tax with which they are chargeable in that
capacity, and shall be jointly and severally liable for payment of the
same.

56. (1) Wherever two or more persons in partnership act in the
capacity of trustees or executors, or as agents, or are employers, or are
persons in receipt of profits or act in any other capacity whatever,
either on behalf of themselves or of any other person, the precedent
partner of such partnership shall be answerable for doing all such acts,
niatters and things as would be required to be done under the
provisions of this Ordinance by an individual acting in such capacity
that any person to whom a notice has been given under the provisions
of this Ordinance as precedent partner of a partnership shall be
deerned to be the precedent partner thereof unless he proves that he is
not a partner in such partnership, or that some other person resident in
the Colony is the precedent partner thereof.

(2) Where two or more persons who are riot in partner-
ship act Jointly in any capacity mentioned in subseciion (i),
they shall be jointly and severally answerable for doing all
such acts, matters, and things as would be required to be
done under the provisions of this Ordinance by an individual
acting in such capacity.

57. The secretary, Manager, or other principal officer of every
company or body of persons corporate or unincorporate shall be
answerable for doing all such acts, matters, or things as are required to
be done under the provisions of this Ordinance by such company, or
body of persons : Provided that any person to whom a notice has been
given under the provisions of this Ordinance on behalf of a company
or body of persons shall be deerned to be the principal officer thereof
unless lie proves that lie lias no connexion with the company or body
of persons, or that some other person resident in the Colony is the
principal officer thereof.

58. (1) Every notice to be given by the Commissioner, an assistant
commissioner, or an assessor under this Ordinance shall bear the name
of the Commissioner or assistant





commissioner or assessor, as the case may be, and every such notice
shall be valid if the name of the Commissioner, assistant commissioner
or assessor is duly printed or signed thereon.

(2) Every notice given by, virtue of this Ordinance may, be served
on a person either personally or by being delivered at, or sent by post
to, his last known place of abode or any place at which he is, or was
during the year to which the notice relates, carrying on business :
Provided that a notice of assessment under section 62 shall be served
personally or by being sent by registered post (or in the case of an
assessment to property tax under Part 11 either by registered post or
by ordinary post) to any such place as aforesaid.

(3) Any notice sent by post shall be deemed to have been served
on the day succeeding the day on which it would have been received
in the ordinary course by post.

(4) In proving. service by post it shall be sufficient to prove that
the letter containing the notice was duly addressed and posted.

(5) Every name printed or signed on any notice or
signed on any certificate given oi. issued for the purposes of
this Ordinance which purports to be the narne of the person
authorized to give or issue the same shall be judicially
noticed.

PART X.

Assessments.

59. (1) Every person who is in the opinion of an assessor
chargeable with tax under this Ordinance shall be assessed by him as
soon as may be after the expiration of the time limited by the notice
requiring him to furnish a return under subsection (i) of section 51 :
Provided that the assessor may assess any person at any time if lie is
of opinion that such person is about to leave the Colony, or that for
any other reason it is expedient to do so.

(2) Where a person has furnished a return of income liable to
assessment the assessor may either

(a)accept the return and make an assessment accordingly or





(b)if lie does not accept the return, estimate the amount of the
assessable income of such person and assess him
accordingly, :

Provided that if the assessor accepts the return as substantially
correct, but considers it necessary to make further inquiries on any
matter, he may rnake immediately a provisions assessment in the
amount of the return which until amended shall be a valid assessment
for all purposes.

(3) Where a person has not furnished a return and the assessor is
of the opinion that such person is chargeable with tax, he may estimate
the amount of the assessable income of such person and assess him
accordingly, but such assessment shall not affect the liability of such
person to a penalty by reason of his failure or neglect to deliver a
return.

(4) In the case of profits from a trade or business, if
accounts of such trade or business have not been kept in a
satisfactory form, the assessor may assess the profits or
income of such trade or business on the basis of the usual
rate of net profit on the turnover of such trade or business,
and the Board of Inland Revenue may prescribe the amounts
of such usual rates of profits in particular classes of trade
or business.

60. Where it appears to aii assessor that a provisional assessment
inade under subsection (2) Of SCCtiOn 59 should be increased or that
for any year of assessment any person chargeable with tax lias not
been assessed or has been assessed at less than the proper amount,
the assessor may, within the year of assessment or within three years
after the expiration thereof, assess such person at the amount or
additional amount at which according to his judgment such person
ought to have been assessed, and the provisions of this Ordinance as
to notice of assessment, appeal and other proceedings shall apply, to
such assessment or additional assessment and to the tax charged
thereunder : Provided that, where the non-assessment or under
assessment of any person for any year of assessment is due to fraud or
wilful evasion, such assessment or additional assessment may be made
at any time within six years after the expiration of that
year of assessment.





61. Where an assessor is of opinion that any transac-
tion which reduces or would reduce the amount of tax payable
by any person is artificial or fictitious or that any disposition
is not in fact given effect to, lie may disregard any such
transaction or disposition and the person concerned shall be
assessable accordingly.

62. (1) An assistant commissioner shall give a notice of assessment
to each person who lias been assessed stating the amount assessed
and the amount of tax charged.

(2) Where the assessment is a provisional assessment made tinder
subsection (2) of section 59 the person assessed shall be notified
accordingly, and he shall further be notified in due course if such
provisional assessment is confirmed. The confirmation of a provisional
assessment shall not preclude the making of an additional assessment
subsequently tinder section 60.

(3) Where by reason of an amendment of the law it is
necessary to vary the amount of tax charged in any notice of
assessment the assistant commissioner may give such noti-
fication as may be necessary, to the person assessed in that
notice of assessment, and any notification so given shall, as
regards any particulars of the assessment contained in the
notification which have not been included in the notice of
assessment, have effect as if the notification were a notice of
assessment.

63. No notice, assessment, certificate, or other proceeding
purporting to be in accordance with the provisions of this Ordinance
shall be quashed, or deemed to be void or voidable, for want of forni,
or be affected by reason of a mistake, defect, or omission therein, if the
same is in substance and effect in conformity with or according to the
intent and meaning of this Ordinance, and if the person assessed or
intended to be assessed or affected thereby is designated therein
according to common intent and understanding.

PART XL

Appeals.

64. (1) Any person aggrieved by an assessment made under this
Ordinance may within one month from the date of the notice of such
assessment appeal to the Commissioner by





notice of objection in writing to review and revise such assessment.
Any person so appealing (hereinafter referred to as the appellant) shall
state in his notice the grounds of his objection and the notice shall not
be valid unless it contains such grounds and is made within the period
above mentioned: Provided that the Commissioner, upon being
satisfied that owing to absence from the Colony, sickness, or other
reasonable cause the appellant was prevented from giving notice of
objection within such period, shall grant an extension thereof: Provided
further that, where anv assessment appealed against has been made in
the absence of a return of income by the appellant, no notice of
objection shall be valid unless and until such return has been duly
made.

(2) On receipt of a valid notice of objection tinder subsection (i),
the Commissioner may cause further inquiry to be made by an
assessor, and if in the course of such inquiry an agreement is reached
as to the amount at which the appellant is liable to be assessed, any
necessary adjustment of the assessment shall be made.

(3) Where no agreement is reached between the appellant and
the assessor in the manner provided in subsection (2), the
Commissioner shall, subject to the provisions of section 67 fix a time
and place for the hearing of the appeal.

(4) Every appellant shall attend before the Commissioner at the
time and place fixed for the hearing of the appeal. The appellant may
attend the hearing of the appeal in person or by an authorized
representative. The Commissioner may, if he thinks fit, from time to time
adjourn the hearing of an appeal for such time and place as lie may fix
.for the purpose. In any case in which an authorized representative
attends on behalf of the appellant, the Commissioner may adjourn the
hearing of the appeal and may, if he considers that the personal
attendance of the appellant is necessary for the determination of the
appeal, require that the appellant shall attend in person at the time and
place fixed for the adjourned hearing of the appeal. If the appellant or
his authorized representative fails to attend at the time and place fixed
for the hearing or any adjourned hearing of the appeal, or if the
appellant fails to attend in





person when required so to attend by the Commissioner, the
Commissioner may dismiss the appeal : Provided that if the appellant
shall within a reasonable time after the dismissal of an appeal satisfy
the Commissioner that he or his representative was prevented from due
attendance at the hearing or at any adjourned hearing of such appeal
by absence from the Colony, sickness, or other unavoidable cause, the
Commissioner may vacate the order of dismissal and fix a time and
place for hearing of the appeal.

(5) The Commissioner shall have power to summon any person
whom he may consider able to give evidence respecting the appeal to
attend before him at the hearing and may examine such person on oath
or otherwise. Any person so attending may be allowed by the
Commissioner any reasonable expenses necessarily incurred by such
person in so attending. The Commissioner shall for the purposes of
this section have the powers granted under paragraph (i) of section 3
of the Commissioners Powers Ordinance, subject to the provisions of
section So hereof.

(6) In disposing of an appeal the Commissioner may confirm,
reduce, increase or annul the assessment, and shall record his
determination in writing and announce it orally.

(7) Where the Commissioner authorizes an assistant
commissioner to hear appeals, such authority shall not
empower such assistant commissioner to hear an appeal
against an assessment which he has himself signed and
allowed or against a penalty which he has himself
imposed.

65. (1) For the purpose of hearing appeals in the manner
hereinafter provided, there shall be a panel for a Board of Review
consisting of not more than twenty members who shall be appointed
froni time to time by the Governor. The members of the panel shall hold
office for a term of three years but shall be eligible for reappointment.

(2) There shall be a clerk to the Board of Review (hereinafter
referred to as the Board) who shall be appointed by the Governor.

(3) The Governor may if requested by the Board appoint a legal
adviser to assist the Board in the determining of any





question relevant to an appeal to the Board provided that such legal
adviser shall not be a member of the Board.

(4) Three or more members of the panel, one of whom shall be
nominated as chairman, shall be nominated by the Colonial Secretary
and summoned by the clerk to attend meetings of the Board at which
appeals are to be heard. At any such a meeting a quorum shall consist
of three members. All matters coming before the Board shall be decided
by a majority of votes and in the case of an equality of votes the
chairman shall have a second or casting vote.

(5) At the request of the Colonial Secretary, the clerk to the Board
shall summon a meeting of the Board consisting of all the members of
the panel available in the Colony. At such a meeting a quorum shall
consist of five members

(6) The remuneration (if any) of the members of the
Board, the clerk, and the legal adviser shall be fixed by the
Governor.

66. (1) Any appellant, or the authorized representative of any
appellant, who is dissatisfied with the determination by the
Commissioner of an appeal under section 64 may declare his
dissatisfaction with that determination. Such declaration shall be made
orally immediately after the announcement by the Commissioner of his
determination or shall be communicated in writing to the Commissioner
within one week froni the date of such announcement.

(2) Where the appellant has declared or communicated his
dissatisfaction in accordance with subsection (i), the Commissioner
shall, within one month of the determination of the appeal, transmit in
writing to the appellant or his authorized representative his
determination and reasons therefor

(3) Within one month of the transmission of such written
determination and reasons by the Commissioner, the appellant may
give notice of appeal to the Board. Such notice shall not be entertained
unless it is given in writing to the clerk to the Board and is
accompanied by a copy of the Commissioner's written determination,
together with a statement of the grounds of appeal therefrom.





(4) Save with the consent of the Board and on such
terms as the Board may determine the appellant may not at
the hearing by the Board rely on any grounds of appeal
other than the grounds stated in accordance with subsection
(3), and may not adduce any evidence other than evidence
adduced at the bearing of the appeal before the Commissioner


67. Notwithstanding the provisions of section 64 where
the Commissioner is of opinion that no useful purpose would
be served by his hearing an appeal, he may refer it to the
Board of Review, and the Board shall hear and deterniine
such appeal and the provisions of section 68 shall apply
accordingly.

68. (1) As soon as may be after the receipt of a notice of appeal,
the clerk to the Board shall fix a time and place for the hearing of the
appeal, and shall give fourteen clear days' notice thereof both to the
appellant and to the Commissioner.

(2) Every appellant shall attend at the meeting of the Board at
which the appeal is heard in person or by an authorized representative :
Provided always that the Board may postpone the hearing of the
appeal for such time as it thinks necessary for the attendance of the
appellant.

(3) The assessor who made the assessment appealed against or
some other person authorized by the Commissioner shall attend such
meeting of the Board in support of the assessment.

(4) The onus of proving that the assessment as determined by
the Commissioner on appeal, or as referred by him under section 67, as
the case may be, is excessive shall be on the appellant.

(5) All appeals shall be heard in camera.

(6) The Board shall have power to summon to attend at the
bearing any person whom it may consider able to give evidence
respecting the appeal and may examine him as a witness either on oath
or otherwise. Any person so attending may be allowed by the Board
any reasonable expenses necessarily incurred by him in so attending.





(7) At the hearing of the appeal the Board may, subject to the
provisions of subsection (4) of section 66, admit or reject any evidence
adduced, whether oral or documentary, and the provisions of the
Evidence Ordinance, relating to the admissibility of evidence shall not
apply.

(8) After hearing the appeal, the Board shall confirm, reduce,
increase or annul the assessment as determined by the Commissioner
on appeal, or as referred by hini under section 6-1, as the case may be,
or may remit the case to the Commissioner with the opinion of the
Board thereon. Where a case is so remitted by the Board, the
Commissioner shall revise the assessment as the opinion of the Board
may require.

(9) Where under subsection (8), the Board does not
reduce or annul such assessment, the Board may, order the
appellant to pay as costs of the Board a sum not exceeding
one hundred dollars, which shall be added to the tax charged
and recovered therewith.

69. (1) The decision of the Board shall be final : Provided that
either the appellant or the Commissioner may make an application
requiring the Board to state a case on a question of law for the opinion
of the Supreme Court. Such application shall not be entertained unless
it is made in writing and delivered to the clerk to the Board, together
with a fee of fifty dollars, within one month of the date of the Board's
decision. If the decision of the Board shall be notified to the
Commissioner or to the appellant in writing, the date of the decision,
for the purposes of determining the period within which either of such
persons may require a case to be stated, shall be the date of the
communication by which the decision is notified to him : And provided
also that the appellant or the Commissioner may appeal to the Supreme
Court on a question of fact with the leave of such Court.

(2) The stated case shall set forth the facts and the decision of the
Board, and the party requiring it shall transmit the case, when stated
and signed, to the Supreme Court within fourteen days after receiving
the same.

(3) At or before the time when lie transmits the stated case to the
Supreme Court, the party requiring it shall send





to the other party notice in writing of the fact that the case
has been stated on his application and shall supply him with
a copy of the stated case.

(4) Any judge of the Supreme Court may cause a stated case to
be sent back for amendment and thereupon the case shall be amended
accordingly.

(5) Any judge of the Supreme Court shall hear and determine
any question of law arising on the stated case and may in accordance
with the decision of the court upon such question confirm, reduce,
increase or annul the assessment determined by the Board, or may
remit the case to the Board with the opinion of the court thereon.
Where a case is so remitted by the court, the Board shall revise the
assessment as the opinion of the court may require.

(6) In any proceedings before the Supreme Court under this
section, the court may make such order in regard to costs in the
Supreme Court and in regard to the sum paid under subsection (i) as to
the court may seem fit.

(7) Appeals from decisions of the Supreme Court under
this section shall be governed by the provisions of the
Supreme Court Ordinance, the Code of Civil Procedure, the
Full Court Ordinance, and the Orders and Rules governing
appeals to the Privy Council.

70. Where no valid objection or appeal has been lodged within the
time limited by this Part against an assessment as regards the amount
of the assessable income assessed thereby, or where the amount of
the assessable income has been agreed to under subsection (2) of
section 64, or where the amount of such assessable income has been
determined on objection or appeal, the assessment as made or agreed
to or determined on appeal, as the case may be, shall be final and
conclusive for all purposes of this Ordinance as regards the amount of
such assessable income : Provided that nothing in this Part shall
prevent an assessor from making an assessment or additional
assessment for any year of assessment which does not involve re-
opening any matter which *has been determined on appeal for the
year.





PART XII

Payment and Recovery of Tax.

71. (1) The tax charged by any assessment shall be paid in the
manner directed in the notice of assessment on or before a date
specified in such notice. Any tax not so paid shall be deemed to be in
default, and the person by whom such tax is payable or, where any tax
is payable by more than one person or by a partnership, then each of
such persons and each partner in the partnership, shall be deemed to
be a defaulter, for the purposes of this Ordinance.

(2) Tax shall be paid notwithstanding any notice of objection or
appeal, unless the Commissioner orders that payment of tax or any part
thereof be held over pending the result of such objection or appeal.

(3) Where the Commissioner is of opinion either that the tax or
any part thereof be held over under subsection (2) is likely to become
irrecoverable, or that the appellant is unreasonably delaying the
prosecution of his appeal, he may cancel any order made under that
subsection and make such fresh order as the case may appear to him to
require.

(4) Where, upon the final determination of an appeal under Part
X1, or upon any order made by the Commissioner any tax which lias
been held over under subsection (2) becomes payable or the tax
charged is increased, the Commissioner shall give to the appellant a
notice in writing fixing a date on or before which any tax or balance of
tax shall be paid. Any tax not so paid shall be deerned to be in default.

(5) Where any tax is in default, the Commissioner may in his
discretion order that a sum or sums not exceeding five per cent in all of
the amount in default shall be added to the tax and recovered
therewith.

(6) Notwithstanding anything contained in the previous
subsections of this section the Commissioner may agree to accept
payment of salaries and annuities tax by instal
ments.





72. In the succeeding sections of this Part, 'tax'

includes any sum or sums added under subsection (5) of if
section 71 by reason of default, together with any fines,
penalties, fees, or costs incurred.

73. (1) Save as provided in subsection (2), tax in default shall be a
first charge upon all the assets of the defaulter : Provided that

(a)such charge shall not extend to or affect any assets sold by
the defaulter to a bona 'fide purchaser for value prior to the
seizure of the same in accordance with the provisions of
section 74;

(b)as regards immovable property, the tax shall not rank in
priority to any lease or encumbrance created bona fide for
value and registered prior to the date of such seizure; and

(c)-is regards movable property, where tax for more than one
year of assessment is in default, the tax for one year only, to
be selected by the Commissioner, shall rank in priority to any
lien or encumbrance created bona fide for value prior to the
date of default.

(2) A receiver shall pay out of the assets under his
control the tax charged or chargeable for one complete year
of assessment prior to the date of the insolvency, bankruptcy,
or liquidation, to be selected by the Commissioner, as a
first charge on such assets and any other tax charged or
chargeable for periods prior to such date shall be an unsecured
debt :Provided that where the receiver proves to the
satisfaction of the Commissioner that any tax to which this
subsection applies is excessive, the Commissioner may
notwithstanding the provisions of section 70, review the
assessment in respect of which the tax is charged and
make such adjustment as lie may in his discretion think
reasonable.

74. (1) The Commissioner may appoint persons to be collectors.

(2)(a) Where any tax is in default, the Commissioner may issue a
certificate to any collector or bailiff containing particulars of
such tax and the name of the defaulter, and the officer to
whom such certificate





is issued shall be empowered and is hereby required to
cause the tax to be recovered from the defaulter named in the
certificate by seizure and sale of his movable property.

(b)The said seizure shall be effected in such manner as may be
prescribed and any property so seized shall be kept for five
days at the costs aiid charges of the defaulter. If the
defaulter does not pay the tax in. default together with the
costs and charges within -the said five days, the collector or
bailiff shall cause the said property to be sold by public
auction.

(c) The sum realized by the sale shall be applied-

(i) firstly, in payment of the costs and charges of seizing,
keeping, and selling the property, and

(ii) secondly, in satisfaction of the tax in default, and any
balance shall be restored to the owner of the property seized.

(3) Whenever the Commissioner issues a certificate
under this section, he shall at the same time issue to the
defaulter a notification thereof by personal service, registered
post, or telegraph; but the. non-receipt of such notification
by the defaulter shall not invalidate proceedings under this
section.

75. (1) Where the Commissioner is of opinion in any case that
recovery of tax in default by seizure and sale is impracticable or
inexpedient, or where the full amount of the tax has not been recovered
by seizure and sale, he may issue a certificate containing particulars of
such tax and the name and last known place of business or residence
of the defaulter to a magistrate. The magistrate shall thereupon
summon such defaulter before him to show cause why further
proceedings for the recovery of the tax should not be taken against
him, and in default of sufficient cause being shown, the tax in default
shall be deemed to be a fine imposed by a sentence of the magistrate
on such defaulter for an offence punishable with fine only or not
punishable with imprisonment, and the provisions of the Magistrates
Ordinance relating to default of payment of a fine imposed for such an
offence shall thereupon apply, and the magistrate may make





any direction which, by the provisions of that Ordinance, he could
have made at the time of imposing such sentence : Provided that
nothing in this section shall authorize or require the magistrate in any
proceeding thereunder to consider, examine, or decide the correctness
of any statement in the certificate of the Commissioner.

(2) In any proceeding under subsection (i) the Commissioner's
certificate shall be sufficient evidence that the tax has been duly
assessed and is in default, and any plea that the tax is excessive,
incorrect, or under appeal shall not be entertained, except that where
any person proceeded against has not appealed within the proper time
against all the assessment in respect of which the tax is charged and
alleges that the tax is in excess of the sum which would have been
charged if lie had so appealed, the court may adjourn the matter for not
more than thirty days to enable such person to. submit to the
Commissioner his objection to the tax.

(3) The Commissioner, shall notwithstanding the provisions of
section 70, consider such objection and give his decision thereon,
which shall be final, and ~hall be certified by him to the magistrate, and
proceedings under this section shall thereupon be resumed to enforce
payment of the tax as reduced or confirmed under such decision.

76. (1) Where tax payable by any person is in default and it
appears to the Commissioner to be probable that any person

(a) owes or is about to pay money to the defaulter; or

(b) holds money for or on account of the defaulter ; or

(c)holds money on account of some other person for payment
to the defaulter; or

(d)has authority from some other person to pay money to the
defaulter,

the Commissioner may give to such person notice in writing (a copy of
which shall be sent by post to the defaulter) requiring him to pay any
such moneys not exceeding the amount of the tax in default to the
officer named in such notice. The notice shall apply to all such moneys
which are in his hands or due from him or about to be paid by him at
the date of receipt of such notice, or come into his hands or





become due from him or about to be paid by him at any time within a
period of thirty days thereafter.

(2) Any person who has made any payment in pursuance of this
section shall be deemed to have acted under the authority of the
person by whom the tax was payable and of all other persons
concerned, and is hereby indemnified in respect of such payment
against all proceedings, civil or criminal, notwith standing the
provisions of any written law, contract or agreement.

(3) Any person to whom a notice has been given under
subsection (i) who is unable to comply therewith owing to the fact
that the moneys in question do not come into his hands or become due
from him within the period referred to in subsection (i) shall within
fourteen days of the expiration thereof give notice in writing to the
Commissioner acquainting him with the facts.

(4) Where any person to whom a notice has been given under
subsection (i) is unable to comply therewith and has failed to give
notice to the Commissioner as provided in subsection (3), or where lie
has deducted or could have deducted the tax to which the notice
relates or any part thereof and has not paid over as directed by the
Commissioner the amount of such tax or part thereof within fourteen
days after the expiration of the period referred to in subsection (i), he
shall be personally liable for the whole of the tax which lie has been
required to deduct, which may be recovered froni him by all means
provided in this Ordinance for the recovery of tax from a person who
has made default in payment.

77. (1) Where the Commissione is of opinion that any person is
about to or likely to leave the Colony without paying all tax assessed
upon him, he may issue a certificate containing particulars of such tax
and the nanie of such person to a magistrate, who shall on receipt
thereof issue a direction to the Commissioner of Police to take such
measures as may be necessary to prevent such person froni leaving
the Colony without paying the tax or furnishing security to the
satisfaction of the Commissioner for payment thereof.

(2) At the time of issue of his certificate to the magistrate, the
Commissioner shall issue to such person a





notification thereof by personal service, or registered post ; but the
non-receipt of any such notification by such person shall not
invalidate proceedings under this section.

(3) Production of a certificate signed by the Commis-
sioner, deputy commissioner, or an assistant commissioner
stating that the tax has been paid, or that security has been
furnished for payment of the tax, to a police officer in charge
of a police station shall be sufficient authority for allowing
such person to leave the Colony.

78. Where the Commissioner is of opinion that applica-
tion of any of the provisions of this Part has failed or is
likely to fail to secure payment of the whole of the tax due
frorn any person it shall be lawful for him to proceed to
recover any sum remaining unpaid by any other means
of recovery provided in this Part.

PART XIII.

Repayment.

79. (1) If it is proved to the satisfaction of the Commissioner by
claim duly made in writing within three years of the end of a year of
assessment that any person lias paid tax in excess of the amount with
which he was properly chargeable for the year, such person shall be
entitled to have refunded the amount so paid in excess: Provided that
nothing in this section shall operate to extend or reduce any time limit
for appeal or repayment specified in any other section or to validate
any objection or appeal which is otherwise invalid, or to authorize the
revision of any assessment or other matter which has become final aiid
conclusive.

(2) Where through death, incapacity, bankruptcy, liquidation, or
other cause a person who would but for such cause have been entitled
to make a claim under subsection (i) is unable to do so, his executor,
trustee, or receiver, as the case may be, shall be entitled to have
refunded to him for the benefit of such person or his estate any tax
paid in excess within the meaning of subsection (1).







PART XIV.

Penalties and Offences.

80. (1) Any person who without reasonable excuse-

(a)fails to comply with the requirements of a notice given to
him under section 5I (1), (3) or (4) (a) or section 52 (1) or (2) ; or

(b)fails to attend in answer to a notice or summons issue under
section 5I (4) (b), section 64 (5) or section 68 (6), or having
attended fails without sufficient cause to answer any
questions lawfully put to him; or

(c)fails to comply with the requirements of section SI (2) or (6)
or section 73 (2),

shall be guilty of an offence : Penalty a fine of two thousand dollars.

(2) Any person who without reasonable excuse-

(a)makes an incorrect return by omitting or understating any
income or profits of which he is required by this Ordinance
to make return, either on his behalf or on behalf of another
person or a partnership; or

(b)makes an incorrect statement in connexion with a claim for
any deduction or allowance under this Ordinance; or

(c)gives any incorrect information in relation to any matter or
thing affecting his own liability to tax or the liability of any
other person or of a partnership,

shall be guilty of an offence: Penalty a fine of two thousand dollars
and the amount of tax which has been undercharged in consequence
of such incorrect return, statement, or information, or would have been
so undercharged if the return, statement or information had been
accepted as correct.





(3) No person shall be liable to any penalty under this section
unless the complaint concerning such offence was made in the year of
assessment in respect of or during which the offence was committed or
within three years after the expiration thereof.

(4) The Commissioner may compound any offence under
this section and may before judgment stay or compound any
proceedings thereunder.

81. Any person who-

(a)acts under this Ordinance without taking an oath of secrecy
as required by subsection (2) of section 4; or

(b)acts contrary to the provisions of subsection (i) of section 4
or to an oath taken under subsection (2) Of section 4; or

(c)aids, abets, or incites any other person to act contrary to the
provisions of this Ordinance,

shall be guilty of an offence: Penalty a fine of one thousand
dollars.

82. (1) Any person who wilfully with intent to evade or to assist
any other person to evade tax

(a)omits from a return made under this Ordinance any sum
which should be included; or

(b)makes any false statement or entry in any return made under
this Ordinance; or

(c)makes any false statement in connexion with a claim for any
deduction or allowance under this Ordinance; or

(d)signs any statement or return furnished under this
Ordinance without reasonable grounds for believing the
same to be true; or

(e)gives any false answer whether verbally or in writing to any
question or request for information asked or made in
accordance with the provisions of this Ordinance; or





prepares or maintains or authorizes the preparation or
maintenance of any false books of account or other records
or falsifies or authorizes the falsification of any books of
account or records; or

(g)makes use of any fraud, art, or contrivance, ,vhatsoever or
authorizes the use of any such fraud, art, or contrivance,

shall be guilty of a misdemeanor: Penalty on summary conviction a fine
of two thousand dollars and treble the amount of tax for which he is
liable under this Ordinance for the year of assessment in respect of or
during which the offence was committed, and to imprisonment for six
months, and on indictment a fine of ten thousand dollars and treble the
amount of the tax and to imprisonment for three years.

(2) The Commissioner may compound any offence under
this section and may before judgment stay or compound anv
proceedings thereunder.

83. The institution of proceedings for, or the imposition of, a
penalty, fine, or term of imprisonment under this Part shall not relieve
any person from liability to assessment, or payment of any tax for
which he is or may be liable.

84. No prosecution in respect of an offence under
section 80 or 82 may be commenced except at the instance
of or with the sanction of the Commissioner.

PART XV.

General.

85. (1) The Board of Inland Revenue may from time to time make
rules generally for carrying out the provisions of this Ordinance and
for the ascertainment and determination nation of any class of income
or profits.

(2) Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing power
such rules may

(a)prescribe the procedure to be followed on application for
refunds and relief;





(b)provide for any matter which by this Ordinance is to be or
may be prescribed.

(3) Such rules may prescribe fines recoverable on summary
conviction for any contravention thereof or failure to comply therewith
not exceeding in eacli case a sum of two hundred dollars.

(4) All such rules made by the Board of Inland Revenue
shall be submitted to the Governor, and shall be subject to
the approval of the Legislative Council.

86. The Board of Inland Revenue may prescribe any
forms which may be necessary for carrying this Ordinance
into effect.

87. The Governor in Council may by order exempt any person,
office or institution from payment of the whole or any portion of any
tax chargeable under this Ordinance.

88. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in. this Ordinance
contained there shall be exempt aiid there shall be deemed always to
have been exempt frorn tax any charitable ecclesiastical or educational
institution of a public character : Provided that where a trade or
business is carried on by aily such institution the profits derived from
such trade or business shall be exempt and shall be deeined to have
been exempt froni tax only if such profits are applied solely for
charitable purposes and either

(a)the trade or business is exercised in the course of the actual
carrying out of a primary purpose of such institution ; or

(b) the work in connexion with the trade or business is
mainly carried on by persons for whose benefit such
institution is established.

FIRST SCHEDULE [ss. 2, 5 14
15, 28, 29.]
Standard Rate.

For the year of assessment 1947/48 and until supersFor the year of assessment 1950/51 and until superseded Twelve and one-
half per cent.





SECOND SCHEDULE. [ss. 13,
43(1).

Rates

For the year of assessment 1947/48 and each year
thereafter until superseded.

SECOND COLUMN. THIRD COLUMN.

(a)Upon the first five thousand dollarsA standard rate
(b)Upon the next five thousand dollars 1
(c) do a
(d) - do The full standard rate
(e) do 1 1/4 standard rate

(f) do 1 1/2

(g) - do - 1 3/4

(h) Upon the remainder Twice the standard rate
NOTE: -Where a person is liable to the appropriate tax for a part only of any
year of assessment the amounts in the second column against items (a)
to (g) will be reduced in the proportion which the number of days he is
so liable bears to the number of days in that year of assessment.

For the year of assessment 1950/51 and each year thereafter
until superseded.

SECOND COLUMN. THIRD COLUMN.

(a) Upon the first five thousand dollars standard rate
(b) Upon the next five thousand dollars d

(c) do
(d) do
(e) do The full standard rate
(f) do 1 1/5 standard rate

(g) do 1 2/5 ' '
(h) do 1 3/5 ' '
(i) do 1 4/5 ' '
(j) Upon the remainder Twice the standard rate
20 of 1947. 3 of 1949. 9 of 1950. 10 of 1950. 30 of 1950. 37 of 1950. Short title. Interpretation. (Cap. 20.) 3 of 1949, s. 2. (Cap. 20.) 3 of 1949, s. 2. [s. 2 cont.] (Cap. 117.) 30 of 1950, Schedule. First Schedule. 30 of 1950, Schedule. Board of Inland Revenue. Official secrecy. [s. 4 cont.] 30 of 1950, Schedule. Imposition of property tax. (Cap. 116.) (Cap. 255.) 3 of 1949, s. 3. 3 of 1949, s. 3. (Cap. 116.) By whom payable. 30 of 1950, Schedule. Refund in case of unoccupied property. Imposition of Salaries and Annuities Tax. 30 of 1950, Schedule. 30 of 1950, Schedule. Definition of income from employment. 3 of 1949, s. 4. 9 of 1950, Schedule. 10 of 1950, s. 3. [s. 9 cont.] Aggregation of married persons' incomes. 3 of 1949, s. 5. Ascertainment of assessable income. 30 of 1950, Schedule. Allowances. Rates of Salaries and annuities tax., Second Schedule. 30 of 1950, Schedule. 37 of 1950, Schedule. Imposition of corporation profits tax. Imposition of business profits tax. Ascertainment of profits. 3 of 1949, s. 6. Deductions not allowed. [s. 17 cont.] 3 of 1949, s. 7. Basis for computing profits. 30 of 1950, Schedule. 3 of 1949, s. 8. Treatment of losses. [s. 19 cont.] Liability of certain non-resident persons. Profits of certain businesses to be computed on a percentage of the turnover. Assessment of partnerships. 30 of 1950, Schedule. 30 of 1950, Schedule. [s. 22 cont.] Ascertainment of profits of insurance companies. Clubs, trade associations, etc. [s. 24 cont.] Deduction of property tax from profits tax. 3 of 1949, s. 9. Certain dividends excluded form assessment of profits. Deduction of tax from dividends of corporations. 3 of 1949, s. 10. 30 of 1950, Schedule. Imposition of interest tax. 3 of 1949, s. 11. (15 of 1933.) (cap. 73.) ( Cap. 76.) [s. 28 cont.] 30 of 1950, Schedule. Deduction of tax by person paying interest. 10 of 1950, s. 5. 30 of 1950, Schedule. Certificate of deduction, etc. 30 of 1950, Schedule. Set-off and refund of deduction. Recovery of deduction. Recovery of tax by direct assessment. Initial and annual allowances, industrial buildings and structures. 30 of 1950, Schedule. [s. 34 cont.] 30 of 1950, Schedule. Balancing allowances and charges, industrial buildings and structures. 30 of 1950, Schedule. [s. 35 cont.] Definitions for this Part. 3 of 1949, s. 12. Initial an annual allowances, machinery or plant. 30 of 1950, schedule. [s. 37 cont.] Balancing allowances and charges machinery or plant, 30 of 1950, Schedule. 3 of 1949, s. 13. Replacement of machinery or plant. 30 of 1950, Schedule. [s. 39 cont.] Expenditure on machinery or plant. Election to be personally assessed. 3 of 1949, s. 14. Allowances. [s. 42 cont.] 3 of 1949, s. 15. 37 of 1950, Schedule. Rates of charge. Second Schedule. 30 of 1950, Schedule. 37 of 1950, Schedule. Relief in respect of United Kingdom income tax. [s. 44 cont.] Relief in respect of Commonwealth income tax. 30 of 1950, Schedule. 30 of 1950, Schedule. Official secrecy. 30 of 1950, Schedule. Persons assessable on behalf of a non-resident. Profits of shipowners, aircraft owners and chatterers. 3 of 1949, s. 16. 9 of 1950, Schedule. [s. 48 cont.] Double taxation arrangments. 30 of 1950, Schedule. Tax credits. [s. 50 cont.] [s. 50 cont.] Returns and information to be furnished. [s. 51 cont.] Information to be furnished by officials and employers. Who may act for incapacitated or non-resident persons. Liability of executor of deceased taxpayer. Liability of trustees and executors. Precedent partner to act on behalf of partnership. Principal officer to act on behalf of a company or body of persons. Signature and service of notices. 30 of 1950, Schedule. Assessor to make assessments. [s. 59 cont.] Additional assessments. Certain transactions and dispositions to be disregarded. Notice to be issued by assistant commissioner. Validity of assessments, etc. Procedure on appeals to the Commissioner. [s. 64 cont.] 30 of 1950, Schedule. (Cap. 86.) Constitution of the Board of Review. 3 of 1949, s. 17. [s. 65 cont.] Right of appeal to the Board of Review. Commissioner may refer appeals to the Board of Review. Hearing and disposal of appeals to the Board of Review. [s. 68 cont.] (Cap. 8.) Appeals to the Supreme Court. (Cap. 4.) (Cap. 4 rules) (Cap. 2.) Assessments or amended assessments to be final. Provisions regarding payment of tax. 30 of 1950, Schedule. Tax to include fines, etc. Recovery of tax by seizure and sale. [s. 74 cont.] Recovery of tax on certificate to a magistrate. (Cap. 227.) Recovery from debtor of taxpayer. [s. 76 cont.] Recovery of tax from persons leaving the Colony. 30 of 1950, Schedule. Use of more than on means of recovery. Tax paid in excess to be refunded. Penalties of failure to make returns, making incorrect returns, etc. 30 of 1950, Schedule. Breach of secrecy and other matters to be offences. Penal provisions relating to fraud, etc. 30 of 1950, schedule. [s. 82 cont.] Tax payable notwith-standing proceedings. Prosecutions, sanction of Commissioner. Power to make rules. 30 of 1950, Schedule. Board of Inland Revenue to prescribe forms. General power of Governor in Council to exempt. Exemption of Charitable, ecclesiastical and educational bodies 3 of 1949, s. 18. 30 of 1950, Schedule. 30 of 1950, Schedule. 30 of 1950, Schedule. 37 of 1950, Schedule.

Abstract

20 of 1947. 3 of 1949. 9 of 1950. 10 of 1950. 30 of 1950. 37 of 1950. Short title. Interpretation. (Cap. 20.) 3 of 1949, s. 2. (Cap. 20.) 3 of 1949, s. 2. [s. 2 cont.] (Cap. 117.) 30 of 1950, Schedule. First Schedule. 30 of 1950, Schedule. Board of Inland Revenue. Official secrecy. [s. 4 cont.] 30 of 1950, Schedule. Imposition of property tax. (Cap. 116.) (Cap. 255.) 3 of 1949, s. 3. 3 of 1949, s. 3. (Cap. 116.) By whom payable. 30 of 1950, Schedule. Refund in case of unoccupied property. Imposition of Salaries and Annuities Tax. 30 of 1950, Schedule. 30 of 1950, Schedule. Definition of income from employment. 3 of 1949, s. 4. 9 of 1950, Schedule. 10 of 1950, s. 3. [s. 9 cont.] Aggregation of married persons' incomes. 3 of 1949, s. 5. Ascertainment of assessable income. 30 of 1950, Schedule. Allowances. Rates of Salaries and annuities tax., Second Schedule. 30 of 1950, Schedule. 37 of 1950, Schedule. Imposition of corporation profits tax. Imposition of business profits tax. Ascertainment of profits. 3 of 1949, s. 6. Deductions not allowed. [s. 17 cont.] 3 of 1949, s. 7. Basis for computing profits. 30 of 1950, Schedule. 3 of 1949, s. 8. Treatment of losses. [s. 19 cont.] Liability of certain non-resident persons. Profits of certain businesses to be computed on a percentage of the turnover. Assessment of partnerships. 30 of 1950, Schedule. 30 of 1950, Schedule. [s. 22 cont.] Ascertainment of profits of insurance companies. Clubs, trade associations, etc. [s. 24 cont.] Deduction of property tax from profits tax. 3 of 1949, s. 9. Certain dividends excluded form assessment of profits. Deduction of tax from dividends of corporations. 3 of 1949, s. 10. 30 of 1950, Schedule. Imposition of interest tax. 3 of 1949, s. 11. (15 of 1933.) (cap. 73.) ( Cap. 76.) [s. 28 cont.] 30 of 1950, Schedule. Deduction of tax by person paying interest. 10 of 1950, s. 5. 30 of 1950, Schedule. Certificate of deduction, etc. 30 of 1950, Schedule. Set-off and refund of deduction. Recovery of deduction. Recovery of tax by direct assessment. Initial and annual allowances, industrial buildings and structures. 30 of 1950, Schedule. [s. 34 cont.] 30 of 1950, Schedule. Balancing allowances and charges, industrial buildings and structures. 30 of 1950, Schedule. [s. 35 cont.] Definitions for this Part. 3 of 1949, s. 12. Initial an annual allowances, machinery or plant. 30 of 1950, schedule. [s. 37 cont.] Balancing allowances and charges machinery or plant, 30 of 1950, Schedule. 3 of 1949, s. 13. Replacement of machinery or plant. 30 of 1950, Schedule. [s. 39 cont.] Expenditure on machinery or plant. Election to be personally assessed. 3 of 1949, s. 14. Allowances. [s. 42 cont.] 3 of 1949, s. 15. 37 of 1950, Schedule. Rates of charge. Second Schedule. 30 of 1950, Schedule. 37 of 1950, Schedule. Relief in respect of United Kingdom income tax. [s. 44 cont.] Relief in respect of Commonwealth income tax. 30 of 1950, Schedule. 30 of 1950, Schedule. Official secrecy. 30 of 1950, Schedule. Persons assessable on behalf of a non-resident. Profits of shipowners, aircraft owners and chatterers. 3 of 1949, s. 16. 9 of 1950, Schedule. [s. 48 cont.] Double taxation arrangments. 30 of 1950, Schedule. Tax credits. [s. 50 cont.] [s. 50 cont.] Returns and information to be furnished. [s. 51 cont.] Information to be furnished by officials and employers. Who may act for incapacitated or non-resident persons. Liability of executor of deceased taxpayer. Liability of trustees and executors. Precedent partner to act on behalf of partnership. Principal officer to act on behalf of a company or body of persons. Signature and service of notices. 30 of 1950, Schedule. Assessor to make assessments. [s. 59 cont.] Additional assessments. Certain transactions and dispositions to be disregarded. Notice to be issued by assistant commissioner. Validity of assessments, etc. Procedure on appeals to the Commissioner. [s. 64 cont.] 30 of 1950, Schedule. (Cap. 86.) Constitution of the Board of Review. 3 of 1949, s. 17. [s. 65 cont.] Right of appeal to the Board of Review. Commissioner may refer appeals to the Board of Review. Hearing and disposal of appeals to the Board of Review. [s. 68 cont.] (Cap. 8.) Appeals to the Supreme Court. (Cap. 4.) (Cap. 4 rules) (Cap. 2.) Assessments or amended assessments to be final. Provisions regarding payment of tax. 30 of 1950, Schedule. Tax to include fines, etc. Recovery of tax by seizure and sale. [s. 74 cont.] Recovery of tax on certificate to a magistrate. (Cap. 227.) Recovery from debtor of taxpayer. [s. 76 cont.] Recovery of tax from persons leaving the Colony. 30 of 1950, Schedule. Use of more than on means of recovery. Tax paid in excess to be refunded. Penalties of failure to make returns, making incorrect returns, etc. 30 of 1950, Schedule. Breach of secrecy and other matters to be offences. Penal provisions relating to fraud, etc. 30 of 1950, schedule. [s. 82 cont.] Tax payable notwith-standing proceedings. Prosecutions, sanction of Commissioner. Power to make rules. 30 of 1950, Schedule. Board of Inland Revenue to prescribe forms. General power of Governor in Council to exempt. Exemption of Charitable, ecclesiastical and educational bodies 3 of 1949, s. 18. 30 of 1950, Schedule. 30 of 1950, Schedule. 30 of 1950, Schedule. 37 of 1950, Schedule.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1854

Edition

1950

Volume

v3

Subsequent Cap No.

112

Number of Pages

66
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 15:46:48 +0800
<![CDATA[ESTATE DUTY ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1853

Title

ESTATE DUTY ORDINANCE

Description






CHAPTER 111.
THE ESTATE DUTY ORDINANCE.

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS.

Section Page
1. Short title ............................. ... ... ... ... ... 262
2. Application.............................. ... ... ... 262
3. Interpretation........................... ... ... ... ... 262
4. Appointments as commissioners for oaths ... ... ... 264
5. Levy of estate duty ..................... ... ... ... ... ... 264
6. What property is deemed to pass on death ... ... ... 264
7. Exceptions for transactions for value, property outside Colony,
local shares, certain property in New Territories, etc. 269
8. Aggregation of property ................. ... ... ... ... ... 270
9. Mode and date etc. of payment of estate duty ... ... ... 270
10. Value of property ...................... ... ... ... ... ... 271
11. Collection and recovery of estate duty ... ... ... ... ... 274
12. Grant of representation not to issue until payment ... ... 277
13. Delay in lodging affidavit ............. ... ... ... ... ... 278
14. Duty regarding unregistered shares ..... ... ... ... ... 279
15. Charge of estate duty on property, and facilities for raising it. 279
16. Apportionment of estate duty .............. ... ... ... 280
17. Remission etc. Proviso regarding war deaths ... ... ... 281
18. Remission in case of successive war deaths ... ... ... 281
19. Appeal to Supreme Court ................ ... ... ... ... 282
20. Schedule of property to be annexed to grant ... ... ... 283
21. Penalties for intermeddling ............ ... ... ... ... ... 284
22. Disclosure of interest in shop, bank, etc . ... ... ... ... 285
23. Executor's accounts .................... ... ... ... ... ... 286
' .4. Power to reduce penalty and duty ..... ... ... ... ... 286
25. Power to make rules and prescribe forms and fees ... ... 286
26. Presumption as to shares ............... ... ... 287
27. Settled property ....................... ... ... 287
28. Relief in respect of quick succession to leasehold property
or business .............................. ... ... ... ... 287
29. Reduction of duty where margin above limit is small ... 288
30. Relief in respect of certain outstanding interests ... ... 288

First Schedule - Duty applicable to deaths before the 27th February, 1931.
Second Schedule- on or after 27th February, 1931
and before 1st July, 1936.
Third Schedule on or after 1st July, 1936 and
before 1st April, 1941.
Fourth Schedule- on or after 1st April, 1941 and
before 1st April, 1948.
Fifth Schedule on or after 1st April, 1948 and
until superseded.





CHAPTER 111.

ESTATE DUTY.

To amend anti consolidate the law relating to estate duly.

[26th February, 1932.]

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Estate Duty Ordinance.

2. This Ordinance shall apply in the case of every deceased
person dying or who shall have died on or after the 1st day of January,
1916 and it shall also apply in the case of every deceased persoii who
shall have died before that date if representation to his estate has not
been applied for before the 2nd day of May, 1921.

3. (1) In this Ordinance

((account' means an account of the particulars and value ot the estate
of a deceased person in such form as may be prescribed by the
Governor in Council, and verified by affidavit;



affidavit for the Commissioner' means aii affidavit in such form as
may be prescribed by the Governor in Council verifying the
particulars aiid value of the estate of i deceased person

applicable Schedule' in the case of persons d before the 27th day of
February, 1931, means the First Schedule, and in the case of
persons dying thereafter but before the 1st day of july, 1936,
means the Second, Schedule, and in the case of persons dying
thereafter but before the 1st day of April, 1941, means the Third
Schedule, and in the case of persons dying on or after the 1st day
of April, 1941, but before the 1st of April, 1948, means the Fourth
Schedule, and in the case of persons dying on or after the 1st of
April, 1948, means the Fifth Schedule to this Ordinance;

'Commission er ' means such person as the Governor may appoint as
Commissioner for the purpose of this Ordinance, and includes any
person appointed by the Governor to be deputy commissioner of
estate duty;





estate includes all property passing or deemed to pass on the death of
any person which is liable to estate duty;

'estate duty' means estate duty under this Ordinance;

executor means the executor or administrator of a deceased persoii and
includes, as regards anY obligation under this Ordinance, any
person who takes possession of or intermeddles with the
property of a deceased persoii or aily portion thereof;

incumbrances includes mortgages and terminable charges;

'interest in expectancy' includes aii estate in remainder ot reversion
aiid every future interest whether vested or contingent, but does
not include a reversion expectant upon the determination of
leases;

'property' includes movable and immovable property and the
proceeds of sale thereof respectively and any money or
investment for the time being representing the proceeds of sale.

~(property passing on the death' includes property passing either
immediately oil the death or after any interval, and either certainly
or contingently, and either originally or by way of substitutive
limitation, and 'on the death' includes 'at a period ascertainable
only by reference to the death';

settlement means any non-testamentary disposition in writing, whether
made voluntarily or upon a good or valuable consideration other
than a bona fide pecuniary consideration, whereby any definite
and certain property is settled or agreed to be settled in any
manner for aily purpose whatsoever.

(2) For the purposes of this Ordinance-

(i)' a person shall be deemed competent to dispose of property if
he has such aii estate or interest therein or such general power as
would, if he were sui juris enable him to dispose of the property; and
'general power' includes every power or authority enabling the donee
or other holder thereof to appoint or dispose of property as he thinks
fit, whether exerciseable by instrument inter vivos or by will, or both,
but exclusive of any power exerciseable either in a fiduciary capacity
under a disposition not made by himself or as mortgagee;





(ii) a dispostion taking effect out of the interest of the deceased
person shall be deemed to have been made by him, whether the
concurrence of any other person was or was not required;

(iii) money which a person has a general power to charge on
property shall be deemed to be property of which he has power to
dispose.

4. (1) The Chief Justice may, by a commission signed by him,
appoint the Commissioner or any deputy commissioner to be a
commissioner to administer oaths and take declarations and
affirmations for the purposes of this Ordinance, and may revoke any
such appointment.

(2) Every person so appointed shall be styled a
commissioner for oaths and shall have all the powers and
discharge all the duties which now belong to the office of a
commissioner to administer oaths. [3A 1

5. In the case of every deceased person there shall, save as
hereinafter expressly provided, be levied and paid upon the principal
value, ascertained as hereinafter provided, of all property passing on
the death of such person, a stamp duty called estate duty at the
graduated rates mentioned in the applicable Schedule : Provided that,
where the principal value of an estate comprises a fraction of one
hundred dollars, such fraction shall, for the purpose of determining the
amount of estate duty payable, be reckoned as one hundred dollars :
Provided also that where an interest in expectancy in any property has,
before the 27th day of February, 1931, been bona fide sold or
mortgaged for full consideration in nioney or money's worth, then no
higher duty on that property shall be payable by the purchaser or
mortgagee when the interest falls into possession than is in accordance
with the rates mentioned in the First Schedule, and in the case of a
mortgage any higher duty payable by the mortgagor shall rank as a
charge subsequent to that of the mortgagee. [4]

6. (1) Property passing on the death of the deceased shall be
deemed to include the property following

(a)property of which the deceased was at the time of his death
competent to dispose;





(b) property in which the deceased or any other person
had an interest ceasing on the death of the deceased,
to the extent to which a benefit accrues or arises by
the cesser of such interest, and such property shall
be deemed to pass on the death of the deceased
notwithstanding that that estate or interest has been
surrendered, assured, divested or otherwise disposed
of, whether for value or not, to or for the benefit
of any person entitled to an estate or interest in
remainder or reversion in such property, unless that
surrender, assurance, divesting or disposition was
bona fide made or effected three years before the
death of the deceased, and bona fide possession
and enjoyment of the property was assumed
thereunder immediately upon the surrender,
assurance, divesting or disposition, and thence-
forward retained to the entire. exclusion of the
person who had the estate or interest limited to
cease as aforesaid, and of any benefit to him by
contract or otherwise : Provided that where pro-
perty affected by such a surrender, assurance,
divesting or disposition is deemed to be property
passing on the death of the deceased by reason only
that the property was not, as from the date of.
the surrender, assurance, divesting or disposition,
retained to the entire exclusion of the deceased or
a person who had an estate or interest limited to
cease on the death of the deceased, and of any,
benefit to him by contract or otherwise, the property
shall not be deemed to pass on the death of the
deceased if subsequently, by means of the surrender
of the benefit reserved or otherwise, it is enjoyed to
the entire exclusion of the deceased or such other
person as aforesaid, and of any benefit to him by
contract or otherwise, for a period of three years
immediately preceding the death of the deceased :
Provided also that this paragraph shall not apply
to any property the interest in which of ' he deceased
or other person was only an interest as holder of
an office or as recipient of the benefits of a charity
or as a corporation sole;





(c)property taken as a donatio mortis causa made by the
(deceased or taken under a disposition made by hirn,
purporting to operate as an immediate gift inter vivos
whether by way of transfer, delivery, declaration of trust,*
or otherwise, which shall not have been bona fide made
three years before his death, or taken under any gift,
whenever made, of which property bona fide possession
and enjoyment shall not have been assumed by the donee
immediately upon the gift and thenceforward retained to the
entire exclusion of the donor or of any benefit to him by
contract or otherwise : Provided that this paragraph shall not
apply to gifts inter vivos which are made in consideration
ration of marriage, or which are proved to the satisfaction of
the Cornmissioner to have been part of the normal
expenditure of the deceased, and to have been reasonable
having regard to the amount of his income or to the
Circumstances, or which in the ease of any donee do riot
exceed in the aggregate one thousand dollars in value or
amount : Provided also that where property taken under a
disposition purporting to act as an immediate gift litter vivos
is deemed to !--)c. property passing on the death of the
deceased by reason only that the property was not, as from
the date of the disposition, retained to the entire exclusion of
the deceased or a person who had an estate or interest
limited to cease on the death of the deceased, and of any
benefit to him bY contract or otherwise, the property shall
not be deemed fo pass on the death of the deceased if
subsequently, by means of the surrender of the benefit
reserved or otherwise, it is enjoyed to the entire exclusion of
the deceased or such other person as aforesaid, aiid of any
benefit to him by contract or otherwise, fo). a period of three
years immediately preceding the death of the deceased;

(d) property to which the deceased lias been absolutely,
entitled, and which he has caused 'Lo be transferred
to or vested in himself and any other person jointly . ' s '
whether by disposition or otherwise (including also
any purchase or investment effected by the deceased
either by himself alone, or in concert, or by arrange-





ment with any other person), so that the beneficial interest
therein or in some part thereof passes or accrues by
survivorship on his death to such other person ;

(e)property passing under any past or future settlement made by
the deceased by deed or any other instrument not taking
effect as a will, whereby an interest, in such property or the
proceeds of sale thereof, for life or any other period
determinable by reference to death is reserved, either
expressly or by implication, to the settlor, or whereby the
settlor may have reserved to himself the right by the exercise
of ariv power to restore to himself, or to reclaim the absolute
interest in such property or the proceeds of sale thereof .

any annuity or other interest purchased or provided by the
deceased either by himself alone or in concert or by
arrangement with anv other person, to the extent of the
beneficial interest accruing or arising by survivorship or
otherwise on the death of the deceased; and

(g)debts and sums of money due and owing from persons in the
Colony to an), deceased person at the time of his death on
obligation or other specialty, to the same extent as if they
were owing to the deceased upon simple contract, without
regard to the place where the obligation or specialty shall be
at the time of the death of the deceased.

(2) Property passing on the death of the deceased shall not be
deemed to include property held by the deceased as trustee for another
person, under a disposition not made by, the deceased or under a
disposition made by the deceased more than three years before his
death where possession and enjoyment of the property was bona fide
assumed by the beneficiary immediately upon the creation of the trust
and thenceforward retained to the entire exclusion of the deceased or of
any benefit to him by contract or otherwise : Provided that where
property taken under such a disposition as aforesaid is deemed to be
property passing on the death of the deceased by reason only that the
property was not, as froni the date of the disposition, retained to the
entire exclusion of the deceased or a person who had an estate or
interest





limited to cease on the death of the deceased, and of any benefit to him
by contract or otherwise, the property shall not be deemed to pass on
the death of the deceased if subsequently, by means of the surrender
of the benefit reserved or otherwise, it is enjoyed to the entire
exclusion of the deceased or such other person as aforesaid and of
any, benefit io hirn by contract or otherwise, for a period of three years
immediately preceding the death of the deceased.

(3) Where property is settled by a person on himself for life, and
after his death on any other persoii with aii ultimate reversion of an
absolute interest or absolute power of disposition to the settlor, the
property shall riot be deemed for the purpose of this Ordinance to pass
to the settlor on the death of any such other person after the
commencement of this Ordinance, by reason only that the settlor,
being then in possession of the property as tenant for life, becomes, in
consequence of such death, entitled to dispose of the whole property.

(4)(a) Where by a disposition of any property aii interest is
conferred on any person other than the disponer for the life
of such person or determinable on his death, and such
person enters into possession of the interest and
thenceforward retains possession thereof to the entire
exclusion of the disponer or of any benefit to him by
contract or otherwise, and the only benefit which the
disponer retains in the said property is subject to such life or
determinable interest, and no other interest is created by the
said disposition, then, on the death of such persoii the
property shall not be deemed for the purposes of this
Ordinance to pass by reason only of its reverter to the
disponer in his lifetime.

(b)Where by a disposition of any property any such interest as
above in this subsection mentioned is conferred on two or
more persons, either severally or jointly, or in succession,
this subsection shall apply in like manner as where the
interest is conferred on one person.

(c)Provided that paragraphs (a) and (b) shall not apply where
such person or persons taking the said life or determinable
interest had at any time prior to the





disposition been himself or themselves competent
to dispose of the said property.

7. Estate duty shall not be payable in respect of-

(a)property passing on the death of the deceased by reason
only of a bona fide purchase froni the persoii under whose
disposition the property passes nor in respect of the
determination of any annuity for lives where such purchase
was made or such annuity granted for full consideration in
inoney or money's worth paid to the vendor or grantor for his
own. use or benefit. Where any such purchase was made, or
annuity granted for partial consideration in money or money's
worth paid to the vendor or grantor for his own use or benefit,
the value of the consideration shall be allowed as a deduction
from the value of the property for the purpose of estate duty;

(b) property situate outside the Colony;

(e)any share or other interest of a deceased member of a
company registered iii a local register under the Companies
Ordinance;

(d)property situate in the New Territories, other than New
Kowloon, where the principal value of the estate does not
exceed two thousand dollars; and property situate elsewhere
in the Colony where the principal value of the estate does not
exceed five hundred dollars;

(e)Any temple for the worship of ancestors, situated in the New
Territories, other than New Kowloon, registered in the name
of the manager of a clan, family or t'ong, and so much of any
clan, family or t'ong property similarly registered as is used
for the maintenance of such temple;

any other temple in the New Territories, other than New
Kowloon, certified by the District Commissioner to be a
Chinese temple as defined in section 2 of the Chinese
Temples Ordinance, and so much of any property as is used
for the maintenance of such
temple.





8. For determining the rate of estate duty to be paid
on any property passing on the death of the deceased, all
property so passing iii respect of which estate duty is payable
shall be aggregated so as to form one estate.

9. (1) Estate duty shall be payable as hereinafter mentioned.

(2) The executor of the deceased shall pay the estate duty in
respe,~t of all property, of which the deceased was competent to
dispose at the date of his death on

the affidavit for the Commissioner, by stamps affixed thereon, and i-nay
pay in like inanner the estate duty in respect of any other property
passing on such death, which by virtue of any testamentary
disposition of the deceased is under the control of the executor, or, in
the case of property not under his control, if the persons accountable
for the estate duty in respect thereof request him to make such
payment.

(3) Where the executor does not know the amount or value of any
property which has passed on the death, lie may state in the affidavit
for the Commissioner that such property exists, but that he does not
know the amount or value thereof and that he undertakes as soon as
the amount and value are ascertained to bring in an account thereof
and to pay both the estate duty for which lie is or may be liable and any
further estate duty payable by reason thereof for which he is or may be
liable in respect of the other property mentioned in the affidavit.

(4) Estate duty so far as not paid by the executor shall be paid by
stamps affixed to an account setting forth the particulars of the
property and delivered to the Commission(-,.. within six niontlis after
the death, by the persoii accountable for the estate duty or within such
further time as the Commissioner may allow. Such duty shall be paid on
delivering the account.

(5) Ever ' v estate shall include all income accrued upon

the property included therein down to and outstanding it
the date of the death of the deceased.

(6) Interest at the rate of four per cent per annum on the estate
duty shall be paid from the date of the death up to the date of the
delivery of the affidavit or account, or the expiration of six months
after the death, whichever first





happens, aiid subject as aforesaid interest at the rate of eight per cent
per annum for the period during which it remains unpaid shall accrue
on the estate duty payable : Provided that unless the Commissioner in
any particular case with the approval of the Governor in Council
otherwise di directs

(a)in the case of aii), death occurring on or before the 7th day of
December, 1941, no interest under this subsection shall be
payable in respect of the period from the Sth day of December
1941, to the 2nd day of March 1946, and no part of the said
period shall be taken into consideration for the purpose of
computation of the period of six months referred to in this
subsection, and

(b)in the case of any death occurring subsequent to the 7th day
of December, 1941, and prior to the 2nd day, of March, 1946,
the latter date shall be substituted for the date of death
referred to in the second and fourth lines of this subsection.

(7) The estate duty which is to be collected upon an affidavit for
the Commissioner or on an account, shall be
due on the delivery thereof or on the expiration of six months
froni the death, whichever First happens.

(8) Where the estate duty payable exceeds two hundred
dollars it may be paid either by means of stamps or by such
other nicans as the Commissioner may from time to time
direct.

10. (1) In determining the value of an estate for the purpose of
estate duty, allowance shall be made for reasonble funeral expenses
incurred in the Colony not exceeding one thousand dollars or two and
a half per cent of the ascertained value of the estate, whichever is the
smaller, and for debts and incumbrances, but an allowance shall not be
made

(a)for debts incurred by the deceased and incumbrances created
by a disposition made by the deceased, unless such debts or
incumbrances were incurred or created bona fide for full
consideration for money or money's worth wholly for the
deceased's own use and benefit and take effect out of his
interest; nor





(b)for any debt in respect whereof there is a right to
reimbursement from any other estate or persoii unless such
reimbursement cannot be obtained; nor

(c)more than once for the same debt or incumbrance charged
upon different portions of the estate;

and any debt of incumbrance for which an allowance is made shall be
deducted from the value of the property, liable thereto.

(2) Where a debt or incumbrance lias been incurred or created in
whole or in part for the purpose of or in consideration for the purchase
or acquisition or extinction, whether by operation of law or otherwise,
of any, interest in expectancy in any property passing or deemed to
pass on the death of a deceased persoii, and any person whose interest
in expectancy is so purchased, acquired, or extinguished becomes
(under any disposition inade by, or through devolution of law from, or
under the intestacy of, the deceased) entitled to any interest in that
property, then in determining the value of the estate of the deceased
for the purpose of estate duty, no allowance shall be made in respect of
such debt oi. incumbrance, and any property charged with any such
debt oi. incumbrance shall be deemed to pass freed from that debt or
incumbrance

Provided that

(a)if part only of such debt or incumbrance was incurred or
created for such purpose or as such

consideration as aforesaid, this provision shall apply

cons,
to that part of such debt or incumbrance only ; and

(b)if a person whose interest in expectancy in the property so
purchased, acquired, or extinguished becomes entitled to an
interest in part only of that property, this provision shall
apply only to such part of Ihe debt or incumbrance as bears
the same proportion to the whole debt or incumbrance as the
value of the part of the property to aii interest in which he
becomes entitled bears to the value of the whole of that
property.

(3) No allowance shall be made for debts due from the deceased,
other than debts contracted in the Colony to





persons ordinarily resident therein, unless charged on property situate
within the Colony.

(4)(a) The principal value of any property shall be estimated to
be the price which, in the opinion of the Commissioner, such
property would fetch if sold in the open market at the time of
the death of the deceased.

(b)In estimating such principal value the Commissioner shall
not make any reduction in the estimate on account of the
estimate being made on the assumption that the whole
property is to be placed on the market at one and the same
time : Provided that where it is proved to the Commissioner
that the value of the property has been depreciated by the
reason of the death of the deceased the Commissioner in
fixing the price shall take such depreciation into account.

When an estate includes an interest in expectancy, estate
duty in respect of that interest shall be aid, at the

1 p

option of the. person accountable for the estate duty, either with the
duty in respect of the rest of the estate or when the interest falls into
possession, and if the duty is not paid with the estate duty in respect
of the rest of the estate, then

(a)for the purpose of determining the rate of estate duty in
respect of the rest of the estate the value of the interest shall
be its value at the date of the death of the deceased; and

(b)the rate of estate duty in respect of the interest when it falls
into possession shall be calculated according to its value
when it falls into possession, together with the value of the
rest of the estate as previously ascertai ned.

(6) The value of the benefit accruing or arising from the cesser of
an interest ceasing on the death of the deceased shall

(a)if the interest extended to the whole income of the property,
be the principal value of that property; and

(b)if the he interest extended to less than the whole income of
the property, be the principal value of an





addition to the property equal to the income to which the
interest extended.

(7) The value of any property for the purpose of estate
duty shall be ascertained by the Commissioner in such
maner . and by such means as he thinks fit, and, if he
authorizes any person to inspect any property and to report
to him the value thereof for the purposes of this Ordinance,
the person having the custody or possession of tliat property
shall permit the person so authorized to inspect it at such
reasonable times as the Commissioner considers necessary.

(8) When the Commissioner requires a valuation to be made by a
person named by him, the reasonable costs (if such valuation shall be
defrayed by the Com in Commissioner

11. (1) The Commissioner shall have, in respect of proceedings for
the recovery of estate duty and of interest thereon and of any fine,
penalty or forfeiture provided by this Ordinance, all the powers that are
given to the Accountant General by the Supreme Court (Summary
jurisdiction) Ordinance, in respect of rent, assessment for rates, fees
and forfeitures payable to the Crown; aiid the certificate required by the
Supreme Court (Summary jurisdiction) Ordinance, shall in the case of
any such proceedings be signed by the Commissioner and shall be in
such form as the Governor in Council shall prescribe : Provided that
nothing in this section shall affect any other remedy for the recovery of
any such duty, interest, fine, penalty or forfeiture as aforesaid.

(2) In any proceedings for the recovery of any such duty, interest,
fine, penalty or forfeiture in respect of an) property passing on the
death of any person on or after the 1st day of January, 1916, it shall not
be necessary to issue concurrent writs, informations or other process.
Sei-vice of the. writ, information or other process shall, where
practicable, be personal ; but the order of a judge may be obtained, in
special circumstances, to dispense with personal service and giving
directions as to substituted service or as to notice of the proceedings
and time for appearance whether by posting copies to addresses within
or without the jurisdiction or otherwise as in the circumstances may
seem just.





In any such proceedings the court shall have jurisdiction to
appoint a receiver of the property and the rents and profits thereof aiid
to order a sale of the property. The provisions of rule 3 Of Order
XXVIII of the Code of Civil Procedure shall apply in the case of any
order made under this subsection.

(4) Every executor shall, to the best of his knowledge
aiid belief, s * specify in appropriate accounts annexed to an
affidavit for the Commissioner all the property in respect
of which estate duty is payable upon the death of the
deceased, and also (unless exempted in writing by the Corn-
missioner) any property of which the deceased was a trustee
for another person, and shall be accountable for the estate
duty in respect of all properly, of which the deceased was
competent to dispose at his death, but shall not be liable
for any duty in excess of the assets which he has received
as executor or might but for his own neglect or default have
received.

(5) Where property passes on the death of the deceased and his
executor is not accountable for the estate duty iii respect of such
property, every person to whom any property so passes for any
beneficial interest in possession, -and also to the extent of the property
actually received or disposed of by hini, every trustee, guardian,
committee or other person in whom any interest in the properly so
passing or the management thereof is at any time vested, and every
persoii in whom the same is vested in possession by alienation or other
derivative title, shall be accountable for the estate duty on the
property, and shall, within the time required by this Ordinance or such
later time as the Commissioner allows, deliver to the Commissioner an
appropriate account specifying the property in question to the best of
his knowledge and belief : Provided that notliing in this section shall
render a person accountable for duty who acts merely as agent for
another person in the management of property.

(6) The Commissioner may summon before him an), person
accountable for estate duty, and an), person whom the Commissioner
believes to have taken possession of or administered any part of the
estate in respect of which estate duty is leviable. on the death of the
deceased, or of the income of any part of such estate, and anv person
whorn the Commissioner believes to be indebted `to the deceased, and
any





person whom the Commissioner believes to be capable of giving
information as to such estate and may examine such person and may
require any such person to produce any documents in his custody or
power the inspection whereof may tend to secure the payment of any
duty under this Ordinance or the proof or discovery of any fraud ol.
omission in relation to any such duty. Any such person shall at all
reasonable times permit any person thereunto authorized by the
Commissioner to inspect all such documents as aforesaid and to make
such notes copies or extracts thereof or there- he may deern necessary
without fee or reward. The Commissioner may also require any such
person to deliver to him and verify on oath a statement in writing of
such particulars.

(7) Notliing in this section shall render a bona fide
purchaser for valuable consideration without notice liable to
or accountable for estate duty.
(8) All affidavits and accounts required under this
section shall be delivered to the Commissioner, shall
make such inquiry respecting the contents of, or the parti-
culars verified by, such affidavit or accounts and the value
of the various properties included therein as he thinks
necessary, and the person making or tendering aii), such
affidavit shall attend at the office of the Commissioner,
whenever required by him, and shall furnish aiid produce
such explanations and documentary or other evidence as the
Commissioner may require.
When the Commissioner lias ascertained the
(9)
amount of estate duty payable in respect of any accounts
delivered to him in pursuance of this Ordinance he shall
notify the accountable person of his decision by means of a
certificate in the prescribed forni.If such amount exceeds
the amount of estate duty already paid in respect of the said
accounts the accountable person shall forthwith pay the
excess to the Commissioner.
(io) In every case in which the Commissioner is

2). satisfied that too much estate duty has been paid, the excess
shall be repaid by him.

(ii) Where the accountable person discovers that for any reason
too little estate duty has been paid he shall forthwith deliver to the
Commissioner a further account, verified





by oath, and shall at the same time pay the difference between the
estate duty chargeable according to the true value of the estate and
the estate duty already paid.

(12) Where the Commissioner discovers that any
property which ought to have been disclosed. by affidavit or
account has not been so disclosed he shall notify the
accountable person and call upon him to disclose such pro-
perty and pay the estate duty thereon, and the accountable
person shall, within one month of the giving of such notice.
by the Commissioner, deliver an original ot. a further
account, as the case may require, disclosing such property *
and shall at the same time pay the estate duty thereon.

(13) The Commissioner may remit the interest payable, on estate
duty where the amount of such interest is in his opinion so small as not
to repay the expense and labour of calculation and account.

(14) Every person who shall have been called upon
after the lapse of one year from the death for an original
account, or at any time for a further account, under sub-
section (12) and every person who without lawful authority
or reasonable excuse fails to comply with any of the provi-
sions of this section shall be liable to pay to the Commis-
sioner, in addition to the estate duty (if any), a penalty of
one thousand dollars, or a penalty equal to the amount of
the estate duty (if any) at the rate set out in the applicable
Schedule remaining unpaid for which lie is accountable,
according as the Commissioner elects.

12. (1) No probate or letters of administration shall be issued by
the court, until the Commissioner shall have certified in writing that the
estate duty payable in respect of the estate has been paid or that fie
has allowed payment thereof to be postponed under subsections (2)
and (3).

(2) When the affidavit for the. Commissioner contains
the statement and undertaking specified in subsection (3) Of
section 9, the Commissioner may allow payment of the whole
or any part of the estate duty to be 'postponed until after
the issue of probate or letters of administration upon condi-
tion that a further and complete affidavit shall be filed aiid
the proper estate duty paid thereon as ' soon as the full value
of the estate has been ascertained and the Commissioner





may require the person applying for such probate or letters of
administration to enter into a bond ,,vith or without sureties in such an
amount as he shall think fit to secure the filing of such affidavit as
aforesaid and the payment of the proper estate duty thereon within
such lin c as shall be named in such bond. Such bond may be iii the
prescribed form.

(3) Where the Commissioner is satisfied that the estate duty
leviable in respect of any property cannot without excessive sacrifice
be raised at once, he may allow payment to be postponed for such
period, to such c,-ztent and on payment of such interest not exceeding
eight per cent per annum or any, higher interest yielded by, Ilic property,
and on such terms as the Commissioner may think fit.

(4) Where the Commissioner allows payment to he
postponed under subsection (2), he may reduce or remit any
interest payable.

13. (1) In every case where any account is delivered after the lapse
of twelve months frorn the death the estate duty shall be charged at
three times the rates set out in the applicable Schedule, unless the
persoii accountable for the estate duty proves to the satisfaction of the
Commissioner that he has used all reasonable diligence to ascertain the
estate of the deceased and could not reasonably have ascertained it
earlier, and having ascertain ed it: has used all reasonable diligence to
deliver an account and to pay, the estate duty thereon : Provided that
in any case in which, before the delivery of the account, a grant of
probate or of letters of administration or its equivalent had been
obtained from a competent court outside the Colony, the period shall
be eighteen months from the death instead of one year : Provided also
that unless the Commissioner in any particular case with the approval
of the Governor in Council otherwise directs

(a)in the case of any death occurring before the 8th day of
December, 1941, the period from such date to the 2nd day of
March, 1946, shall not be taken into consideration for the
purposes of this subsection, and





(b)in the case of any death occurring on or after the 8th day of
December, 1941, and before the 2nd day of March, 1946, the
latter date shall be substituted for the date of the death
referred to in the second and fourteenth lines of this
subsection.

(2) For the purposes of this section no account shall be deemed to
have been delivered until the duty which reasonably appears to be
payable in respect thereof has been paid, unless the Commissioner
shall have allowed payment of the estate duty in respect of the said
account to be postponed.



14. (1) Every executor, within one year after obtaining i probate or
letters of administration to the estate of a deceased person and before
selling or otherwise disposing of any, shares in any company, registered
under or incorporated by any Ordinance of this Colony, of which shares
the deceased person was at the date of his death the beneficial owner
under a transfer in blank and not the registered owner, shall cause such
shares to be transferred on the registers of the appropriate companies
into the name of the deceased, who shall then be deerned to have been
so registered at the time of his death.

(2) Every such company, notwithstanding anything in any
enactment or in its constitution, memorandum, articles or regulations to
the contrary, shall effect registration on payment of the usual
registration charges (if any) and in default shall be liable oi) summary
conviction to a fine of one thousand dollars.

(3) Every executor who without reasonable excuse omits to obtain
the registration of any such shares as aforesaid within the time limit
aforesaid shall be liable to pay to the Commissioner in addition to the
estate duty (if any) a penalty of one thousand dollars, or, at the option
of the Commissioner, a penaIty equal to the amount of the estate duty
(if any) at the rate set out in the applicable Schedule.

15. (1) A. rateable part of the estate duty on an estate, in
proportion to the value of any property which does not pass to the
e)cecutor as such, shall be a first charge on the property in respect of
which estate duty is leviable : Provided





that the property shall not be so chargeable as against a bona fide
purchaser thereof for valuable consideration without notice.

(2) If the rateable part of the estate duty in respect of any property
is paid by the executor, it shall where occasion requires be repaid to
him by the trustees or owners of the property.

(3) A person authorized or required to pay the estate duty in
respect of any property shall, for the purpose of paying the estate duty
or raising the arnount of the estate duty when already paid, have
power, whether the property is or is not vested in him, to raise the
amount of such estate duty and any interest and expenses properly
paid or incurred by him in respect thereof by the sale or mortgage or

terminable charge on that property or any part thereof.

(4) A person having a limited interest in any property who pays
the estate duty in respect of that property shall be entitled to the like
charge as if the estate duty in respect of that property had been raised
by means of a mortgage to him.

(5) Any nioney arising from the sale of property com-
prised in a settlement or held upon trust to lay out upon
the trusts of a settlement may be expended in paying any
estate duty in respect of property comprised in the settle-
ment and held upon the same trusts.

16. (1) In the case of property which does not pass to
the executor as such, an amount equal to the proper rateable
part of the estate duty rnay be recovered by the persoii, who
being authorized or required to pay the estate duty in respect
of any property ' v lias paid such duty, from the person entitled
to any sum charged on such property (whether as capital or
as an annuity or otherwise) under a disposition not contain-
ing any express provision to the contrary.

(2) Any dispute as to the proportion of estate duty to be borne by
any property or person i-nay be determined upon application by way
of summons in the Supreme Court, and where the amount claimed does
not exceed one thousand

*With efFect frorn 3.11.50. $5,000 was subsituted for $1,000 in the 4th
line hereof when an increase in the summary jurisdiction took place
(Ordinance 35 o:f 1950).





dollars such application shall be made to the SupTeme Court in its
summarv jurisdiction.

(3) Any party frorn whom a rateable part of estate duty
can be recovered under this section shall be bound by the
accounts and valutations as settled between the person entitled
to recover the same and the Commissioner.

17. The Governor in Council may remit the payment of
any estate duty or may order a refund of the whole or any
portion of any estate duty which may have been paid to the
Commissioner, for the remission oi. refund of which any
equitable claim is proved to his satisfaction : Provided that
in respect of deaths occurring on or between the 8th day of
June, 1941, and the 1st day of March, 1946, the Commis-
sioner in lieu of the Governor in Council may remit the
payment of any estate duty or order the refund of the whole
or any portion of any estate duty, and for the purpose of
the exercise of such discretion the Commissioner shall take
into account the provisions of paragraph i of Order No. 3,
made on the 1st day of March, 1946, under Proclamation
No. 16 made by the British Military Administration, as
amended from time to time, whether that Order shall have
been repealed or not.

18. Where the Commissioner is satisfied-

(a)that estate duty has become payable on property passing on
a death between the 8th day of December, 1941, and the
16th day of September, 1945, of a person who

(i) dies from wounds inflicted, accident occurring or
disease contracted, within three years before death, on
active service against the enemy on land or sea or in the air
or on service which in the opinion of the Commissioner is of
a warlike nature or involves the same risk as active service
and such person was at the time when the wounds were
inflicted or when the accident occurred or disease was
contracted subject to any naval military or air force
discipline, or

(ii) dies from injuries received within three years of death
and which were in the opinion of the Commissioner caused
by operations of war or received





during internment or imprisonment in. the Colony or in any
territory controlled at the time of such internment or
imprisonment by a sovereign or state then at war with His
Majesty or dies from any cause which in the opinion of the
Commissioner was attributable to such internment or
imprisonment; and

(b) that subsequent estate duty has again become pay-
able during the same period on the sane property ' v
or any part thereof on another such death, being the
death of a person to whom that property or that
part thereof passed on the earlier death,

then the whole of the estate duty payable on the later death on that
property or that part thereof shall be remitted or, if paid, shall be
repaid. That property or that part thereof shall not be aggregated with
any other property passing on a later death for the purpose of
determining the rate of estate duty.

19. (1) Any person aggrieved by the decision of the Commissioner
with respect to the amount of estate duty payable on an affidavit or
account or with respect to the repayment of any excess duty or to any
claim for additional duty by the Commissioner, and whether he is
aggrieved on the ground ef the value of any property or the rate
charged or otherwise, may, on payment of, or giving security for, as
hereinafter mentioned, the duty claimed by the Commissioner or such
portion of it as is then payable by him, appeal to the Supreme Court
within three months froni the date of the decision and the amount of
the ditty shall be determined by the Supreme Court aiid if the duty is
less than that paid to the Commissioner the excess shall be repaid.
Where the value as alleged by the Commissioner of the property in
respect of which the dispute arises does not exceed one hundred
thousand dollars, the appeal under this section shall be to the Supreme
Court in its summary jurisdiction.

(2) No appeal shall be allowed from any, order, direction,
determination or decision of the Supreme Court under any appeal
under this section except with the leave of the' Supreme Court or of the
Full Court.





(3) The costs of the appeal shall be in the discretion of the court,
and the court, where it appears to the court just, may order the
commissioner to pay on any, excess of duty repaid by him interest at
such rate per cent per annum and for such period as appears to the
court just.

(4) Provided that the Supreme Court if satisfied that
it would impose hardship to require the appellant as a con-
dition of the appeal to pay the whole or, as the case may be,
any part of the duty clailned by the Commissioner or ot
such portion of it as is then payable by him, may allow aii
appeal to be brought on payment of no duty- or of such part
only of the duty as to the court seems reasonable and on
security to !be satisfaction of the court being given for the
duty or so much of the duty as is not. paid, but in such case
the court may order interest at such rate per cent per annum
as appears to the court. just to be paid on the unpaid duty
so far as it becomes payable under the decision of the court.


20. (1) A schedule under the hand of the Commissioner of all the
property passing on the death of a deceased person upon which
estate duty has been paid or is payrable on the death, and of all the
property of a deceased person which, being trust property, is exempt
froni duty on the death shall be annexed to the probate or letters of
administration, and any person who, without lawful authority or
reasonable excuse, in any way deals with any estate of the deceased or
any property held by the deceased in trust, which is not set out in
such schedule, shall be liable to a penalty of one thousand dollars, or
to Et penalty equal to three times the amount of the estate duty at the
rate set out in the applicable Schedule to this Ordinance payable upon
the estate so dealt with, at the election of the Commissioner : Provided
that the disclosure of any trust relating to property in any such
schedule shall not constitute notice of the trust as against any
purchaser or mortgagee lor valuable consideration.

(2) Whenever a further affidavit is delivered, the probate or letters
of administration in respect of which such affidavit is delivered shall be
lodged with the Commissionet. who shall insert in the schedule
particulars of the additional property set out in the said affidavit.





21. (1) Every person who, being -,,either the executor appointed by
the will of the deceased nor (in the case of aii intestacy) the person
entitled in priority to the administration of the estate of the deceased,
without lawful authority or excuse or without first delivering to the
Commissioner accounts of the estate of the deceased as required by
section II takes possession of or in any way administers any part of the
estate of a deceased person, or any part of the income of any part of
such estate, shall be liable to a penalty of one thousand dollars and
shall also be liable to a further penalty equal to three times the amount
of the estate duty at the rate set out in the applicable Schedule payable
upon the whole estate of the deceased.

(2) Every person who, being the executor appointed by the will of
the deceased or (in the case of aii intestacy) the person entitled in
priority to the administration of the estate of the deceased, takes
possession of or in any way administers' any part of the estate of a
deceased person or anv part of the income of any part of such estate,
within Six niontlis of the death of the deceased, and fails within the. said
period ot six months to deliver to the Commissioner accounts of the
estate of the deceased as required by section II shall be liable to a
penalty of one thousand dollars, and shall also be liable to a further
penalty equal to three times the amount of the estate duty at the rate
set out in the applicable Schedule payable upon the whole estate of the
deceased.

(3) Every person who, being the executor appointed bY the will of
the deceased or (in the case of an intestacy) the person entitled in
priority to the administration of the estate of the deceased, Likes
possession of or in any way, administers any part of the estate of a
deceased person, or any part income of any part of such estate, after
the expiration of six months froni the death of the deceased, without
first delivering to the Commissioner accounts of the estate of the
deceased as required by section i i, shall be liable to a penalty of one
thousand dollars and shall also be liable to a further penalty equal to
three times the amount of estate duty at the rate set out in the
applicable Schedule payable on the whole estate of the deceased.

(4) The Commissioner shall have power to allow in writing the use
of any specified part of the estate of a





deceased person, or of any specified part of the income of any such
estate, for the purpose of the burial of the deceased or for the purpose
of the maintenance of the former dependants of the deceased
notwithstanding the non-delivery of the accounts required by section i
i, or for the purpose of preparing such accounts, and such authorized
use of the estate or income as the case may be shall not render the
person in question liable to any of the penalties provided by this
section.

(5) The recovery of any penalty provided in this section shall be
without prejudice to the liability of the accountable person to the
payment of estate duty on the ostate of the deceased : Provided
however that the amount of the estate duty aiid the penalty shall not in
any case exceed four times the rate set out in the applicable Schedule.

(6) For [tie purposes of this section no account shall
be deemed to have been delivered until the duty which
reasonably appears to be payable in respect thereof has been
paid, unless ihe Commissioner shall have allowed payment
of the estate duty in respect of the said account to be post-
poned.

22. (1) Where a deceased person had, at the date of his death, any
interest, whether as partner, depositor or creditor in anv shop, bank or
other business undertaking within the Colony, not being a coi-npany
as defined by, the Companies Ordinance, or a company, association or
partnership formed under or in pursuance of some other Ordinance or
Act, or of a charter of incorporation, or of letters patent, the person
having the management of such shop, bank oi other busines,,
undertaking shall, within one month from the date on which he first
received information of the death of such deceased person, notify the
Commissioner of such death and of the extent of the interest of the
deceased in the said shop, bank or other business undertaking, and in
default of such notification as aforesaid a penalty of one thousand
dollars shall bc recoverable from the owner or owners of the said shop,
bank or other business.

(2) Where the said shop, bank or other business undertaking is
carried on in a firm name, the said penalty shall also be deemed to be
due from the firm and may be recovered in an action against the firm in
the said firm narne.

(3) In any proceedings for the recovery of the penalty
prescribed by this section, the onus of proving that not rendered
himself liable to the penalty shall be upon the person or firm from
whom it is sought to recover it.

23. At any, time or times after the date of the probate
or letters ef administration, it shall be lawful for the Com-
missioner, by notice in writing sent to an executor at his
last-known address to require him to deliver to the Cent-
missioner a statement in writing (which statement in writing
shall be supported by a statutory declaration if the Commissioner
shall so require) containing the names and addresses
of all persons who were and are beneficially interested in
the estate ef the deceased, together with the respective dates
on which such persons respectively became so interested aiid
the extent of their respective interests, and also all such
particulars in regard to such persons or any of thern as the
Commissioner may from time to time require, aiid the
executor shall, within two months frorn the date of the
service of such notice at such address, deliver the said state-
ment to the Commissioner and shall verify the same to his
satisfriction. vithin the further period of one month, and in
default the executor shall upon summary conviction be
personally liable to a fine of one thousand dollars or to
imprisonment for six months, unless he can prove to the
satisfaction of the magistrate that his default was due to
circumstances not under his control.

24. The Commissioner may in his discretion remit or reduce any
penalty and he may reduce any duty chargeable tinder this Ordinance,
provided that such duty is not reduced below the rate set out in the
applicable Schedule.

25. Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance, the Governor in
Council may make such rules, prescribe such forms and generally do
such things as he thinks expedient for regulating the practice under
this Ordinance. The powers conferred by this section shall include a
power to prescribe fees and charges in respect of affidavits for the
Commissioner.





26. (1) If the registered owner of any share on a share p register which
is by law required to be kept within the Colony dies, such share shall for
the purposes of this Ordinance be deemed to
be part of the estate of the deceased, unless the legal personal
representative of the deceased proves to the satisfaction of the
Commissioner that such share did not form part of the estate of the
deceased at his death.

(2) An appeal to the Supreme Court as under section 19
of this Ordinance, shall he from any decision of the Com-
missioner under subsection (1).

27. (1) If estate duty has already been paid in respect
of any settled property since the date of the settlement, upon the death
of one of the parties to a marriage, no estate duty shall be payable on the
death of the other party to the de marriage unless such person was at the
time of his or her death or had been at any time during the continuance of
the settlement competent to dispose of such property.

(2) For the purposes of this section, the term settlement
rneans any deed, will, agreement for a settlement, or other
instrument, or any number of instruments, whether made
before or after or partly before and partly after the com-
mencement of this Ordinance, under or by virtue of which
instrument or instruments any property, or any estate or
interest in any property, stands for the time being limited
to or in trust for any persons by way of succession, aiid the
term settled property means the property comprised in a
settlement.

28. Where the Commissioner is satisfied that estate duty has
become payable on any property consisting of leasehold property or a
business (riot being a business carried on by a company), or any
interest in leasehold property or such a business, passing upon the
death of any persoii, aiid that subsequently within five years estate
duty has again become payable on the same property or any part
thereof passing on the death of the persoii to whom the property
passed on the first death, the amount of estate duty payable on the
second death (if the death occurs on or after the 27th day of February,
1930, in respect of the property so passing shall be reduced as follows

Where the second death occurs within one year of the first death,
by fifty per cent;





Where the second death occurs within two years of the first
death, by forty per cent;

Where the second death occurs within three years of the first
death, by thirty per cent;

Where the second death occurs within four years of the first
death, by twenty per cent;

Where the second death occurs within five years of the first
death, by ten per cent :

Provided that where the value, on which the duty is payable, of
the property on the second death exceeds the value, on which the duty
was payable, of the property on the first death ` the latter value shall be
substituted for the former for the purpose of calculating the.. amount
of' duty on which the reduction under this section is to be calculated.



29. The amount of estate duty, payable or) an estate at the rate
applicable thereto under the scale of rates of duty shall, where
necessary, be reduced so as not to exceed the highest amount of duty
which would be payable at the next lower rate, with the addition of the
amount by which the value of the estate exceeds the value on which
the highest amount of duty would be so payable at the lower rate.

30. (1) In the case of settled property, where the interest of any
person under the settlement fails or determines by reason of his death
before it becomes an interest in possession, and subsequent
limitations tinder the settlement continue to subsist, the property shall
not be deemed to pass on his death.

(2) For the purposes of this section, the term settlement means any
deed, will, agreement for a settlement, or other instrument, or any
number of instruments, whether made before or after or partly before
and partly after the 27th day of February, 1931, under or by virtue of
which instrument or instruments any property, or any estate or interest
in any property, stands for the time being limited to or in trust for any
persons by way of succession, and the term settled property means the
property comprised in a settlement.





FIRST SCHEDULE. [ss. 3, 5, 11, 13,

14, 20, 21 & 24.]
(Persons dying before the

27th February, 1931).

Estate duty

Where the principal value of the estate shall be payable
at the rate
per cent of

Exceeds 500 and does not exceed 1,000 1
1,000 10,000 2
10,000 100,000 3
100,000 250,000 5
250,000 500,000 5,50
500,000 750,000 6
750,000 1,000,000 6.50
1,000,000 1,500,000 7
1,500,000 2,500,000 7,50

2,500,000........................................................ 8

SECOND SCHEDULE. [ss. 3, 5, 11, 13,
(Persons dying on or after14, 20, 21 & 24.1
27th February, 1931, but
before the 1st July, 1936).

E state duty
Where the Principal value of the estate shall be payable
at the rate
per cent of

Exceeds 500 and does not exceed 5,000 1
5,000 10,000 2
10,000 25,000 3
25,000 50,000 4

50,000 11 100,000 5
100,000 11 11 200,000 6
200,000 11 400,000 7
400,000 pp 600,000 8
600,000 800,000 9
800,000 1,000,000 10
1,000,000 2,000,000 11

2,000,000........................................................... 12





THIRD SCHEDULE. [ss. 3, 5, 11, 13,
14, 20, 21 & 24.1
(Persons dying on or after 1st July,
1936, but before 1st April, 1941).

Estate duty

Where the principal value of the estate shall be payable
at the rate
per cent of

Exceeds 500 and does not exceed 5,000 1

11 5,000 PP 11 91 11 10,000 2
11 10,000 ', 1 11 11 25,000 3
11 25,000 PP 11 11 11 50,000 4
11 50,000 100,000 5
21 100,000 200,000 6
11 200,000 PP 11 11 11 300,000 7
11 300,000 PP PP P) IP 400,000 8
PP400,000 , YI 11 11 500,000 9
500,000 PP 11 11 1, 600,000 10
600,000 PP PP 11 700,000 11
700,000 PP 800,000 12
800,000 PP 11 11 11 1,000,000 13
1,000,000 ', 11 11 11 2,000,000 14
2,000,000 PP 11 IP P, 3,500,000 15
3,500,000 , P, I) 5,000,000 16
5,000,000 PP PP PP 11 10,000,000 17
10,000,000 ', YI pp 15,000,000 is
P715,000,000 PP I I, 11 20,000,000 19

20,000,000........................................... 20





FOURTH SCHEDULE. [ss. 3, 5, 11, 13,
14, 20, 21 & 24.1
(Persons dying on or after 1st April,

1941, but before 1st April, 1948).
Estateduty
shall be payable
Where the principal value of the estate at the rate
.Per cent of

Exceeds 500 and does not exceed 5,000 1
5,000 10,000 2
10,000 25,000 3
25,000 50,000 4
50,000 100,000 5
100,000 200,000 6
200,000 300,000 7
300,000 350,000 8
350,000 400,000 9

400,000 11 450,000 10
450,000 500,000 11
500,000 550,000 12
550,000 600,000 13
600,000 650,000 14
650,000 700,000 15
700,000 750,000 16
750,000 800,000 17
80,01000 11 11 11 1 900,000 18
900,000 1,000,000 19
1,000,000 1,250,000 20
011,250,000 1,500,000 21
1,500,000 P, $p 11 1,750,000 22
1,750,000 2,000,000 23
2,000,000 2,500,000 24
2,500,000 3,000,000 25
3,000,000 3,500,000 26
3,500,000 P, 11 YI 4,000,000 27
4,000,000 P, VI4,500,000 29
4,500,000 5,000,000 31
5,000,000 7,000,000 34
7,000,000 10,000,000 37
10,000,000 15,000,000 40
15,000,000 20,000,000 43
20,000,000 25,000,000 46
25,000,000 30,000,000 49

30,000,000........................................... 52





FIFTH SCHEDULE. [ss. 3, 5, 11, 13,
14, 20, 21 & 24.1
(Persons dying on or after 1st April,
1948, and until the Schedule
is superseded.
Estate duty
Where the principal value of the estate shall be payable
at the rate
per cent of

Exceeds5,000and does not exceed 10,000 2
10,000 25,000 3
25,000 50,000 4
50,000 100,000 5
100,000 200,000 6
200,000 300,000 7
300,000 350,000 8
350,000 400,000 9
400,000 450,000 10
450,000 500,000 11
500,000 550,000 12
550,000 600,000 13
600,000 650,000 14
650,000 700,000 15
700,000 750,000 16
750,000 800,000 17
800,000 900,000 is
900,000 1,000,000 19
1,000,000 1,250,000 20
1,250,000 1,500,000 21
1,500,000 1,750,000 22
1,750,000 2,000,000 23
2,000,000 11 11 112,500,000 24
2,500,000 It 11 113,000,000 25
3,000,000 11 113,500,000 26
3,500,000 4,000,000 27
4,000,000 4,500,000 29
4,500,000 5,000,000 31
5,000,000 7,000,000 34
7,000,000 10,000,000 37
10,000,000 15,000,000 40
15,000,000 20,000,000 43
20,000,000 25,000,000 46
25,000,000 30,000,000 49
30,000,000........................................... 52
3 of 1932. 32 of 1934. 38 of 1935. 26 of 1936. 7 of 1941. 17 of 1948. 22 of 1950. 24 of 1950. Short title. Application. Interpretation. 57 & 58 Vict, c. 30, s. 22(1). 7 of 1941, s. 2. 17 of 1948, s. 2. 57 & 58 Vict, c. 30, s. 22(2). [s. 3 cont.] Appointment as commissioner for oaths. 32 of 1934, s. 2. Estate Duty 57 & 58 Vict, c. 30, s. 1. Schedule. 9 & 10 Geo. 5, c. 32, s. 29. [cf. 3 & 4 Geo. 6 c. 48, s. 17.] What property is deemed to pass in death. 57 & 58 Vict, c. 30, s. 2(1). 63 & 64 Vict, c. 7, s. 11; 10 Edw. 7. C. 8, s. 59. [s. 6 cont.] 44 & 45 Vict, c. 12, s. 38(2); 52 & 53 Vict, c. 7, s. 11; 57 & 58 Vict, c. 30, s. 2(1); 10 Edw. 7, c. 8, s. 59. 44 & 45 Vict, c. 12, s. 38(2); 52 & 53 Vict, c. 7, s. 11; 57 & 58 Vict, c. 30, s. 2(1). 44 & 45 Vict, c. 12, s. 38(2); 52 & 53 Vict, c. 7, s. 11; 57 & 58 Vict, c. 30, s. 2(1); 52 & 53 Vict, c. 30, s. 2(1); 25 & 26 Vict, c. 22, s. 39. Trust property. 57 & 58 Vict, c. 30, s. 2(3); 10 Edw. 8, c. 8, s. 59. [s. 6 cont.] Exception to passing of property on enlargement of interest of settlor. 59 & 60 Vict, c. 28, s. 14. Reverter of property to disponer. 59 & 60 Vict, c. 28, s. 15. Exceptions for transactions for money consideration, property situate outside the Colony, shares on local registers and certain land in the New Territories. [cf. 57 & 58 Vict, c. 30, s. 3.] (Cap. 32.) 38 of 1935, s. 2. 38 of 1935, s. 2. 38 of 1935, s. 2. (Cap. 153.) Aggregation of property. 57 & 58 Vict, c. 30, s. 4. Payment of estate duty. 57 & 58 Vict, c. 30, s. 6. Mode of payment. Provision for unknown values. Collection from others than executor. Estate includes accrued income. Interest payable on estate duty. 24 of 1950, Schedule. Date when duty shall become due. Method of Payment. 24 of 1950, Schedule. Allowance for debts and funeral expenses. 57 & 58 Vict, c. 30, s. 7(1). [s. 10 cont.] Limitation on debts deductible from value of estate. 10 Edw. 7, c. 8, s. 57. Value of property. 57 & 58 Vict, c. 30, s. 7(5). 10 Edw. 7, c. 8, s. 60. Interest in expectancy. 57 & 58 Vict, c. 30, s. 7(6). Benefit arising from cesser of an interest. 57 & 58 Vict, c. 30, s. 7(7). [s. 10 cont.] Ascertainment of value of estate duty. 57 & 58 Vict, c. 30, s. 7(8). Costs of valuation. 57 & 58 Vict, c. 30, s. 7(9). Recovery of estate duty, etc. (Cap. 5.) Service. Exchequer Rules, 1860, r. 3. Power to appoint receiver. 57 & 58 Vict, c. 30, s. 8(13.) (Cap. 4, rules.) Delivery of accounts of property. 57 & 58 Vict, c. 30, s. 8(3.) Beneficiaries and trustees accountable for estate duty. 57 & 58 Vict, c. 30, s. 8(4.) Powers of inquiry. 57 & 58 Vict, c. 30, s. 8(5.) [s. 11 cont.] Protection of purchaser. 57 & 58 Vict, c. 30, s. 8(18). Affidavits and accounts to be delivered to the Commissioner. Final ascertainment of amount of estate duty. Repayment. 57 & 58 Vict, c. 30, s. 8(12). Duty to disclose liability to further estate duty. Power to require disclosure of liability to further estate duty. Power to remit interest on estate duty. Penalties for breach of foregoing provisions. 57 & 58 Vict, c. 30, s. 8 (6). Probate not to be issued until estate duty paid. When value cannot be ascertained immediately. [s. 12 cont.] Deferred payment. 57 & 58 Vict, c. 30, s. 8 (9). Increase of estate duty when delay in lodging affidavit. 24 of 1950, Schedule. Duty of executor as to unregistered shares. Charge of estate duty on property. 57 & 58 Vict, c. 30, s. 9. [s. 15 cont.] Reimbursement of executor. Raising estate duty by sale mortgage or terminable charge. Payment by limited owner. Payment of duty out of capital money. Apportionment of estate duty. 57 & 58 Vict, c. 30, s. 14. Disputes. Parties bound by accounts as settled. Remission and refunding of estate duty on certain grounds. Proviso regarding war deaths. 24 of 1950, Schedule. Remission in case of successive war deaths. 24 of 1950, Schedule. [s. 18 cont.] Appeal to Supreme Court on payment of or giving security for duty claimed. 57 & 58 Vict, c. 30, s. 10. No appeal from Supreme Court without leave. Costs of appeals. Interest on excess repaid. Payment of duty before appeal may be dispensed with. Schedule of property to be annexed to probate. Penalties for intermeddling Disclosure of interest of deceased person in shop, bank, etc. (Cap. 32) 22 of 1950, Schedule. [s, 22 cont.] Executor's accounts. Power to reduce penalty and duty. Power to Governor in Council to make rules and prescribe forms, fees and charges. Presumption as to shares standing in the name of the deceased. Appeal. Relief in the case of certain settlements. 57 & 58 Vict, c. 30, s. 5 (2). 4 & 5 Geo. 5, c. 10, s. 14. Relief in respect of quick succession where property consists of leasehold property or a business. 4 & 5 Geo. 5, c. 10, s. 15. [s. 28 cont.] Reduction of full amount of duty where the margin above the limit of value is small. 4 & 5 Geo, 5, s. 10, s. 13(1). Relief in the case of certain interests which do not fall into possession. 57 & 58 Vict, c. 30, s. 5(3).

Abstract

3 of 1932. 32 of 1934. 38 of 1935. 26 of 1936. 7 of 1941. 17 of 1948. 22 of 1950. 24 of 1950. Short title. Application. Interpretation. 57 & 58 Vict, c. 30, s. 22(1). 7 of 1941, s. 2. 17 of 1948, s. 2. 57 & 58 Vict, c. 30, s. 22(2). [s. 3 cont.] Appointment as commissioner for oaths. 32 of 1934, s. 2. Estate Duty 57 & 58 Vict, c. 30, s. 1. Schedule. 9 & 10 Geo. 5, c. 32, s. 29. [cf. 3 & 4 Geo. 6 c. 48, s. 17.] What property is deemed to pass in death. 57 & 58 Vict, c. 30, s. 2(1). 63 & 64 Vict, c. 7, s. 11; 10 Edw. 7. C. 8, s. 59. [s. 6 cont.] 44 & 45 Vict, c. 12, s. 38(2); 52 & 53 Vict, c. 7, s. 11; 57 & 58 Vict, c. 30, s. 2(1); 10 Edw. 7, c. 8, s. 59. 44 & 45 Vict, c. 12, s. 38(2); 52 & 53 Vict, c. 7, s. 11; 57 & 58 Vict, c. 30, s. 2(1). 44 & 45 Vict, c. 12, s. 38(2); 52 & 53 Vict, c. 7, s. 11; 57 & 58 Vict, c. 30, s. 2(1); 52 & 53 Vict, c. 30, s. 2(1); 25 & 26 Vict, c. 22, s. 39. Trust property. 57 & 58 Vict, c. 30, s. 2(3); 10 Edw. 8, c. 8, s. 59. [s. 6 cont.] Exception to passing of property on enlargement of interest of settlor. 59 & 60 Vict, c. 28, s. 14. Reverter of property to disponer. 59 & 60 Vict, c. 28, s. 15. Exceptions for transactions for money consideration, property situate outside the Colony, shares on local registers and certain land in the New Territories. [cf. 57 & 58 Vict, c. 30, s. 3.] (Cap. 32.) 38 of 1935, s. 2. 38 of 1935, s. 2. 38 of 1935, s. 2. (Cap. 153.) Aggregation of property. 57 & 58 Vict, c. 30, s. 4. Payment of estate duty. 57 & 58 Vict, c. 30, s. 6. Mode of payment. Provision for unknown values. Collection from others than executor. Estate includes accrued income. Interest payable on estate duty. 24 of 1950, Schedule. Date when duty shall become due. Method of Payment. 24 of 1950, Schedule. Allowance for debts and funeral expenses. 57 & 58 Vict, c. 30, s. 7(1). [s. 10 cont.] Limitation on debts deductible from value of estate. 10 Edw. 7, c. 8, s. 57. Value of property. 57 & 58 Vict, c. 30, s. 7(5). 10 Edw. 7, c. 8, s. 60. Interest in expectancy. 57 & 58 Vict, c. 30, s. 7(6). Benefit arising from cesser of an interest. 57 & 58 Vict, c. 30, s. 7(7). [s. 10 cont.] Ascertainment of value of estate duty. 57 & 58 Vict, c. 30, s. 7(8). Costs of valuation. 57 & 58 Vict, c. 30, s. 7(9). Recovery of estate duty, etc. (Cap. 5.) Service. Exchequer Rules, 1860, r. 3. Power to appoint receiver. 57 & 58 Vict, c. 30, s. 8(13.) (Cap. 4, rules.) Delivery of accounts of property. 57 & 58 Vict, c. 30, s. 8(3.) Beneficiaries and trustees accountable for estate duty. 57 & 58 Vict, c. 30, s. 8(4.) Powers of inquiry. 57 & 58 Vict, c. 30, s. 8(5.) [s. 11 cont.] Protection of purchaser. 57 & 58 Vict, c. 30, s. 8(18). Affidavits and accounts to be delivered to the Commissioner. Final ascertainment of amount of estate duty. Repayment. 57 & 58 Vict, c. 30, s. 8(12). Duty to disclose liability to further estate duty. Power to require disclosure of liability to further estate duty. Power to remit interest on estate duty. Penalties for breach of foregoing provisions. 57 & 58 Vict, c. 30, s. 8 (6). Probate not to be issued until estate duty paid. When value cannot be ascertained immediately. [s. 12 cont.] Deferred payment. 57 & 58 Vict, c. 30, s. 8 (9). Increase of estate duty when delay in lodging affidavit. 24 of 1950, Schedule. Duty of executor as to unregistered shares. Charge of estate duty on property. 57 & 58 Vict, c. 30, s. 9. [s. 15 cont.] Reimbursement of executor. Raising estate duty by sale mortgage or terminable charge. Payment by limited owner. Payment of duty out of capital money. Apportionment of estate duty. 57 & 58 Vict, c. 30, s. 14. Disputes. Parties bound by accounts as settled. Remission and refunding of estate duty on certain grounds. Proviso regarding war deaths. 24 of 1950, Schedule. Remission in case of successive war deaths. 24 of 1950, Schedule. [s. 18 cont.] Appeal to Supreme Court on payment of or giving security for duty claimed. 57 & 58 Vict, c. 30, s. 10. No appeal from Supreme Court without leave. Costs of appeals. Interest on excess repaid. Payment of duty before appeal may be dispensed with. Schedule of property to be annexed to probate. Penalties for intermeddling Disclosure of interest of deceased person in shop, bank, etc. (Cap. 32) 22 of 1950, Schedule. [s, 22 cont.] Executor's accounts. Power to reduce penalty and duty. Power to Governor in Council to make rules and prescribe forms, fees and charges. Presumption as to shares standing in the name of the deceased. Appeal. Relief in the case of certain settlements. 57 & 58 Vict, c. 30, s. 5 (2). 4 & 5 Geo. 5, c. 10, s. 14. Relief in respect of quick succession where property consists of leasehold property or a business. 4 & 5 Geo. 5, c. 10, s. 15. [s. 28 cont.] Reduction of full amount of duty where the margin above the limit of value is small. 4 & 5 Geo, 5, s. 10, s. 13(1). Relief in the case of certain interests which do not fall into possession. 57 & 58 Vict, c. 30, s. 5(3).

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1853

Edition

1950

Volume

v3

Subsequent Cap No.

111

Number of Pages

32
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 15:46:47 +0800
<![CDATA[ENTERTAINMENTS DUTY REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1852

Title

ENTERTAINMENTS DUTY REGULATIONS

Description






ENTERTAINMENTS DUTY REGULATIONS.

(Cap. 110, section 7).
(Ordinance NO. 28 Of 1.930).

[12th December, 1930.]

1. In these regulations-
entertainment means an entertainment the payment for admission to
which is subject to duty.
government ticket' means a ticket supplied by the Collector of Stamp
Revenue, hereinafter referred to as the Collector;
',stamp' means a stamp denoting duty.

2. Subject to the provisions of these regulations or except as
allowed b), the Collector, no person shall mark or cause to be marked in
any manner any government ticket or stamp.

3. No person shall purchase any government ticket or any stamp
except from a person duly appointed to sell and distribute stamps or
duly licensed to deal in stamps . Provided always that nothing in this
regulation shall apply to a person purchasing a government ticket or
stamp from the proprietor for the purpose of being admitted to the
entertainment.

4. The proprietor shall not issue or have in his possession at
the place of entertainment any ticket being a ticket authorizing Or
intended to be issued for the purpose of authorizing any person to be
admitted to the entertainment, unless the price of admission and the
statement required by this regulation are legibly printed, stamped or
otherwise marked on the ticket.
For the purpose of this regulation the price of admission means the
price either inclusive or exclusive of the duty, and there shall be printed
on every such ticket as aforesaid a statement whether the price printed
thereon in accordance with the requirements of this regulation includes
the duty or excludes the duty, as the case may be.





5. The proprietor shall riot issue in adhesive stamp to any person
otherwise than securely affixed to a ticket issued for the purpose of
authorizing admission to the entertainmerit.

6. (1) The proprietor shall not, on any payment for admission to the
entertainment being made, issue in respect of
that payment any ticket authorizing admission to the entertainment
other than a government ticket denoting the proper amount of duty
chargeab le in respect of that payment or a ticket to which is affixed an
adhesive stamp denoting that amount.

(2) The provisions of this regulation shall not apply in any case
where. the proprietor of the entertainment has made
arrangements approved by the Collector for furnishing returns of
payments for admission and has given security to his satisfaction for
the payment of duty.

7. (1) Subject to the provisions of these regulations the proprietor
shall not deface, cut, tear or diminish any government ticket before it is
issued to the person paving for admission or any adhesive stamp before
the ticket to which it is affixed is so issued or admit any person to all
entertainment with a government ticket, or a ticket bearing an adhesive
stamp which has been defaced, cut, torn or diminished.


(2) No person bein- the holder of a government ticket, or of a ticket
to which an adhesive stamp is affixed, issued for the purpose of
authorizing admission to an entertainment, .shall deface, cut, tear or
diminish the ticket or stamp as the case may, be.
(3) The proprietor shall collect tile tickets of all persons about to be
admitted to the entertainment with a government ticket or a ticket
bearing an adhesive stamp, and every person about to be so admitted
with such a ticket shall immediately before admission to the
entertainment deliver the ticket to the person who is collecting the
tickets.
(4) When a ticket is so collected the proprietor shall forthwith
deface the stamp on the ticket by tearing the ticket into two portions
across the stamp, and shall return one





portion of the ticket to the person to be admitted to the enter- tainment,
and shall retain and keep until removal by a public officer or until mid-
day on the day following the conclusion of the entertainment the other
portion thereof.

(5) The proprietor shall keep the portions of tickets used each day
separate from those used on previous days.

8. (1) The proprietor shall not issue any government ticket
purporting or intended to authorize the admission of more than one
person and shall not admit to the entertainment more than one person
by virtue of one government ticket.
(2) No person shall make use of one government ticket for the
purpose of obtaining or attempting to obtain admission to an
entertainment for himself together with any other person.

9. (1) Where the proprietor issues any ticket purporting or intended
to authorize the admission to the entertainment of more. than one
person, lie shall cause the ticket to be clearly marked with the number of
persons so authorized to be admitted and the total price charged for the
ticket, and lie shall not admit to the entertainment by virtue of that ticket
a greater number of persons than that marked on the ticket.
(2) For the purposes of calculating the duty chargeable in such a
case there shall be deemed to be as many payments for admission as
there are persons authorized to be admitted under the ticket, and each of
those payments shall be deemed to be equal in amount to the total price
charged for the ticket divided by [lie total number of the persons so
authorized.

10. (1) Where the proprietor issues tickets in the form of a book or
sheet lie shall print on each such ticket either the price of admission
chargeable in respect of a single ticket, or the number of tickets in the
book or sheet together with the total sum paid therefor.
(2) Unless the proprietor has made arrangements approved by the
Collector for furnishing returns of payments for admission and has
given security to his satisfaction for payment of the duty, he shall
before issuing any such book





or sheet of tickets as aforesaid either affix to each ticket in such book or
sheet an adhesive stamp appropriate to the sum payable in respect of a
single ticket or affix to the cover of the book or the principal part of the
sheet an adhesive stamp or stamps equal to the aggregate amount of
duty payable in respect of all the tickets in the book or sheet.
' (3) Where the adhesive stamp is affixed to the cover of the book or
the principal part of the sheet as aforesaid, the proprietor shall forthwith
deface the stamp by writing in ink on the face of the stamp the date of
issue of the book or sheet, and such stamp shall not be required to be
defaced at the time of admission to the entertainment in the manner
prescribed in paragraph (4) of regulation 7.


11. (1) Where the duty is calculated and paid on a lump sum paid
for a season ticket or for a ticket authorizing admission to any
entertainment during a certain period of time, the proprietor shall before
issuing the ticket mark it with the name of the person to whom it is to be
issued and shall not admit to the entertainment by virtue of that ticket
any person other than the person named on the ticket, and no person
other than the person named on the ticket shall obtain or attempt to
obtain admission to the entertainment by virtue of that ticket.
(2) Unless the proprietor of the entertainment has made
arrangements approved by the Collector for furnishing returns of
payrnents for admission and has given security to his satisfaction for
the payment of duty lie shall, before Issuing any such ticker as
aforesaid, affix thereto an adhesive stamp denoting the proper amount
of duty chargeable thereon and shall deface the stamp by writing in ink
on the face thereof
the date of issue of the ticket, and any such stamp shall not be required
to be defaced at the time of admission to the entertainment in the
manner prescribed in paragraph (4) of regulation 7.

12. (I) The proprietor shall riot admit any person to the
entertainment without payment unless that person is the holder of a
ticket or other document entitling him to be admitted without payment
and clearly marked 'Cornol- 'Free', or of a badge recognized by the
proprietor as entitling the holder thereof so to be admitted.





(2) No person shall enter or otherwise obtain admission to an
entertainment without payment unless he is the holder of such a
ticket, document or badge as aforesaid.

13. (1) Where the duty is calculated and paid on a lump sum
paid as subscription or contribution to any society, the committee
or other persons responsible for the management of the society,
shall issue to the person making the payment a card of
membership or other voucher, and shall before issuing such card
or voucher mark it with the name of the person to whom it is to
be issued.
(2) The said committee or other persons shall riot admit to the
entertainment by virtue of am. card or voucher so issued as
aforesaid any person other than the person named on the card or
voucher,, and no person other than the person so named shall
obtain or attempt to obtain admission to the entertainment by
virtue of that card or
oucher.

(3) Unless the said committee or other persons made
arrangements approved by the Collector for furnishing returns or
payments for admission and have given security to the
satisfaction of the Collector for the payment of duty, they shall
before issuing such card or voucher securely affix thereto an
adhesive stamp denoting the proper duty and shall deface the
stamp by writing in ink on the face of the stamp the date of issue
of the card or voucher, and such stamp shall riot be required to be
defaced at the time of admission to the entertainment in the
manner prescribed in paragraph (4) Of regulation 7.

14. (1) If any desires to make arrangement proprietor
approved by die Collector for furnishing returns of payments for
admission to an entertainment he shall make application in writing
to the Collector in such form as lie shall direct.
(2) If the Collector thinks fit to approve the arrangements lie
shall signify his approval in writing and shall
specify the date on which the arrangements are to take effect.





(3) If the approval of the Collector is expressed to be ,-
ranted subject to the compliance by the proprietor with
ietor's duty to comply
any conditions, in shall be the propr with
those conditions.
(4) The Collector may at any time either on his own motion
or on an application made to him in writing by the proprietor, -and
without prejudice to his powers subsequently to grant his
approval to any arrangements, declare that ally
-, arrangements so approved shall, on the date specified in that
behalf in the declaration, cease to be in force accordingly.
(5) Where at the time of the holding of an entertainment it is
incertain whether payments for admission thereto will or will not
be chargeable with duty the proprietor may make arrangements
for furnishing returns in the same
manner as if the payments were subject to duty, and this
regulation shall apply to any such arrangements.

15. (1) If the proprietor of any entertainment claims
that duty ought riot to be charged on admission to that
entertainment b ' y reason of the provisions of the Ordinance,
he shall, not less than fourteen clays before the date on
which the entertainment is to bc held, make an application
to the Collector claiming exemption accordingly.

(2) An application for the purposes of this regulation shall be
made in such form as the Collector may prescribe and the
applicant sliall truly v furnish to the Collector ill particulars which
lie may require in connexion with the said application.

(3) Where the Collector is satisfied that having regard
to the said provisions duty.. is not, or if certain conditions
are complied with, will riot be, chargeable, lie shall grant
to the applicant a certificate in writing to that effect.
(4) Where any such certificate as aforesaid is granted the
Collector may, if lie thinks it necessary so to do for the protection
of the revenue, require the- proprietor to comply with any
conditions specified in the certificate, and it shall be the duty of
the proprietor to comply with the conditions so specified.





16. Any reference in these regulations to admission to a
place of entertainment or to a person admitte of to a place, of
entertainment shall be deemed to include a reference to the
admission to another part of the place of entertainment for
admission to which part a payment involving duty or more duty is
required of a person who his been admitted to one part of that
place of entertainment. and to such a person admitted to such
another part of the place of entertainment, and these regulations
shall have effect accordingly.
17. The Collector may, if lie thinks it necessary so to do for
the protection of the revenue, require a proprietor to keep
registers of payments for admission and records of adhesive
stamps and Government tickets purchased and used, in such form
as lie ,nay prescribe, and to issue tickets in such form and manner
as he may prescribe., and it shall be the duty of the proprietor to
comply with such requirements.
18. (1) The proprietor shall at all reasonable times on demand
by any officer authorized by the Collector produce to that officer
all books and records kept by the proprietor in connexion with any
entertainment and all Government or other tickets and all portions
of any tickets and all adhesive stamps for the time being in his
possession and shall allow the officer to inspect and take an
account of the same or to remove the same for the purpose of'
examination or inquiry.
(2) Aperson who has been admitted- to an entertain-
merits in respect of which the proprietor has not made
arrangements approved by the Collector for furnishing
returns of payments for admission and given security to
the Collector's satisfaction for the' payment of duty, shall
upon demand made during the course of or immediately
before or after the entertainment produce to any public
officer the ticket, badge, card of membership, voucher or
document b means of which he was admitted, or a portion
of the ticket by means of which fie was admitted bearing i stamp
defaced in accordance with paragraph (4) of regulation 7, or the
stamped cover of the book or the stamped principal part of the
sheet from which the ticket, by means of which lie was admitted,
was taken.





19. Every application for repayment of duty shall be made in
such form as the Collector may prescribe and the applicant shall
truly furnish to the Collector all particulars required by him in
relation to such -application.

20. The proprietor of an entertainment who has made
arrangements and given security as mentioned in paragraph (2) of
regulation 6 may, with the approval of the Collector, make a
charge of 6o cents as the payment for admission including duty.
Where such charge is so made the price of admission
exclusive of duty shall be deemed to exceed 50 cents and the
duty shall be io cents.

21. Any pc rson who acts in contravention of any of the
regulations mentioned hereunder shall be liable on summary
conviction to a fine of five hundred dollars
regulations 2 to 15 and 17 to 19.

22. These regulations may be cited as the Entertainments
Duty Regulations.

CHAPTER 111.
(Ordinance No. 3 Of 1932)
ESTATE DUTY.
No subsidiary legislation.
Regulations Fraser, vol. 3, p. 1099. G.N.A. 75/51. Interpretation. Prohibition of marking stamps or stamped tickets. Prohibition of purchas-ing stamped tickets or stamps from unauthorized persons. Price of admission to be printed on tickets.
Adhesive stamps not to be issued except on tickets. No tickets other than stamped tickets to be issued on payments made for admission. Tickets and stamps to be issued undefaced and defaced subsequently.
[r. 7 cont.] No Govern-ment ticket to be used admitting more than one person. Provisions as to a ticket (other than a government ticket) used for admitting more than one person. Provision as to books or sheets of tickets.
Season ticket. Provisions as to persons admitted without payment.
[r. 12 cont.] Provisions as to societies. Provisions as to arrange-ments for furnishing returns.
Application for exemption. (Cap. 110.)
Transfer to different parts of place of entertain-ment. Collector may require records to be kept and tickets to be issued in prescribed forms. Production of tickets, stamps, vouchers and records.
Application for repayment of duty. Prower to make a charge or 60 cents for admission. Penalty. G.N.A. 75/51. Citation.

Abstract

Regulations Fraser, vol. 3, p. 1099. G.N.A. 75/51. Interpretation. Prohibition of marking stamps or stamped tickets. Prohibition of purchas-ing stamped tickets or stamps from unauthorized persons. Price of admission to be printed on tickets.
Adhesive stamps not to be issued except on tickets. No tickets other than stamped tickets to be issued on payments made for admission. Tickets and stamps to be issued undefaced and defaced subsequently.
[r. 7 cont.] No Govern-ment ticket to be used admitting more than one person. Provisions as to a ticket (other than a government ticket) used for admitting more than one person. Provision as to books or sheets of tickets.
Season ticket. Provisions as to persons admitted without payment.
[r. 12 cont.] Provisions as to societies. Provisions as to arrange-ments for furnishing returns.
Application for exemption. (Cap. 110.)
Transfer to different parts of place of entertain-ment. Collector may require records to be kept and tickets to be issued in prescribed forms. Production of tickets, stamps, vouchers and records.
Application for repayment of duty. Prower to make a charge or 60 cents for admission. Penalty. G.N.A. 75/51. Citation.


Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1852

Edition

1950

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

110

Number of Pages

8
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 15:46:46 +0800
<![CDATA[RESOLUTION BY LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1851

Title

RESOLUTION BY LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL

Description






Amount of payment. Rate of duty.

exceeds 1.00 and does not
exceed $ 1.40 30 cents.
exceeds $1.40 and does not
exceed $2.00 40 cents.
exceeds $2.00 and does not
exceed $3.00 So cents.
exceeds $3.00 and does not
exceed $4.00 7( cents.
exceeds $4.00 and does not
exceed $5.00 $ 1.00.
exceeds $5 $1.30 for the first $5.00
.and 30 cents for each
additional dollar or
part thereof.

RESOLUTION BY LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL.

(Cap. 110, section -(2)).
by
(Ordinance No. 28 Of 1930).

[29th November, 1946.]

Resolved that if an entertainment is provided by or on behalf of the
organization known as Combined Services Entertainment, duty shall be
charged levied and paid in like manner as if the expression 'admission to
the entertainment' did not include admission of any member of His
Majesty's Forces.
G.N. 629/46.

Abstract

G.N. 629/46.


Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1851

Edition

1950

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

110

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 15:46:46 +0800
<![CDATA[RATES OF ENTERTAINMENTS DUTY]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1850

Title

RATES OF ENTERTAINMENTS DUTY

Description






ENTERTAINMENTS TAX.
Subsidiary legislation under this Chapter, with subsequent
amendments (if any) incorporated, is set out as follows
Page
Rates of Entertainments duty. 346
Resolution by Legislative Council ... ... ... 347
Entertainments Duty Regulations ... 348

RATES OF ENTERTAINMENTS DUTY.
(Cap. 110, sections 3 and 5).
(Ordinance No. 28 Of 1930).

[1st April, 1941.]

Amount of Payment. Rate of duly.

Where the amount of payment for
admission, excluding the amount,
of the duty-
does not exceed 4 cents Free.
exceeds 4 cents and does not
exceed io cents 1 cent.
exceeds to cents and does not
exceed 20 cents 2 cents.
exceeds (20) cents and does not
exceed 3,5 cents 5 cents.
exceeds 35 cents and does not
exceed 6o cents to cents.
exceeds 6o cents and does not
exceed 1.00 20 cents.





Amount of payment. Rate of duty.

exceeds 1.00 and does not
exceed $ 1.40 30 cents.
exceeds $1.40 and does not
exceed $2.00 40 cents.
exceeds $2.00 and does not
exceed $3.00 So cents.
exceeds $3.00 and does not
exceed $4.00 7( cents.
exceeds $4.00 and does not
exceed $5.00 $ 1.00.
exceeds $5 $1.30 for the first $5.00
.and 30 cents for each
additional dollar or
part thereof.

RESOLUTION BY LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL.

(Cap. 110, section -(2)).
by
(Ordinance No. 28 Of 1930).

[29th November, 1946.]

Resolved that if an entertainment is provided by or on behalf of the
organization known as Combined Services Entertainment, duty shall be
charged levied and paid in like manner as if the expression 'admission to
the entertainment' did not include admission of any member of His
Majesty's Forces.
Regulations Fraser, vol. 3, p. 1098.
G.N. 629/46.

Abstract

Regulations Fraser, vol. 3, p. 1098.
G.N. 629/46.


Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1850

Edition

1950

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

110

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 15:46:45 +0800
<![CDATA[ENTERTAINMENTS TAX ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1849

Title

ENTERTAINMENTS TAX ORDINANCE

Description






CHAPTER 110.

ENTERTAINMENTS TAX,

To impose duties in respect of admisssion to entertainments.

[12th December, 1930.]

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Entertainments Tax
Ordinance.

2. In this Ordinance-

admission' means admission as a spectator or one of an audience;

'admission to the entertainment' includes admission to ativ place in
which the entertainment is held;

(entertainment' includes any exhibition, performance, amusement,
game or sport to which persons are admitted for payment;

'industry' includes agriculture, horticulture and the breeding of
animals of any description

payment on admission- includes any payment made by a person who,
having been admitted to one part of a place of entertainment, is
subsequently admitted to another part thereof for admission to
which a payment involving duty or more duty is required;

proprietor in relation to an entertainment includes am, person
responsible for the management thereof and any person on whose
behalf payments for admission to an entertainment are received ;

'society' includes a club, company, school, institution or other
association of persons by whatever name called.

3. (1) There shall be charged, levied and paid on all payments for
admission to any entertainment, including payments for admission to
an entertainment made to a person other than the proprietor of the
entertainment, and including payments of rent made in respect of an
interest in any premises which is primarily acquired for the purposes of
securing admission to an entertainment, a duty at such rates as the
Legislative Council may by resolution prescribe.





(2) It shall be lawful for the Legislative Council by resolution to
increase, decrease, recast, abolish or vary to any extent aiid in any
manner whatsoever any of the duties imposed at any time by or under
this Ordinance.

(3) Every such resolution shall come into operation at the time of
the passing thereof unless some other time is specified in such
resolution.

4. (1) . The duty shall be charged in respect of eacli person
admitted for payment, and in the case of admission by stamped ticket
shall be paid by means of the stamp on the ticket, and in the case of
admission otherwise than by, stamped ticket shall be calculated and
paid on the number of admissions.

(2) The duty in the case of admission otherwise than by stamped
ticket shall be recoverable from the proprietor by the Accountant
General as a debt to the Crown in the same manner as is provided for
by the Supreme Court (Summary jurisdiction) Ordinance.

(3) Where the payment for admission to an entertainment is made
by means of a lump sum paid as a subscription or contribution to any
society, or for a season ticket or for the right of admission to a series of
entertainments or to any entertainment during a certain period of time,
the duty shall be paid on the amount of the lump sum, but where the
Financial Secretary is of opinion that the payment of a lump sum or any
payment for a ticket represents payment for other privileges, rights or
purposes besides the admission to an entertainment, or covers
admission to an entertainment during any period for which the duty has
not been in operation, the duty shall be charged on such amount as
appears to the Financial Secretary to represent the right of admission to
entertainments in respect of which the duty is payable.

(4) Where a person who has made a payment for admission to an
entertainment subsequently on being admitted to another part of the
place of entertainment makes a further payment for admission in
respect of the same entertainment, there shall for the purposes of
entertainments duty be deemed to have been one payment of an
amount equal to the aggregate amount of the several payments.





5. (1) The duty shall not be charged on payments for admission to
any entertainment where the Financial Secretary is satisfied that

(a)the charge for admission is not more than four cents for each
person; or

(b)the whole of the takings thereof are devoted to philanthropic
or charitable purposes without any charge on the takings for
any expenses of the entertainment ment; or

(c)the entertainment is of a wholly educational character; or

(d)the entertainment is provided partly for educational or
scientific purposes by a society riot conducted or
estabEshed for profit; or

(e)the entertainment is provided by a society riot established or
conducted for profit and consists cif an exhibition or display
of work or skill, with or without music, of material interest in
the promotion of industry, graphic art, sculpture, arts
craftsmanship or public health; or

the entertainment is provided by a non-cornmercial
organization sponsored by the Navy, Army or Air Force
authorities : Provided that this exemption shall not apply to
payments for the admission to the entertainment of persons
who are not members of such forces.

(2) Where. the Financial Secretary is satisfied that the whole of the
net proceeds of an entertainment are devoted to philanthropic or
charitable purposes and that the whole of the expenses of the
entertainment do not exceed fifty per cent of the receipts, he shall
repay to the proprietor the amount of the duty paid in respect of the
entertainment.

(3) If any person against whom any decision of the Financial
Secretary has been made under this section is dissatisfied with such
decision, he may appeal to the Governor in Council whose decision
shall be final : Provided that any such appeal shall be notified in writing
to the Clerk of Councils within one month from the date of the
communication of the decision of the Financial Secretary.





6. No person shall be admitted for payment to any entertainment
where the payment is subject to entertainments duty except

(a)with a ticket stamped with a stamp (not before used)
denoting that the proper entertainments duty has been paid;
or

(b)in special cases with the approval of the Financial Secretary
through a barrier which, or by means of a mechanical
contrivance which, automatically registers the number of
persons admitted,

unless the proprietor of the entertainment has made arrangements
approved by the Financial Secretary for furnishing returns of the
payments for admission to the entertainment and has given security up
to an amount and in a manner approved by the Financial Secretary for
the payment of duty.

7. The Governor in Council may make regulations for securing the
payment of entertainments duty and generally for carrying the
provisions of this Ordinance into effect and in particular for

(a)the supply and use of stamps or stamped tickets, or for the
stamping of tickets sent to be stamped; and for securing the
defacement of stamps when used; and

(b)the use of tickets covering the admission of more than one
person and the calculation of the duty thereon ; and for the
payment of duty on the transfer from one part of a place of
entertainment to another; and

(c)controlling the. use of barriers or mechanical contrivances
(including the prevention of the use of the same barrier or
mechanical contrivance for payments of a different amount),
and for securing proper records of admission by means of
barriers or mechanical contrivances.

8. It shall be lawful for the Financial Secretary or for any person
authorized by him in writing for the purpose to enter any place of
entertainment while the entertainment is proceeding, and any place
ordinarily used as a place of





entertainment at any reasonable times, with a view to seeing whether
the provisions of this Ordinance or any regulations made thereunder
are being complied with.

9. The provisions (including the penal provisions) of the Stamp
Duties Management Ordinance shall apply to stamps used for
denoting entertainments duty.

10. (1) If any person is admitted for payment to any place of
entertainment and the provisions of this Ordinance are not complied
with the person admitted aiid the proprietor of the entertainment to
which he is admitted shall be liable on summary conviction to a fine in
the case of the persoii admitted of fifty dollars and in the case of the
proprietor of one thousand dollars, and the proprietor shall in addition
be liable to pay any duty which should have been paid.

(2) If any person acts in contravention of, or fails to comply with,
any regulations made under this Ordinance he shall be liable on
summary conviction to a fine of five. hundred dollars.

(3) Any person who prevents or obstructs the entry of the
Financial Secretary or of any persoii authorized by him in writing under
this 6rdinance shall be *liable on surnmary conviction to a fine of two
hundred dollars.
Originally 28 of 1930. Fraser 28 of 1930. 3 of 1941. 37 of 1950. Short title. Interpretation. 6 & 7 Geo. 5, c. 11, s. 1(6). 12 & 13 Geo. 5, c. 17, s. 11. 13 & 14 Geo. 5, c. 14, s. 11. Duty on payments for admission to Entertainments. 6 & 7 Geo. 5, c. 11, s. 1. 12 & 13 Geo. 5, c. 17, s. 11. Method of payment of duty. 6 & 7 Geo. 5, c. 11, s. 1 (3), (4). (Cap. 5.) 14 & 15 Geo. 5, c. 21, s. 6(2). Exemptions 6 & 7 Geo. 5, c. 11, s. 1(5). 13 & 14 Geo. 5, c. 14, s. 11. 14 & 15 Geo. 5, c. 21, s. 6(4). 3 of 1941, s. 2. 37 of 1950, Schedule. Control of admission. 6 & 7 Geo. 5, c. 11, s. 1(2). Regulations. 6 & 7 Geo. 5, c. 11, s. 2. Inspection. 6 & 7 Geo. 5, c. 11, s. 2(2). [s. 8 cont.] Application of Cap. 121. Penalties. 6 & 7 Geo. 5, c. 11, s. 1(2). 6 & 7 Geo. 5, c. 11, s. 2(1). 6 & 7 Geo. 5, c. 11, s. 2(2).

Abstract

Originally 28 of 1930. Fraser 28 of 1930. 3 of 1941. 37 of 1950. Short title. Interpretation. 6 & 7 Geo. 5, c. 11, s. 1(6). 12 & 13 Geo. 5, c. 17, s. 11. 13 & 14 Geo. 5, c. 14, s. 11. Duty on payments for admission to Entertainments. 6 & 7 Geo. 5, c. 11, s. 1. 12 & 13 Geo. 5, c. 17, s. 11. Method of payment of duty. 6 & 7 Geo. 5, c. 11, s. 1 (3), (4). (Cap. 5.) 14 & 15 Geo. 5, c. 21, s. 6(2). Exemptions 6 & 7 Geo. 5, c. 11, s. 1(5). 13 & 14 Geo. 5, c. 14, s. 11. 14 & 15 Geo. 5, c. 21, s. 6(4). 3 of 1941, s. 2. 37 of 1950, Schedule. Control of admission. 6 & 7 Geo. 5, c. 11, s. 1(2). Regulations. 6 & 7 Geo. 5, c. 11, s. 2. Inspection. 6 & 7 Geo. 5, c. 11, s. 2(2). [s. 8 cont.] Application of Cap. 121. Penalties. 6 & 7 Geo. 5, c. 11, s. 1(2). 6 & 7 Geo. 5, c. 11, s. 2(1). 6 & 7 Geo. 5, c. 11, s. 2(2).

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1849

Edition

1950

Volume

v3

Subsequent Cap No.

110

Number of Pages

5
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 15:46:45 +0800
<![CDATA[DUTIABLE COMMODITIES (DISPENSATION) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1848

Title

DUTIABLE COMMODITIES (DISPENSATION) REGULATIONS

Description






4. For goods stored in the Depart-
merit of Commerce and Industry
by-permission of the Director$ i per package per
...........day or part of a day.
5. For attendance at a general
bonded or licensed warehouse
For a Revenue Inspector 36.00 per hour.
For a Revenue Officer $2.50 per hour; or
...........such other fee as the
...........Governor in Council
...........in any special case
...........may determine :
...........Provided that the
...........minimum fee for
...........any one occasion
...........shall be $10.
DUTIABLE COMMODITIES (DISPENSATION)
REGULATIONS.
(Cap. 109, section 6(i)
(Ordinance No. 36 of 1931).
[16th July 1948.]
1. These regulations may be cited as the Dutiable Commodities
(Dispensation) Regulations.
2. In these regulations P.C.I.R.O. means 'the Preparatory
Commission for the International Refugee Organization, United
Nations'.
3. The P.C.I.R.O. is hereby dispensed from the payment of duty
required to be paid b), reason of the resolution made and passed by the
Legislative Council under section 4 Of the Dutiable Commodities
Ordinance on 2oth February, 1941, and published as G.N. 191 in the
Gazelle Of 21st February, 1941, in respect of the importation into the
Colony of the commodities specified in the Schedule hereto : Provided
that such commodities are applied exclusively for the purposes of relief
and rehabilitation conducted by P.C.I.R.O.

SCHEDULE.
Hydrocarbon Oils.
G.N.A. 184/48. Citation. Interpretation. Dispensation from payment of duty in certain cases. (Cap. 109)

Abstract

G.N.A. 184/48. Citation. Interpretation. Dispensation from payment of duty in certain cases. (Cap. 109)


Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1848

Edition

1950

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

109

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 15:46:44 +0800
<![CDATA[DUTIABLE COMMODITIES REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1847

Title

DUTIABLE COMMODITIES REGULATIONS

Description






RESOLUTION BY THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL.
(Cap. 109, section 5).
(Ordinance No. 36 of 1931).
[26th July, 1940.]
DRAWBACK.
1. The rate of drawback on duty-paid goods shall be equal to the
rate of duty paid on such goods.
2. Drawback shall be calculated to the nearest tenth. of a gallon, or
to the nearest hundredth of a pound, as the ease may be.
3. Drawback shall not be payable unless the goods in the
manufacture or preparation of which the duty-paid goods were used are
(a)perfumed spirits, medicated spirits or toilet preparations,
containing not less than five per cent of alcohol by weight, in
quantities of not less than two gallons of each brand, mixture
or preparation ;
(b)beer, in quantities of not less than five gallons, and
(i) the original gravity of the beer is not less than that of
the worts from which it was manufactured; and
(ii) the beer is not blended from two or more kinds of beer
of different original gravities;
(c)tobacco, in quantities of not less than-
(i) cigarettes 2,000
(ii) cigars .................... 200
(iii) other manufactured tobacco. Ib. 3;
(d)hydrocarbon oils in quantities of riot less than eight gallons
of each kind, preparation or admixture.

DUTIABLE COMMODITIES REGULATIONS.
(Cap. 109, sections 6, 19(3), (4), 23(3), 49, 51,
55(1) 58, 65, 77).
(Ordinance No. 36 of 1930.
[26th July, 1940.]
The regulations are divided into Parts as follows Part I-
Interpretation (reg. i).
Part II-Carriage of goods (rags. 2-7).





Part III-Duty:
A-Payment of duty (regs. 8-9).
B-Exemptions from duty (reg. to).
Part IV-Drawback (regs. 11-13).
Part V-Labels (regs. 14-18).
Part VI-Licences, etc.:
A-Licences, forms and fees (regs. 19-23).
B-Election of justices of the peace to serve
on the Licensing Board (regs. 24-37).
Part VII-Manufacture:
A-Manufactories (regs. 38-46).
B-Breweries (regs. 47-59).
C-Distilleries (regs. 60-71).
Part VIII-Sale:
A-Certificates of origin and standards of
quality for liquors (regs. 72-76).
B-Retailers (regs. 77-81).
C-Vouchers to accompany ditty-paid goods
1 . n transit (regs. 82-86).
Part IX-Storage (regs. 87-112).
Part X-Penalties and Forfeitures (regs. 113-TI4).

PART I-INTERPRETATION.
1. In these regulations-
'Ordinance' means the Dutiable Commodities Ordinance;
'First Schedule' and 'Second Schedule' mean the First
and Second Schedules to these regulations, respectively.

PART II-CARRIAGE OF GOODS.
2. This Part shall apply to goods for the import, export or
carriage of which a permit is or may be required.
3. (1) Goods shall not be carried in any vessel unless it I'S
(a)licensed in that behalf by the Director; or
(b)owned or hired bv the licensee of a general bonded
warehouse; or
(c)a steam or motor vessel of not less than 300 tolls net
register.
(2) Goods shall not be imported or exported in any, vessel of
less than 6o tons net register or 1,000 piculs capacity.





4.Except with the special permission of the Director-
(a)goods shall be imported, exported or moved only in securely
closed containers, in each of which there
shall be not less than-
(i) liquor, except as herein provided-
either ....gal. 2
or Chinese type liquor imported from
Kwong Tung in jars gal 4
or (II) tobacco-
cigarettes ......2,000
or cigars .......200
or other manufactured tobacco lb. 3
or unmanufactured tobacco lb. 30
or (Iii) hydrocarbon oils gal. 8
For the purposes of this paragraph, these quantities i-nay be either
in one container or in two or more containers completely inclosed in a
larger container: but containers which are merely bound or fastened
together shall be deemed to be separate containers, and shall be entered
as such in all permits and shipping documents;
(b)identical goods shall be packed in equal quantities in identical
containers;
(c)different goods shall not be packed in the same container.

5. Containers shall bear legibly and permanently marked thereon
(a)a description of the contents (in the case or Chinese type
liquor the character 0 (tsau) ) at least four inches high ; and
(b)if for export, adequate shipping marks, serial numbers and the
words FOR EXPORT (or, as the case may be,
EXPORTED ON DRAWBACK or SHIP'S STORES
FOR or AIRCRAFT
STORES FOR
[specifying the name of the ship or aircraft]) in
letters not less than three inches high.
There shall be a sufficient number of such markings on each
container to ensure that when container-- are stacked one above
another one set of markings at least is plainly visible.





6. The master or any person for the time being in charge of
arty ship or aircraft in which there are stores to which these
regulations apply shall
(a)keep a record of the stores and prompt] . y make all
necessary entries in the record;
(b)supply or sell such stores only to members of the crew
or to passengers;
(c)not issue in any one day any greater quantity of such
stores than' is sufficient for the use of members of the
crew and passengers on that day.

7. (1) Within a reasonable time after the export of goods on
which the duty exceeds one hundred dollars the exporter shall, if
the goods are dutiable or exported on drawback, deliver to the
Director a certificate of the authority of the place of destination
that the goods have been duly landed there.
(2) When any goods (including stores) which are dutiable or
exempted from duty or exported on drawback are delivered tinder
permit for export on board any ship. aircraft, train or vehicle or to
the Post Office, the exporter shall forthwith furnish to the
Director indorsed on the permit
(a)a certificate signed by a revenue officer that he has
examined the goods; and
(1))a receipt for the goods signed by the master of the ship
or the person in charge of the aircraft, or If the goods
are sent by post, by, an officer of the Post Office; or in
other cases a certificate signed by ,i revenue officer
that the goods have been so delivered.
(3) Every person requiring a permit to export any goods to
which this regulation applies shall furnish to the Director a bond,
with such cash or other security as lie may direct, for the due
observance of this regulation.

PART III-DUTY.
A.-Paymeitt of duty.
8. Duty shall be paid upon dutiable goods-
(a)if imported and not removed to a general bonded or
licensed warehouse





before the goods are removed from the ship, aircraft
or vehicle on which they were imported or, as the case
may be, from the railway premises;
(b) if grown, produced or manufactured in the Colony
(except beer), and not removed to a general bonded or
licensed warehousebefore the goods are removed from
the premises on which they were grown, produced or
manufactured;(c) in the case of beer, if produced in the Colonywhen the
worts are collected in fermenting vessels;
(d) if in a general ' bonded or licensed warehouse and
not removed for export or to another general
bonded or licensed warehousebefore the goods are
removed from the warehouse
Provided that the Director may in his discretion allow
a reasonable tirne, not exceeding sixteen weeks for
beer, six weeks for hydrocarbon oils, and in any other
case seven days after the duty becomes payable, for
payment of the duty by persons who have given cash
security for such payment.

9. The officer to whom any duty is paid shall give a receipt
therefor in Form 25 in the First Schedule.

B.-Exemptions from, Duty.
10. Subject to the performance of any obligation imposed by
the Ordinance or any regulations thereunder, the following goods
shall be exempt from duty



(a)stores, fuel and lubricants for ships of more than sixty
tons net register or for aircraft, in such quantities as the
Director may In his absolute discretion determine, for
use either outside the Colony or partly inside and partly
outside the Colony;
(b)goods exported from the Colony;
(c)goods destroyed with the consent of the Director
(d)goods imported in opened containers by passengers in
their baggage, for their own use, in such quantities as
the Director may in his absolute discretion determine;





(e)wine for the sacrament, if certified as such by the head
of a denomination of the Church;
alcohol for the use of any educational, scientific or
charitable institution approved by the Governor in
Council in that behalf,. tinder and in accordance with a
permit in Form 24 in the First Schedule.

PART IV-
DRAWBACK.
11. To qualify for drawback in respect of duty-paid goods. a
person shall
(a)be approved in that behalf as a fit person by the
Director who shall have absolute discretion to give or
withdraw such approval;
(b)be the manufacturer of the goods in the manufacture or
preparation of which the duty-paid goods have been
used;
(c)be the person who paid the duty on the goods;
(d)have duly completed and, within three working days
after the posting of the goods or, as the case may be,
the departure from this Colony of the ship, aircraft or
vehicle on which the goods were placed for export or as
stores, have delivered to the Director the particulars,
made the declaration (duly witnessed) and obtained the
signatures specified in Forin 22 in the First Schedule.

12. Before drawback is claimed in respect of any goods the
following conditions shall be complied with to the satisfaction of
the Director
(i) the goods shall-
(a)in so far as they are manufactured in this Colony, be
wholly manufactured in the factory of the person
claiming drawback;
(b)after manufacture, on twenty-four hours' written notice
delivered to the Director be examined by, and weighed
or measured and, if the Director so directs, packed in
the presence of, a revenue officer ;
(c)after the examination mentioned in paragraph (b), be
certified by the Government Chemist unless the Director
gives special permission to the contrary;





(2) the containers shall-
(a)be secured, with tape, wire or otherwise, and sealed, in
the presence of a revenue officer;
(b)(i) if for carriage as freight or stores, bear legibly and
permanently inscribed thereon adequate shipping marks,
serial numbers, and the words EXPORTED ON
DRAWBACK in letters not less than three inches high;
(ii) if for carriage by post, be adequately addressed
and labelled EXPORTED ON DRA WBACK;
(c)if the Director so directs, be loaded in the presence of a
revenue officer on the ship, aircraft or vehicle in which
they are exported;
(3)if the goods contain goods of Empire origin---
(a)the goods of Empire origin shall be- removed into the
factory tinder duty-paid permit direct from bond or the ship,
aircraft or vehicle on which they were imported.;
'ii) stored, until manufacture, in a special place
approved by the Director in the factory apart from other
goods;
(Iii) checked with the stock book by taking stock at
least once in every fourteen days;
(iv) completely and exactly accounted for in the stock
book, and the goods in respect of which drawback is
claimed shall be removed out of the factory, direct to the
ship, - aircraft or vehicle in which they are exported;
b) the stock book shall
(1) be kept in English in a form specially approved by
the Director;
(ii) show how much of the goods of Empire origin
specified in each dut -paid removal permit
are used in each kind, brand, preparation or
admixture of goods manufactured in the factory;
(c)the application for drawback shall specify the exact
quantity of goods of Empire origin on which drawback is
claimed.
13.Drawback shall be paid on stores, fuel and
lubricants for ships of more than sixty tons net register
and for aircraft only in such quantities as the Director may





in his absolute discretion determine, for use either outside the
Colony or partly inside and partly outside the Colony.

PART V.-DUTY-PAID
LABELS.
14. Whenever duty is paid on any goods and when ever
any duty-paid goods are bottled, packed o- repacked in
containers, there shall be securely affixed with gum or paste to
every such container to which this Part applies
ù label denoting that duty has been paid, hereinafter called
ù duty-paid label, so that the container cannot be opened without
breaking the label.

15. Duty-paid labels shall be issued in numbered series by
the Director to licensed persons in possession of duty-paid goods
in or to be put in containers to which this Part applies.

16. Every such person in possession of any such goods shall
(a)forthwith affix to the containers duty-paid labels in
numbered series in accordance with regulation 14;
(b)to the satisfaction of the Director and in a book in a
form approved by him, kept in a general bone-led
warehouse or at such other place as lie may direct., duly
record particulars of the goods, their containers and the
duty-paid labels and dutypaid permis relating thereto.

17. For the purposes of this Part, duty shall be deemed to
have been paid when it has been assessed by or on behalf of the
Director, notwithstanding that he may have allowed' tirne for
payment in accordance with an), regulations for the payment of
duty.

18. This Part shall apply to such containers as may be
prescribed by the Director by direction published in the Gazette :
any such direction may prescribe the number of duty-paid labels
which shall be affixed, and the manner in which, subject to these
regulations, they shall be affixed, to each container.





PART VI-LICENCES, ETC.
A.-Licences, forms and fees.
19. There are hereby prescribed-
(a)the licences, permits and forms, with the conditions
relating thereto and other matters, in the First Schedule;
(b)the officers who, unless otherwise provided ill the
Ordinance, may grant licences and permits, and the fees,
in the Second Schedule.

20. (I) Every person requiring a licence in respect of any
premises shall furnish to the Director or other officer authoriz
-ed to grant the same- the
particulars specified in the
application form, and such
oilier particulars as the officer
may require;
(b.)the names, if required, of two substantial householders
as references to character;
(c)such particulars as the officer may require of any
person other than the applicant who may have charge of
the premises;
(d) (If the construction of tile premises is to
the officer's approval) adequate plans signed by
the applicant, showing clearing the 'whole of the
premises to be used in connexion with his proposed
business, detailed drawings of all machinery
installed or to be Installed oil the premises, and a
desscription of the proposed use of all the machinery
and each portion of the premises, and
(e) (if the premises are intended for
purposes) a complete list of all apparatus to be used on
tile premises for the manufacture of dutiable goods.
(2) Every person requiring a permit shall produce to (lie
Director or oilier officer authorized to grant the same ;MY
invoices, bills of lading, shipping orders and other documents
relating to the goods in respect. of which the app lication is made.

(3) Applications for export permits shall be submitted ill
triplicate and for oilier permits in duplicate.





(4) Every application for a permit to export goods as ships'
stores shall be accompanied by a declaration by the master or
purser of the ship, in Form 27 in the First Schedule.
(5) Every written application for a licence or permit shall be
signed by the person requiring the same or by some person duly
authorized by him. If the application is made by a firm it shall
also bear the firm's signature, or in the case of a Chinese firm,
the firm's chop.
(6) Every application for a permit to export goods as ships'
or aircraft stores shall be indorsed by the master or other person
in charge of, or the agents of, the ship or aircraft.
(7) Every application for permission to use alcohol in an
educational, scientific or charitable institution without payment of
duty shall be made by the governing body of the institution or
their representative to the Director in writing for the approval of
the Governor in Council, and shal 1 state
(a) the purposes to which the tlcoliol is to be applied;
(b)the quantity likely to be required in the course of a year
or any shorter period for which the application is made;
(c)the names of one or more sureties who are prepared to
join in a bond to secure that the alcohol is used solely
for the purposes specified and within the institution ;
(d) the name of the person will receive the
alcohol on delivery at the institution ;
(c)the name of the person, bein the licensee of a
general bonded or licensed warehouse or of a distillery,
from whom the alcohol is to be obtained.
The applicant must satisfy the Governor in Council that the
use of alcohol is necessary and that methylated spirits or
denatured alcohol is unsuitable.

21. Whenever the holder of a permit for any goods finds that
he cannot avail himself thereof, lie shall
(a)forthwith surrender the permit to the Director or, other
officer who granted it;





(b)until such surrender, keep the goods wherever they may
be separate and intact in their containers; and
(c)thereafter abide by such directions as the Director may
give for the disposal of the goods.

22. (1) The holder of every licence to which this paragraph
applies shall furnish a clear and satisfactory photograph of
(a) himself;
(b)any other person for the time being in charge of the
licensed premises,
to the Director, shall sign the register of licences, and shall exhibit
and keep exhibited a copy of every such photo-graph in the
principal office on the licensed premises.
This paragraph shall apply -to distillery licences, dealers' and
retailers' licences for Chinese type liquor, and tobacco retailers'
licences.
(2) Every person requiring a hawker's or travelling salesman's
licence for tobacco, or any renewal or any transfer thereof, shall
when making application for the same furnish two clear and
satisfactory copies of his photograph to the Director.

23. (1) The holder of every- licence or permit to which this
regulation applies shall, at anv time, In such amount and in such
form as the Directo y may require, furnish se 1
_cur for all oi- any of the following things-
(a)the due observance of and compliance xith the
provisions of the Ordinance and all regulations
thereunder, and am- Ordinance or regulations amending
the same or substituted therefor, and the conditions of
his licence or permit;
(b) the payment of duty, ;
(c)the safe and secure keeping of all dutiable goods on his
premises until due removal therefrom for the purpose of
being exported, or warehoused in a general bonded or
licensed warehouse, or used as stores for ships or
aircraft, or otherwise dealt with under the law, or, upon
payment of the full and proper duties chargeable
thereon, for consumption within this Colony.





(2) A bond wit th one or more sufficient sureties to
secure the due payment of duty shall be given by the keeper
of ever), general bonded or licensed warehouse in accord-
ance with the following scales-
when the total area of the storage space in the warehouse-
(a) does not exceed 12,000 square feet $ 30,000
(b) exceeds 12,000 but not 30,000 square feel: 50,000
(c) exceeds 30,000 square feet ......100, 000,
or in such other sum as the Director may deem adequate.
(3) This regulation shall apply to licences for general bonded and
licensed warehouses, distilleries and breweries, ships and harbour
vessels, and to permits to use alcohol in educational, scientific or
charitable institutions without payment of duty.

B.-Election of justices of the peace to serve
on the licensing board.
24. Elections shall take place- at such time and place as shall be
previously notified by command of the Governor in the Gazette.

25. The F i rst Magistrate, hereinafter termed tile magistrate, shall in
accordance with any such notification summon to an election the
justices of the peace and sliall preside at the election.


26. (1) Every candidate shall be nominated in writiing by one elector
and seconded by, another, and the nomina- shall be delivered to the
magistrate not less than four clear days before the day fixed for the
election.
(2) Any candidate may withdraw from his candidature by notice
signed b), him and delivered at the magistrate's office not less than three
clear days before the day fixed for the election and thereupon his
nomination shall be void.

27. (1) Should the number of candidates dul y nominated and
seconded not exceed the number of members to be elected, the
magistrate shall make a return to the Governor of the names of the
candidates and the names of their nominators and seconders, and the
Governor may thereupon declare such candidates duly elected.





(2) Should the number of candidates duly nominated and
seconded exceed the number of vacancies to be filled, the
following further regulations shall be observed.
28. The magistrate or such other person as the Governor
may appoint shall preside at the election. The pet-son presiding is
hereinafter called the presiding officer.


29. No elector shall give more than one vote in respect of
each vacancy.
30.The voting shall be by bailot.

31. The name of every elector voting shall be recorded by
the presiding officer.

32. The bailot box shall be opened and the votes counted as
soon as practicable after the close of the poll. The candidates or
the. duly authorized representative of each candidate may be
present at the counting of the votes.
33. Candidates, as such, shall not be disqualified from
voting.

34. Where an equality of votes is found to exist between any
candidates at an election, and the addition of
vote would entitle any of' such candidates to be declared
elected, the Governor rnay give such additional vote.
35. As to anv matters connected with the order of
proceeding not hereby provided for, the presiding officer sliall
proceed as he thinks fit.
36. The presiding officer shall make a return of the election
to the Governor as soon as conveniently may be after the
election. The return shall be accompanied, for the. Governor's
information, by
(a)a list of the candidates with the names of their
nominators and seconders;
(b)a list of the voters who have recorded their votes;
(c)a statement of the number of votes given for each
candidate; and
(d)a statement as to the objections, if any, that may have
been taken to the vote of any elector.





37. If satisfied that the foregoing regulations relating to the
election of licensing justices have been complied with, the
Governor shall declare to be elected the candidates or candidate
to whom the majority of votes have been given; but, if not so
satisfied, lie may declare the election invalid and require a further
election.

PART VII-MANUFACTURE.
A.-Manufacturies
38. In the following regulations relating to manufactories
'factory' means any place or premises licensed for the
manufacture of goods;
,'goods' means duty-paid goods of the class or description for [lie
manufacture, of which a factory is licensed
manufacturer- includes the licensee and any person for the time
being in charge of a factory.

39. These shall be legibly and permanently marked on
the outside of every factory in English and Chinese, in
characters at least three inches high, the words LICENSED
MANUFACTORY FOR [specifying the number of the
factory and the nature of the goods for which it is licensed.]

40. Every factory shall be inclosed, constructed and
maintained in good repair and clean condition to the satisfaction
of the Director.

41. Except with the permission of the Director nothing but
goods and materials for manufacture shall be brought into a
factory.

42. Goods shall be manufactured wholly within a factory and
shall not be removed therelfrom until their manufacture is
complete.

43. All goods in a factory shall be stored to the satisfaction
of the Director, and manufactured goods shall be stored apart
from unmanufactured goods.





44. In every factory the manufacturer shall to the
satisfaction of the Director keep, and daily make due entry of tile
particulars prescribed in, the following books
(a) a stock book in Form 31 In the First Schedule;
(b) a factory book in Form 32 In the First Schedule.

45. Every manufacturer shall weekly on Monday (or if
Monday is a general holiday, on the next working day)
-
deliver to the Director, to his satisfaction, a return in Form 33 in
the First Schedule of all goods taken into or out of or
manufactured in a factory.

48. Every factory, where hydrocarbon oils are manu-
factured shall,without prejudice to the regulations in this
Part, be deemed to be a licensed warehouse for the purpose
0~ any regulations relating to the storage of dutiable goods.

B.-Breweries.
47. In [lie following regulations relating to breweries
'licensed premises' or 'premises' means any premises whereon
any person is licensed to keep a brewery and, where the
context admits, includes any premises in connexion with the
licensed premises or with the business conducted thereon ;
,,person in charge- includes the person for the time being


having the control or management of the business conducted
upon the licensed premises;
-storage vessel' means every vessel or receptacle intended to
remain permanently on the licensed premises and used or
intended to be used for the maturing or storing beer brewed
or made on the premises.

48. (1) The licensed premises shall be. inclosed by walls or
fences to the satisfaction of the Director and shall not have any
entrance or exit except upon some street or road to which the
public has access.
(2) On the outside of the door of each portion of the
Premises shall be painted in English and Chinese charac-
ters a description of that portion. according to the purpose for
which it is used and in accordance with the plans submitted on
application for the licence.





(3) No structural alteration of the premises, or change in the
use to which any portion of the premises is put, shall be made
without the consent in writing of the .Director.
(4) Every part of the premises shall be adequately lighted re,
the satisfaction of the Director.
(5) Every part of the premises shall at all times be kept in
good and substantial repair and in a clean and sanitary condition
to the satisfaction of the Director.
(6) The licensee shall provide and maintain in the
premises (o the satisfaction of the Director and free of
expense to the Government, adequate office accommodation,
with all necessary furniture, writing materials, heating,
cleaning and ligh ing, and lavatory accommodation, for the use of
rtIvenue officers on duty at the premises

49. Except with the consent in writing of the Director, no
business other than the licensee's business of brewing or making
beer shall be carried on within the premises and no intoxicating
liquors other than beer brewed or made on the premises shall be
brought upon or stored in the premises.

50. (1) All machinery, apparatus, utensils, vessels or
receptacles used in the brewing or making, maturing or storing of
beer shall be of a type, design or capacity, as the case may be,
approved by the Director and shall be so placed or fixed as to
admit of the contents being readily and accurately ascertained by
gauge or measure and shall not be altered in structure, shape,
position or capacity, as the case may be, without the consent in
writing of the Director.
(2) The name of every utensil, vessel or receptacle according
to the purpose for which it is intended shall be legibly painted with
oil colour, and kept so painted, upon some conspicuous part of
every utensil, vessel or receptacle used for the brewing or
making or maturing of beer and the normal full capacity thereof
shall be painted thereon in like manner. If more than one utensil,
vessel or receptacle is used for the same purpose, each shall be
distinguished by a serial number.





(3) All vessels or receptacles, other than bottles, used for the
storage of beer shall have their normal full capacity clearly marked
upon them.
(4) All machinery, apparatus, utensils, vessels or receptacles of
every kind shall be kept in a clean and sanitary. condition to the
satisfaction of the Director.

51. The licensee shall provide and maintain upon the premises, and
permit any and every revenue officer there .to use, sufficient and just
beams, scales or weighing machines and standard weights, gauges and
measures (including glass measures graduated in ounces for the
determination of the contents of reputed pint and quart bottles, and also
i cask or vessel capable of containing the contents of the largest cask or
container intended to be sent out from the brewery) and other necessary
and reasonable appliances to the satisfaction of the Director.

Brewing.
52. (1) The worts produced from an), brewing shall be removed
successively and in the customary order of brewing to the coppers,
coolers and collecting and fermenting vessels, and shall not be removed
from the last-mentioned vessels. Until an account has been taken by a
revenue officer or until after the expiration of twelve hours from the tirne
at which the worts are collected in such vessels.
(2) When worts have commenced running into a collecting or
fermenting vessel the whole of the produce of the brewing shall be
collected within twelve hours.

53. (1) All collecting and fermenting vessels shall be accurately
gauged and the licensee shall furnish tables showing the capacity of
each in gallons at every inch and tenth of an inch measured from a fixed
dipping place which must be clearly marked
(2) Each collecting and fermenting vessel shall be fitted with a
discharge cock of a type approved by the Director and so arranged that
it can be secured with a revenue lock. It shall have no other outlet
except one* which -will allow the vessel to be cleansed.





54. The licensee shall keep on the licensed premises, open at
all times for inspection, a brewing book, in a form approved by
the Director, in which lie shall make or cause to be made the
following entries
(a)at least twenty-four hours before commencing to mash
or dissolve any material to be used in his next brewing,
fie. shall record the date and hour when such brewing is
intended to take place, and at least two hours before the
hour stated for brewing lie shall enter the quantity of
each material to be used ;
(b)vlien the worts from any brewing have been collected
in the proper collecting and fermenting vessels, the
serial number or numbers of the receptacles must be
immediately recorded in the brewing book together with
the quantity in gallons and the true original gravity, of
the worts;
(c)the date of the removal of any beer from the proper
collecting and fermenting vessels and the quantity
removed.

55. (1) The produce of any brewing shall be kept separate
and distinct from that of every other brewing for a period of
twenty-four hours unless an account of the firstmentioned
produce has been taken by a revenue officer.
(2) The produce of any brewing must not be mixed with that
of any other brewing except in the store vats or casks, unless the
licensee has given twenty-four hours' notice in writing to the
Director, specifying the quantity and original gravity of the worts.

56. Beer shall be removed from the licensed premises only
(a)if it is accompanied by a voucher in accordance with
any regulations relating to vouchers for the sale or
transfer of duty-paid goods; and
(b)between the hours of 5 a.m. and 6 p.m.

57. (1) A calibration table shall be supplied to the Director
showing the capacity of each storage vessel in gallons for each
one-tenth of an inch of depth measured from a marked spot.





(2) Every storage vessel shall be-
(a)numbered conspicuously and plainly marked with its
maximum capacity;
(b)provided to the satisfaction of the Director with a gauge
showing the quantity stored therein;
(c) so placed that the contents can be readily measured,

Accounting.
58. Every licensee shall keep oil the licensed premises stock
books in English, in a form approved by the Director, and shall
correctly and with the utmost promptitude enter or cause to be
entered therein under the appropriate date
(a)the quantity of grain, molasses, sugar or other
fermentable material received on the premises, and the
weight of any such material issued for each brewing for
the making of mash and wort;
(b)the manner in which all beer manufactured is disposed
of; and
(c) the quantity, of beer removed from the premises.
59. The licensee shall furnish to the Director every Monday
(or if Monday is a general holiday, on the next working day) a
return, in a form approved by the Director, of all beer or worts in
or made in the brewery during the seven days ending at the close
of work on the preceding Saturday, showing
(a)balance of dutiable beer and worts brought forward
from previous week;
(b) quantity since produced;
(c) quantity on which duty is tendered;
(d)balance of dutiable beer and worts remaining in the
brewery.

C.-Distilleries.
60. In the following regulations relating to distilleries,
'distiller' includes the licensee and any person for the time being
in charge of a distillery.
61. There shall be legibly and permanently marked on the
outside of every distillery, in English and Chinese in characters at
least three inches high, the words LICENSED
DISTILLERY NO . [specifying the number of lite
distillery].





62. Every distillery, shall be inclosed by, walls or fences and every
part thereof and every, fixture therein or thereon constructed and
maintained in good and substantial repair and clean and sanitary
condition, to the satisfaction of the Director, and in particular
(a)the distillery shall not have any entrance or exit except upon a
street or road to which the public has access ;
(b)the distillers, shall be adequately lighted and ventilated
(c)-adequate fire precautions shall be taken in the distillery,;
(d)in the distillery there shall be one or more stores (hereinafter
called spirit stores) for the collection and storage of all
dutiable liquor;
(e)the stills shall be of a type approved by, the Director and
shall be so arranged, and the stills and the spirit stores so
constructed, that all spirit produced in the distillery must
pass from every. still either directly into a spirit store or first
into a locked receiver and then into a spirit store, but in either
case so that no access can be had to the spirit except b). a
revenue officer: the spirit receiver shall have no outlet except
through a cock fitted with a revenue lock;
no alterations or repairs, and no change in the use to which
any part of the premises is put, shall be made without the'
consent of the Director;
(g)the Director shall cause revenue locks to be fitted to every
spirit store and spirit receiver.

63. Without prejudice to the regulations in this Part, every spirit
store shall be deemed to be a licensed warehouse for the purpose of
any regulations relating to the storage of dutiable goods, except that
(a) no separate licence shall be necessary, for the store;
(b)on the outside of the store, instead of the words
LICENSED WAREHOUSE, there shall be legibly and
permanently marked in English and Chinese the words SPIRIT
STORE;
(c)no liquor shall be removed from a spirit store except tinder a
pass signed by a revenue officer;





(d)no pass shall be necessary for the removal of liquor
from one spirit store to another in the same distillery ;
(e)no liquor shall be taken into a spirit store in any distiller),
except liquor distilled in that distillery.

64. (1) All containers and utensils for liquor shall be kept
clean to the satisfaction of the Director.
(2) All containers of Chinese type liquor sent out from any
distillery shall have legibly painted thereon in Chinese characters
the word (tsau) and the name of the distillery.
(3) Every container for fermenting mash shall be of a size
approved by the Director and shall have the normal charge, and a
serial number plainly and permanently marked thereon in English
and Chinese characters; no such container shall be filled with
material for fermentation weighing more or less than the normal
charge.
(4) Every container used for storing spirit in a spirit store
shall be of a size approved by the Director and shall have the
maximum capacity in gallons and a serial number plainly, marked
thereon in English and Chinese characters. It sliall be fitted or
provided with an accurate gauge showing the quantity of spirit in
the container.
(5) Every container in a spirit store shall be kept securely,
covered to prevent evaporation.

65. No person shall, unless accompanied by a revenue
officer or employed in a distillery, enter or be in any part thereof
except the room, if any, set apart as an office.

66. (1) Except with the permission of the Director, no liquor,
and nothing but materials for the distillation of liquor, shall be
taken into a distillery.
(2) No fermented material shall, until all the alcohol therein
has been removed therefrom by distillation, be taken out of a
distillery.

67. (1) Except with the special permission of the Director, all
material put on to ferment shall be distilled as soon as
fermentation is complete, but in any event within the times set out
in the following schedule





Schedule.

Time within which material is to be
fermented.

Rice.
Season.
Molasses. Using square Using
cake yeast or ball
baker's yeast. yeast.
April 15th to 72 hours 18 days 7 days
October 31st

November ist to 96 hours 21 days 10 days
April 14th

The time shall commence to run
(a)in the case of molasses, from the first mixing of molasses with
rice tailings or other ferment; and
(b)in the case of rice, from noon on the day on which the steamed
rice is mixed with yeast.
(2) No methods of accelerating fermentation shall be employed
without the previous consent of the Director.
(3) In the case of rice, the distiller shall declare to the Director the
type of yeast and the method of fermentation lie intends to employ, and
sliall enter that type of yeast and that method in the record prescribed
by aragraph (1) of p
regulation 7o.

(4) The distiller shall forthwith report to the Director
any change in the type of yeast or method of fermentati used.

68. Before an account is taken by a revenue officer of any liquor in
a distillery, the liquor shall, if the Director so directs, be reduced to a
uniform strength prescribed by him as a strength at which liquor of that
type is by trade usage commonly. produced or sold: at or immediately
after the taking of such account spirit receivers shall be emptied.





69. After duty is assessed on any liquor or any liquor is
denatured in a spirit store, the duty-paid liquor or the denatured
spirit, as the case may be, shall forthwith be removed from the
spirit store and from the distillery.

70. (I) In addition to any record which he is required to keep
under any regulations relating to the storage of dutiable goods or
to labels, every distiller shall, whenever any materials for the
distillation of liquor are taken into or out of a distillery or are used
or dealt with in any manner whatever therein', forthwith make
due entry thereof in a book which shall be kept in the distillery in
a form approved by and to the satisfaction of the Director, giving
particulars of the weight of material of each kind and the serial
numbers of the containers used, the duty, and such other
particulars as the Director may require.
(2) Every distiller shall keep a record of the names of all
persons employed by him in a distillery, with particulars of the
commencement of, absence from, return to and termination of
their employment.

71. In addition to any return which he is required to make
under any regulations for the storage of dutiable goods every
distiller shall, weekly on Monday (or if Monday is a general
holiday, on the next working day) deliver to the Director to his
satisfaction a return, in Form 34 in the First Schedule, of all
fermentable material taken into or out of or set on to ferment in a
distillery.

PART VIII-SALE.
A.-Certificates of origin and standards of
quality for liquors.
72. (1) All imported intoxicating liquor for which a standard
of quality is prescribed, except Chinese type liquor, shall be
accompanied by a certificate (hereinafter in these regulations
called a certificate of origin) from the place where the liquor was
made, that the liquor is genuine liquor of the nature and quality, if
any, specified in these regulations.
(2) Certificates of origin for brandy, whisky and rum shall
contain such analytical and other particulars as will enable the
liquor to be readily identified.





(3) In these regulations, 'certificate of origin' includes ally
certificate, in whatever form, which satisfies the above definition, and
includes a certificate of age.
73. If any intoxicating liquor
(a) is not accompanied by a certificate of origin (except
Chinese type liquor); or
(b) is found on analysis to differ materially in nature
or quality from that specified in the certificate of
origin; or
(c) is not of the standard of quality, if any, prescribed
by these regulations for that type of liquor; or
(d) being brandy or whisky, has not been matured in
_Wood for at least three years, a permit shall not issue for the
removal of the liquor from the place where it may be, except
(1) to a ship, or. from one ship to another, for export ; or
(ii) to a general bonded or licensed warehouse, or frorn one
such warehouse to another ; or
(iii) to any other place, if the liquor is for the private
consumption of the importer, but only in such quantities as the Director
may determine-, or
(iv) from a general bonded or licensed warehouse, after the
liquor has, to the satisfaction of the Director, been manufactured ; or
(v) from a general bonded or licensed warehouse, after the
liquor, not being brandy or whisky, has, to tile satisfaction of the
Director, been repacked or relabelled.

74. The quality of any liquor sliall be determined by the
Government Chemist as follows-
(a) in the case of Chinese type liquor, upon
(b) in the case of other liquor, in his discretionor
(i) upon analy
(ii) upon a certificate of origin ; or
(iii) upon both such analysis and such certificate.
The method employed for determining the higher alcohol--, in spirit
shall be that known as the Allen-Marquardt.
75. The following standards of quality are prescribed
(I) for till intoxicating liquors: every such liquor shall possess the
aroma and flavour natural to liquor of its type;





(2)for spirits-
all spirits shall
contain such
proportions,- if any, of
volatile acidity,
aldehydes, furfural,
others and higher
alcohols as are natural
to spirits of their type;
(b)brandy: the spirituous liquid distilled from the wine of
grapes;
cognac: brandy made in the Cognac regions from grapes
grown therein.
Brandy containing less than 6o grammes of others
calculated as ethyl acetate, in 100 litres of the absolute
alcohol contained in such brandy, may be deemed below
standard;
(c)whisky : the spirit obtained by distillation from a mash of
cereal grains saccharified by the diastase of malt.
Whisky containing less than a total of 150 grammes of
the products mentioned in subparagraph (a) in 100 litres of
the absolute alcohol contained in such whisky may,, be
deemed below standard;
(d)rum: the spirit distilled direct from sugar-cane. products in
sugar-cane-growing countries;
Jamaica rum: rum made in Jamaica from cane grown therein
imitation rain all other rum.
Rum containing less than 100 grammes of others
calculated as ethyl acetate, in 100 litres of the absolute
alcohol contained in such rum may be deemed below
standard;
(e) Chinese type liquor: spirit obtained by the dis-
tillation of rice or molasses in the Chinese manner and
classified according to alcoholic strength as
(i) rice spirit-liu pun sheung ching
or sam ching
(ii) molasses spirit-to flu pun to
sheung ching or to sam ching
If for sale, its strength in alcohol measured by
weight shall not be less than-
(i) liu pun, or to liu pun 18 per cent.
(ii) sheung ching, or to sheung ching 22 per cent.
(iii) sam ching, or to sam ching 30 Per cent.





(3) for wines-
port: the fermented expressed juice of the grape
produced in the Alto Douro district in the northeast of Portugal,
shipped from Oporto, and wine of similar nature and quality from
other countries or districts.
Port shall be free from added colouring matter and
preservatives other than alcohol and shall con- not less than 12
per cent of alcohol by weight;
(b)sherry : the fermented expressed juice of the grape, the
produce of Jerez (or Xeres) de la Frontera, shipped from Cadiz
in Spain, and wine of similar nature and quality from other
countries or districts.
Sherry shall be free from added colouring matter and
preservatives other than alcohol and shall contain not less
than 12 per cent of alcohol by weight.

76. The name of the place of origin of port not produced in the Altc
Douro district in Portugal, or sherry not produced in Jerez de la.
Frontera in Spain, shall be clearly marked on every container thereof.

B.-Retailers.
77. in the following regulations relating to retailers-
good ' s' means duty-paid goods;
retailer-includes any person licensed to sell goods retail and every
person for the tirne being in charge of his
licensed premises.

78. There shall be legibly and permanently marked on [he outside
of the licensed premises of ever), retailer, in English and Chinese, in
characters at least three inches high, the words 'retailer's name
LICENSED RETAILER OF [nature of goods for which he Is licensed]
NO. [number of licence].
79. Every retailer shall, to the satisfaction of the Director and in a
form approved by him, keep in the licensed premises
(a)a stock book, in which he shall duly enter the quantity of all
goods received, treated or sold in the licensed premises; in
particular





(i) different kinds and brands of goods shall be
entered under separate heads;
(ii) the entries shall show quantities in pounds and
gallons, and the number of containers and their content;
(iii) receipts shall be entered forthwith
(iv) sales shall be entered daily at the close of
business;
(v) sales for which a voucher is required by
regulations shall be entered separately, with the serial
numbers of the vouchers, but only the daily totals of
other sales shall be entered under their respective
heads;
(vi) the book shall be balanced daily at the close of
business;
and if the nature of his business so requires, or the Director
directs
(b)a blend book, in which the retailer shall duly enter the
quantity of all goods blended, mixed or otherwise treated
in the premises, showing in particular
(i) the dates on which the treatment begins and ends;
(ii) the quantity, kind and brand of goods used in the
treatment;
(Iii) the quantity, kind and brand of goods produced in
the treatment.
Immediately before and immediately after the treatment as
aforesaid of any goods,. appropriate entries shall be made both in
the stock book and the blend book., showing the transfer of stock
for treatment or of the product of any treatment to stock.

80. Retailers of Chinese type liquor shall mark all jars or
containers of spirit undergoing treatment with the Chinese name
of the spirit being produced and the serial number of the blend,
mixture or treatment, which shall correspond with that entered in
the blend book.

81. Licences to sell Chinese type liquor retail and not
wholesale shall only be granted to established grocers who do a
genuine-trade in Chinese groceries and whose trade in





Chinese liquor is only a subsidiary, part of the business Conducted on
the licensed premises. The holder of such a licence shall
(a)keep no Chinese type liquor except liu pun ( ) and
sheung ching ( ) on his licensed premises; +
(b)not sell to any person more than two catties of liquor at a time;
(c)use on the licensed premises no kongs or barrels for storing
liquor, which shall be kept only in the containers in which it
was received on the premises.

C.-Vouchers to accompany duty-paid goods lit transit.
82. subject to such exemptions in respect of any- particular kind or
brand of goods as the Director may by directions prescribe, the
following regulations relating to vouchers shall apply to the sale,
whether wholesale or retail, and transfer for sale of duty-paid goods, as
follows
(a)to every sale of Chinese type liquor in any quantity of two
gallons or more;
(b)to every sale of cigars for fifty dollars or more, or of other
tobacco for ten dollars or more, and to every retail sale by a
manufacturer of any tobacco in any quantity exceeding i lb.;
(c)to ever), transfer for sale of such liquor or tobacco from any
premises to any other premises;
(d)to every transfer of beer from a brewery.

83. On every such sale or transfer the seller or transferor shall give
to the purchaser or transferee a voucher from a counterfoil book in a
form approved by the Director, bearing
(a)a serial number;
(b)particulars of the kind, brand, quantity and price of the
goods;
(c)the name of the purchaser or transferee and also of the bearer
of the voucher, if not the same person, and the address to
which the goods are sent;
(d)the name and chop (if any) of the seller or transferor and the
address from which and the time at which the goods are sent.





84. Every, counterfoil shall correspond exactly with its voucher
and shall be kept b), the seller or transferor in the premises from which
the goods are sent.

85. The bearer of the voucher shall accompany the goods from the
premises of the seller or transferor to the premises of. the purchaser or
transferee.

86. The purchaser or transferee, if a person licensed to sell such
goods, shall, when the goods arrive at his premises, forthwith cancel the
voucher by drawing in ink two parallel straight lines diagonally across
the face thereof, and thereafter shall keep the voucher for twelve
months at those premises.

PART EX---STORAGE Or, DUTIABLE GOODS.
87. In this Part, 'warehouse-keeper' includes the licensee and any
person for-tile time being ill charge or a warehouse.

88. This Part shall apply to general bonded warehouses, licensed
warehouses and any premises deemed to be licensed warehouses under
the provisions of any other Part, except as may be provided in that Part.

89. There shall be legibly, and permanently marked on the outside
of every warehouse in English and Chinese, in characters at least three
inches high, the words GENERAL BONDED WAREHOUSE or
LICENSED WAREHOUSE FOR [specifying the number of the
warehouse and the nature of the goods for which it is
licensed], as the case may, be.

90. Every warehouse and every- part thereof and every? fixture
therein or thereon shall be constructed and maintained i n good and
substantial repair and clean and sanitary condition to the satisfaction of
the Director, and in particular
(a)the warehouse shall be adequately lighted and ventilated
(b)the windows shall be suitably secured with stout wire mesh,
shutters and bars;





(c)the warehouse shall be so constructed, and the doors
shall have such fastenings capable of being fitted with
revenue locks, that when such locks are fitted no person
except a revenue officer can have any access to the
warehouse : the Director may cause revenue locks to be
fitted to any warehouse ;
(d)no alterations or repairs shall be made without the
consent of the Director.

91. All lamps used in a warehouse shall be made of
substantial metal, with glass protected by metal guards.

92. Every warehouse-keeper shall, if required by the
Director, to his satisfaction provide and maintain free office and
lavatory accommodation, with heating, lighting,. furniture and
writing materials, for the use of revenue officers on duty at the
warehouse.

93. Every warehouse-keeper shall to the satisfaction of the
Director provide and maintain, in a suitable place in the
warehouse
(a) adequate receptacles, accurate measures, beams and
scales or weighing machines, for examining, testing,
sampling, bottling, blending, mixing, denaturing,
repacking, grading, reconditioning and otherwise treating
dutiable goods; and
(b) adequate receptacles for refuse.

94. Warehouses may be opened between 8.3o a.m. and 4.30
P.m. on weekdays other than Saturdays, and between 8.30 a.m.
and i p.m. on Saturdays, but not at other times or on general
holidays except with the written permission of the Director.

95. Except with the permission of (lie Director, no person
shall, unless accompanied by a revenue officer, enter or be in any
warehouse.

96. No person shall smoke, or use naked lights or matches,
in any warehouse.

97. Except with the special permission of the Director
nothing but dutiable goods shall be stored in a warehouse.





98. The keeper of any general bonded warehouse shall
admit any dutiable goods into his warehouse at the request of any
holder of a permit in that behalf.
99. At the request of the master of any ship lying in the
harbour of Victoria or of the person in charge of any aircraft at
Kai Tak airport or of the owners, charterers or.
agents of any such ship or aircraft, the keeper of any
gents general bonded warehouse shall forthwith remove from
the ship or aircraft into his warehouse any dutiable goods
specified in the request, unless the warehouse is not licensed for
such goods or there is no accommodation for the goods in the
warehouse.
100. Dutiable goods may be divided into such classes as a
warehouse-keeper, with the approval of the Director, may
determine, having regard to the rules of the Fire Insurance
Association of Hong Kong in so far as they are compatible with
the law. relating to dangerous goods .
101. Goods shall be so stored, bv classes, that easy access
may be had to any portion of the goods.
102. Subject to regulation 97, empty containers shall be kept in
a locked compartment apart from dutiable goods or as the
Director may in any, case specially, direct ; all other empty
containers arid all refuse shall be removed daily.
103. No container of dutiable goods shall be opened except
under the supervision of a revenue officer, unless the Director
gives special permission to the contrary.
104. (1) Subject to the provisions of regulation 103 and after the
notice, samples of dutiable goods may be taken and dutiable
goods may be repacked, bottled, blended, denatured or treated- in
any other manner whatever as the Director may permit, in a
warehouse.
(2) Notice may be given to the Director in office hours on -
any working day before that on which the operation begins, and
shall specify
(a)the nature of the operation;
(b)the name and the number (if any) of the warehouse;
and
(c)the day and time when the operation is to begin.





(3) No person shal! begin or perform any such operation or any
part thereof except under the supervision of a revenue officer, unless
the Director gives special permission to the contrary,.
. (4) Dutiable goods shall not be repacked in containers in less
quantities than those specified iii regulation 106.
(5) Containers, if any, which are deficient in content shall be filled
from others in the same ownership.
(6) Unless the Director ' otherwise directs, samples
shall not bc removed from a warehouse until duty has been
paid thereon.

105. No goods shall be removed from a warehouse except under
permit.

106. The minimum amount of any one kind, brand, preparation or
admixture of dutiable goods which may he removed in any, one
consignment from a warehouse, except as samples or with the special
permission of the Director, shall be-
(a)Liquor gal. 2
Tobacco
(i) cigarettes 2,000
(ii) cigars 200
(iii) other manufactured tobacco Ib. -
(iv) uninanufactured tobacco Ib. 30
(c) Hydrocarbon oils gal. 8

107. Whenever any goods are taken into or out of a warehouse or
are treated in any manner whatever under the provisions of regulation
104, the warehouse-keeper shall forthwith make due entry thereof in a
book which shall be kept in the warehouse in a form approved by and to
the satisfaction of the Director.

108. Whenever any deficiency, from whatever cause,
occurs or is found in dutiable goods in a warehouse the
keeper thereof shall forthwith duly enter the same in the
book mentioned in regulation 107 and shall within twenty-
four hours report the deficiency to the Director.





109. The keeper of -i general bonded warehouse shall daily,
and of a licensed warehouse weekly, or in either case at such
other regular intervals and on such days as the Director may,
appoint, deliver returns to the Director to his satisfaction and in a
form approved by him of all dutiable goods taken into or out of
the warehouse, all such operations as are mentioned in regulation
104, and such other relevant particulars is the Director may
require: returns shall be delivered before noon on the day on
which they are due, or if that day is a general holiday, on the next
working day.

110. Charges by warehouse-keepers for storing or moving
dutiable goods shall not exceed such as the Director rnay.
approve.

111. The Director may at an), time station in any warehouse
such revenue officers as may in his opinion, be necessary for the
due protection of the revenue.

112. Every warehouse-keeper shall pay the fee prescribed for
the attendance of revenue officers at his warehouse; but the
Director may dispense with a fee for attendance at any
warehouse during the usual hours of opening prescribed in
regulation 94.

PART X.-PENALTIES, FORFEITURE, CITATION,
113. (I) Any person who acts in contravention of regulations 3,
4, 8, 12, 14, 16, 41, 42, 45, 49 to 57, 59, 62, 63, 67, 70, 72, 73, 75,
76, 7( to 81, 83, 84, 86, 9. and io, to 108, shall commit an offence
and shall upon summary conviction, in addition to any forfeiture
that may be prescribed, be liable
(a)for a first offence, to a fine of five thousand dollars and
to imprisonment for six months;
(b)for every subsequent offence, to a fine of ten thousand
dollars and to imprisonment for twelve months.
(2) Any person who acts in contravention of regulations 5, 6,
7, 21, 22, 29, 39, 40, 43, 44, 48, 58, 61, 64 to 66, 68, 69, 71, 78, 85,
89 to 92, 94 to 99, 101, 102, 1 09, 110 and 112 shall commit an
offence and shall upon summary conviction,





in addition to any forfeiture that may be prescribed, be
liable to a fine of five thousand dollars and to imprisonment
for six months.

(3) In any case where a magistrate is of opinion that
any offence was committed with intent to avoid payment of
duty, this regulation shall be construed as if for the
maximum fine prescribed therein for a first or subsequent
offence there were substituted a fine of ten thousand dollars,
or ten times the amount of the duty payable on. the goods
in respect of which the offence was committed, whichever
is the greater.

114. (1) It sliall be lawful for a magistrate to order
to be forfeited-
(a)any goods with respect to which an offence against
these regulations has been committed, whether any
person has been convicted of such offence or not;
(b)any goods to which these regulations apply and
which are found without any apparent owner or
unclaimed after such notice as the magistrate thinks
fit.

(2) Upon any breach of any condition of a permit or
any licence under these regulations, any deposit required
as a condition of the granting of such permit or licence shall,
upon application to a magistrate, be declared by. him to be
forfeited.
(3) Upon the failure ofany condition of a bond
required in connexion with any licence under
these regulations, the surn secured by the bond shall be
deemed to be forfeited.

(4) Upon the making of an order or declaration of
forfeiture under, or upon the happening of any event upon
which anything is forfeited or deemed to be forfeited by,
any provision of these regulations, the thing so forfeited
or ordered declared or deemed to be forfeited shall be deemed
to be the property of the Crown free from all rights of any
person.

(5) The Governor in Council in his absolute discretion
may entertain and give effect to any moral claim to or in
respect of any, goods, money and anything whatsoever





forfeited or ordered or declared or deemed to be forfeited by or under
any provision of these regulations.
(6) The provisions of this regulation shall be in addition to and not
in derogation of any other provision of these ,regulations relating to
forfeitures, and no forfeiture under these regulations shall relieve any
person from any other penalty to which he may be liable under these or
any other regulations.

115. These regulations may be cited as the Dutiable citation.
Commodities Regulations. G.N.A. 75/51.

FIRST SCHEDULE. [reg. 19(a).]

Licences, permits and forms, conditions, etc., prescribed.

I-LICENCES AND APPLICATIONS FOR LICENCES.

(a) For all goods to which the Ordinance applies-

Form 1 General bonded or licensed warehouse licence.
2 Manufacturer's licence.
3 Importer's licence (except for goods imported for re-export on a
through bill of lading).
4 Dealer's licence.
5 Retailer's licence.
6 Canteen licence.
7 Ship licence (for vessels of not less than 60 tons net register or 1,000
piculs capacity, except steam or motor vessels of not less
than 300 tons net register, to import or export goods).
8 Harbour vessel licence (for launches, junks, lighters or sampans).
(b) For liquors-
Form 9 Distillery licence.
10 Brewery licence.
11 Application for publican's licence.
12 Publican's licence.
13 Application for adjunct licence.
14 Hotel keeper's adjunct licence.
15 Restaurant adjunct licence.
16 Chinese restaurant licence.





(c) For tobacco
Form 17 Travelling salesman's licence.
18 Tobacco hawker's licence, but only to persons who now hold such
licences: no additional licences of this kind shall issue.
(d) For hydrocarbon oils
Form 19 Special importer's licence.

II-PERMITS AND APPLICATIONS FOR
PERMITS.
(a) For all goods to which the Ordinance applies
Form 20 Removal permit for dutiable goods.
21 Removal permit for duty-paid goods.
22 Export permit.
(b) For liquors
Form 23 Permit for extension of licensing hours.
24 Permit to use alcohol free of duty in certain institutions.

III-OTHER
MATTERS.
Form 25 Receipt for duty.
26 Import or export statement.
27 Declaration to accompany application for permit to export goods as
ships' stores.
28 Declaration to accompany application for drawback.
29 Licensed warehouse stock book.
30 Licensed warehouse weekly return.
31 Manufacturer's stock book.
32 Manufacturer's factory book.
33 Manufacturer's weekly return.
34 Distiller's weekly return.

FORM 1. No . ............

Warehouse Licence.
Valid from date hereof until 19
(1) 1 is hereby licensed to keep a
(2) warehouse (3) [for the storage of 1
at the premises known as (4) :
and comprising (5) (6) [on the
following conditions-].
Fee $
Date 19

. .
Director of Commerce and Industry.





FORM 2. No .............

Manufacturer's Licence.
Valid from date hereof until 19
(i) is hereby licensed to manufacture
(2) at (3)
. and sell the same wholesale (4) [on the
following conditions-].
Fee $ ..................
Date .................................. 19
..... ....................................................
Director of Commerce and Industry.

FORM 3. No . ............

Importer's Licence.
Valid from date hereof until 19
(i) of (2)
:'*'****'**'***'*****'* ------*---** ---** ---*
***** ....*---**** ---
is hereby licensed to import (3) ..........................
into the Colony of Hong Kong (4) [on the following conditions-].
The holder of this licence is also the holder of (5) ..................
.........
Fee $ ..................
Date .................................. 19

... . . ... . ... . .... .....
Director of Commerce and Industry.

FORM 4. No . ............

Dealer's Licence.
Valid from date hereof until 19
(i) .................. is hereby licensed to
sell (2) wholesale or retail at
(3) ........................................................................................
for consumption elsewhere, on the following conditions-
1. Goods named in this licence shall not be sold between
............ p.m. and a.m.
Fee $ ..................
Date 19
....... .. ......... ... . . .....
Director of Commerce and Industry.





First...................................FORM 5. No . .
Schedule.
cont.
Retailer's Licence.
Valid from date hereof until 19
(1) Name.................(1) is hereby licensed to sell
(2) Goods..............M ................................................ retail at (3) .....................
(3) Premises.
(4) Strike
out if not (4) [on the following conditions-].
required. Fee $ ..................
Date ......19
............................
Director of Commerce and Industry.

FORM 6. No . ............

Canteen Licence.
Valid from date hereof until 1 19
......... is hereby licensed 0 keep a canteen
at........................................................................................... for the sale of
...............only to members of His
in the civil establishments of the
navy, army or air force or in the Navy, Army and Air Force Institute
and members of their families, on the following conditions-
1. The licensee shall observe, and shall suffer no person to
disobey, any orders of the naval, military or air authorities relating
to the sale of goods named in this licence.
2. The licensee shall not supply or deliver any such goods
to any person on behalf of another unless both the person who
receives the goods and the purchaser are members of a class
specified in this licence.
Fee $
Date ......19

FORM 7. No .............

1 Ship Licence.
Valid from date hereof until 19
(1) Name....(i) .......1 being the (2)
of owner.........of.............(3) a (4) vessel of (5)
charterer or
agents............................................................ is hereby licensed on such vessel
(2) 'owner' to (6) import and export goods to which the Ordinance applies
'charterer' (6) from and to the Colony of Hong Kong, on the following
or 'agents' conditions-





1. Goods to which the Ordinance applies shall be stowed in (3) Name or
the hold or on deck apart from other goods, in such a way that registered
number of
easy access may be had to any portion of the goods. vessel.
. 2. A complete record of all goods to which the Ordinance (4) Descrip- shall be kept
on the vessel, showing the quantity and thetion of
name and address of each importer or exporter of the goods vessels.
us. (5) Tonnage
3. Not more than four gallons of 25 per cent liquor of Chinese or capacity.
type or its equivalent in higher strength spirit shall be carried (6) Strike
in the Colony as ships' stores. out words
4. Containers of dutiable goods shall not be opened except not required. under the
supervision of a revenue officer.
Fee $ ..
Date 19

Director of Commerce and Industry.

FORM 8. No . ............

Harbour Vessel Licence.
Valid from date hereof until 19
(1) .....being the (2) (1) Name of
of (3) ............a (4) of (5) owner
or
.
charterer.
.. is hereby licensed to carry on such (2)
vessel within the harbour of Victoria dutiable goods and goods for or
the carriage of which a permit is required under the Ordinance, 'charterer'
(6) [on the following conditions-] (3) Name or
registered
number of
Fee $ ............vessel.
.................(4) Descrip-
Date................................................ 19 ion of vessel-
(5) capacity. (6)
Strike
fo f C out if not
Director of Commerce and Industry.

FORM 9. No .

Distillery Licence.
Valid from date hereof until 19
.............................................. is hereby licensed to
keep (1) Name.
a distillery at (2) (2) Premises.
..... with stills of
gallons capacity and there to make, distil or rectify spirits and
sell the same wholesale (3) [on the following conditions-] (3) Strike
out if not
Fee $ .............required.
Date ............., 19

. ...................................................
Director of Commerce and Industry.





FORM 10. No .............

Brewery Licence.
Valid from date hereof until 1 19
(1) is hereby licensed to keep a
brewery at (2) ........................................................................
and there to brew beer and sell the same wholesale (3) [on the.
following conditions-]
Fee $ ..................
Date
.................................. 19

........ ...................................................
Director of Commence and Industry.

FORM 11. No . ............

Application for Publican's Licence.
Name of applicant ............................................................. Address
.............................................................................. Nationality
.........................................................................
Has held a licence for .......... years.
Licensed house to be at No . ................................................
its name or sign to be ......................................................
Sureties of
.and of
To the LICENSING BOARD.
I give notice that 1 intend to apply at the next meeting of the Licensing
Board for a licence to sell by retail intoxicating liquors in the premises above
named, which 1 intend to keep as a public house.
Date 19
(Signed) ......................................................
We, the undersigned householders, residing at .....................
.......................................... in the Colony of Hong Kong, and
being in no way directly or indirectly connected with the sale of
liquor to the applicant, certify that the above-named applicant is
a person of good fame and reputation and fit and proper to be
licensed to keep a public house.
Date 19
(Signed) 1 . ...................................................
2 . ...................................................





FORM 12. NO. .............

Publican's Licence.
Name of licensee .........................................................
Sign of house ...............................................................
Address ........................................................................
Period of licence, from to
Fee 51 .....................
Licence is hereby granted to the person, for the period, and at the
premises, specified above to keep a public house and there to sell intoxicating
liquors retail on the following conditions
1. Except by written permission of the Commissioner of Police,
intoxicating liquor shall only be sold from 8 a.m. until 1 a.m.
2. No disorder shall he permitted on the premises.
3. No person shall be allowed to become drunk on the premises, nor shall
liquor be supplied to any person who is drunk.
4. No game of chance shall be played on the premises.
5. A decent and suitable privy and urinal shall be maintained in a state of
cleanliness and good repair for the use of customers.
6. The licensee shall not abandon the occupation of his house or permit
any other person to become virtually the keeper thereof.
7. The licensee excepted, no woman or girl, whether belonging to the
licensee's family or not, shall be permitted to serve or act in any capacity in the
bar room or in any room directly opening out of the bar room.
8. The name of any liquor for which a standard of quality is prescribed by
regulations shall be clearly marked on the container in or from which the liquor
is supplied to any customer.
9. The licensee shall not allow any person to occupy or use any portion
of the premises for any immoral purpose.
10. Common prostitutes or reputed thieves shall not be knowingly
suffered to assemble and continue on the premises.
11. Drunkenness, or violent, quarrelsome or other disorderly conduct on
the premises shall not be wilfully or knowingly permitted; nor shall persons of
known bad character be knowingly suffered or permitted to assemble and meet
therein.
Date...................................... 19
............
Accountant-General.

FORM 13. No . ............

Application for Adjunct Licence.
Name of Applicant
Address ..............................................................................
Nationality .........................................................................
Has held a licence for years.





Licensed house to be at No . Street.
Other business carried on ...................................................
Sureties of
and of
To the LICENSING BOARD.
1 give notice that I intend to apply at the next meeting of the Licensing
Board for a licence to sell by retail intoxicating liquors, in the premises above-
named, as an adjunct to the business which 1 am carrying on in the said
premises.
Date 19
(Signed) ................................................

FORM 14. No . ............

Hotel Keeper's Adjunct Licence.
Name of licensee ......................
Sign of house ...............................................................
Address ........................................................................
Period of licence, from to
Fee $ .....................
Licence is hereby granted to the person, for the period, and at the
premises, specified above, as an adjunct to his business there to sell
intoxicating liquors retail, on the following conditions
1. No public bar shall be kept.
2. Intoxicating liquor shall only be sold for consumption on the premises
and to
(a) persons residing on the premises at any time;
(b)persons other than such residents, but only in the dining room, in
conjunction with a bona fide meal and except by written permission of
the Commissioner of Police only from 8 a.m. until 1 a.m.
3. No disorder shall be permitted on the premises.
4. No person shall be allowed to become drunk on the premises, nor shall
liquor be supplied to any person who is drunk.
5. No game of chance shall be played on the premises.
6. A decent and suitable privy and urinal shall be maintained in a state of
cleanliness and good repair for the use of customers.
7. The licensee shall not abandon the occupation of his house or permit
any other person to become virtually the keeper thereof.
8. The licensee shall not allow any person to occupy or use any portion of
the premises for any immoral purpose.
9. Common prostitutes or reputed thieves shall not be knowingly suffered
to assemble and continue on the premises.
10. Drunkenness, or violent, quarrelsome or other disorderly conduct on
the premises shall not be wilfully or knowingly permitted; nor shall persons of
known bad character be knowingly suffered or permitted to assemble and meet
therein.
Date 19
... .... ..... . .
Accountant-General.




FORM 15. No .............

Restaurant Adjunct Licence.
Name of licensee ...............................................................
Sign of house ..................................................................
Address ............................................................................
Period of licence, from to
Fee $ ..................
Licence is hereby granted to the person, for the period, and at the
premises, specified above, as an adjunct to his business there to sell intoxicating
liquors retail, on the following conditions
1. No bar shall be kept.
2. Intoxicating liquors shall only be sold for consumption on the premises
in conjunction with a bona fide meal and except by written permission of the
Commissioner of Police, only from 12.30 p.m. to 2.30 p.m. and from*
.............................................
3. No disorder shall be permitted on the premises.
4. No person shall be allowed to become drunk on the premises, nor shall
liquor be supplied to any person who is drunk.
5. No game of chance shall be played on the premises.
6. A decent and suitable privy and urinal shall be maintained in a state of
cleanliness and good repair for the use of customers.
7. The licensee shall not abandon the occupation of his house or permit
any other person to become virtually the keeper thereof.
8. The licensee shall not allow any person to occupy or use any portion of
the premises for any immoral purpose.
9. Common prostitutes or reputed thieves shall not be knowingly
suffered to assemble and continue on the premises.
10. Drunkenness, or violent, quarrelsome or other disorderly conduct on
the premises shall not be wilfully or knowingly permitted; nor shall persons of
known bad character be knowingly suffered or permitted to assemble and meet
therein.
Date 19

. .
Acccountant-General.

FORM 16. No .

Chinese Restaurant Licence.
Name of licensee ...............................................................
Sign of house .....................................
Address ...........................................................................
Period of licence, from to
Fee $ ..................
Licence is hereby granted to the person, for the period, and at the
premises, specified above to sell intoxicating liquors retail for consumption with
a bona fide meal, either on or sent out from the
premises, on the following conditions- - C.N.A.





1. No bar shall be kept on the premises.
2. No disorder shall be permitted on the premises.
3. No person shall be allowed to become drunk on the premises, nor
shall liquor be supplied to any person who is drunk.
4. A decent and suitable privy and urinal shall be maintained in a
state of cleanliness and good repair for the use of customers.
5. There shall be continuously displayed, in a conspicuous position on
every floor of the licensed premises while such premises are open to the public,
a notice or notices in English and Chinese characters, of a size and form
approved by (1) requiring customers not to spit on the
floor.
6. The licensee shall cause any phlegm, spittle or saliva found on the floor
of his premises to be promptly swept up and removed; and if spittoons are
provided, shall cause a sufficient quantity of a disinfectant fluid to be kept
continuously in such spittoons while in use and shall thoroughly cleanse them
daily at the close of business.
7. The licensee shall not abandon the occupation of his house or permit
any other person to become virtually the keeper thereof.
8. The restaurant shall be closed between (2) .....................
...
9. Except with the special exemption in writing of the
(3) no ceiling (not being the
under side of a floor, hollow wall or stair lining) shall remain or
be fixed in any building in which or in part of which the premises
of the licensee are situate.
10. The whole of the ground floor of the premises shall be covered with a
layer of not less than three inches of cement concrete rendered smooth and laid
to the satisfaction of the (4) ............................................................
11. If the licensed premises are situated in either of the following areas
namely
(a)Island of Hong Kong-the area bounded on the north by the harbour, on
the south by Kennedy Road, on the east by Fleming Road, Wanchai
Road and Stone Nullah Lane, and on the west by Arsenal Street and
Monmouth Path; or
(b)Kowloon-the area bounded on the north by Public Square Street and
Gascoigne Road and thence from a point on the seashore immediately
opposite the junction of Gascoigne Road and Chatham Road, thence in
a southerly direction following the coast line to Holt's Wharf westward
to the Star Ferry Pier and then northward to the pier at Public Square
Street, that is to say, the area consisting of all that portion of
Kowloon, south of Public Square Street and Gascoigne Road;
then, unless authorized by the Commissioner of Police, only persons of Asiatic
race shall be permitted on the licensed premises.
12. Common prostitutes or reputed thieves shall not he knowingly
suffered to assemble and continue on the premises.
13. Drunkenness, or violent, quarrelsome or other disorderly conduct on
the premises shall not be wilfully or knowingly permitted; nor shall persons of
known bad character be knowingly suffered or permitted to assemble and meet
therein.
Date......................................... 19

.. .
Secretary for Chinese Affairs
[or] District Commissioner,
New Territories.







FORM 17. No .............

Travelling Salesman's Licence.
Valid from date hereof until 19
(1) . ....1 (hereinafter called 'the
licensee') or (~~ ..........................................................................
being employed as a travelling salesman by (3) ...........................
..... 1 the holder of licence No .
to manufacture or import and sell (4) .......................................
at (5) ......................................................................................
is hereby licensed to carry and sell duty-paid (4) ...........................
on the following conditions
1. The licensee shall sell only (6) .......................................
.... ....................... and only on behalf of his employer, to persons
licensed to sell the same retail.
2. The licensee shall not sell any of the said goods which he carries except
at the licensed premises of a person licensed to sell the same retail.
Fee $ ..................
Date....................................................... 19
.........................
Director of Commerce and Industry.

FORM 18. No . ............

Tobacco Hawker's Licence
(Not transferable).
Name ...........................................................................
Address ........................................................................
Situation of pitch ...........................................................
Conditions of licence-
1. The licensee shall not cry his wares.
2. The licensee shall sell only * ........................................... at his pitch,
and not elsewhere.
For date of issue and period of licence see current receipt attached hereto.
Fee $ ..................

Photograph
of ......
licensee. Director of Commerce and Industry.





FORM 19. No ..............

Special Importer's Licence for Hydrocarbon Oils.
Valid from date hereof until 19
.* the holder of licence
No . ..
to import hydrocarbon oils and the keeper of licensed
warehouse No . (hereinafter called the warehouse) for the
storage of hydrocarbon oils, is hereby further specially licensed to
import hydrocarbon oils and to store the same in the warehouse,
on the following conditions-
1. The licensee shall furnish a bond in the sum of twenty thousand dollars
with one or more sufficient sureties approved by the Director for the due
observance and performance of the conditions of this licence.
2. The Director shall allow a reasonable time, not exceeding six weeks, after
the duty on any hydrocarbon oils in the warehouse becomes payable, for
payment of the duty on such oils.
3. Revenue locks shall not be fitted to the warehouse, but the licensee shall
take adequate measures to prevent unauthorized entry thereto and removal of
goods therefrom.
4. The licensee shall be permitted to open the warehouse at any time, to
take goods in and out without the attendance of a revenue officer, to store
empty containers in any convenient manner, to open containers and take
samples of and treat hydrocarbon oils in any manner without notice and
without the attendance of a revenue officer, and to dispense with notice of
deficiencies in hydrocarbon oils due only to natural causes, except as hereafter
provided in these conditions.
5. The licensee shall furnish to the Director on or before the seventh day of
each month in a form to be approved by the Director an accurate and complete
return in respect of the last preceding month showing
(a) the balance of stock of dutiable oils from last return;
(b) the quantity of dutiable oils imported;
(c) the quantity of dutiable oils exported;
(d) the quantity of light oils issued to Government order;
(e)the total of all quantities of light oils delivered to local consumers or
dealers;
the total of all quantities of dutiable heavy oils delivered to be used as
fuel for local heavy oil road vehicles;
(g)the total of all quantities of heavy oils delivered for other than the uses
set out in (f);
(h)the quantity of dutiable oils to be written off owing to loss from
evaporation and other causes (with explanations of such losses);
(i) the balance. of stock of dutiable oils at close of month, and shall pay
duty at the time of furnishing the said return, on the total of all quantities
shown under (e) and (f).
(6) When dutiable oils are discharged from any ship into the warehouse,
the licensee shall
(a)before the discharge begins, give forty-eight hours' notice thereof to the
Director;
(b)after the discharge is complete, deliver to the Director an accurate
return of the quantity of oils discharged.
Fee $
Date 19

..........................................................
Director of Commerce and Industry.





FORM 20. No .

Removal Permit for Dutiable Goods.
To the DIRECTOR OF COMMERCE AND
INDUSTRY.
I submit the following particulars of dutiable goods which
will be found at (1)

(2) How imported
and date of
importation, or if Description Marks on Quantity in Value.
produced in this of goods. cases, etc. Lb. or pal.
Colony, where
so produced.

I wish to remove the goods on (3) 19
between the hours of a.m. and P.M. to (4)
... 1 for (5)
Date 19

. .
(Importer).

(Address).

. .
(Signature of employee or agent, if
importer is a firm or company).

Permission is hereby given for the removal of the goods, within the hours,
and from and to the places, specified above.
Fee $ ..................

. .
Director of Commerce and Industry.
Note-This form must be submitted in duplicate, with any invoices, bills of lading, shipping orders, certificates of age
or origin and other 'documents relating to the goods.
One copy only will be issued and after use must be deposited in the general bonded or licensed
warehouse to which the goods are taken, or if it cannot be used, must he returned at once to the office of
the Director





FORM 21. No .............

Removal Permit for Duty-paid Goods.
To the DIRECTOR OF COMMERCE AND INDUSTRY.
I submit the following particulars for assessment of duty on the goods
described below, which will be found at (1) ...............
. .

(2) How imported (3) any
and date of further
importation, or if Description Marks on Quantity in particulars
produced in this of goods. cases, etc. lb. or gal. which may
Colony, where so affect the
produced. duty.

(4) On payment of duty, 1 wish to remove the goods on
............................ 19 between the hours of a.m.
and p.m. to (6)
Date.................................... 19
.........................................................
(Importer).

.. .
(Address).

(Signature of employee or agent, if
importer is a firm or company).
Duty paid. Receipt NO . ...............
Permission is hereby given for the removal of the goods, within the hours,
and from and to the places, specified above.
Fee $ ..................

.....................................................
irector of Commerce and Industry.
Note-This form must be submitted in duplicate, with any invoices, bills of lading. shipping orders,
certificates of age or origin and other documents relating to the goods.
One copy only will he issued and, if it cannot be used, must he returned at once to the
office of the Director.





FORM 22. No .............

To the DIRECTOR OF COMMERCE AND I1 submit the following particulars of (1) -- - goods which duty-paid
will be found at (2)

(3) How imported Marks on
and date of cases, etc.,
importation, or if Description Quantity in Value.
produced in this of goods. and gross lb. or gal.
Colony, where so weight
produced. of each.

(4) [Drawback will be claimed in respect of the goods.]
I wish to remove the goods on (5) 19
between the hours of a.m. and p.m. from (2) and,
if applicable, (3) .......................................................................
to (6) ...... for export
(4) [as ships' stores] by (7) ...................................................
to (8) .................................................................
The goods are to be conveyed to S.S . .................................
by (9) ...............
Date........................................... 19

.. .

(Exporter).

. .
(Address).

..............................................
(Signature of employee or agent, if
exporter is a firm or company).
Permission is hereby given for the removal and export of the goods, within
the hours, and in the manner, specified above.
Fee $ ..................

.. .
Director of Commerce and Industry.





INDORSEMENTS
(10).
I hereby certify that 1 have examined the goods described in this permit.
Date 19

......
Revenue Officer.
I hereby certify that the cases described in this permit were duly received
by me on the (7) ................................................ for export.
Date 19
(11) :

....................... ................. ...........
Note.-This form must be completed in triplicate. If it relates to ships' stores it must be accompanied by
a declaration in Form 27 by the master or Purser. If drawback is to he claimed the application
must he accompanied by a declaration in Form 29.
Unless the goods are duty-paid goods on which no drawback is to he claimed, two
copies of this form must be produced to the revenue officer who examines the goods before
export, and one of these, signed by him. must he produced to the person in charge of the ship
or aircraft on which the goods are exported, or if exported on a train or vehicle, to a revenue
officer, or if sent by post, to an officer of the Post Office, and returned indorsed with the
signature of such person or officer to the office of the Director.
If this permit cannot he used, it must he returned at once to the office of the Director.

FORM 23. No . ............

Permit for Extension of Licensing Hours.
Sign of house .....................................................................
Address ...........................................................................
Intoxicating liquors may he sold under this permit to the general public.
only to members of a private party.
Permission is hereby given to the licensee of the above premises for an
extension of licensing hours from ....................................
....................on 19 until on
..........................,19
Fee $ ..................
Date 19

.....
Commissioner of Police.





FORM 24. No .............

Permit to use Alcohol free of Duty in an Educational, Scientific
or Charitable Institution.

Valid from date of issue until 19

Permission is hereby given to ............................................. (1) [the duly
authorized representative of] the governing body of
(2) ..........an institution
approved in that behalf by the Governor in Council, to use alcohol
free -of duty in the institution for the purpose of (3) .....................
............1.1 on the following
conditions
1. Except with the special permission of the Director-
(a) only ...gallons of alcohol shall be obtained
during the period for which this permit is valid;
(b) the alcohol shall be received only by (4) ........................
from (4) in sealed containers in quantities of
not less than 8.gallons by volume at a time, on a removal
permit for each occasion;
(e)the containers shall not be opened until examined at the institution by
a revenue officer.
2. In the institution---
(a)the alcohol shall be kept, under the control of the person authorized
by this permit to receive it, in a locked compartment set apart for that
purpose;
(b)a stock book showing, with dates, the alcohol received and the manner
in which it has been used shall be kept to the satisfaction of the
Director;
(c)the alcohol in stock at any one time shall not exceed 10 gallons or half
the quantity specified in condition 1(a), whichever is greater;
(d)the alcohol shall- he rendered unpotable before and during use to the
satisfaction of the Director, if he so requires.
Fee $ ...........
Date 19

Director of Commerce and Industry,





FORM 25. NO .............

Receipt for Duty.

I hereby acknowledge the receipt from .................................
of the sum of dollars and cents
being the amount payable as duty on the goods described below
which are now in ........................ at .............


Marks Quantity Duty
Description on in lb. per lb. Total
of goods. cases, or gal. or gal. duty.
etc.

Date 19

Director of Commerce and Industry.





FORM 26.

(1) Import/Export Statement.

I hereby declare that the following dutiable goods were
(1) imported/ exported by (2) from
which (1) arrived inlleft this Colony on (3) 1 19

No. Descrip- Descrip- Quantity Con-
of tion of Marks. Nos. tion of in lb. signees.
cases. cases. goods. or gal.

(4) Stores.

NO. Description Description Quantity
of in case of goods in lb Value.
cases. or gal.

Date .................................. 19

(Owners, Charterers, Agents or Master).

(Address).

(Signature of employee or agent, if the
above signature be that of a body
corporate or firm).





FORM 27.

Declaration to accompany Application for Permit to
export Goods as Ships' Stores.

1 . Purser/Master of S.S . hereby
declare that-

(a) this ship is sailing for on.
.............................. 1 19 at m
.(b) the duration of the voyage is clays;
(c) the quantity of goods in store is* .................................
................... .
................... .
European ............
(d) the ship's complement is: officers
Asiatic ...............
European ............ crew
Asiatic ...............

(e) the passengers number
European Saloon
Asiatic Deck

and apply for the issue of the under-mentioned goods as ship's
stores.
.............
Date .......19

(Signed) ...................................................
Master/Purser.
Note.-The maximum scale allowed for liquors is: spirits pint, or table wine pint, or beer or stout
quart, per person for each day of the voyage; and in addition, port or sherry or liqueur pint,
in respect of officers and saloon passengers.
Ships on regular routes between the Colony and river or coast ports will only be
allowed stores once a month.





. FORM 28.

Declaration to accompany Application for Drawback.

I/We, (1) ......................................... hereby declare
that the goods specified in the attached Export
Permits(s) No.(s) have been' actually exported, and have
not been relanded, and are not intended to be relanded in any part
of this Colony; and that I/we at the time of exportation
was/were and still am/are entitled to drawback thereon.

(Signature) ......

Declared this ..........day of 19
in the presence of (2)
Signature .....................................................................
Address ........................................................................
Occupation .....................................................................

For office use only.
Drawback on the goods specified in the above-mentioned
permit(s) assessed at the following rates- ... ..............................
.............................
.............................
.............................

Total-Dollars ............and
cents .............................................

Fee..$

...............
Director of Commerce and Industry.





FORM 29.

Licensed Warehouse Stock Book.
Ex S.S.* arrived on
19 ......
Receipts.

Permit Marks Descrip- Quantity
No. and tion in lb
Date. Nos. or gal. Remarks


Deliveries.

Quantity
Marks in lb.
Date. and Descrip- or gal Permit Class
Nos. tion. No. of Remarks.
permit.








FORM 30.

Licensed Warehouse Weekly Return.

Descrip- Quantity Descrip- Quantity
tion. in lb. tion. in lb.
or gal. or gal.
Balance on ....
Since received ...

Total ......

Since removed ...
Loss .......

Total ......

Balance ...





FORM 31.

Manufacturer's Stock Book.
Goods received.
Ex S.S.* arrived on

19 ......





Date Permit Marks, Descrip- Quantity Remarks
No. etc. tion in lb
or gal


Goods issued for manufacture.

Quantity
Date. Description. in lb. Remarks.
or gal.





FORM 32.

Manufacturer's Factory Book.

Goods issued for manufacture.

Stock Quantity
Date. book in lb. Remarks.
folio No. or gal.

Goods manufactured.

Date. Descrip- Quantity
tion. in lb. Remarks.
or gal.

*Summary of goods manufactured.

Stock Quantity
Date. book in lb. Remarks.
folio No. or gal.





FORM 33.

Manufacturer's Weekly Return.

Unmanufactured goods.
Quantity Quantity
Descrip- in lb. Descrip- in lb.
tion. or gal. tion. or gal.

Balance on
Since received

Total

Issued for
manufacture
Loss

Total

Balance on

Manufactured goods.

Descrip- Quantity Descrip- Quantity
tion. in lb. tion. in lb.
or gal. or gal.

Balance on ...... Since
received ...

Total ......

Since delivered
(a) Local con
sumption . (b)
Export ....
Loss .......

Total ......

Balance on ......





First FORM
Schedule, DISTILLER'S
cont.
Report on .. Distillery

Amount ascer-
tained by gauge Water
Balance in Spirit receiver Strength. added, Total,
Liquors. B/F. (gallons). gallons. gallo


Sheung ChingRice
and Li. Pun.
Mola ses.
Total
Rice.
Sam Ching *
Molas CS.
Total
Other liquors.

WAREHOUSE ACCOUNT.

Balance Amount received, from Total,
B/F. spirit receiver. in gallons. gallons.

Rice spirit.
25% strength * m
Molasses
spirit
Total
Rice spirit.
32% strength *1
Molasses
spirit.
Other liquors. Total

MATERIALS USED FOR FERMENTATION.

Balance purchases, in Total.
B/F catties
Rice
Liquid.
Molasses. 1
Solid.
Sugar.

Signature (and firm's signature, or in the case of a Chinese firm, the firm's 'chop')





34. WEEKLY RETURN.
for week ending

Sent out direct from receiver at-strengthsWarehoused at
other than 25% and 82% (gallons). strengths of 25% and
3201. (gallons) Total, Balance
gallons. CIF.

Redistilled. Paid duty. Denatured. Exported.
Balanc
Redistilled. Paid duty. Denatured. Exported. Total, gallons. CIF.

Used in catties Balanc
Total CIP.
Monday. Tuesday. Wednesday Thursday. Friday. Saturday. Sunday.





G.N. 889147. SECOND SCHEDULE. [reg. 19(b).]

Officers who, unless otherwise provided in the Ordinance may
grant licences and permits, and fees prescribed.
I.-General.

Officer. Licence or permit. Fee.
Director.General bonded warehouse licence
(Form 1) ..1
do.Harbour vessel licence (Form 8) 1
do.Ship Licence (Form 7) 10

II-LIQUORS.

Officer. Licence or permit. Fee.

$
Director. Licensed warehouse licence (Form 1) 600
do. Distillery licence (Form 9)-
single still
25
two stills
200
more than two stills
400
do. Brewery licence (Form 10)
600
Accountant General. Publican's licence (Form 12)-
(a) in Victoria or the Hill District
(as defined by the Buildings
Ordinance) for premises whose
rateable value at the time of
payment of the fee is-
under $ 10,000
1,000
$ 20,000 .................... 2,000
$ 30,000 .................... 3,000
$ 50,000 .................... 5,000
$100,000 .................... 8,000
$200,000 .................... 10,000
$200,000 and over 12,000
(b) elsewhere in the Colony 60%. of the
(c) transfer of licence to other above fees.
person
400
(d) transfer of licence to other
premises






Officer. Licence or permit. Fee.

$
Accountant General. Restaurant adjunct licence (Form 15)
or hotel keeper's adjunct licence
(Form 14)-
(a) in and to the north of Queen's
Road, Victoria, or at Victoria
Gap .........1,400
(b) elsewhere in the island of Hong
Kong or in Kowloon or New
Kowloon .....800
(c) in the New Territories except
New Kowloon .250
(d) transfer of licence to other 1
person ......80
(c) transfer of licence to other
premises .......................
....... 40
do. Temporary licence for public enter
tainment 20
Commissioner ofPermit for extension of hours (Forin per diem.
Police......23) in respect of sale to-
(a) the general public, by holders
of publicans' licences or hotel
keepers' adjunct licences-
for the first hour 25
for each subsequent hour 50
(b) members of a private party, by
holders of publicans' licences,
hotel keepers' adjunct licences,
or restaurant adjunct licences-
for the first hour 10
for each subsequent hour 20
Director. Canteen licence (Form 6) 1
do. Importer's licence (Form 3)-
(a) except as in (b) 150
(b) to persons in importing only for
their own use (10% of the
.duty on the
.liquor imported,
.with a minimum
.fee of $2).

* An importer who sells liquor also requires a dealer's licence.





Officer. Licence or permit. Fee.

$
Director. Dealer's licence (Form 4)-
(a) for intoxicating liquor other
than Chinese type liquor 1,500
(b) for Chinese type liquor-
(i) in Victoria West of the
Soo Kun Poo nullah 6.50
(ii)in Victoria and areas East of the
Soo Kun Poo nullah, to the
boundary of War Department
land east of A
Kung Ngam and in
Aberdeen or Aplichau
550
(iii) elsewhere in the Island of
Hong Kong ...........
........ 400
(iv) in Kowloon and New Kow-
loon West of the Railway 1
as far as and including 1
Shamshuipo 650
(v) in Kowloon and New Kaw-
loon East of the Railway
as far as and including
Kowloon City and Kai Tak- 550
(vi) elsewhere in New Kowloon 400
(vii) elsewhere in the New
Territories 50
(e) for liquor other than intoxicat-
ing liquor 30
Retailer's licence (Form 5)- for
Chinese type liquor- in the Island of
Hong Kong or in Aplichau,
Kowloon or New Kowloon 150
(ii) elsewhere ......................
25
(b) 'or liquor other than intoxicat-
ing liquor-
(i) in Victoria or Kowloon
South of Waterloo Road,
Gastoigne Road and Chat-
ham Road . 50
(ii) elsewhere in the Island of
Hong Kong or in Kowloon
or New Kowloon 30





Officer. Licence or permit. Fee.

(iii) in the New Territories
except New Kowloon 20
Secretary for Chinese restaurant licence (Form 16)-
Chinese Affairs 1
(in Hong Kong, (a) in the New Territories, except
Kowloon and New New Kowloon, in conjunction
Kowloon).................with
a dealers's licence for 1
Chinese type liquor, and/or a
Restaurant adjunct licence for
intoxicating liquors other than
Chinese type liquors ...50
District Commissioner Chinese restaurant licence (Form 16)-
(elsewhere in New
Territories). (b) in other cases, for premises
whose rateable value at the time
of payment of the fee is
under $500 250
$500 or over but under $ 2000 500
$2,000 or over but under $ 3,000 1,000
$3,000 or over but under $ 4,000 1,250
$4,000 or over but under $ 5,000 1,500
$5,000 or over but under $ 6,000 1,750
$6,000 or over but under $ 7,000 2,000
$7,000 or over but under $ 8,000 2,250
$8,000 or over but under $ 9,000 9,500
$9,000 or over but under $10,000 2,750
$10,000 or over but under $20,000 3,000
$20,000 or over but under $30,000 4,000
$30,000 or over but under $40,000 5,000
$40,000 or-over but under $50,000 6,000
$50,000 or over 7,000
Director.Permit to use alcohol free of duty in
an educational, scientific or charit- able institution (Form 24). 1





III-TOBACCO.

Officer. Licence or permit. Fee.

Director. Licensed warehouse licence (Form 1)-

(a) in conjunction with a manufac-
turer's licence 300
(b) in other cases 600
do. Manufacturer's licence (Form 2) 300
for planning and preparing only
Chinese smoking tobacco 150
do. Travelling salesman's licence (Form
17) 10
do.Canteen licence (Form 6) 1

do. *Importer's licence (Form 3)-

(a) except as in (b) 150

(b) to persons importing only for
their own use (10% of the duty
.ion the tobacco
.imported, with a
.minimum fee of
.$2.)
do. Dealer's licence (Form 4) .................. 300
do. Retailer's licence (Form 5)-

(a) in Victoria or in Kowloon South
of Waterloo Road, Gascoigne
.i
Road and Chatham Road i 60
(b) elsewhere in the Island of Hong
Kong or in Kowloon or New
Kowloon 40
(c) in the New Territories except, 1
New Kowloon .............. 20

(d) to tobacco hawkers (,Form 18) 8

* An importer who sells tobacco also requires a dealer's licence.





IV-HYDROCARBON OILS.

Officer. Licence or permit. Fee.

Director. Licensed warehouse licence (Form 1) 350
do. Manufacturer's licence (Form 2) 3,000
do. *Importer's licence (Form 3)-
(a) except as in (b) 150
(b) to persons importing only for
their own use (10% of the
..duty on the
..hydrocarbon oils
..imported, with a
..minimum fee of
..$2.)
do. Special importer's licence (Form 19)
to licensed importers who are also
keepers of licensed warehouses
capable of storing not less than
100,000 gallons of hydrocarbon oils 150
do. Dealer's licence (Form 4) 10
do. Retailer's licence (light oils) (Form 5) 10

An importer who sells hydrocarbon oils also requires a dealer's licence.

V.-TABLE WATERS.

Officer. Licence or permit. Fee,

Director. Licensed warehouse licence (Form 1)
-in conjunction with a manufac-
turer's licence .... 10
do. Manufacturer's licence (Form 2) 300
for soda fountain only 75
do. Importer's licence (Form 3)-
(a) except as in (b) 100
(b) to persons importing only for
their own use (10% of the duty
..on the table
..waters imported,
..with a minimum
..le-e of $2.)





VL-PROPRIETARY MEDICINES AND TOILET
PREPARATIONS.

Officer. Licence or permit. Fee.

Director. Manufacturer's licence 150
do. Compound licence-Chinese Proprietary
Medicine 75
do. Warehouse licence . 10
do. *Importer's licence 150
(except if held in conjunction with
an Importer's licence for liquor, then
$20) 550
do. Dealer's licence 10
do. Retailer's licence (Form 5)-
(a) in Victoria or in Kowloon South
of Waterloo Road, Gascoigne
Road and Chatham Road 60
(b) elsewhere in the Island of Hong
Kong or in Kowloon or New
Kowloon 1 40
(c) in the New Territories except
New Kowloon 20
..(except if held
..in conjunction
..with a Retailer's
..licence for liquor,
..other than in-
..toxicating liquor
..then 50% of the
..above fees).
..(formerly $3.)
An importer who sells Proprietary Medicines and Toilet Preparation, also requires a dealer's
liG.N.A. 152/50. The following fees are prescribed- . For every
transfer of or substitution or amendment
in an), licence, not otherwise specified,
except
.a
transfer from one person to
another $
2. For every transfer of any licence
from one person to another, not
otherwise specified $5
3. For every certificate of the Government Chemist that any
denatured spirits are non-dutiable. $5, or one-twentieth of the
duty on the spirits denatured, whichever is the greater.





4. For goods stored in the Depart-
merit of Commerce and Industry
by-permission of the Director$ i per package per
...........day or part of a day.
5. For attendance at a general
bonded or licensed warehouse
For a Revenue Inspector 36.00 per hour.
For a Revenue Officer $2.50 per hour; or
...........such other fee as the
...........Governor in Council
...........in any special case
...........may determine :
...........Provided that the
...........minimum fee for
...........any one occasion
...........shall be $10.
DUTIABLE COMMODITIES (DISPENSATION)
REGULATIONS.
(Cap. 109, section 6(i)
(Ordinance No. 36 of 1931).
[16th July 1948.]
1. These regulations may be cited as the Dutiable Commodities
(Dispensation) Regulations.
2. In these regulations P.C.I.R.O. means 'the Preparatory
Commission for the International Refugee Organization, United
Nations'.
3. The P.C.I.R.O. is hereby dispensed from the payment of duty
required to be paid b), reason of the resolution made and passed by the
Legislative Council under section 4 Of the Dutiable Commodities
Ordinance on 2oth February, 1941, and published as G.N. 191 in the
Gazelle Of 21st February, 1941, in respect of the importation into the
Colony of the commodities specified in the Schedule hereto : Provided
that such commodities are applied exclusively for the purposes of relief
and rehabilitation conducted by P.C.I.R.O.

SCHEDULE.
Hydrocarbon Oils.
Regulations Fraser, vol. 3, p. 1351. G.N. 841/40. Regulations fraser, vol. 3, p. 1352. G.N. 889/47. G.N.A. 249/48. G.N.A.175/49. G.N.A. 21/50. G.N.A. 78/50. G.N.A.152/50. G.N.A. 75/51.
Interpretation. (Cap. 109) Application. Vessels which may carry goods.
Packing of goods and quantities in which goods may be imported, exported or moved. Marking containers.
Ships' stores. Foreign landing certificate and receipt for stores to be delivered to Super-intendent. When duty payable.
Receipts. First Schedule. Form 25. Exemptions.
[r. 10 cont.] First Schedule. Form 24. Qualifications for drawback. First Schedule. Form 22. Conditions precedent to drawback.
Goods of Empire origin. Drawback on stores, etc., for ships and aircraft.
[r. 13 cont.]
Licences, forms and fees. First Schedule. Second Schedule. Applications for licences and permits. [cf. Reg. 81.] [cf. Reg. 73 (a).}
[r. 20 cont.] First Schedule. Form 27. Surrender of permits.
Identification of licensees. Bonds.
[r. 23 cont.]
Interpretation. Marking of factories. Factory construction. Unnecessary articles prohibited in factory. Manufacture to be wholly within factory. Storage.
Manufac-turers' books. First Schedule. Form 31, 32. Returns. First Schedule. Form 33. Hydrocarbon oils factory to be deemed a licensed warehouse. Interpretation. Construction.
[r. 48 cont.] Business. Machinery, etc.
Weights and measures. Worts. Collecting and fermenting vessels.
Brewing book. Produce of brewing. Removal of beer from brewery. Calibration table.
Stock books. Returns. Interpretation. Marking of distilleries.
Construction of distilleries. Spirit store to be deemed a licensed warehouse.
Containers. Unauthorized persons prohibited in distilleries. Restrictions on liquors and materials entering and leaving distilleries. Fermentation.
[r. 67 cont.] Liquor to be reduced to uniform strength and spirit receivers emptied, when account is taken.
Duty-paid and denatured spirit to be removed from distillery. Records to be kept by distiller. Returns by distiller. First Schedule. Form 34. Certificates of origin for imported liquors.
[r. 72 cont.] Restrictions on movement of certain liquors. Method of determining quality of liquors. Standards of quality for certain liquors.
[r. 75 cont.] Marking of certain liquors. Interpretation. Marking of premises. stock book;
blend book. Marking of containers. Liquor licencers for grocers.
[r. 81 cont.] Interpretation. Vouchers.
Counterfoils. Voucher to accompany goods. Cancelling vouchers. Interpretation. Application. Marking of warehouse Construction. of warehouse
[r. 90 cont.] Lamps. Accomoda-tion for revenue officers. Facilities for examination, etc., of goods. Hourse of opening. Entry, etc., only with revenue officer. No smoking, etc. Only dutiable goods to be stored.
Goods to be admitted under permit. Goods from ship or aircraft to be admitted on request to general bonded warehouse. Classiffication of goods. Easy access to goods. Empty containers. Opening containers. Sampling and other treatment of goods.
[r. 104 cont.] Goods to be removed only under permit. Minimum quantities for removal. Record of goods. Deficiencies.
Returns to Director. Charges. Stationing of revenue officers. Payment of fees. Penalties. G.N.A. 75/51.
[r. 113 cont.] Forfeiture. G.N.A. 75/51.
Citation. G.N.A. 75/51.
First Schedule. Contd. (1) Name. (2) 'general bonded' or 'licensed' (3) Strike out in case of general bonded warehouse. Insert goods for which licence is issued, in other cases. (4) Address. (5) Descrip-tion of premises. (6) Strike out if not required.
(1) Name. (2) Goods. (3) Premises. (4) Strike out if not required. (1) Name. (2) Address. (3) Goods. (4) Strike out if not required. (5) Specify any other licence held under the Ordinance: strike out in other cases.
First Schedule, cont. (1) Name. (2) Goods. (3) Premises. (4) Strike out if not required. (1) Name of owner, charterer or agents. (2) 'owner', 'charterer' or ' agents'.
First Schedule, cont. (1) Name. (2) Premises. (3) Strike out if not required.
G.N.A. 249/48.
First Schedule, cont. G.N.A. 78/50. G.N.A. 249/48.
G.N.A. 78/50. *Here insert, if the restaurant is (a) in Victoria east of Arsenal Street, '6 p.m. to 9 p.m.': (b) elsewhere, '7 p.m. to 10 p.m.' G.N.A. 249/48. G.N.A. 78/50.
First Schedule, cont. *Name.
(1) Strike out words in brackets if not required. (2) Name of institution. (3) Purpose named in application. (4) Person named in that behalf in application.
First Schedule, cont.
(1) Strike out words not required. (2) Here insert particulars of ship, aircraft, train or vehicle conveying the goods. (3) Date. (4) Ship's or aircraft stores only to be entered here.
First Schedule, cont. *Specify the quantity in lb. or gal. of each kind and brand of goods.
(1) Full name of person or firm entitled to drawback. (2) Full name of witness.
First Schedule, cont. *Where the goods are not ex ship indicate the source.
*Where the goods are not ex ship, indicate the source.
First Schedule, cont. *Unnecessary for duty-paid goods.
First Schedule, cont.
G.N. 889/47.
G.N.A. 175/49.
G.N.A. 152/50.
G.N.A. 184/48. Citation. Interpretation. Dispensation from payment of duty in certain cases. (Cap. 109)

Abstract

Regulations Fraser, vol. 3, p. 1351. G.N. 841/40. Regulations fraser, vol. 3, p. 1352. G.N. 889/47. G.N.A. 249/48. G.N.A.175/49. G.N.A. 21/50. G.N.A. 78/50. G.N.A.152/50. G.N.A. 75/51.
Interpretation. (Cap. 109) Application. Vessels which may carry goods.
Packing of goods and quantities in which goods may be imported, exported or moved. Marking containers.
Ships' stores. Foreign landing certificate and receipt for stores to be delivered to Super-intendent. When duty payable.
Receipts. First Schedule. Form 25. Exemptions.
[r. 10 cont.] First Schedule. Form 24. Qualifications for drawback. First Schedule. Form 22. Conditions precedent to drawback.
Goods of Empire origin. Drawback on stores, etc., for ships and aircraft.
[r. 13 cont.]
Licences, forms and fees. First Schedule. Second Schedule. Applications for licences and permits. [cf. Reg. 81.] [cf. Reg. 73 (a).}
[r. 20 cont.] First Schedule. Form 27. Surrender of permits.
Identification of licensees. Bonds.
[r. 23 cont.]
Interpretation. Marking of factories. Factory construction. Unnecessary articles prohibited in factory. Manufacture to be wholly within factory. Storage.
Manufac-turers' books. First Schedule. Form 31, 32. Returns. First Schedule. Form 33. Hydrocarbon oils factory to be deemed a licensed warehouse. Interpretation. Construction.
[r. 48 cont.] Business. Machinery, etc.
Weights and measures. Worts. Collecting and fermenting vessels.
Brewing book. Produce of brewing. Removal of beer from brewery. Calibration table.
Stock books. Returns. Interpretation. Marking of distilleries.
Construction of distilleries. Spirit store to be deemed a licensed warehouse.
Containers. Unauthorized persons prohibited in distilleries. Restrictions on liquors and materials entering and leaving distilleries. Fermentation.
[r. 67 cont.] Liquor to be reduced to uniform strength and spirit receivers emptied, when account is taken.
Duty-paid and denatured spirit to be removed from distillery. Records to be kept by distiller. Returns by distiller. First Schedule. Form 34. Certificates of origin for imported liquors.
[r. 72 cont.] Restrictions on movement of certain liquors. Method of determining quality of liquors. Standards of quality for certain liquors.
[r. 75 cont.] Marking of certain liquors. Interpretation. Marking of premises. stock book;
blend book. Marking of containers. Liquor licencers for grocers.
[r. 81 cont.] Interpretation. Vouchers.
Counterfoils. Voucher to accompany goods. Cancelling vouchers. Interpretation. Application. Marking of warehouse Construction. of warehouse
[r. 90 cont.] Lamps. Accomoda-tion for revenue officers. Facilities for examination, etc., of goods. Hourse of opening. Entry, etc., only with revenue officer. No smoking, etc. Only dutiable goods to be stored.
Goods to be admitted under permit. Goods from ship or aircraft to be admitted on request to general bonded warehouse. Classiffication of goods. Easy access to goods. Empty containers. Opening containers. Sampling and other treatment of goods.
[r. 104 cont.] Goods to be removed only under permit. Minimum quantities for removal. Record of goods. Deficiencies.
Returns to Director. Charges. Stationing of revenue officers. Payment of fees. Penalties. G.N.A. 75/51.
[r. 113 cont.] Forfeiture. G.N.A. 75/51.
Citation. G.N.A. 75/51.
First Schedule. Contd. (1) Name. (2) 'general bonded' or 'licensed' (3) Strike out in case of general bonded warehouse. Insert goods for which licence is issued, in other cases. (4) Address. (5) Descrip-tion of premises. (6) Strike out if not required.
(1) Name. (2) Goods. (3) Premises. (4) Strike out if not required. (1) Name. (2) Address. (3) Goods. (4) Strike out if not required. (5) Specify any other licence held under the Ordinance: strike out in other cases.
First Schedule, cont. (1) Name. (2) Goods. (3) Premises. (4) Strike out if not required. (1) Name of owner, charterer or agents. (2) 'owner', 'charterer' or ' agents'.
First Schedule, cont. (1) Name. (2) Premises. (3) Strike out if not required.
G.N.A. 249/48.
First Schedule, cont. G.N.A. 78/50. G.N.A. 249/48.
G.N.A. 78/50. *Here insert, if the restaurant is (a) in Victoria east of Arsenal Street, '6 p.m. to 9 p.m.': (b) elsewhere, '7 p.m. to 10 p.m.' G.N.A. 249/48. G.N.A. 78/50.
First Schedule, cont. *Name.
(1) Strike out words in brackets if not required. (2) Name of institution. (3) Purpose named in application. (4) Person named in that behalf in application.
First Schedule, cont.
(1) Strike out words not required. (2) Here insert particulars of ship, aircraft, train or vehicle conveying the goods. (3) Date. (4) Ship's or aircraft stores only to be entered here.
First Schedule, cont. *Specify the quantity in lb. or gal. of each kind and brand of goods.
(1) Full name of person or firm entitled to drawback. (2) Full name of witness.
First Schedule, cont. *Where the goods are not ex ship indicate the source.
*Where the goods are not ex ship, indicate the source.
First Schedule, cont. *Unnecessary for duty-paid goods.
First Schedule, cont.
G.N. 889/47.
G.N.A. 175/49.
G.N.A. 152/50.
G.N.A. 184/48. Citation. Interpretation. Dispensation from payment of duty in certain cases. (Cap. 109)


Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1847

Edition

1950

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

109

Number of Pages

69
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 15:46:44 +0800
<![CDATA[DRAWBACK]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1846

Title

DRAWBACK

Description






RESOLUTION BY THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL.
(Cap. 109, section 5).
(Ordinance No. 36 of 1931).
[26th July, 1940.]
DRAWBACK.
1. The rate of drawback on duty-paid goods shall be equal to the
rate of duty paid on such goods.
2. Drawback shall be calculated to the nearest tenth. of a gallon, or
to the nearest hundredth of a pound, as the ease may be.
3. Drawback shall not be payable unless the goods in the
manufacture or preparation of which the duty-paid goods were used are
(a)perfumed spirits, medicated spirits or toilet preparations,
containing not less than five per cent of alcohol by weight, in
quantities of not less than two gallons of each brand, mixture
or preparation ;
(b)beer, in quantities of not less than five gallons, and
(i) the original gravity of the beer is not less than that of
the worts from which it was manufactured; and
(ii) the beer is not blended from two or more kinds of beer
of different original gravities;
(c)tobacco, in quantities of not less than-
(i) cigarettes 2,000
(ii) cigars .................... 200
(iii) other manufactured tobacco. Ib. 3;
(d)hydrocarbon oils in quantities of riot less than eight gallons
of each kind, preparation or admixture.

DUTIABLE COMMODITIES REGULATIONS.
(Cap. 109, sections 6, 19(3), (4), 23(3), 49, 51,
55(1) 58, 65, 77).
(Ordinance No. 36 of 1930.
[26th July, 1940.]
The regulations are divided into Parts as follows Part I-
Interpretation (reg. i).
Part II-Carriage of goods (rags. 2-7).
Regulations Fraser, vol. 3, p. 1351. G.N. 841/40. Regulations fraser, vol. 3, p. 1352. G.N. 889/47. G.N.A. 249/48. G.N.A.175/49. G.N.A. 21/50. G.N.A. 78/50. G.N.A.152/50. G.N.A. 75/51.

Abstract

Regulations Fraser, vol. 3, p. 1351. G.N. 841/40. Regulations fraser, vol. 3, p. 1352. G.N. 889/47. G.N.A. 249/48. G.N.A.175/49. G.N.A. 21/50. G.N.A. 78/50. G.N.A.152/50. G.N.A. 75/51.


Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1846

Edition

1950

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

109

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 15:46:43 +0800
<![CDATA[DUTIES ON PROPRIETARY MEDICINES AND TOILET PREPARATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1845

Title

DUTIES ON PROPRIETARY MEDICINES AND TOILET PREPARATIONS

Description






DUTIES ON HYDROCARBON OILS.

[16th January, 1941.]

Duty shall be payable on hydrocarbon oils at the
following rates per gallon-
(a) on light oils 80 cents
(b) on heavy oils to be used as fuel for any
heavy oil road vehicle 40 cents
(c) on other hydrocarbon oils io cents

DUTY ON TABLE WATERS.

[31st March, 1949.3

Duty shall be payable on table waters at 48 cents per gallon.

DUTY ON PROPRIETARY MEDICINES AND TOILET
PREPARATIONS.

[3rd December, 1947.1

1.. Duty shall be payable on proprietary medicines and toilet
preparations at the following rates
(a)on toilet preparations and proprietary medicines made in
Hong Kong 257 of the selling price ex factory
(b)on imported proprietary medicines and toilet preparations 2,57
of the f.o.b. price ex shipping port.

2. The rate for the purpose of calculating the Hong Kong dollar
equivalent of foreign currencies shall in all cases be the official rate of
exchange prevailing at the date of paying duty on any such importation.

3. The Director shall have the right to require the importer to
produce consular or other certified invoices and where the information
on such invoices is not considered correct, he may fix a price for the
calculation of duty.
G.N. 191/41. G.N. 192/41. G.N.A. 64/49. G.N. 916/47. G.N.A. 73/48. G.N.A. 156/49. G.N.A. 203/50. G.N.A. 203/50.

Abstract

G.N. 191/41. G.N. 192/41. G.N.A. 64/49. G.N. 916/47. G.N.A. 73/48. G.N.A. 156/49. G.N.A. 203/50. G.N.A. 203/50.


Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1845

Edition

1950

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

109

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 15:46:42 +0800
<![CDATA[DUTIES ON TABLE WATERS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1844

Title

DUTIES ON TABLE WATERS

Description






DUTIES ON HYDROCARBON OILS.

[16th January, 1941.]

Duty shall be payable on hydrocarbon oils at the
following rates per gallon-
(a) on light oils 80 cents
(b) on heavy oils to be used as fuel for any
heavy oil road vehicle 40 cents
(c) on other hydrocarbon oils io cents

DUTY ON TABLE WATERS.

[31st March, 1949.3

Duty shall be payable on table waters at 48 cents per gallon.

DUTY ON PROPRIETARY MEDICINES AND TOILET
PREPARATIONS.

[3rd December, 1947.1

1.. Duty shall be payable on proprietary medicines and toilet
preparations at the following rates
(a)on toilet preparations and proprietary medicines made in
Hong Kong 257 of the selling price ex factory
(b)on imported proprietary medicines and toilet preparations 2,57
of the f.o.b. price ex shipping port.

2. The rate for the purpose of calculating the Hong Kong dollar
equivalent of foreign currencies shall in all cases be the official rate of
exchange prevailing at the date of paying duty on any such importation.

3. The Director shall have the right to require the importer to
produce consular or other certified invoices and where the information
on such invoices is not considered correct, he may fix a price for the
calculation of duty.
G.N. 191/41. G.N. 192/41. G.N.A. 64/49. G.N. 916/47. G.N.A. 73/48. G.N.A. 156/49. G.N.A. 203/50. G.N.A. 203/50.

Abstract

G.N. 191/41. G.N. 192/41. G.N.A. 64/49. G.N. 916/47. G.N.A. 73/48. G.N.A. 156/49. G.N.A. 203/50. G.N.A. 203/50.


Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1844

Edition

1950

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

109

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 15:46:42 +0800
<![CDATA[DUTIES ON HYDROCARBON OILS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1843

Title

DUTIES ON HYDROCARBON OILS

Description






DUTIES ON HYDROCARBON OILS.

[16th January, 1941.]

Duty shall be payable on hydrocarbon oils at the
following rates per gallon-
(a) on light oils 80 cents
(b) on heavy oils to be used as fuel for any
heavy oil road vehicle 40 cents
(c) on other hydrocarbon oils io cents

DUTY ON TABLE WATERS.

[31st March, 1949.3

Duty shall be payable on table waters at 48 cents per gallon.

DUTY ON PROPRIETARY MEDICINES AND TOILET
PREPARATIONS.

[3rd December, 1947.1

1.. Duty shall be payable on proprietary medicines and toilet
preparations at the following rates
(a)on toilet preparations and proprietary medicines made in
Hong Kong 257 of the selling price ex factory
(b)on imported proprietary medicines and toilet preparations 2,57
of the f.o.b. price ex shipping port.

2. The rate for the purpose of calculating the Hong Kong dollar
equivalent of foreign currencies shall in all cases be the official rate of
exchange prevailing at the date of paying duty on any such importation.

3. The Director shall have the right to require the importer to
produce consular or other certified invoices and where the information
on such invoices is not considered correct, he may fix a price for the
calculation of duty.
G.N. 191/41. G.N. 192/41. G.N.A. 64/49. G.N. 916/47. G.N.A. 73/48. G.N.A. 156/49. G.N.A. 203/50. G.N.A. 203/50.

Abstract

G.N. 191/41. G.N. 192/41. G.N.A. 64/49. G.N. 916/47. G.N.A. 73/48. G.N.A. 156/49. G.N.A. 203/50. G.N.A. 203/50.


Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1843

Edition

1950

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

109

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 15:46:42 +0800
<![CDATA[DUTIES ON TOBACCO]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1842

Title

DUTIES ON TOBACCO

Description






DUTIES ON TOBACCO.

[6th January, 1949.]

Duty shall be payable on tobacco at the following rates_
per lb-

A. on UNMANUFACTURED TOBACCO-
(I) unstripped tobacco containing-
(a) io per cent or more of moisture by weight
(i) tobacco of Empire origin $3.55
(ii) other tobacco 3.75
(b) less than io per cent of moisture by weight:
(i) tobacco of Empire origin 3.58
(ii) other tobacco 3.78
(2) stripped tobacco containing-
(a) io per cent or more of moisture by weight
(i) tobacco of Empire origin $3.70
(ii) other tobacco 3.90
(b) less than io per cent of moisture by weight:
(1) tobacco of Empire origin 3.85
(ii) other tobacco 4.05

B. on MANUFACTURED TOBACCO-
(i) Cigars-
(i) of Empire origin and manufacture $4.50
(ii) of Empire manufacture only 5.25
(iii) other cigars 7.00
(2) Cigarettes-
(1) of Empire origin and manufacture$4.70
(ii) of Empire manufacture only 5.30
(iii) other cigarettes 6.00
(3)Other manufactured tobacco including snuff and
cigar cuttings
(i) of Empire origin and manufacture $3.30
(ii) of Empire manufacture only 3.90
(iii) Chinese prepared tobacco 3.00
(iv) Other varieties ........................... 4.80
G.N.A. 13/49.

Abstract

G.N.A. 13/49.


Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1842

Edition

1950

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

109

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 15:46:41 +0800
<![CDATA[DUTIES ON LIQUORS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1841

Title

DUTIES ON LIQUORS

Description






DUTIABLE COMMODITIES.
Subsidiary legislation under this Chapter, with subsequent
amendments (if any) incorporated, is set out as follows
Page
Duties on liquors .....................272
Duties on tobacco ... ... ... ... ... ... 275
Duties on hydrocarbon oils ... ... ... ... ... 276
Duty on table waters ... ... ... ... ... ... 276
Duty on proprietary medicines and toilet pre-
parations ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 276
Drawback ... 277
Dutiable Commodities Regulations ... ... 271
Dutiable Commodities (Dispensation) Regulations 345

RESOLUTIONS BY THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL.
(Cap. 109, section 4).
(Ordinance No. 36 of 1931).
[28th November, 1946.]

DUTIES ON LIQUORS.
Duty shall be payable on liquors at the following rates per gallon
PART 1.
Hong Kong Empire Other
On- origin. origin. origin.

Liqueurs champagne $ $ $
and other sparkling
wines - 36.00 44-00

Brandy - 32.00 40.00
Gin, whisky and other
spirituous liquors 32.00 32.00 40.00
Port, sherry and madeira - 20.00 25.00
Other still wines - i 6.00 20.00
Cider and perry - 2.0 0 2.50





DUTIES ON LIQUORS,-contd.
Hong Kong Empire Other
On- origin. origin. origin.

Concentrated beer in
whatever form, whether ale
basis, or malt and hops
concentrate, or
otherwise 1.15 1.50 1.90
and in addition, for
every degree by which -
the original gravity
exceeds 1045 degrees .. 0.03 0.04 0.05
Other beer, except cider
and perry, not exceed-
ing 1055 degrees
original gravity 1.00 1.50 1.90
and in addition, for
every degree by which
the original gravity
exceeds 1055 degrees .. 0.03 0.04 0.05
Intoxicating liquors in
this Part above the
strength Of 22 degrees
under proof, for every
degree above such
strength, in addition
to the duties specified
above ..0.400.40 0.50
PART II.
On- Hong Kong Empire Other
origin. origin. origin.

Chinese type liquor 4.00 4.00 5.90
and in addition, for
every one per cent by
which the alcoholic
stren gth by weight
exceeds 25pet cent ... o.16 o.16 0.20





DUTIES ON LIQUORS,-contd.
On- Hong Kong Empire Other
origin. origin. origin.

Sake ......... 4.00 4.00 5.00
and in addition, for
every one per cent by
which the alcoholic
strength by weight
exceeds 25 per cent o.16 o.16 0.20

PART III.

On- Hong Kong Empire Other
origin. origin. origin.

Liquors other than
intoxicating liquors,
but excluding spirits of
wine or arrack 4.00 1 4.00 5.00
and in addition, for
every one per cent by
which the alcoholic
strength by weight
exceeds 25 per cent o. 16 o.16 0.20
Spirits of wine or arrack. 4.00 4.00 5.00
and in addition, for
every one per cent by
wh ich the alcoholic
strength by weight
exceeds 25 per cent o.16 o.16 0.20

Provided that the Director may assess the duty.. on intoxicating
liquors, not specified in Part I or II, at the rate prescribed for liquor
which in his opinion most nearly approximates to the liquor on which
duty is t o be assessed : Provided also that the Director may in his
discretion assess the duty on any quantity of liquor of less than two
gallons, imported at any time in one consignment at $30 per gallon.
Regulations Fraser, vol. 3, p. 1347. G.N.A. 628/46.

Abstract

Regulations Fraser, vol. 3, p. 1347. G.N.A. 628/46.


Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1841

Edition

1950

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

109

Number of Pages

3
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 15:46:41 +0800
<![CDATA[DUTIABLE COMMODITIES ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1840

Title

DUTIABLE COMMODITIES ORDINANCE

Description






CHAPTER 109.

THE DUTIABLE COMMODITIES ORDINANCE.

ARRANGEMENTS OF SECTIONS.

Section Page

1. Short title................... ... ... ... ... ... ... 216

2. Interpretation.............. ... ... ... ... ... ... 216

3. Application........................ ... ... ... ... ... 218

PART I.- GENERAL.

4. Duties ............................ ... ... ... ... ... 218

5. Drawback................. ... ... ... ... ... 219

6. Regulations ............................ ... ... 219

7. Grant of licences and permits .......... ... ... ... ... 221

8. Applications for licences and permits ... ... ... 222

9. Register of requisitions and permits ... ... ... ... ... 222

10. Deputy for absent licensee ............ ... ... ... ... ... 222
11. Revenue officers ...................... ... 223
12. Powers of revenue officers ............ ... ... ... ... 224

13. Power of arrest .......................... ... ... ... ... 225

14. Arrest and seizure without warrant ... ... ... ... ... 225

15. Search of place or ship with warrant or authority or by police

officer not below the rank of sergeant ... ... ... ... 225

16. Seizure and forfeiture of things used for commission of

offences .............................. ... ... ... ... ... 227

17. Procedure after arrest or seizure ........ ... ... ... ... 227

18. Obstruction of revenue or police officer ... ... ... ... 227

19. Restrictions on dealing with and possession of certain goods. 228

20. Goods embarked for export not to be relanded ... ... ... 230

21. Restrictions on import and export ..... ... ... ... ... 230

22. Penalty on not bringing to at stations; or carrying away

officers .............................. ... ... 230

23. Import and export statements ............. 231

24. Removal of goods fron ships, vehicles or aircraft ... ... 232

25. Ships' or aircraft stores, etc . ...... ... ... ... ... ... ... 232

26. Assessment of duty and drawback ....... ... ... ... ... 233

27. Liability of licensee of general bonded or licensed warehouse. 233





Section Page

28. Contracts for sale of duty-paid goods when duties are altered
or repealed ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 233
29. Recovery of duty, etc.... ... ... ... ... 234
30. Search of baggage and goods ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 234
31. Examination of articles (other than baggage) on shore,
ship, etc. ... ...... ... ... 235
32. Improper possession of labels; etc . ... ... ... ... ... ... 235
33. Misrepresentation, concealment, removal of goods, and deface-
ment of licence or permit ... .... ... ... ... 236
34. Offences . ... .. ... ... ... . 237
35. Responsibility for acts of agents and servants ... ... 237
36. Service on body corporate or firm ... ... ... ...---... ... 237
37. Presumptions ... ... ... ... ... ... . ... ... ... ... 238
38. Certain certificates to be evidence ... ... ... ... ... 238
39. Magistrate may call in expert 239
40. Recovery of experts' fees ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 239
41. Informers . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 239
42. Manner of seizure not to be inquired into by court ... ... ... 239
43. Penalties ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 240
44. Forfeitures ... ... ... ...... ... ... ... 240
45. Evidence of forfeiture ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 241
46. Goods abandoned as not worth the duty ... ... ... 241

PART II.-LIQUORS

47. Interpretation ... ... ... ... ... ... 241.
48. Licensing Board ... ... ... ... ... ... ...243
49. Mode of election ... ... ... ... ... ... 244
50. Mode of voting ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 244
51. Applications for publicans and adjunct licences ... ... ... 244
52. Advertisement of applications ... ... ... ... ... ..... 244
53. Decision of board. Appeal to Governor in Council ... 245
54. No renewed application within twelve months ... ... ... ... 245
55. Issue and duration of licences ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 245
56. Transfer, etc. of licences ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 245
57. Provision for case of death or insolvency of licensee 246
58. Issue of temporary licence ... ... ... 246
59. Restriction of right of action for liquor sold ... ... 246
60. Retailers' signs ... ... 247





sections.
61. Measures or weights for sale of liquor . ... ... ... ... 247
62. Prohibition of taking pledge for liquor ... ... ... ... 247
63. Prohibition of payment of journeymen, etc. at licensed
premises ............................. ... ... ... 247

64. Prohibition of certain transactions without licence ... ... 247
65. Illegal possession of still or fermented material, etc . ... 247

66. Distilling, etc. adulterated liquor ....... ... ... ... ... 248

67. Duty on spirit distilled in this Colony ... ... ... ... 248

68. Duty on beer except cider and perry ... ... ... ... ... 249

69. Police powers of access ................... ... ... ... ... 250

70. Power to apprehend persons drinking in unlicensed place 250

71. Power to search suspected premises ..... ... ... 250

72. Presumptions in proceedings for illicit distillation etc. 250

73. Free licences for small stills for registered doctors and

pharmacists ........................... ... ... 250

74. Saving as to sale of liquor by licensed auctioneer ... ... 251

75. Denatured spirits to be dutiable goods until certified to the

contrary .............................. ... 251

PART III-TOBACCO.

76. Definition of tobacco...................... ... ... ... 252

77. Restriction on tobacco growing ............ ... ... ... 252

78. Manufacture, etc. of adulterated tobacco ... ... ... ... 252

PART IV-HYDROCARBON OILS.

79. Definition of hydrocarbon oils ............ ... ... ... 252

PART V-TABLE WATERS.
80. Application ............................ 253

81. interpretation ............................ ... ... ... ... 253

PART VI-PROPRIETARY MEDICINES AND TOILET
PREPARATIONS.

82. Application ..................... ... ... ... 253
83. Interpretation ................. ... ... ... ... ... 253
84. Exchange Rate ............................. ... ... ... ... 255
85. Ascertainment of price ................. ... ... ... ... 255

FIRST SCHEDULE.
(Light oils.)
SECOND SCHEDULE.
(Enactments under which revenue officers have powers.)











CHAPTER 109.

DUTIABLE COMMODITIES.

To amend and consolidate the law relating to Ihe taxation of
liquors, tobacco, hydrocarbon oils and other substances.

[ist January, 1932.]

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Dutiable
Commodities Ordinance.

2. (1) In this Ordinance

'container' includes any receptacle or vessel and any wrapper,
packing, cover or stopper;

'Director' means the Director of Commerce and Industry and
includes an assistant director;

'dutiable goods' means goods to which this Ordinance applies,
which are not exempt from duty and on which the duty has
not been paid, and includes goods on which duty has been
paid if subsequently reimported;

'duty-paid goods' means goods on which the full duty prescribed
by law has been paid;

'export' means to carry out of the Colony or to cause to be
carried out of the Colony, and includes the carriage out of
the Colony of goods which were imported into the Colony;

'gallon' means the Imperial gallon;

'Government Chemist' shall mean the persoii so appointed by
the Governor and shall include such other person as the
Director of Medical and Health Services may appoint to
carry out duties udder this Ordinance ;

'Import' means to carry into the Colony or to cause to be
carried into the Colony;

'licence' means a licence under this Ordinance, and includes
'permit' ; and 'licensee' includes 'permittee';

'manifest' means the manifest of a ship or aircraft, and in
relation to a vehicle, the statement referred to in





section 23 of goods imported or for export in such vehicle;

'manufacture' includes every kind of preparation, mixing and treatment
except packing and unpacking;

'master' includes every person, except a pilot, having command or
charge of any ship;

net register' means net registered tonnage or its equivalent calculated
according to English rules under the Merchant Shipping Acts,
1894 to 1948;

'offence' means an offence against any of the provisions of this
Ordinance, and includes any act or omission declared or deemed
by any of the provisions of this Ordinance to be an offence;

'railway' means the Kowloon-Canton Railway, British Section, and 'by
rail' means by the railway;

'ship' includes every description of vessel (not being or having the
status of a vessel of war) used, or adapted to be used, in
navigation or for the carriage of goods or persons;

'warehouse' means any premises or place or any part thereof appointed
by the Director either as a general bonded warehouse or as a
licensed warehouse and set apart for storing only dutiable goods.

(2) In this Ordinance 'Commonwealth' has the same meaning as in
the Commonwealth Preference Ordinance, and for the purposes of this
Ordinance goods shall be deemed to be

(a)of Commonwealth origin, if they are proved to the
satisfaction of the Director to have been grown or produced
in, and consigned from, any part of the Commonwealth; or

(b)of Commonwealth manufacture, if they are proved to the
satisfaction of the Director to have been substantially
manufactured in, and consigned from, any part of the
Commonwealth : But no goods shall be deemed to have been
substantially manufactured within the Commonwealth unless
in the opinion of the Director at least one-quarter of their
value is the result of labour within the Commonwealth; or





(c) of Hong Kong origin or manufactured in this Colony, if they
are proved to the satisfaction of the Director to have been
substantially produced or manufactured, as the case may be,
in the Colony.

3. (1) This Ordinance shall apply to alcoholic liquors, tobacco,
hydrocarbon oils, table waters, proprietary medicines and toilet
preparations.

(2) The Legislative Council may from time to time by resolution
published in the Gazette apply to any substance any of the provisions
of this Ordinance specified in the resolution with such modifications, if
any, as may to them seem desirable, having regard to the nature of the
substance to which the resolution relates.

(3) While any resolution relating to any substance is in force
under this section the provisions of this Ordinance thereby applied
shall have effect as if the substance were goods to which this
Ordinance applies, but subject to such modifications, if any, as may be
provided by the resolution.

(4) Except as provided in section 74, this Ordinance shall not apply to
goods which are the property of or imported or purchased for the
Governor or for the Government of the United Kingdom or of this
Colony.

(5) Except as may be prescribed by regulations, the provisions of
this Ordinance relating to the importation, exportation and movement
of goods shall not apply to postal packets as defined in the Post Office
Ordinance.

PART I.-GENERAL

4. (1) The Legislative Council may from time to time by resolution
published in the Gazette impose any, duty on any dutiable goods, or
any class of dutiable goods, and may increase, decrease, recast,
abolish or vary any such duty to any extent whatever, or may impose
new duties on any, such goods or class of goods, whether or not on
the coming into force of such resolution the goods, or the goods of
that class, are already in the Colony.

(2) Every such resolution, and any resolution under section 3 or 5,
shall come into force at the time of the passing





thereof unless some other time be specified in the resolution, and in
that case at the time so specified; and any resolution may be varied or
revoked by any subsequent resolution.

(3) Subject to the provisions of the Public Revenue Protection
Ordinance, and any order of the Governor thereunder, any duties
payable at the time of the coming into force of any resolution under
this section shall continue payable, except as otherwise expressly
provided in the resolution, until other provision is made therefor under
or by virtue of this Ordinance.

5. Where it is proved to the satisfaction of the Director that any
duty-paid goods have been used. in this Colony by qualified persons
in the manufacture or preparation of any goods exported, or taken as
stores on board a ship, aircraft or vehicle departing from the Colony, a
drawback shall be payable to such persons in respect of such duty-
paid goods at such rate as may from time to time be prescribed by
resolution of the Legislative Council in the same manner as a duty.

In this section, 'qualified person' means a person qualified in
manner prescribed by regulations for the purpose of drawback.

6. Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance, the Governor in
Council may by regulations provide for

(a)regulating, restricting, licensing or prohibiting, except by
licensed persons and on, from or to licensed premises,
vehicle, ships or aircraft, as the case may be, the importation,
exportation, movement, carriage, production, manufacture,
storage, sale, supply and possession of goods to which this
Ordinance applies;

(b)prescribing standards of quality for and determining the
quality and origin of, and for packing or bottling, any goods
to be manufactured, sold or exported under licence; and for
prescribing the materials to be used in such manufacture;





(c)the form and conditions of licences and permits, the officers
who may grant licences or permits and the periods for which
licences and permits may be issued ; and for the surrender of
permits after issue ;

(d)the construction, maintenance, management and control of
licensed premises and for the maintenance of peace and
good order in licensed premises to which the public have
access;

(e)prescribing books and records to be kept for the purposes of
this Ordinance, the manner in which they are to be kept, and
the periods for which they are to be preserved;

(f) prescribing the containers in which goods to which this
Ordinance applies may be kept, sold or supplied; and for the
labelling or marking of such goods and containers;

(g) prescribing forms and fees;

(h)the payment of fees, duties and drawback, and for the refund
of duty on goods destroyed with the consent of the Director
or on such other goods as the Legislative Council may by
resolution direct;

(i)dispensing with or relaxing any of the provisions of this
Ordinance or any regulations made or duties imposed
thereunder relating to goods

(i) used or intended to be used in the sacrament, or solely
for educational, scientific, medical or charitable purposes;

(ii) used or intended to be used in navigation, air or land
traffic through or outside the Colony, or as ships' or aircraft
stores;

(iii) imported by passengers in their baggage for their own
use;

(iv) exported and subsequently reirnported,

or to such other goods as the Legislative Council may by
resolution direct;

(1)the furnishing of bonds, or cash or other securities, by
licensees and others to secure the due payment





of duty and the observance of the provisions of this
Ordinance and any regulations thereunder and the
conditions of licences;

(k)the examination of the baggage and goods of persons
entering the Colony;

(l)requiring importers and exporters of goods to which this
Ordinance applies to furnish certificates relating to the
goods from places outside the Colony;

(m)prescribing matters in which the Director may give directions
for the protection of the revenue and the carrying out of the
provisions of this Ordinance and any regulations
thereunder, and for empowering him to give such directions;

(n)anything which is by, this Ordinance to be prescribed by
regulations;

(o)generally carrying into effect the provisions of this
Ordinance.

7. Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance and the regulations
thereunder

(a)the Director or other prescribed officer may in his absolute
discretion grant and issue licences on payment of the fees, in the
forms and for the periods prescribed, or if no such period is
prescribed in any case, for periods of one year at a time, and
may renew such licences for like periods and grant and issue
permits in prescribed form ;

(b)the office officer authorized to grant a licence or permit may

(i) in granting the licence or permit impose such special
conditions or restrictions in particular cases as he thinks fit;

(ii) permit the transfer of the licence or permit from one
person to another or, if the licence was issued for certain
premises, the substitution therefor of other premises, or may
amend the licence or permit, on sufficient cause being shown
to his





satisfaction and on payment of the fee prescribed for such
transfer, substitution or amendment and of such fee, or such
proportionate part of such fee, payable under paragraph (a)
as the change may involve ;

(iii) give such directions in writing in prescribed matters
as he may deem necessary to licensees for the protection of
the revenue

(iv) revoke the licence or permit on proof to his
satisfaction of an offence against this Ordinance, whether
aily person has been convicted of such offence or not;

(c)a list of general bonded warehouses and a list of licensed
warehouses shall be published in the Gazetle in January of
each year and additions thereto or deletions therefrom shall
be similarly published within one month of such addition or
deletion becoming necessary.

8. Any person requiring a licence or permit or the renewal or any
extension, transfer or amendment of a licence or permit shall make
application either personally or in writing to the officer authorized to
grant the same, as lie may direct, and in the form, if any, prescribed, and
shall furnish such information and evidence relating to the application
as may, be prescribed by regulations or as the Director may require.

9. Every requisition for a permit and a copy of every permit issued
shall be entered in a book or books in the office of the officer
authorized to issue the permit, and the absence of a requisition or
copy therefrom shall be prima facie evidence that a permit has not been
applied for or, as the case may be, that a permit has not issued.

10. if the holder of a licence for any premises in which dutiable
goods may be stored or manufactured leaves this Colony for more than
forty-eight hours at a time, or is by reason of any disability incapable
of acting, he, or in the case of disability his legal representative, shall
appoint a responsible person, approved by the Director, to act on his
behalf during his absence or disability and shall lodge with





the Director a notice of such appointment indorsed or countersigned
by the person appointed; and during the absence or disability of the
licensee the person appointed shall, without prejudice to the
responsibility of the licensee, have the same duties and liabilities as the
licensee under this Ordinance.

11. (1) The Director may appoint such revenue officers for the
purposes of this Ordinance as he thinks fit, may assign them their
duties, may regulate the manner in which they are to perform their
duties and may remove such revenue officers.

(2) The Director shall have power to impose a fine not exceeding
ten dollars on any revenue officer whom he finds to have neglected or
absented himself from his duty or to have committed any breach of
discipline; such fine shall be deducted from the officer's pay and shall
be in addition to any other punishment to which he may be liable.

(3) Every revenue officer shall be provided by the Director with a
warrant.

(4) Every revenue officer when acting against any person under
this Ordinance shall declare his office and produce his warrant to such
person.

(5) Every person removed from the office of revenue officer shall
forthwith, and every revenue officer shall on demand, surrender his
warrant to the Director.

(6) The Director, all police officers, all revenue officers appointed
under any other Ordinance, the Director and Deputy Director of Civil
Aviation and the Assistant Airport Manager, and all railway officials
not below the rank of traffic inspector, shall have the powers of a
revenue officer under this Ordinance.

Any person who, not being a revenue officer, takes or
assumes the name, designation or character of such officer for the
purpose of thereby obtaining admission into any house or other place,
or of doing or procuring to be done any act which he would not be
entitled to do or procure to be done of his own authority, or for any
other unlawful purpose, shall, in addition to any other punishment





to which he may be liable for the offence, be liable on summary
conviction to a fine of one thousand dollars and to imprisonment for
six months.

12. (1) Every revenue officer shall for the purposes of this
Ordinance have power to do all or any of the following
things-

(a)to enter at all reasonable times, or, if specially authorized in
writing by the Director for the purposes of this section, at
any time, by day and night, and remain as long as lie thinks
fit upon any premises or place in respect of which any
person holds a licence under this Ordinance and to inspect
and examine the premises or place and every part thereof;

(b)to require the production of any licence, permit, and any
book or document kept in pursuance of this Ordinance or
any regulations thereunder, and to inspect, examine and
copy any such book or document;

(c)to make such examination and inquiry as may be necessary
to ascertain whether the provisions of this Ordinance and of
any regulations are complied with as respects any goods to
which this Ordinance applies;

(d)without payment, to take such samples of any goods to
which this Ordinance applies as the Director may direct for
examination or for ascertaining the duty payable on such
goods; and

(e)to exercise such other powers as may be necessary for
giving effect to the provisions of this Ordinance.

(2) The holder of every licence or permit under this Ordinance and
his servants shall furnish the means required by a revenue officer as
necessary for any entry, inspection, examination, inquiry or the
exercise of his powers under this Ordinance in relation to any goods to
which this Ordinance applies and which are in the possession, custody
or control of such licensee or permittee.





(3) If in pursuance of this section any revenue officer,
having demanded admission into any premises and declared
his name and business at any entrance thereof, is not imme-
diately admitted, he and any person acting in his aid may
break into and forcibly enter the premises.

13. (1) Any revenue officer appointed hereunder, in
addition to powers conferred by any other enactment, may
arrest without warrant any person found or reasonably
suspected of committing or attempting to commit, or employ-
ing, aiding or assisting any person to commit any offence
against, or of the unlawful possession of any article liable
to forfeiture under, the provisions of any enactment specified
in the Second Schedule.

(2) It shall be lawful for the Governor in Council by
order signified in the Gazette to amend the Second Schedule
to this Ordinance in any manner whatsoever.

14. Any revenue officer may without warrant-

(a)seize, remove and detain any goods to which this
Ordinance applies and in respect of which he finds
or has reasonable cause to suspect that an offence
against this Ordinance has been committed or that
the goods are otherwise liable to forfeiture under
this Ordinance;

(b)board any ship, aircraft, train or vehicle and search
the same and every part thereof, and may remain
thereon as long as it remains in this Colony.

15. (1) Where it appears to any magistrate upon the
oath of any person that there is reasonable cause to believe
that in any place or any premises there are concealed or
deposited any goods subject to forfeiture under this Ordin-
ance, or with respect to which an offence has been committed
or is about to be committed against this Ordinance, the
magistrate may, by his warrant directed to any revenue or
police officer, empower such officer by day or by night-

(a)to enter the place or the premises named in the
warrant and there to search for and seize, remove
and detain any such goods; and





(b)to arrest any person being in such place or in such premises
in whose possession such goods may be found, or whom
such officer may reasonably suspect of having concealed or
deposited ariv such goods there or thereabout.

(2) Such officer may, if necessary-

(a)break open any outer or inner door of the place or the
premises and enter thereinto;

(b)forcibly enter the place or the premises and every part thereof

(c)remove by force any obstruction to such entry, search,
seizure and removal as he is empowered to effect ;

(d)detain every person found in such place or such premises,
and prevent every person from approaching or entering the
same, until the search is complete

(e)seize, remove and detain any such goods, whether in such
place or such premises or in any, place whatever within this
Colony, in the possession, custody or control of any of the
persons against whom his warrant has been issued.

(3) Whenever it appears to any revenue officer generally or
specially authorized in writing by the Director for the purposes of this
section, or to any police officer not below the rank of sergeant, that
there is reasonable cause to believe that in any place or any premises
there are concealed or deposited goods subject to forfeiture under this
Ordinance, or with respect to which an offence has been committed or
is about to be committed against this Ordinance, and he has reasonable
ground for believing that unless the place or the premises are searched
forthwith the goods are likely to be removed, the said officer in virtue
of his office may exercise in, upon and in respect of such place or such
premises all the powers mentioned in this section as if he were
empowered to do so by warrant.

(4) In this section, 'place' includes any spot on land or water,
and. 'premises' includes any ship, aircraft or
vehicle.





16. Whenever it is lawful under this Ordinance for a revenue or
police officer to seize any goods, it shall be lawful for him in like
manner to seize

(a) any receptacle in which the goods are contained;

(b)any ship not exceeding sixty tons net register, or any vehicle,
or any aircraft, not being a public transport or state aircraft, in
which the goods are found;

(c)any machinery, implement, utensil or material used or
intended to be used for the commission of aii offence against
this Ordinance; and

(d)any books or documents which may appear to contain
evidence that any offence against this Ordinance has been or
is about to be committed,

and the same may by order of a magistrate be for-
feited.

17. Every revenue officer who with or without a warrant
arrests any person or seizes any goods under this Ordinance
shall forthwith take the person and the goods, or if that is
not practicable, a sample or a description of the goods, to a
police station, or first to the office of the Director for directions
and then to a police station, to be brought before a magistrate
and dealt with according to law.

18. If any person wilfully-

(a)delays or obstructs a revenue or police officer in the exercise
of any power under this Ordinance; or

(b)fails to comply with the requisition of a revenue officer in
pursuance of this Ordinance; or

(c)fails to produce any licence, permit, book or document which
he is required by or in pursuance of this Ordinance to
produce; or

(d)breaks or destroys anything to prevent its seizure by a
revenue officer; or

(e)rescues, breaks or destroys anything seized by a revenue
officer, to prevent his retaining the custody thereof,

he shall be deemed to obstruct such officer in the execution of
his duties, and to be guilty of an offence.





19. (1) No person shall import or export or have in his possession,
custody or control, or in any way deal with or dispose of, any goods to
which this Ordinance applies

(a)except in accordance with the provisions of this Ordinance
and of all regulations made thereunder; or

(b)unless he has discharged all the obligations with respect to
the goods imposed upon him by or under this Ordinance.

(2) No person shall have in his possession, custody or control any
goods knowing that in respect thereof an offence against this
Ordinance has been committed : Provided that no person shall be
convicted of an offence against this subsection if he proves that when
the goods came into his possession, custody or control he had good
and sufficient reason to believe that the provisions of this Ordinance
and of any regulations made thereunder relating to the goods had been
complied with.

(3) No person shall import, export, produce, make, manufacture,
sell whether wholesale or retail, or advertise or expose for sale, or
supply, any goods to which this Ordinance applies unless he is
authorized to do so by and under and in accordance with a prescribed
licence or permit or, if both a licence and a permit are prescribed for any
transaction, both such licence and such permit : Provided that this
subsection shall not apply in the case of goods which are exempt from
duty or in such other cases, in relation to duty-paid goods, as may be
prescribed by regulations, or in the case of any transaction for which a
licence or permit is not prescribed.

(4) No person shall sell, advertise or expose for sale, or supply,
any goods to which this Ordinance applies, as goods of a standard
prescribed by regulations, if the goods are not goods of that standard.

(5) No person shall have any dutiable goods in his possession,
custody or control unless

(a) he is-

(i) the holder, or the servant of the holder, of a removal or
export permit, personally conveying the goods direct from
one place, ship, vehicle or aircraft to another place, ship,
vehicle or aircraft in accordance with the permit; or





(ii) the licensee, or the servant. of the licensee, of a general
bonded warehouse, personally conveying the goods, if
imported in a ship or aircraft and duly entered in the
manifest, direct from the ship or aircraft in which they were
imported to the warehouse; or

(b) the goods are-

(i) in a general bonded or a licensed warehouse; or

(ii) in a place licensed for the manufacture of such goods;
or

(iii) on railway premises and under the control of the
railway authorities, if the nature of the goods has been
disclosed to those authorities; or

(iv) in a ship, vehicle or aircraft, if the goods were
imported, or are to be exported, in that ship, vehicle or
aircraft and are duly entered in the manifest.

It shall be no defence to any charge under this subsection or
subsection (i) or (2) that the possession or control of the accused was a
joint possession or control.

(6) No person, not being authorized so to do by permit or
otherwise in accordance with the provisions of this Ordinance and any
regulations thereunder, shall remove, deliver or send out any dutiable
goods from his stock, custody or possession ; nor shall any person
take, receive or have in his stock, custody or possession any dutiable
goods removed or delivered thereto in contravention of this
subsection.

(7) No person shall, on his own account or on behalf of another,
sell, offer for sale or buy any dutiable goods which are in this Colony
unless the goods are

(a) in a general bonded or licensed warehouse; or

(b) in the place where they were manufactured; or

(c)in the ship, vehicle or aircraft in which they were imported;
or

(d) on the, railway premises.





(8) The onus of proving that dutiable goods are in
course of direct removal from any place, ship, vehicle or
aircraft to any other place, ship, vehicle or aircraft shall be
upon the accused.

20. If any goods to which this Ordinance applies are
placed on board any ship, vehicle or aircraft for exportation
or as stores and, except with the express permission of the
Director in writing, are not duly exported or are unshipped
or removed or relanded in any part of the Colony, the master
of the ship, the person in charge of the aircraft and the driver
of the vehicle, and any person by whom or by whose orders
or means the goods are so unshipped, removed or relanded,
shall be guilty of an offence, and the ship (if less than sixty
tons net register), vehicle or aircraft, not being a public
transport or state aircraft, may by order of a magistrate be
forfeited.

21. Except with the written permission of the Director, no goods
to which this Ordinance applies shall

(a)be imported or exported otherwise than by air, road, rail or
sea and to or from such ports or places and by such routes,
or

(b)be landed from or loaded or taken on any ship, aircraft, train
or vehicle elsewhere than at such places,

as the Director by notification in the Gazettemay
appoint.

22. (1) If any ship arriving in or departing from the Colony does not
bring to at such stations as may, be appointed by the Director for
examination or for the landing of officers from such ships, the master of
the ship shall be guilty of an offence and shall on summary conviction
be liable to a fine of five hundred dollars.

(2) If any ship departs from any such station' without the
knowledge of the proper revenue officer or from the Colony with any
revenue or other Government officer on board, without the consent of
such officer, the master of the ship shall be guilty of an offence and
shall on summary conviction be liable to a fine of five thousand dollars.





(3) This section shall apply to aircraft and vehicles and
persons in charge thereof as it applies to ships and the
masters of ships.

23. (1) The owners, charterers or agents of every ship, aircraft or
vehicle, in which goods to which this Ordinance applies are imported or
exported, or the master of every such ship, the person in charge of every
such aircraft or the driver of every such vehicle shall

(a)if the goods are imported, within four hours or as soon as
possible thereafter, or

(b) if the goods are exported, within twenty-four hours,

after the arrival in or departure from the Colony of such ship, aircraft or
vehicle, furnish to the Director an accurate and complete statement of
all such goods.

(2) The owners, charterers or agents of every ship or aircraft which
arrives in or departs from this Colony having on board no goods to
which this Ordinance applies, or the master of every such ship or the
person in charge of every such aircraft, shall, within four hours after
such arrival or as soon as possible thereafter or within twenty-four
hours after such departure furnish to the Director a statement that no
such goods were carried in the ship or aircraft.

(3) Every statement furnished in accordance with the provisions
of this section shall be in the prescribed form, signed by the party
furnishing it, and shall contain such particulars, if any, as may be
prescribed by regulations and such further particulars as the Director
may require.

(4) Separate statements shall be furnished in respect of each kind
of goods specified in section 3 or by any resolution under that section.

(5) Goods to which this Ordinance does not apply shall not be
included in any such statement.

(6) If any statement is not furnished in accordance with, or is
furnished in breach of, the provisions of this section, the owners
charterers and agents of the ship, aircraft or vehicle, the master of the
ship, the person in charge of the aircraft and the driver of the vehicle,
in respect of which the statement is, or should have been, furnished,
shall each and all be guilty of an offence.





24. (1) If any goods to which this Ordinance applies are in any
ship, vehicle or aircraft or on the railway premises they shall not be
removed therefrom by, or discharged or delivered therefrom to, any
person except the licensee of a general bonded warehouse or the
holder of a valid permit in that behalf or the servant of such permittee
or licensee :

Provided that goods put on board any ship, vehicle or aircraft or
on the railway premises under permit shall not be relanded or removed
therefrom except under permit

Provided also that this subsection shall not apply to duty-paid
goods after their first removal within this Colony from the ship, vehicle
or aircraft on which they were imported or from the railway premises.

(2) Where an offence of removing, discharging or delivering any goods from
any ship, vehicle or aircraft contrary to subsection (1) is proved to have been
committed, every person being an owner, charterer, agent, master or other person
in charge or comprador of the ship, vehicle or aircraft shall be deemed guilty of
that offence unless he proves that the goods were removed or discharged without his
knowledge and that he had exercised due diligence to prevent such removal or discharge.

(3) Goods thrown overboard from any ship, vehicle or
aircraft shall be deemed to have been unlawfully removed
therefrom, in contravention of this section.

25. (1) Goods to which this Ordinance applies and which are
imported and intended to be exported in the same ship or aircraft,
without landing or transhipment, or to be used as ships' or aircraft
stores, shall, while the ship or aircraft is in this Colony, be kept in a
secure place under the custody and control of the master or person in
charge of the ship or aircraft.

(2) The Director or any person authorized by him in writing either
generally or in any particular instance may at all times inspect such
goods and place seals on any container or place in which they may be.

(3) No such seal shall without the permission of the Director be
broken while the ship or aircraft is in this Colony.





26. Subject to the provisions of section 4, the duty on dutiable
goods shall be assessed by the Director or any public officer deputed
by him in that behalf, and shall be paid at such times and to such
officers, at the office of the Director or elsewhere, as he may direct. In
assessing the duty on any goods, allowance shall be made for any loss
or contraction which may since the goods became dutiable have
occurred therein from unavoidable accident or natural causes and, in
the discretion of the Director, for waste in manufacture, if the loss,
contraction or waste has been duly notified and accounted for in
accordance with the provisions of this Ordinance and any regulations
made thereunder. The decision of the Director as to the amount of duty
or drawback payable on any goods shall be final.

27. The licensee of every general bonded or licensed
warehouse shall be liable for the duty payable in respect of
any goods of which he has, or has had, the custody, whether
the goods are in his warehouse or not, until the goods are
removed from the warehouse in accordance with a permit
under this Ordinance and shall in addition be presumed to
have unlawfully and in contravention of this Ordinance
removed any dutiable goods of which he has had the custody
and for which he cannot account; a deficiency shall be
deemed sufficiently accounted for if it is proved to have been
caused by leakage, breakage or other accident.

28. (1) When any new duty is imposed and when any duty is
increased and any duty-paid goods are delivered on or after the day on
which the new or increased duty takes effect, in pursuance of a
contract made before that day, and the seller has paid such new or
increased duty, he may in the absence of any agreement to the contrary
recover as an addition to the contract price a sum equal to the amount
paid by him in respect of the goods on account of the new duty or the
increase of duty, as the case may be.

(2) When any duty is repealed or decreased and any duty-paid
goods are delivered on or after the day on which the duty ceases or the
decrease in duty takes effect, in pursuance of a contract made before
that day, the buyer in the absence of any agreement to the contrary
may, if the seller has had in respect of those goods the benefit of





the repeal or decrease in the duty, deduct from the contract price a sum
equal to the amount of the duty or the decrease of duty, as the case
may be.

(3) When any addition to or deduction from the contract price
may be made under this section on account of any new or repealed
duty, such sum as may be agreed upon, or in default of agreement as
may be determined by the Director, as representing in the case of a new
duty any expenses incurred and in the case of a repealed duty any
expenses saved may be included in the addition to or deduction from
the contract price and may be recovered or deducted accordingly.

(4) This section shall apply although the goods have
undergone some process of manufacture since the duty was
paid.

29. Without prejudice to any other mode of recovery
provided in this Ordinance, any duty payable or sum forfeited
or deemed to be forfeited under this Ordinance shall be
deemed to be a debt due to the Crown and may be recovered
by the Accountant General in the same manner as Crown
fees are recovered under the Supreme Court (Summary
jurisdiction) Ordinance.

30. (1) Any person landing from any ship or aircraft or entering the
Colony by land shall on demand by any revenue or police officer either
permit his person, goods and baggage to be searched by such officer
or together with his goods and baggage accompany such officer to the
office of the Director or to a police station and there permit his person,
goods and baggage to be searched by any revenue or police officer in
the presence or under the supervision of a European officer :

Provided that no female persoii shall be searched except by a
female :

Provided also that the goods and baggage of any person who
claims to be present when they are searched shall not be searched
except in his presence.





(2) Any revenue or police officer may make the searches
authorized by this section and any person who refuses to
comply with any lawful demand under this section may
be arrested without warrant by the officer making the
demand.

31. Any box, chest, package or other article (not being
passenger's baggage accompanied by the owner) which is being
landed from or is being embarked on any ship, aircraft or train, or has
been recently landed therefrom or is in or on board thereof, or which is
on or is being removed from any islet, landing place, wharf, warehouse,
platform or place adjoining thereto or used in connexion therewith, or
which is being brought into or has recently been brought into this
Colony by land or air

(a)may be examined and searched by any revenue officer, and
may be detained until any person in charge thereof has
opened the same for such examination and search, and if not
so opened may be removed by such officer to such place as
the Director may direct;

(b)may be broken open by the orders of any revenue officer
authorized by the Director in that behalf either generally or
for a particular occasion, or of any police officer not below
the rank of sergeant, for such examination and search :

Provided that any person in charge or possession of
such box, chest, package or other article shall be given
every reasonable facility for being present at such breaking,
examination and search.

32. (1) No person shall without lawful authority or excuse have in
his possession any label, wrapper or mark issued by the Director for
use under this Ordinance.

(2) No person shall without lawful authority or excuse have in his
possession, with intent that it may be used again, any such label,
wrapper or mark which has been removed from any container.





(3) No person shall without lawful authority or excuse have in his
possession any label wrapper or niark so resembling any such label,
wrapper or mark as to constitute a colourable imitation thereof, or shall
have in his possession any die, block or type apparently intended for
the production of any such label, wrapper or inark.

(4) For the purposes of this section, 'label', 'wrapper or mark', 'die',
'block' and 'type' shall be deemed respectively to include any portion of a
label, wrapper or mark, die, block or type.

33. (1) No person shall make any, incorrect statement or
declaration or apply any incorrect description or supply any incorrect
particulars in any document made or furnished
for the purposes of this Ordinance or in connexion with any
application for any drawback or for any licence or permit to be issued
under this Ordinance,

(2) Any person who-

(a)with intent unduly to obtain any drawback or any greater
drawback than that to which he is entitled, embarks or
causes to be embarked for exporatation on any ship or
aircraft, or produces or causes to be produced to any revenue
officer to be so embarked-

(i) any goods to which this Ordinance applies and which
are not entitled to drawback, or

(ii) any goods, matter or thing as goods to which this
Ordinance applies, the same not being goods
to which this Ordinance applies; or

(b)with any such intent fraudulently removes, deposits or
conceals any goods, matter or thing; or

(c)after any goods on the exportation of which a drawback is
payable have been embarked for exportation on any ship or
aircraft, without the consent of the Director opens the
packages in which the goods are contained or cancels,
obliterates, or alters the marks letters or devices thereon,

shall upon summary conviction, in addition to all other penalties which
he may thereby incur, forfeit either treble the amount of such drawback
or the sum of five thousand dollars, at the election of the Director
(which election shall





be certified by the Director in writing under his hand), and all such
goods, matters or things shall be forfeited and may be seized by any
revenue officer.

(3) No person shall without lawful authority alter,
deface or make any erasure on a licence or permit, or have
in his possession with a view to use a licence or permit on
which such an erasure has been made or which has been
so defaced or altered.

34. (1) Any person who contravenes or fails to observe any of the
provisions of this Ordinance or of any regulations made thereunder or
any condition or restriction imposed or any direction lawfully given by
Or Under this Ordinance shall be deemed to commit an offence.

(2) Without prejudice to section 42 of the Magistrates Ordinance,
and section 95 of the Criminal Procedure Ordinance, any person who

(a)attempts to commit, or does any act preparatory to the
commission of, an offence;

(b) being licensed under this Ordinance, permits or
suffers any other persoii to commit an offence ;

(c)imports, or aids, abets, procures or is interested or concerned
in, or knowingly derives any profit from the importation of,
any goods contrary to the provisions of this Ordinance,

shall be deemed to commit an offence.

35. Every person licensed under this Ordinance shall
without prejudice to the liability of any other person, be
liable criminally for the acts and omissions of his agents and
servants in respect of any offence against this Ordinance,
and if such person is himself an agent or servant of a corn-
pany or firm and the licence has been granted wholly or
partly for the benefit of that company or firm, he shall
similarly be liable for the acts and omissions of the agents
and servants of the comnpany or firm : Provided that no
person shall be sentenced to imprisonment by virtue only
of the provisions of this section.

36. (1) A summons may be served on a body corporate or a firm
by leaving a copy thereof with an adult at the last-known address of
the body corporate or firm.


(2) In answer to a summons, a body corporate may
appear by any one of its officers and a firm may appear by a partner
or a responsible representative of the firm.

(3) If a body corporate or a firm does not appear in
answer to a summons the magistrate may proceed ex Parte.


37. In all proceedings under this Ordinance, and in all
proceedings for the recovery of any duty imposed by or
under this Ordinance, it shall be presumed until the contrary
is proved-

(a)that any goods to which this Ordinance applies are
dutiable goods;

(b)that dutiable goods on licensed premises are in the
possession of the licensee of the premises;

(c)that every person employed in or about any licensed
premises is employed by the person named in the
licence or in charge of the premises, as the case
may be;

(d) that goods delivered are goods sold;

(e)that goods are of. the weight and measure described
in any bill of lading, permit or other docurnent
accompanying and relating to the goods.

38. (1) In all proceedings under this Ordinance and in
all proceedings for the recovery of any duty on goods to
which this Ordinance applies, copies of or extracts from the
records of the Director or the officer authorized to grant any
licence or permit, purporting to be certified by him, shall
be prima facie evidence of the facts stated or appearing
therein or to be inferred therefrom.

(2) At the hearing of any charge under this Ordinance
a certificate purporting to be signed by the Government
Chemist shall, unless he is called as a witness, be sufficient
evidence of the matters therein stated. When any such
certificate bears the same number or mark as a scaled packet
produced by the prosecution at the hearing, it shall until
the contrary is proved be presumed that the certificate relates
to the contents of that packet.





39. The magistrate hearing any charge under this Ordinance may,
at the request of the accused employ an analyst or other expert to
report on any technical point.

40. On the conviction of any person at whose request
the Government Chemist or an expert has given evidence or
an expert has made a report, the magistrate may without
prejudice to his other powers, order such person to pay the
expert's fee, which may be recovered like a fine, and which,
for the evidence of the Government Chemist shall be fifty
dollars.

41. (1) Except as in this section provided, no information laid under
this Ordinance shall be admitted in evidence in any civil or criminal
proceeding whatsoever and no witness shall be obliged or permitted to
disclose the name or address of any informer under this Ordinance or
state any matter which might lead to his discovery. Moreover, if any
books, documents or papers which are in evidence or liable to
inspection in any civil or criminal proceeding whatsoever contain any
entry in which any informer is named or described or which might lead
to his discovery, the court or magistrate shall cause all such passages
to be concealed from view or to be obliterated so far as may be
necessary to protect the informer from discovery but no further :
Provided that if on the trial of any offence under this Ordinance the
magistrate after full inquiry into the case is satisfied that the informer
wilfully made in his information a material statement which he knew or
believed to be false or did not believe to be true, or if in any other
proceeding the court or magistrate is of opinion that justice cannot be
fully done between the parties thereto without the discovery of the
informer, it shall be lawful for the court or magistrate to require the
production of the original information and permit inquiry and require
full disclosure concerning the informer.

(2) A magistrate may, on the application of the Director, award to
an informer any portion, not exceeding one half, of any fine imposed
under this Ordinance.

42. On any trial before any magistrate and in any proceedings on
appeal in the Supreme Court relating to the seizure of anything under
this Ordinance, the magistrate or the court shall proceed to such trial
and to the hearing





of such appeal on the merits of the case only, without
reference to matters of form and without inquiring into the
manner or form of making any seizure except in so far as
the manner or form of seizure may be evidence on such
merits.

43. Except as otherwise expressly provided, any person who
commits any offence against this Ordinance shall upon summary
conviction, in addition to any forfeiture under this Ordinance, be liable

(a)for a first offence, to a fine of five thousand dollars and to
imprisonment for six months;

(b)for every subsequent offence, to a line of ten thousand
dollars and to imprisonment for twelve months.

In any case where a magistrate is of opinion that an
offence was committed with intent to avoid payment of any
duty payable under this Ordinance, this section shall be
construed as if for the maximum line prescribed therein for
a first or subsequent offence there were substituted a fine
of ten thousand dollars, or of ten times the amount of the
duty, payable on the goods in respect of which the offence
was committed, whichever is the greater.

44. (1) It shall be lawful for a magistrate to order to be forfeited

(a)any goods with respect to which any offence against this
Ordinance has been committed, whether any person has been
convicted of such offence or not

(b) any goods to which this Ordinance applies and
which are found without any apparent owner or
unclaimed after such notice as the magistrate thinks
fit.

(2) Upon the breach of any condition of any permit or any licence
under this Ordinance, any, deposit required as a condition on the
granting of such permit or licence shall, upon application to a
magistrate, be declared by him to be forfeited.

(3) Upon the failure of any conditian of any bond required in
connexion with any permit or any licence under





this Ordinance, the sum secured by the bond shall be deemed to be
forfeited.

(4) Upon the making of an order or declaration of for-
feiture under, or upon the happening of any event upon
which anything is forfeited or deemed to be forfeited by, any
provision of this Ordinance, the thing so forfeited or ordered
or declared or deemed to be forfeited shall be deemed to be
the property of the Crown free from all rights of any person.

(5) The Governor in Council in his absolute discretion may
entertain and give effect to any moral claim to or in respect of any,
goods, nioney and anything whatsoever forfeited or ordered or
declared or deemed to be forfeited by or under any provision of this
Ordinance.

(6) The provisions of this section shall be in addition
to aiid not in derogation of any other provision of this
Ordinance relating to forfeitures, and no forfeiture under this
Ordinance shall relieve any person from any other penalt ' v
to which he may be liable under this or any other
Ordinance.

45. Forfeiture by order of a magistrate under this
Ordinance may be proved in any court, or before any com-
petent tribunal, by the production of a certificate of such
forfeiture purporting to be signed by the magistrate or by
an examined copy of the record of such forfeiture certified
by the magistrate's clerk.

46. Dutiable goods abandoned by the importer or proprietor as not
worth the duty may be destroyed or disposed of within such time and
in such manner as the Director may direct.

PART II.-LIQUORS

47. In the application of this Ordinance to liquors-

'adulterated liquor' means any liquor mixed or coloured to the
prejudice of the purchaser with any ingredient whatever or with
water, so as to increase the bulk and measure of the liquor, to
impair its quality or to conceal its inferior quality, and includes
any liquor, whether injurious to health or not, which is in nature
and quality,





not virtually that demanded by the purchaser or that as which it is
labelled: spirits mixed with water only so as not to reduce the
strength below twenty-five degrees tinder proof in the case of
brandy, whisky or rum, or below thirty, degrees under proof in the
case of gin, shall not be considered adulterated;

'beer' includes ale, porter, stout, cider, perry, spruce beer, black beer
and any other kind of beer, and extends to any liquor made or sold
as beer or as a substitute for beer;

'Chinese type liquor' means intoxicating liquor made in the Chinese
manner and commonly consumed by the Chinese;

'denatured spirits' means liquor so mixed with any substance as to
render the mixture in Ihe opinion of the Government Chemist not
liable to duty under this Ordinance : subject to the provisions of
section 75 liquor to which has been added not less than

(a)to every 100 gallons of liquor, half a gallon of crude pyridine
of a quality approved by the Government Chemist, if
coloured to his satisfaction with methyl-violet; or

(b)an equal quantity, bulk for bulk, of Chinese vinegar
containing not less than two per cent of acetic acid,

shall be deemed to be denatured spirits;

'gallon' means the Imperial gallon or six reputed quart bottles or twelve
reputed pint bottles;

'intoxicating liquors'' includes spirits, liqueurs, wines, beer, Chinese
type liquor, native wines and spirits, and all other liquors fit or
intended for use as a beverage;

'liquor', 'alcoholic liquor' or 'spirituous liquor' means any liquid
except denatured spirits which contains more than two per cent
of proof spirit;

'native wines and spirits' means intoxicating liquors such as are
commonly distilled, made or prepared in any part of Asia for
consumption by Asiatics;

'origianl gravity' in relation to beer means the specific gravity of the
worts before fermentation, as measured by the Bates standard
saccharometer





'pint bottle' and 'quart bottle' mean respectively the reputed pint and
quart bottles ordinarily used in commerce;

'proof spirit' means a mixture of alcohol and water having a specific
gravity of .91984 at 60 degress Fahrenheit, (15.5 degrees
Centigrade) distilled water at the same temperature being taken as
unity, and containing 49.24 per cent of alcohol by weight or 57.06
per cent by volume : spirits are described as so many degrees
'over proof' or 'under proof' according to the quantity of
distilled water which must be added to or deducted from 100
volumes in order to produce spirit of proof strength ;

'public house' means any house, or place of entertainment, where
intoxicating liquors are sold retail, otherwise than under an
adjunct licence or a Chinese restaurant licence, and may be
consumed on the premises;

'retail' in relation to the sale of liquors means sale in quantities not
exceeding two gallons at one time : a sale with an understanding
that any quantity in excess of two gallons is to be returned is
nevertheless a retail sale;

'wholesale' in relation to the sale of liquors means sale by
the unopened cask, jar or case, in quantities exceeding
two gallons of one liquor at one time : a licence to sell
liquor wholesale on specified premises does not authorize
sale for consumption on those premises.

48. (1). There shall be a board of licensing justices,
hereinafter called the board.

(2) The board shall consist of a chairman, vice-chairman
and five other members. The members shall hold office for three years.
The magistrates clerk, Victoria, shall be ex officio secretary to the
board.

(3) The chairman, vice-chairman and two other members
shall be appointed by the Governor, and of the four members
appointed by the Governor under this subsection two shall be official
and two unofficial justices of the peace.

(4) Three of the members of the board shall be elected
by the unofficial justices of the peace from among their
number : Provided that if no nomination is received, or if





nominations are not received for all the vacancies announced, it shall
be lawful for the Governor to appoint a justice or justices to fill the
vacancy or vacancies.

(5) If any licensing justice who was appointed by the Governor
under subsection (3) is absent from the Colony, it shall be lawful for
the Governor to appoint another justice to act as a member of the board
during the absence of the substantive member. Such acting member
shall be an official or an unofficial justice according as the substantive
member is an official or an unofficial justice.

(6) If any licensing justice who was elected or appointed under
subsection (4) is absent from the Colony, it shall be lawful for the
unofficial justices of the peace to elect from among their number a
justice to act as a member of the board during the absence of the
substantive member : Provided that an acting member may be
appointed by the Governor if no nomination is received for the acting
appointment.

(7) Three members of the board, one of whom must be the
chairman or vice-chairman, shall form a quorum.

(8) The board shall meet annually in November and at
such other times as may be necessary for the transaction of
licensing business.

49. The mode of election of licensing justices, the pro-
ceedings incident and other matters relating thereto may be
prescribed by regulations.

50. All questions arising at any, meeting of the board
shall be determined by a majority of votes of the justices
present. In the case of an equality of votes the chairman
shall have a second or casting vote.

51. Every person requiring a publicans licence,
restaurant adjunct licence or hotel-keepers adjunct licence,
or any renewal, transfer or amendment of any such licence,
shall make application in writing in the prescribed form to
the board.

52. The board shall in every case, at least one week before it
meets to consider an application, cause advertisement to be made in
the Gazette and in one local newspaper





at the expense of the applicant, setting forth the name and address of
the applicant and the address and proposed name or sign of the
premises in respect of which a licence is required.

53. The board may refuse any application or may grant
is absolutely or subject to conditions or restrictions. The
applicant or twenty householders within a radius of a quarter
of a mile from the premises licensed or to be licensed shall
have a right of appeal to the Governor in Council against
any decision of the board under this section.

54. In the event of the refusal of an application by the
board, maintained on appeal, if any, the applicant shall not
be entitled to make another application in respect of the
same premises within a period of twelve months frorn the
original application.

55. (1) As soon as may be after the granting of an application, the
board shall notify the Accountant General thereof, whereupon he
shall, on payment of the prescribed fee, issue to the applicant a licence
in the prescribed form.

(2) Every publicans or adjunct licence shall be valid
only until the 30th day of November next following the date
on which it is granted: Provided that where this period
is ten months or less, a proportionate part only of the fee
shall be charged, to which (except in the case of the transfer
of a licence) ten per cent shall be added.

56. The board shall have the same powers in relation to the
transfer and revocation of publicans' and adjunct licences and the
substitution of other premises for the premises for which such licences
are issued as are conferred on officers authorized to grant licences
under section 7 : Provided that

(a)every such transfer or substitution shall be indorsed by the
Accountant General on the licence;

(b)the intended transferee of any such licence shall make a like
application as if applying for a new licence on his own
behalf;

(c)there shall be a right of appeal to the Governor in Council
from any decision of the board under this





section and any twenty householders within a radius of a
quarter of a mile from the premises for which a licence was
issued or which it is proposed to substitute for such
premises shall have a similar right of appeal :

Provided also that in case of the illness or temporary
absence of the holder of a publicans or adjunct licence the
secretary to the board may in his discretion, on payment of
a fee of ten dollars, authorize any person to manage the
licensed premises for a period not exceeding three months,
and during that period such person shall be deemed to be
the licensee of the premises.

57. (1) In case of the death or insolvency of the holder of a licence
to which this section applies, his executor or administrator or trustee
may carry on the business on the licensed premises until the expiration
of the licence, subject in every respect to the same regulations and
conditions as the licensee.

(2) This section shall apply to brewery, distillery,
publicans, adjunct, dealers, retailers and Chinese restaurant
licences.

58. The Accountant General may, on payment of the prescribed fee,
in his discretion aiid on such conditions as he thinks fit, issue to any
holder of a publicans or adjunct licence a temporary licence for the retail
sale of liquors at any public entertainment or on any public occasion.


59. No licensed publican or adjunct licensee shall maintain any
action for, or recover any debt or demand on account of intoxicating
liquor, unless such debt has bona fide been contracted at one time to
the amount of five dollars or upwards, nor shall any item in any account
for such liquor be allowed where the liquor bona fide delivered at one
time does not amount to the full sum of five dollars, nor shall any claim
be allowed against any member, not being an officer, of His Majesty's
forces for debt for intoxicating liquor supplied: Provided that nothing
herein contained shall prevent any innkeeper from keeping an account
with a lodger in which any charge for liquors may be included,
and recovering the amount thereof in any court.





60. Every, person licensed to sell liquors retail shall
have his full name, the nature and number of his licence,
and such other particulars as may be prescribed by regulations
painted legibly and permanently in letters at least
three inches high on some conspicuous part of his licensed
premises to the satisfaction of the Director: and no person
not so licensed shall exhibit any sign, writing, painting or
other mark reasonably calculated to suggest that his premises
are licensed for the retail sale of intoxicating liquors, or that
such liquors are retailed or served therein.

61. Every person licensed under this Ordinance to sell
liquor shall sell and dispose of his liquors by measures or
weights of the standards in use in this Colony and not
otherwise, except when the quantity is less than half a pint,
or except when the liquor is sold in bottles; he shall also
measure or weigh such liquors in the presence of any,
customer who may require him to do so.

62. No person licensed under this Ordinance shall take
or receive in payment or pledge for liquor or any entertain-
ment whatever supplied in or out of his house any article or
thing whatever, except money.

63. No master or other person employing journeymen,
workmen, servants or labourers, and not being the licensed
keeper of a house in which any intoxicating liquor is sold
or disposed of by retail, shall pay or cause any payment to
be made to any such journeyman, workman, servant or
labourer in or at any such house.

64. No person shall for or on behalf of any other person who is not
the holder of a dealers licence accept or receive orders for, or import on
commission or act as agent for the import of, any intoxicating liquor in
quantities exceeding two gallons at a time without an appropriate
licence under which the licensee is permitted to sell such liquor as a
dealer.

65. No person shall, except under and in accordance with the
prescribed licence

(a)knowingly keep or have in his possession any still or other
utensil or apparatus suitable for making, distilling or
rectifying spirits; or





(b) without lawful authority or excuse have in his
possession, custody or control any fermenting or
fermented material.

66. (1) Any person who imports, distils, makes, sells, supplies or
deals in any adulterated liquor shall be guilty of an offence and shall, if
such adulterated liquor is proved to the satisfaction of a magistrate to
be injurious to health, be liable on a second conviction to imprisonment
for six months, in addition to any other penalty to which lie may be
liable under this Ordinance.

(2) No person shall be convicted under this section if he
shows to the satisfaction of the magistrate that the liquor in
respect of which he is charged was not intended for sale or
that he did not know or could not with reasonable diligence
have known that the liquor was adulterated.

67. (I) The duty oil spirits made in a distillery is to be charged in
respect of the wort or wash, the low wines and the feints and spirits
made in the distillery and shall be payable according to such of those
modes of charge as produces the greatest amount of duty.

(2) In respect of the wort or wash the duty is to be charged in
respect of the quantity of fermentable material used in the preparation
thereof, the method of ascertaining the duty so chargeable being as
follows. A bulk sample of not less than one catty shall be drawn by a
revenue officer from each consignment of fermentable material received
by the licensee on his licensed premises and shall be fermented by the
Government Chemist or any other analyst in the employment of the
Government, with ferment obtained from the same distillery, for the
maximum period allowed for the material and ferment in question by the
regulations relating to distilleries in force for the time being and shall
on the completion of the fermentation be distilled by such analyst who
shall determine the amount of absolute alcohol produced. From the
amount of absolute alcohol so determined the analyst shall calculate
the number of gallons of spirit containing twenty-five per cent of
alcohol by weight which one picul of such fermentable material is
found capable of producing, From the amount so determined a
deduction shall be made of ten per cent from the 1st day of
November





to the 14th day of April, both inclusive, and fifteen per cent from the
15th day of April to the 31st day of October, both inclusive. Duty shall
be chargeable on each picul of fermentable material used according to
the rates payable on the amount of twenty-five per cent spirit which
such material has been so found capable of producing.

(3) For the purpose of subsection (2) the percentage of alcohol by
weight in the spirit distilled shall be determined by means of a glass
alcoholometer of Tralles type graduated to read percentage of alcohol
by weight, and all such determinations of percentage of alcohol by
weight shall be calculated as being determined at the standard
temperature of sixty degrees Fahrenheit.

(4) In respect of low wines the duty is to be charged on the
quantity of absolute alcohol contained therein as measured by the
instruments described in subsection (3), less five per cent.

(5) In respect of feints and spirits the duty is to be
charged on the quantity of absolute alcohol contained therein
after making due allowance for the feints, if any, remaining
from a previous distillation and included in the account of
feints and spirits last produced.

68. (1) The duty on beer, except cider and perry, shall be assessed
according to its quantity and original gravity as determined by the
Government Chemist.

(2) The duty on beer brewed in the Colony shall be assessed on
the worts according to the quantity and original gravity thereof either
as entered by the brewer in the prescribed book or as ascertained by a
revenue officer, whichever is the greater. A deduction of five per cent
shall be made from the quantity of worts produced to cover such
accidental loss and waste as arise in the brewing of beer : Provided
that if in the opinion of the Government Chemist the quantity and the
original gravity of the worts produced from any brewing fall short of
the quantity and gravity which should have been produced having
regard to the materials used, the charge for duty may be assessed in
the Director's discretion on such production as determined
by the Government Chemist.





69. Any police officer shall have power to enter at any
hour of the day or night every part of any premises or place
where by the terms of a licence intoxicating liquor may be
both sold and consumed.

70. Whenever any police officer finds any person
drinking in any place in which any intoxicating liquor is
sold retail, and the licence for such sale is not, on demand,
produced to such police officer, it sliall be lawful for him
to apprehend all persons so found drinking therein ; and
every such person shall, if such place is in fact unlicensed,
be liable upon summary conviction to a fine of two hundred
and fifty dollars.

71. If any person is convicted of unlawfully retailing
any intoxicating liquor, the house and premises of such
person and the house, lodging, shop or warehouse where
such offence has been committed, and any court or yard
connected therewith, may be searched at any time of the day
or night by any police officer, with or without a warrant,
within six months next after such conviction, if the same
or any part thereof is then occupied by the person so
convicted.

72. (1) In any proceedings under this Ordinance relating to illicit
distillation, any chattel or thing, whether fixed to the premises or not
found in or upon any land or other premises, shall be deemed to have
been in the possession of the occupier of the premises unless he
proves that he did not know, and could not with reasonable diligence
have known, that the chattel or thing was in or upon the premises.

(2) Every person found in or escaping from any room
or place where, in contravention of this Ordinance, materials
are being fermented or fermenting materials or intoxicating
liquors are being made or prepared shall, until the contrary
is proved, be deemed to have been unlawfully making
intoxicating liquor and to be guilty of an offence.

73. The Director may in his discretion issue a licence free of
charge to any practitioner registered under the Medical Registration
Ordinance, or to any pharmacist registered under the Pharmacy and
Poisons Ordinance, to





keep and use on any specified premises a still of not more
than eight gallons capacity for the purposes only of his
profession or business : Provided that the practitioner or
pharmacist shall before the issue of the licerice, if the Director
so requires, give to the Director a bond in the sum of one
thousand dollars, with a cash deposit of that sum or two
sufficient sureties, to secure that the still will not exceed eight
gallons capacity and that the practitioner or pharmacist will
not use the still or suffer it to be used except for the pre- of medicines or
other substances genuinely required for medical or scientific purposes.

74. (1) Notwithstanding anything in this Ordinance, an auctioneer
licensed under the Miscellaneous Licences Ordinance, may without
any licence under this Ordinance sell liquor by auction but, unless the
persoii for whom lie sells holds a licence to sell such liquor, only with
the written permission of the Director.

(2) The auction may be held on the auctioneer's premises or on any
premises at which his principal is licensed to sell the liquor, or at any
place indicated in the permission aforesaid.

(3) This section shall apply notwithstanding that the
liquor is the property of the Government of the United
Kingdom or of the Colony or forms part of the estate of a
bankrupt or deceased person or is sold by order of the
court.

75. (1) All the provisions of this Ordinance relating to dutiable
goods shall apply to any denatured spirits unless and until the
Government Chemist certifies in writing in each case that such spirits
are non-dutiable, and upon the issue of such certificate the liquor to
which it relates shall be deemed to be duty-paid goods.

(2) Any fee prescribed by the Governor in Council for such
certificate may be proportionate to the duty which would have been
payable had the liquor not been denatured : but no such fee (except a
minimum fee) shall exceed one-tenth of the duty.





PART III.-
TOBACCO

76. In the application of this Ordinance to tobacco

'tobacco' includes all tobacco, whether manufactured or not;


'adulterated tobacco' means tobacco mixed or treated
any substance except water, the essential oils commonly
used for scenting or flavouring tobacco, and alkaline
salts, in prescribed quantities.

77. Except for purposes of decoration only, or under
and in accordance with such licence, and subject to such
conditions and restrictions, as may be prescribed by regulations
no person shallgrow or cultivate the tobacco
plant.

78. (1) No person shall import, manufacture, sell, supply
or deal in adulterated tobacco.

(2) No person shall be convicted under subsection (i) if
he shows to the satisfaction of the magistrate that the tobacco,
in respect of which he is charged was not intended for sale or
that lie did not know or could riot with reasonable diligence have
known that the tobacco was adulterated.

(3) No person shall without the permission of the

Director in any premises licensed for the Manufacture Of
tobacco have in his possession anything capable of being
used for adulterating tobacco.

PART IV.-HYDROCARBON
OILS.

79. In the application of this Ordinance to hydrocarbon oils

'hydrocarbon oils' means petroleum oils, coal tar, and oils
produced from coal, shale, peat or any other bituminous
substance, and all liquid hydrocarbons;

'heavy oils' means any hydrocarbon oils except light oils; and
heavy oils shall be deemed to be used as fuel for a heavy oil
road vehicle if they have a flash-point of 150 degrees
Fahrenheit (66 degrees Centigrade) or more and are used
as fuel for any engine with which the vehicle is equipped,
whether for the propulsion of the vehicle or not ;





'light oils' means hydrocarbon oils of which not less than fifty per
cent by volume distils at a temperature not exceeding 365 degrees
Fahrenheit (185 degrees Centigrade), or of which not less than
ninety-five per cent by volume distils at a temperature not
exceeding 468 degrees Fehrenheit (240 degrees Centigrade), or
which give off an inflammable vapour at a temperature of less
than 73 degrees Fahrenheit (22.8 degrees Centigrade) when
tested in the inanner prescribed by the Commis- sioners of
Customs and Excise of the United Kingdom, and includes the oils
specified in the First Schedule to this Ordiiiance;

'heavy oil road vehicle' means a mechanically propelled
road vehicle which is constructed or adapted to use
heavy oils as fuel. [78]

PART V.-TABLE WATERS.

80. This Part shall only apply in the application of the

Ordinance to table waters. [79]

81. The following expressions shall have the meaning

specified-

'table waters' includes any aerated waters and any beverages sold or
kept for sale in bottles, other than syrups or other liquids
intended to be consumed only in a diluted

form ;
gallon means twelve reputed pints or sixreputed

quarts. [80]

PART VI.-PROPRIETARY MEDICINES AND
TOILET PREPARATIONS.

82. T1iis Part shall only, apply in the application of

the Ordinance to proprietary medicines aiid toilet prepara-
tions. [81 ]

83. The following expressions shall have the meanings

specified-

'f.o.b.' means the price free on board charged to the consignee in
Hong Kong and is calculated less an), discounts or rebates which
the manufacturer ma), have permitted the purchaser;





'proprietary medicine' means any medicine or prophylactic
recommended to the public by advertisement, label or otherwise
in writing as efficacious for the prevention, cure or relief of any
malady, ailment, infirmity or disorder affecting human beings and

(a)which is sold under a trade name or trade mark to the use of
which any persoii has or claims or purports to have an
exclusive right; or

(b)of which any person has or claims or purports to have the
exclusive right of manufacture or for the making of which any
person has or claims or purports to have any secret;

'toilet preparation' means any substance commonly used for the toilet
and includes

toilet soap;
shaving soap and cream;

tooth paste or powder and liquid preparations for dental
purposes or mouth washes;

perfumed spirits;

toilet paste or powder;
toilet cream;

hair dye;

scented sachets; lipstick, rouge and grease paint
preparations for use in medicine aiid chiropody,

preparations, whether medicinal or not, for use on the hair,
face or body;

bath salts and essences;
smelling salts;
prepared Fuller's earth

Provided that the expressions 'proprietary medicine and 'toilet
preparation' do not include any, substances made and sold under
a name or synonym specified in the British Pharmacopoeia or
the British Pha-tm.aceutical

Codex. [82]





84. The Governor in Council may by notification in
the Gazette specify the rate of exchange applicable for the
purpose of calculating the Hong Kong dollar equivalent of
foreign currencies. [831

85. The Director shall have +Ihe right to require the
importer to produce consular or other certified invoices, and
where such invoices are not produced or where the information
on such invoices is not considered correct he may fix
a price which shall be deemed to be the price for the
calculation of duty. [84]

FIRST SCHEDULE.

LIGHT OILS.

Light petroleum ether.
Motor spirit.
White spirit and special solvents.
Benzol.
Toluol.
Xylol.
Solvent naphthas.
Mineral naphthas.
Admiralty vaporizing oil.
Light oils from distillation-
of coal;
of shale;
of low temperature tar;
by Bergius process.
Turpentine.
Rosin spirit.
Mixtures of any of the above.
Admixtures containing any one or more of the above.

SECOND SCHEDULE. [s. 13]

No. or Cap. of Short title.

Ordinance.

1 of 1873. Dangerous Goods Ordinance, 1873.

14 of 1901. Gunpowder and Fireworks Ordinance, 1901.
23 of 1923.Celluloid and Cinematograph Film Ordinance, 1923.

Cap. 50. Importation and Exportation Ordinance.
Cap. 67. Foreign Copper Coin Ordinance.
Cap. 69. Foreign Silver and Nickel Coin Ordinance.
Cap. 82. Ships (Prohibition of Sale of Liquor) Ordinance.
Cap. 98. Post Office Ordinance.
Cap. 109. Dutiable Commodities Ordinance.
Cap. 134. Dangerous Drugs Ordinance.
Cap. 138. Pharmacy and Poisons Ordinance.
Cap. 148. Gambling Ordinance.
Cap. 238. Arms and Ammunition Ordinance.
Originally 36 of 1931. Fraser 36 of 1931. 2 of 1917. 31 of 1948. 22 of 1950. 24 of 1950. 37 of 1950. Short title. Interpretation. 37 of 1950. Schedule. [cf. 22 Geo. 5, c. 9, s. 74.] Definition of goods of Common-wealth origin and manufacture. (Cap. 47.) 24 of 1950, Schedule. [s. 2 cont.] Application. 24 of 1950, Schedule. [cf. 18 & 19 Geo. 5, c. 32, s. 19.] 31 of 1948, s. 2. (Cap. 98.) Duties. (Cap. 120.) [cf. 39 & 40 Vict, c. 36, s. 18.] Drawback. Regulations. [s. 6 cont.] Grant of licences and permits. [s. 7 cont.] 24 of 1950, Schedule. Applications for licences and permits. Register of requisitions and permits. Deputy for absent licensee. Revenue officers. 24 of 1950, Schedule. 24 of 1950, Schedule. 24 of 1950, Schedule. 2 of 1917, s. 5. [s. 11 cont.] 22 of 1950, Schedule. Powers of revenue officers. Power of arrest. 2 of 1917, ss. 3, 4. Second Schedule. Arrest and seizure without warrant. Search of place or ship with warrant or authority or by police officer. [s. 15 cont.] Seizure and forfeiture of things used for commission of offences. Procedure after arrest or seizure. Obstruction of revenue or police officer. Restrictions on dealing with and possession of certain goods. 2 & 3 Will, 4, c. 16, s. 10. [s. 19 cont.] Goods embarked for export not to be relanded. 39 & 40 Vict. C, 36, s. 120. 42 & 43 Vict. C, 21, s. 5 and Schedule. Restrictions on import and export. Penalty on not bringing to at stations; or carrying away officers. 39 & 40 Vict. C, 36, s. 136. 46 & 47 Vict. c, 55, s. 5. 22 of 1950. Schedule. Import and export statements. Removal of goods from ships, vehicles or aircraft. [cf. 39 & 40 Vict, c. 36, s. 179.] Ships' or aircraft stores, etc. Assessment of duty and drawback. Liability of licensee of general bonded or licensed warehouse. Contracts for sale of duty0paid goods when duties are altered or repealed. [s. 28 cont.] Recovery of duty, etc. (Cap. 5.) Search of baggage and goods. Examination of articles (other than baggage) on shore, ship, etc. Improper possession of labels, etc. [s.32 cont.] Misrepresentation, concealment, removal of goods, and defacement of licence or permit. 3 & 4 Vict. C. 18, s. 15. 8 & 9 Geo. 5, c. 15, s. 15(5). 22 of 1950, Schedule. Offences. (Cap. 227.) (Cap. 221.) Responsibility for acts of agents and servants. Service on body corporate or firm. [s. 36 cont.] Presumptions. Certain certificates to be evidence. 37 of 1950, Schedule. Magistrate may call in expert. Recovery of experts' fees. 37 of 1950. Schedule. 37 of 1950. Schedule. Informers. Manner of seizure not to be inquired into by court. [s. 42 cont.] Penalties. 24 of 1950, Schedule. 24 of 1950, Schedule. Forfeitures. Evidence of forfeiture. 39 & 40 Vict, c. 36, s. 263. Goods abandoned as not worth the duty. 39 & 40 Vict, c. 36, s. 94. Interpretation. [s. 47 cont.] 37 of 1950, Schedule. Licensing Board. [s. 48 cont.] Mode of election. Mode of voting. Applications for publicans and adjunct licences. Advertisement of applications. Decision of board. Appeal to governor in Council. No renewed application within twelve months. Issue and duration of licences. Transfer, etc. of licences. [s. 56 cont.] Provision for case of death or insolvency of licensee. Issue of temporary licence. Restriction of right of action for liquor sold. Retailers' signs. Measures or weights for sale of liquor. Prohibition of taking pledge for liquor. Prohibition of payment of journeymen, etc. at licensed premises. Prohibition of certain transactions without licence. Illegal possession of still or fermented material, etc. [s. 65 cont.] Distilling, etc. adulterated liquor. Duty on spirit distilled in this Colony. 37 of 1950, Schedule. Duty of beer except cider and Perry. 37 of 1950, Schedule. Police powers of access. 24 of 1950, Schedule. Power to apprehend persons drinking in unlicensed place. 22 of 1950, Schedule. Power to search suspected premises. Presumptions in proceedings for illicit distillation, etc. 13 & 14 Geo. 5, c. 1,4, s. 13(5). [cf. 1 & 2 Will. 4, c 55, s. 19.] Free licences for small stills for registered doctors and pharmacists. (Cap. 161.) (Cap. 138.) Saving as to sale of liquor by licensed aucioneer. (Cap. 114.) Denatured spirits to be dutiable goods until certified to the contrary. 37 of 1950, Schedule. Definition of tobacco. Restriction on tobacco growing. Manufacture, etc. of adulterated tobacco. Definition of hydrocarbon oils. 18 & 19 Geo. 5, c. 17, s. 2 (9). 25 & 26 Geo. 5, c. 24, s. 2 (7)(e). First Schedule. Application. 24 of 1950, Schedule. Interpretation. 24 of 1950, Schedule. Applications. 24 of 1950, Schedule. Interpretation. 24 of 1950, Schedule. [s. 83 cont.] Exchange Rate. 24 of 1950, Schedule. Ascertainment of price. 24 of 1950, Schedule. 2 of 1917, Second Schedule. 24 of 1950, Schedule. 37 of 1950, Schedule.

Abstract

Originally 36 of 1931. Fraser 36 of 1931. 2 of 1917. 31 of 1948. 22 of 1950. 24 of 1950. 37 of 1950. Short title. Interpretation. 37 of 1950. Schedule. [cf. 22 Geo. 5, c. 9, s. 74.] Definition of goods of Common-wealth origin and manufacture. (Cap. 47.) 24 of 1950, Schedule. [s. 2 cont.] Application. 24 of 1950, Schedule. [cf. 18 & 19 Geo. 5, c. 32, s. 19.] 31 of 1948, s. 2. (Cap. 98.) Duties. (Cap. 120.) [cf. 39 & 40 Vict, c. 36, s. 18.] Drawback. Regulations. [s. 6 cont.] Grant of licences and permits. [s. 7 cont.] 24 of 1950, Schedule. Applications for licences and permits. Register of requisitions and permits. Deputy for absent licensee. Revenue officers. 24 of 1950, Schedule. 24 of 1950, Schedule. 24 of 1950, Schedule. 2 of 1917, s. 5. [s. 11 cont.] 22 of 1950, Schedule. Powers of revenue officers. Power of arrest. 2 of 1917, ss. 3, 4. Second Schedule. Arrest and seizure without warrant. Search of place or ship with warrant or authority or by police officer. [s. 15 cont.] Seizure and forfeiture of things used for commission of offences. Procedure after arrest or seizure. Obstruction of revenue or police officer. Restrictions on dealing with and possession of certain goods. 2 & 3 Will, 4, c. 16, s. 10. [s. 19 cont.] Goods embarked for export not to be relanded. 39 & 40 Vict. C, 36, s. 120. 42 & 43 Vict. C, 21, s. 5 and Schedule. Restrictions on import and export. Penalty on not bringing to at stations; or carrying away officers. 39 & 40 Vict. C, 36, s. 136. 46 & 47 Vict. c, 55, s. 5. 22 of 1950. Schedule. Import and export statements. Removal of goods from ships, vehicles or aircraft. [cf. 39 & 40 Vict, c. 36, s. 179.] Ships' or aircraft stores, etc. Assessment of duty and drawback. Liability of licensee of general bonded or licensed warehouse. Contracts for sale of duty0paid goods when duties are altered or repealed. [s. 28 cont.] Recovery of duty, etc. (Cap. 5.) Search of baggage and goods. Examination of articles (other than baggage) on shore, ship, etc. Improper possession of labels, etc. [s.32 cont.] Misrepresentation, concealment, removal of goods, and defacement of licence or permit. 3 & 4 Vict. C. 18, s. 15. 8 & 9 Geo. 5, c. 15, s. 15(5). 22 of 1950, Schedule. Offences. (Cap. 227.) (Cap. 221.) Responsibility for acts of agents and servants. Service on body corporate or firm. [s. 36 cont.] Presumptions. Certain certificates to be evidence. 37 of 1950, Schedule. Magistrate may call in expert. Recovery of experts' fees. 37 of 1950. Schedule. 37 of 1950. Schedule. Informers. Manner of seizure not to be inquired into by court. [s. 42 cont.] Penalties. 24 of 1950, Schedule. 24 of 1950, Schedule. Forfeitures. Evidence of forfeiture. 39 & 40 Vict, c. 36, s. 263. Goods abandoned as not worth the duty. 39 & 40 Vict, c. 36, s. 94. Interpretation. [s. 47 cont.] 37 of 1950, Schedule. Licensing Board. [s. 48 cont.] Mode of election. Mode of voting. Applications for publicans and adjunct licences. Advertisement of applications. Decision of board. Appeal to governor in Council. No renewed application within twelve months. Issue and duration of licences. Transfer, etc. of licences. [s. 56 cont.] Provision for case of death or insolvency of licensee. Issue of temporary licence. Restriction of right of action for liquor sold. Retailers' signs. Measures or weights for sale of liquor. Prohibition of taking pledge for liquor. Prohibition of payment of journeymen, etc. at licensed premises. Prohibition of certain transactions without licence. Illegal possession of still or fermented material, etc. [s. 65 cont.] Distilling, etc. adulterated liquor. Duty on spirit distilled in this Colony. 37 of 1950, Schedule. Duty of beer except cider and Perry. 37 of 1950, Schedule. Police powers of access. 24 of 1950, Schedule. Power to apprehend persons drinking in unlicensed place. 22 of 1950, Schedule. Power to search suspected premises. Presumptions in proceedings for illicit distillation, etc. 13 & 14 Geo. 5, c. 1,4, s. 13(5). [cf. 1 & 2 Will. 4, c 55, s. 19.] Free licences for small stills for registered doctors and pharmacists. (Cap. 161.) (Cap. 138.) Saving as to sale of liquor by licensed aucioneer. (Cap. 114.) Denatured spirits to be dutiable goods until certified to the contrary. 37 of 1950, Schedule. Definition of tobacco. Restriction on tobacco growing. Manufacture, etc. of adulterated tobacco. Definition of hydrocarbon oils. 18 & 19 Geo. 5, c. 17, s. 2 (9). 25 & 26 Geo. 5, c. 24, s. 2 (7)(e). First Schedule. Application. 24 of 1950, Schedule. Interpretation. 24 of 1950, Schedule. Applications. 24 of 1950, Schedule. Interpretation. 24 of 1950, Schedule. [s. 83 cont.] Exchange Rate. 24 of 1950, Schedule. Ascertainment of price. 24 of 1950, Schedule. 2 of 1917, Second Schedule. 24 of 1950, Schedule. 37 of 1950, Schedule.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1840

Edition

1950

Volume

v3

Subsequent Cap No.

109

Number of Pages

43
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 15:46:40 +0800
<![CDATA[BETTING DUTY REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1839

Title

BETTING DUTY REGULATIONS

Description






BETTING DUTY.
BETTING DUTY REGULATIONS.
(Cap. 108, section 7).
(Ordinance No. 40 Of 1931).

[ist January, 1932.]

1. The provisions (including the penal provisions) of the Stamp
Duties Management Ordinance, shall apply to stamps used for denoting
betting duty.

2. The secretary of every club organizing a cash sweep or
conducting a totalizator or pari-mutuel in the Colony, or acting as agent
in the Colony for the allocation of chances in a cash sweep organized
outside the Colony, shall draw up for the Collector of Stamp Revenue a
statement showing
(a)the number of tickets sold and the amounts received in
respect of the totalizator or pari-mutuel betting on each race;
(b)the number and value of cash sweep tickets sold;
(c)the number and value of cash sweep chances allocated
otherwise than by ticket in respect of each race.

3. In the - case of a club acting as agent as aforesaid, which is
permitted to issue lists instead of tickets, the statement shall be drawn
up and delivered to the Collector before the lists of numbers allocated
are despatched from the Colony.

4. In the case of cash sweeps conducted by a club organizing the
race and in the case of bets on any totalizator or pari-mutuel the
statement shall be drawn up and delivered within fifteen days after the
day on which the race is held.

5. In all other cases the statement shall be drawn up and delivered
within three days after the day on which the race is held and before any
money is distributed among the contributors or subscribers.





6. The Collector or any person generally or specially authorized
thereto by him in writing may at all reasonable times require from the
secretary of every such club the production at such place as lie may
direct of any books, accounts, vouchers, lists, counterfoils or other
documents relating to any totalizator, pari-mutuel or sweep.

7. The duty required to be paid under the Ordinance, shall be
deemed a debt due to the Crown and may be recovered in the same
manner as Crown rents, assessments, fees or forfeitures are recovered
under the Supreme Court (Summary jurisdiction) Ordinance, upon
certificate purporting to be under the hand of the Accountant General.

8. Unless by agreement between any club and the Collector for the
payment of duty in any other manner, the duty shall be paid by stamps
affixed, printed, embossed or impressed by the Collector on each ticket
or counterfoil and on each list provided for in section 4 Of the
Ordinance, before any such ticket or list is issued.

9. The Collector may prescribe forms for use under these
regulations.

10. Any person who, and the secretary, treasurer and every
steward or member of the committee or management of any club which,
acts in contravention of regulations 2 to 6, and 8 and for which no other
penalty is provided shall be liable to a fine of one thousand dollars.

11. These regulations may be cited as the Betting Duty
Regulations.
Regulations Fraser, vol. 3, p. 1442. G.N.A. 75/51. (Cap. 121)
(Cap. 108) (Cap. 5) G.N.A. 75/51.

Abstract

Regulations Fraser, vol. 3, p. 1442. G.N.A. 75/51. (Cap. 121)
(Cap. 108) (Cap. 5) G.N.A. 75/51.


Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1839

Edition

1950

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

108

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 15:46:40 +0800
<![CDATA[BETTING DUTY ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1838

Title

BETTING DUTY ORDINANCE

Description






CHAPTER 108.

BETTING DUTY.

To make provision for the taxation of bets on authorized
totalizators or pari-mutuels and on contributions or
subscriptions towards authorized cash-sweeps and to amend the
law relating to gambling.

[1st January, 1932.]

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Betting Duty Ordinance.

2. Ordinary social or sporting clubs in the Colony may, with the
permission in writing in each case of the Commissioner of Police and
subject to such conditions as he may see fit to impose, conduct cash-
sweeps on horse or pony races: Provided that not less than eighty-
eight per cent, or in the case of a club organizing the race not less than
seventy-two per cent, of the total contributions or subscriptions, after
deduction of the duty, shall be devoted to prizes for the subscribers.

3. Ordinary race, jockey or hunt clubs which organize meetings for
horse or pony races in the Colony may, with the permission in writing
of the Commissioner of Police and subject to such conditions as he
may see fit to impose, conduct totalizator or pari-mutuel betting on the
race course premises on such races : Provided that not less than ninety
per cent of the total bets, after deduction of the duty, shall be devoted
to prizes for the ticket-holders.

4. (1) In, the case of cash-sweeps organized by clubs in the Colony
the chances shall be allocated by numbered tickets issued in books
with or without counterfoils as the Commissioner of Police may decide :
Provided that the Commissioner of Police may permit any club to issue
lists of numbers against which the names of the subscribers shall be
entered.

(2) In the case of cash-sweeps organized by clubs or other bodies
elsewhere, ordinary social, sporting, race, jockey or hunt clubs in the
Colony as agents for the organizing club or other body and with the
permission in writing of the Commissioner of Police may provide lists
of numbers, against which their members may sign their names as





subscribers for chances, or may issue books of numbered tickets, as
the Commissioner of Police may decide.

5. No tickets, lists, receipts, or other substitutes for
tickets recording the numbers of the chances allocated for
any cash-sweep, totalizator or pari-mutuel may be made,
printed, issued, sold or offered for sale except by or on behalf
of a club which has received the permission of the Com-
missioner of Police under this Ordinance.

6. (1) On every bet made on any totalizator or parimatuel
authorized by this Ordinance there shall be charged a duty on a scale
to be determined from time to time by a resolution of the Legislative
Council. With effect from the 1st day of October, 1945, such scale shall
be deemed for all purposes to have been determined as three per
cent until a further resolution of the Legislative Council under this subsection.

(2) On every cash-sweep ticket sold and on every
cash-sweep chance allocated by list as provided in section 4
there shall be charged a duty on the amount paid, con-
tributed or subscribed on a scale to be determined from time
to time by resolution of the Legislative Council : Provided
that there shall be charged a duty of twenty-five per cent on
any such amount paid, contributed or subscribed until a
further resolution of the Legislative Council under this
subsection.

(3) The secretary, treasurer and every steward and member of the
committee of management of the club, as well as the club itself if a
corporation, shall be jointly and severally liable for the duty payable.

7. The Covernor in Council may make regulations for securing the
payment of duty and generally for carrying the provisions of this
Ordinance into effect.

8. Any person who, and the secretary, treasurer and every steward
or member of the committee or management of any club which, acts in
contravention of or fails to comply with any provision of this
Ordinance or of any regulation made or condition imposed thereunder
for which no other penalty is provided shall be liable on summary
conviction to a fine of one thousand dollars.
Originally 40 of 1931. Fraser 40 of 1931. 33 of 1940. 20 of 1941. 7 of 1947. 6 of 1949. 49 of 1949. Short title. Authorization of club cash-sweeps on horse and pony races. 20 of 1941, s. 2. 7 of 1947, s. 2. Authorization of totalizator or pari-mutuel betting on horse or pony races. Allocation of chances in cash-sweeps. [s. 4 cont.] Restriction on sale of tickets. 6 of 1949, s. 2. Duty on totalizator or pari-mutuel bets and on cash-sweeps. 49 of 1949, s. 2. 7 of 1947, s. 3. Regulations Penalties.

Abstract

Originally 40 of 1931. Fraser 40 of 1931. 33 of 1940. 20 of 1941. 7 of 1947. 6 of 1949. 49 of 1949. Short title. Authorization of club cash-sweeps on horse and pony races. 20 of 1941, s. 2. 7 of 1947, s. 2. Authorization of totalizator or pari-mutuel betting on horse or pony races. Allocation of chances in cash-sweeps. [s. 4 cont.] Restriction on sale of tickets. 6 of 1949, s. 2. Duty on totalizator or pari-mutuel bets and on cash-sweeps. 49 of 1949, s. 2. 7 of 1947, s. 3. Regulations Penalties.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1838

Edition

1950

Volume

v3

Subsequent Cap No.

108

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 15:46:39 +0800
<![CDATA[PREVENTION OF NUISANCES AND REGULATION OF TRAVELLING RULES]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1837

Title

PREVENTION OF NUISANCES AND REGULATION OF TRAVELLING RULES

Description






PREVENTION OF NUISANCES AND REGULATION
OF TRAVELLING RULES.
(Cap. -107, Section -02).
(Ordinance No. 10 Of 1902).

{31st December, 1915.]

Rules inade by the company.
1. These rules shall extend and apply to all cars used on the
tramways and to all places in respect of which the company has for the
time being power to make rules.

2. The tickets of the company are issued on the condition that the
rules made by the company are observed.

3. No person shall travel or attempt to travel as a passenger on a
car in any class if a notice has been put up in the said car stating that
the accommodation in that class is fully taken up.

4. No person shall travel or attempt to travel on the top of any car
in excess of the number of passengers for which seating
accommodation is provided on the top of such car.

5. No passenger shall enter or depart from a car from that side
which is on the right hand of the motorman.

6. No person shall converse with the driver of any car while such
driver is on duty..

7. No passenger shall take any luggage on a car of a description
calculated in the opinion of the conductor to annoy or inconvenience
other passengers. All personal and other luggage shall be carried by the
passenger unless the conductor requires it to be put in some particular
place in which case the passenger, sh all comply with the requirements
of the conductor.

8. No passenger shall smoke so as to cause nuisance or
inconvenience to other passengers.





9. No person shall spit inside or upon any car.
10. No passenger or other person shall while travelling in or
upon any car play or perform on any musical instrument.
11. No person in a state of intoxication or affected with any
infectious or contagious disease shall enter or mount or attempt
to enter or mount an), car. Any such person found on any car
shall leave on request, and in default of compliance, may be
removed by or under the direction of the conductor.
12. No person shall swear or use obscene or offensive
language whilst in or upon any car or commit any nuisance in or
upon or against any car or any premises or property of the
company or interfere with the comfort of any passenger.
13. No person whose dress or clothing might in the opinion
of the conductor soil or injure the seats or fittings of a car or the
dress or clothing of any passenger, and no person who in the
opinion of the conductor might for any other reason be offensive
to passengers, shall be entitled to enter or remain in or on any car
and shall leave on request. Any such person may be prevented
from entering any car and shall not enter any car if requested not
to do so by the conductor; and if found in or on any car shall on
the request of the conductor leave the car upon the fare, if
previously paid, being returned.
14. Every passenger shall upon demand pay to the conductor
the fare legally demandable for the journey and accept a ticket
corresponding thereto, but this rule shall not apply to a monthly
ticket holder or to Government postmen and policemen on duty
and in uniform.
15. Every passenger shall when required show the ticket or
monthly ticket given to him covering the journey lie is travelling
on, or any, free pass held by him, to the conductor or to any duly
authorized servant of the company and shall also, when required,
either deliver up any such ticket or pass for inspection or pay the
fare legally demandable for the distance travelled over by such
passenger.





16. No passenger shall use or attempt to use any monthly
ticket which is not issued in the passenger's own name or upon
the face of which the passenger's own name does not appear and
no monthly, ticket holder shall sell or transfer or attempt to sell or
transfer the monthly ticket of which lie is the holder to any other
person.
17. In the event of summary conviction of any person in
respect of any breach or non-observance of these rules relating
to monthly tickets, it shall be lawful for the company to give
notice in writing to the holder of the monthly ticket in respect of
which any person has been summarily convicted of a breach or
non-observance of these rules that such monthly ticket is
cancelled, and forthwith after the receipt of any such notice such
monthly ticket shall not be available for use for travelling on any
car, and the holder thereof shall deliver the same to the offices of
the company for cancellation and, provided that the person so
summarily convicted is not the holder of such monthly ticket, then
upon the holder delivering the same up for cancellation at the
offices of the company, the company shall refund to him such
proportionate part of the cost thereof as represents the number of
days unexpired upon the ticket at the date of the giving of the
notice provided for in this rule.
18. Any reference in these rules to the holder of a monthly
ticket shall be deemed to refer to and include any, person to
whom and in whose name the company issues a monthly ticket
and whose name appears on the face thereof.
19. Tickets shall only be available for the car on which they
are issued. Every passenger who leaves a car for any reason and
resumes his journey by another car shall pay a fresh fare from
the point at which lie enters the second car.
20. No passenger or any other person not being an official or
servant of the company shall travel on the front, back, steps or
sides of a tramcar or elsewhere than in or upon that space, or a
part thereof, within the tramcar provided for the accommodation
of passengers. Any, person travelling in contravention of this rule
shall immediately cease so to do upon request by the conductor
or motorman of the tramcar or any other official of the company
or by any police officer in uniform.
21. No person except a passenger or intending or passenger shall
enter or mount any car.
1

22. No person shall enter, mount or leave or attempt to
enter, mount or leave any car whilst in motion.

23. No person shall take a dog or other animal into or on any
car except by permission of the conductor. Any dog or other
animal taken into or on any car which becomes
,a nuisance or annoyance to passengers or which interferes with
or gets in the way of the driver or the driving or controlling
apparatus of the car shall be removed by the person in charge of
such dog or other animal frorn the car immediately upon request
of the conductor, and in default of compliance with such request,
may be removed by or under the direction of the conductor.

24. No person shall enter, get upon or travel in or on any car
with loaded firearms or with any article, instrument or implement
which may In the opinion of the conductor be dangerous or
offensive to any passenger.

25. No person sliall stand in such a position on the car as to
hamper the motorman in any way or shall touch any part of the
controlling gear of any car.

26. No passenger shall stand oil the platform of a car after
being requested to go inside by the conductor. No passenger shall
stand or travel in any exit passage-way.

27. Any person who requires change to be given him before
fie is able to pay his right fare shall, if the conductor is unable to
give him change, upon request immediately leave tile car.

28. No person shall wilfully obstruct or impede any officer or
servant of the company, in the execution of his duty upon or in
connexion with an), car or tramway of the company.

29. The conductor of each car shall enforce or prevent a
breach of these rules to the best of his ability.





30. If the conductor has reason to believe that any
person has committed a breach of any rule made by the
company, he shall be entitled to ask such person for his
name and address in Hong Kong and any such person shall
on demand forthwith furnish to the conductor his true name
and his true address in Hong Kong.

31. Any person offending against or committing a G.N. 112147.
breach of any of these rules shall be liable to a penalty of
one hundred dollars.

32. In these rules, 'conductor' shall include any
officer or servant in the employment of the company and
having charge either temporarily or otherwise of a car and
shall also include an inspector of the company.

33. These rules may be cited as the Prevention of
Nuisances and Regulation of Travelling Rules.
Regulations Fraser, vol. 2, p. 542. G.N. 67/46. G.N. 112/47.
G.N. 67/46.
G.N. 112/47.

Abstract

Regulations Fraser, vol. 2, p. 542. G.N. 67/46. G.N. 112/47.
G.N. 67/46.
G.N. 112/47.


Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1837

Edition

1950

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

107

Number of Pages

5
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 15:46:39 +0800
<![CDATA[TRAMWAY WORKING RULES]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1836

Title

TRAMWAY WORKING RULES

Description






Maximum current from the. earth connexions (see
rule 8 (i)).
Leakage current (see rule 12).
Fall of potential in return (see rule. g).
Monthly records.
Condition of earth connexions (see rule 7).
Insulation resistance of insulated cables (see rule 13).
Quarterly record.
Conductance of joints to pipes (see rule io).
Occasional records.
Any test made under the provisions of rule 8 (ii).
Localization and removal of leakage, stating time occupied.
Particulars of any abnormal occurrence affecting the
electric working of the

21. any person who acts in contravention of rules 3 to 13 and
iS to 20 shall be liable to a fine of twenty-five dollars, and also in
the case of a continuing offence to a further fine
of ten dollars for every day after the first during. such
offence continues.

TRAMWAY WORKING RULES.
(Cap. 107,, sections 32 and 33).
(Ordinance No. 10 Of 1902).
[7th January, 1916.]
1. (I) The driver of every, car shall ring his bell, or make use
of the warning apparatus provided, in any of the following
circumstances
(a)in case of impending danger, or to warn any person in
any way obstructing the line; or
(b) just before passing another car.
(2) NO person shall sound any bell or other instrument fitted to
a tramcar for signalling its approach by sound be





tween the hours of midnight and 6 a.m. on any road or street in any
silent area for the time being prescribed in, under or by virtue of any
Ordinance relating to vehicles and traffic regulation or any regulations
thereunder.

2. Every car shall be brought to a standstill at the, places specified
in Appendix A to these rules and in all cases when necessary in order
to avoid impending danger.

3. The speed of the cars shall in no case exceed the speed laid
down in scction 32 of the Ordinance.

4. (1) The driver or conductor of a car shall stop the same at the
places specified in Appendix B to these rules when required b), any
passenger desiring to leave the car or by any person desirous of
travelling by the car for -whom there is room and to whose admission no
valid objection can be made.
(2) The driver of a car, on coming in sight of a vehicle standing or
travelling on any part of the road so as not to leave sufficient space for
the car to pass, shall sound his bell or whistle as a warning to the.
person in charge of such vehicle, and that person shall with reasonable
despatch cause such vehicle to be removed so as not to obstruct the
car.
(3) No person shall in any way wilfully impede or interfere with the
traffic on the tramway, nor shall any driver or conductor needlessly
cause interruption to the ordinary road traffic.

5. The driver or conductor of a car shall stop or move on the same
in obedience to all directions and signals which may be given by any
police officer in uniform for the purpose of regulating traffic.

6. All rules for the time being relating to the tramway shall be
conspicuously and publicly exhibited in the following places
(a) the company's registered office;
(b) the General Post Office;
(c) Blake Pier;
(d) the Central Market.





7. A set of instructions shall be issued to the Commissioner
of Police for the use of his constables embodying the course of
action recommended in the event of a trolly wire falling or the
safety of the public being otherwise endangered.

8. Any person committing an offence against any of these rules or
against any rule hereafter made under section 32 of the Ordinance, shall upon
summary conviction be (Cap. 107) liable to a fine of one hundred dollars for each
offence: G.N.A. 93,151. Provided that in the case of a continuing offence the
aggregate fine. shall not exceed fifty dollars for each day during which the
offence continues.

9. These rules may be cited as the Tramway Working
Rules.

[rule 2.] APPENDIX A.

Places at which a car must be brought to a standstill.
Kennedy Town Terminus (Catchick Street). Junction of Catchick
Street and Smithfield. Junction of Kennedy Town Praya and Sand
Street. Junction of Kennedy Town Praya and Holland Street.
Junction of Kennedy Town Praya and Queen's Road West. Junction
of Des Voeux Road West and Connaught Road.
Junction of Des Voeux Road West and Water Street.
Junction of Des Voeux Road West and Western Street. Junction
of Des Voeux Road West and Eastern Street.
Junction of Des Voeux Road West and Sutherland Street. Junction of
Des Voeux Road West and Wing Lok Street.
Junction of Connaught Road and Morrison Street.
Junction of Des Voeux Road Central and Morrison Street (west-bound car).
Junction of Des Voeux Road Central and Cleverly Street (east-bound car).
Junction of Des Voeux Road Central and Rumsey Street, at Harbour
Office.
Junction of Des Voeux Road Central and Wing Wo Street.
Junction of Des Voeux Road Central and Queen Victoria Street.
Junction of Des Voeux Road Central and Pedder Street, at Post Office. Junction
of Des Voeux Road Central and Ice House Street.
Junction of Queen's Road East and Garden Road.
Junction of Queen's Road East and Arsenal Street. Junction
of Johnston Road and Gresson Street.
Junction of Johnston Road and Tai Yuen Street. Junction of
Johnston Road and Wanchai Road. Junction of Johnston Road and
Hennessy Road. Junction of Hennessy Road and Tin Lok Lane.
Junction of Hennessy Road and Bowrington Canal Road. Junction
of Hennessy Road and Percival Street.
Junction of Hennessy Road and Jardine's Bazaar.





Junction of Yee Wo Street and Caroline Road (Causeway Bay).
King's Road, at Ngan Mok Street.
King's Road, at Ming Yuen.
King ' S Road, at Quarry Bay Village.
King's Road, at Taikoo Dockyard, east entrance.
Shaukiwan Road, at Sai Wan Ho Market.
Shaukiwan Road, at Soy Factory.
Junction of Shaukiwan Road and Island Road.
Shaukiwan Road, at tram pole No. 420.
Shaukiwan Terminus.
Junction of Canal Road East and Leighton Hill Road.
Junction of Leighton Hill Road and Wong Nei Chong Road.
Junction of Wong Nei Chong Road and Broadwood Road.
Man Chung Terrace.
Junction of Morrison Hill Road and Gap Road.
Junction of Morrison Hill Road and Leighton Hill Road,
and at any point on the train line crossed by another authorized line.

[rule 4.] APPENDIX B.

Places at which a car must be stopped on request.
Junction of Cadogan Street and Belcher's Street.
Queen's Road East, at main entrance, H. M. Dockyard.
Queen's Road East, at Wellington Barracks.
Junction of Johnston Road and Anton Street (west-bound cars).
West side of junction of Johnston Road and Hennessy Road (east-
bound cars).
Junction of Yee Wo Street and Pennington Street.
Causeway Road, at Royal Naval Football Ground.
Junction of King's Road and Tung Lo Wan Road.
King's Road, at Lau Li Street.
King's Road, at Wing Hing Street.
King's Road, at Boat Street.
King's Road, at Power Street.
King's Road, at Fort Street.
King's Road, at Commercial Press (tram pole No. 290).
King's Road, at tram pole No. 296A.
King's Road, at bathing pavilions.
King's Road, at Quarry Bay Terrace.
King's Road, at Taikoo Sugar Refinery.
King's Road, at Quarry Bay School.
King's Road, at Taikoo Club.
King's Road, at Taikoo Dockyard, west entrance.
King's Road, at Saiwan Terrace.
Shaukiwan Road, at tram pole No. 392.
Shaukiwan Road, at Hong Kong Electric Sub-Station.
Shaukiwan Road, at tram pole No. 420.
Junction of Hennessy Road and Canal Road East.
Junction of Canal Road East and Russell Street.
Wong Nei Chong Road, at Government Quarters.
Wong Nei Chong Road, at tram pole No. 647.
Junction of Wong Nei Chong Road and Village Road.
Wong Nei Chong Road, at Race Course Enclosure.
Wong Nei Chong Road, at Roman Catholic Cemetery.
Des Voeux Road West, at Tai Ping Theatre.
G.N.A. 75/51. Regulations Fraser, vol. 2, p. 537. G.N.A. 75/51. G.N.A. 93/51.
[r. 1 cont.] G.N.A. 75/51. (Cap. 107)
(Cap. 107) G.N.A. 93/51.

Abstract

G.N.A. 75/51. Regulations Fraser, vol. 2, p. 537. G.N.A. 75/51. G.N.A. 93/51.
[r. 1 cont.] G.N.A. 75/51. (Cap. 107)
(Cap. 107) G.N.A. 93/51.


Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1836

Edition

1950

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

107

Number of Pages

4
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 15:46:38 +0800
<![CDATA[USE OF ELECTRIC POWER ON THE TRAMWAY RULES]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1835

Title

USE OF ELECTRIC POWER ON THE TRAMWAY RULES

Description






TRAMWAY.
Subsidiary legislation under this Chapter, with subse
quent amendments (if any) Incorporated, is set out as
follows-
Page
Use of Electric Power on the- Tramway Rules 256
Trainway Working Rules ... ... ... 261
Prevention of Nuisances and Regulation of
Travelling Rules .... ... ... ... ... ... ... 265

USE OF ELECTRIC POWER ON THE
TRAMWAY RULES.
(Cap. 107-, sections 28 and 31).
(Ordinance No. 10 Of 1902).

[14th May 1902.]

1. These rules may be cited as the Use of Electric
Power on the Tramway Rules.

2. In the following rules
-current- means an electric current exceeding part of one ampere;
'energy' means electrical energy;
'generation'' means the dynamo or dynamos or other electric, apparatus
used for the generation of
,(motor' means any electric motor carried on a car and used for the
conversion of energy;
,,pipe' means any gas or water pipe, or other metallic pipe, structure or
substance;
'wire' means in ' v wire or apparatus used for telegraphic,
telephonic, electrical signalling or other similar pur- poses.

3. Any dynamo used as a generator shall be of such
pattern and construction as to be capable Of producing a
continuous current without appreciable pulsation.





4. One of. the two conductors used for transmitting energy from
the generator to the motors shall be in every case insulated from earth,
and is hereinafter referred to as ihe 'line'; the other may be insulated
throughout or may be uninsulated in such parts and to such extent as is
provided in the following rules, and is hereinafter referred to as the
,.return'.

5. Where any rails on which cars run, or any conductors laid
between or within three feet of such rails, form any part of a return such
part may be uninsulated. All other returns or parts of a. return shall be
insulated, unless of such sectional area as will reduce the difference of
potential between the ends of the uninsulated portion of the return
below the limit laid down in rule 9.

6. When any uninsulated conductor laid between or within three
feet of the rails forms any part of a return, it shall be electrically
connected to the rails at distances apart not exceeding one hundred feet
by means of copper strips having a sectional area of at least one-
sixteenth of a square inch, or by other means of equal conductivity.

7. When any part of a return is uninsulated it shall be connected
with the negative terminal of the generator, and in such case the
negative terminal of the generator shall also be directly connected,
through the current indicator hereinafter mentioned, to two separate
earth connexions which shall be placed not less than twenty yards apart
: Provided that in place of such two earth connexions the company may
make one connexion to a main for water supply of not less than three
inches internal diameter, with the consent of the owner thereof and of
the person supplying the water, and provided that where, from the
nature of the soil or for other reasons, the company can show to the
satisfaction of an inspecting officer of the Government that the earth
connexions herein specified cannot be constructed and maintained
without undue expense, the provisions of this rule shall not apply. The
earth connexions referred to in this rule shall be constructed, laid and
maintained so as to secure electrical contact with the general mass of
earth, and so that an electro-motive force not exceeding four volts shall
suffice to produce a current of at least two amperes from one earth





connexion to the other through the earth, and a test shall be made at
least once in every month to ascertain whether this requirement is
complied with. No portion of either earth connexion shall be placed
within six feet of any pipe except a main for water supply of not less
than three inches internal diameter metallically connected to the earth
connexions with the consents hereinbefore specified.
8. When the return is partly or entirely uninsulated the company
shall in the construction and maintenance of the. tramway
(a)so separate the uninsulated return from the general mass of
earth and from any pipe in the vicinity;
(b)so connect together the several lengths of the rails;
(c)adopt such means for reducing the difference produced by
the current between the potential of the uninsulated return at
any other point ; and
(d)so maintain the efficiency of the earth connexions specified in
the precedin~ rules,
as to fulfil the following conditions
(i) that the current passing from the earth connexions
through the indicator to the generator shall not at any time
exceed either two amperes per mile of single tramway line, or
five Per. cent of the total current output of the station ;
(ii) that if at any time and at any place a test be made by
connecting a galvanometer or other currentindicator to the
uninsulated return to an), pipe ii, the vicinity, 'it shall always
be possible to reverse the direction of any current indicated
by interposing a battery of three Leclanche cells connected
in series if the direction of the current is from the return to the
pipe, or b), interposing one Leclanche cell if the direction of
the. current is from the pipe to the return.
In order to provide a continuous indication that condition (i) is
complied with, the company shall place in a conspicuous position a
suitable properly connected and correctly marked current-indicator and
shal~ keep it connected during the whole time. that the line is charged.
The owner of any such pipe may require the company, to permit
him at reasonable times and intervals to ascertain by test that the
conditions specified in (ii) are complied with Ins regards his pipe.





9. When the return is partly or entirely uninsulated a continuous
record shall be kept by the company of the difference of potential
during the working of the tramway between the points of the
uninsulated return farthest from and nearest to the generating station.
If at any time such difference of potential exceeds the limit of
seven volts, the company
shall take immediate steps to reduce it below that 1
limit.

10. Every electrical connexion with any pipe shall be so -Arranged
as to admit of easy examination, and shall be tested by the company at
least once in every three months.

11. Every line and every insulated return or part of a return except
any feeder shall be constructed in sections not exceeding one-half of a
mile in length, and means shall be provided for insulating each such
section for purposes of testing.

12. The insulation of the line and of the return when insulated, and
of all feeders and other conductors, shall be so maintained that the
leakage current shall not exceed onehundredth of an ampere per mile of
tramway. The leakage current shall be ascertained daily before or after
the hours of running when the line is fully charged. If at an), time it
should be found that the leakage current exceeds one-half of an ampere
per mile of tramway, the leak shall be localized and removed as soon as
practicable and the running of the cars shall be stopped unless the leak
is localized and removed within twenty-four hours : Provided that where
both line and return are placed within a conduit this regulation shall not
apply.

13. The insulation resistance of all continuously insulated cables
used for lines, for insulated returns, for feeders, or for other purposes,
and laid below the surface of the ground, shall not be permitted to fall
below the equivalent of ten megohms for a length of one mile. A test of
the insulation resistance of all such cables shall be made at least once in
each month.

14. Where in any case in any part of the tramway the line is
erected overhead and the return is laid on or under





the ground, and where any wires have been erected or ]aid
before the construction of the tramway in the same or nearly-
the same direction as such part of the tramway, the company
shall if required so to do by the owners of such wires or
any of them, permit such owners to insert and maintain
it, the company's line one or more induction-coils or other
apparatus approved by the company for the purpose of
preventing disturbance b), electric induction. In any case
in which the company withholds its approval of arts. such
apparatus the owners may appeal to the Governor in Council,
who may'. if lie thinks fit, dispense with sucli approval.

15. Any insulated return shall be placed parallel to and at a
distance not exceeding three feet from the fine when the line and return
are both erected overhead, or eighteen inches when they fire both laid
underground.

16. In the disposition, connexions and working of feeders the
company shall take all reasonable precautions to avoid injurious
interference with any existing wires.

17. The company shall so construct and maintain its System as to
secure good contact between the motors and the line and return
respectively.

18. The company sliall adopt the best means available to revent the
occurrence of undue sparking at the rubbing p
or rolling contacts in any place and in (lie construction and use of its
generator and motors.
19. In working the cars the current sliall be varied as required by
means of a rheostat containing at least twenty Sections or by sonic
other equally efficient method of gradually varying resistance.
20. The company shall, so far as may be applicable to its system of
working, keep records as specified below. These accords sliall, if and
when required, be forwarded- for the information of the Governor in
Council.
Daily records
Number of cars running. Maximum
working current. Maximum
working pressure.






Maximum current from the. earth connexions (see
rule 8 (i)).
Leakage current (see rule 12).
Fall of potential in return (see rule. g).
Monthly records.
Condition of earth connexions (see rule 7).
Insulation resistance of insulated cables (see rule 13).
Quarterly record.
Conductance of joints to pipes (see rule io).
Occasional records.
Any test made under the provisions of rule 8 (ii).
Localization and removal of leakage, stating time occupied.
Particulars of any abnormal occurrence affecting the
electric working of the

21. any person who acts in contravention of rules 3 to 13 and
iS to 20 shall be liable to a fine of twenty-five dollars, and also in
the case of a continuing offence to a further fine
of ten dollars for every day after the first during. such
offence continues.

TRAMWAY WORKING RULES.
(Cap. 107,, sections 32 and 33).
(Ordinance No. 10 Of 1902).
[7th January, 1916.]
1. (I) The driver of every, car shall ring his bell, or make use
of the warning apparatus provided, in any of the following
circumstances
(a)in case of impending danger, or to warn any person in
any way obstructing the line; or
(b) just before passing another car.
(2) NO person shall sound any bell or other instrument fitted to
a tramcar for signalling its approach by sound be
Regulations Fraser, vol. 2, p. 531. G.N.A. 75/51.
[r. 7 cont.]
[r. 14 cont.]
G.N.A. 75/51. Regulations Fraser, vol. 2, p. 537. G.N.A. 75/51. G.N.A. 93/51.

Abstract

Regulations Fraser, vol. 2, p. 531. G.N.A. 75/51.
[r. 7 cont.]
[r. 14 cont.]
G.N.A. 75/51. Regulations Fraser, vol. 2, p. 537. G.N.A. 75/51. G.N.A. 93/51.


Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1835

Edition

1950

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

107

Number of Pages

6
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 15:46:37 +0800
<![CDATA[TRAMWAY ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1834

Title

TRAMWAY ORDINANCE

Description






CHAPTER 107.

THE TRAMWAY ORDINANCE.

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS.

Sections. Page
1. Short title ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 186

2. Interpretation ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 186

3. Construction and route of tramway ... ...... ... 186

4. Power to lay single line where double line authorized, and to

reconvert into double line ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 187

5. Power to widen bridges, etc . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 188

6. Electricity ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... .. . ... ... ... 188

7. Power to lay down sea water pipes ... ... ... ... ... ... 188

8. Gauge of tramway ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 188

9. Power to break up roads ... ... ... ... - . ... ... ... ... 188

10. Completion of works, and restoration of road ... ... ... ... 189
11. Further provisions as to construction of tramway ... ... ... 189
12. Repair of roads on which tramway laid ... ... ... 190
13. Maintenance and level of rails ... ... ... ... ... 190
14. Temporary tramways may be made when necessary ... ... ... 190
15. Application of road materials excavated in construction of

works ... ... ... ... ... .... ... ... . ... 191

16. Protection of departments and persons ... ... ... ... ... ... 191
17. Protection of sewers, etc. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 193
18. Protection of Government or telegraph cables or lines ... ... 194
19. Rights of departments, etc., to open roads ... ... ... ... ... 194
20. Differences between company and others (other than the

Director) ... ... . 1. . 1 . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 195

21. Differences between company and Director ... ... ... ... ... 196
22. Tramway not to be opened until certified fit for traffic ... ... 196
23. Procedure when public not afforded full benefit of tramway ... 196
24. Procedure on non-compliance with order ... ... ... ... ... 197
25. Discontinuance of tramway ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 197
26. Proceedings in case of insolvency of company ... ... ... ... 198
27. Purchase by Government of tramway ... ... ... ... ... ... 198
28. Motive power ... ... ... ... 1 .. ... ... ... 199
29. Construction of cars ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 199





Sections. Page
30. Powers to authorities to inspect cars, etc . ... ... ... 200
31. Penalty for using electric power contrary to Ordinance ... ... 200
32. Power to make rules ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 200
33. Penalties may be imposed in rules ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 201
34. Wheels and width of cars ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 201
35. Power to sell ... ... ... ... ... 202
36. Power to lease ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 202
37. Power to mortgage ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 202
38. Rights of Government in military emergency ... ... ... ... 203
39. Fares, etc., to be paid in such emergency ... ... ... ... ... 203
40. Postmen and policemen on duty and in uniform free ... ... ... 203
41. Traffic upon tramway ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 203
42. Company may refuse to carry certain goods ... ... ... ... 203
43. Royalties ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 203
44. Fares for passengers ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 204
45. Alteration of the rates of fares ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 204
46. Chinese third class passengers ... ... ... ... 205
47. If cars full, company not bound to carry ... ... 20.5
48. Passengers' luggage ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 205
49. Payment of fares ... ... ... ... ... ... ... .. ... ... 205
50. On abandonment, road to be restored ... ... ... ... ... ... 205
51. Breach of provisions of Ordinance, etc . ... ... ... ... ... ... 206
52. Offences concerning car or tramway ... ... ... ... ... ... 206
53. Offences concerning passengers ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 206
54. Power to detain persons who commit offences ... ... ... ... 207
55. Penalty for bringing dangerous goods on tramway ... ... ... 207
56. Penalty for using tramway with flange-wheeled carriages, etc. 207
57. Recovery of fares, etc . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 207
58. Fares, etc., to be sued for within six months ... ... ... ... 208
59. Company to be responsible for all damage through its act
or default ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 208
60. Right of user of roads only acquired ... ... ... ... ... ... 208
61. Power to police to regulate traffic ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 208
62. Rights of public reserved ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 208
63. Nuisance ... ... ... .. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 209.
64. Saving of rights of the Crown ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 209





CHAPTER 107.

TRAMWAY.

To authorize the construction of a tramway.

[23rd May, 1902.]

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Tramway Ordinance.

2. In this Ordinance

'car' includes all cars and trucks used upon the tramway;

'company' means Hong Kong Trarnways Limited;

'court' means the Supreme Court;

'Department' includes the War Department, the and the Hong Kong
Government;

'Director' means the Director of Public Works

'Government' means the Governor acting on behalf of His Majesty or
his assigns, or on behalf of the Government of the Colony

'road' means any roadway over which the tramway passes, and the
roadway of any bridge forming part of or leading to the same;

'special case' means a special case stated for the opinion of the
court under the provisions of any enactment relating to civil
procedure;

'works' or 'undertaking' means the works or undertaking of whatever
nature herein authorized to bc execuled.

Construction of tramway

3. (1) The company may construct, lay clown and maintain the
tramway authorized by this Ordinance, with all proper electric
generating stations, crossings, passing places, sidings, junctions, rails,
turn-tables, plates, offices, weigh-bridges, sheds, overhead and other
wires, cables, standards, poles and brackets, pipes and all such other
works and conveniences in connexion therewith as the company may
for the purposes thereof think fit, and may work and use the same.





(2) The tramway authorized by, this Ordinance is the tramway
delineated on a plan or set of plans deposited with the Director and
signed by him and on behalf of the company and dated the 1st day of
March, 1950, together with such additions, extensions and
amendments as may be approved by the Governor in Council or
otherwise pursuant to this section or section 4.

(3) The company may construct, lay down and maintain the said
tramway in such other positions along the lines of route shown on the
said plan or set of plans as the Governor in Council may approve.

(4) The company rnay construct, lay down and maintain as
additions to or as extensions of such tramway all such lines, crossings,
passing places, sidings, junctions, turntables and other works as the
Governor in Council may approve, subject however to the following
conditions

(a)plans thereof shall previously be deposited in the office of
the Director;

(b)the company shall give timely and adequate notification by
public advertisernent or otherwise. of their intention to apply
for such approval ;

(c)such approval shall require confirmation by a resolution of
the Legislative Council.

(5) Notwithstanding subsections (3) and (4) if ill the opinion of
the Director alterations to the track of such tramway are necessary and
can bc considered minor realignments emergency measures or
temporary provisions, he may in his discretion permit such alterations
either permanently or temporarily by notice in writing to the company
without further reference to the Governor in Council or Legislative
Council.

4. Where a double line of tramway is hereby authorized to be laid
down and has been constructed, it shall be lawful for the company,
with the consent of the Governor in Council, to lay down in lieu
thereof a single line of tramway and, with the like consent, at any time
thereafter to convert such single line into the double line hereby
authorized to be laid down.





5.Subject to the approval of the Governor in Council,
the company may, in the construction of the tramway at its
own expense alter the level of and widen any bridge, road,
street or space along or over which the tramway is hereby
authorized to be laid down, and make and construct all
necessary cuttings and embankments, bridges, viaducts,
culverts, catch-water drains and other works, and divert
streams :Provided always that the earth excavated and
thrown to waste is disposed of to the satisfaction of the
Director, and in such manner as to prevent its being washed
by rain into the harbour.

6. The company may generate and use electricity for the purposes
of lighting its own buildings, erections and premises and for any other
purposes of its own.

7. Subject to the approval of the Director as to the method and position
of laying down, the company may lay down under any public roadway, street or
space pipes from any of its generating stations to the sea. The company may
also lay down any such pipes over or under any private land with the consent
of the owner thereof. The company may pump sea water through any such pipes
for the purposes and works of the tranway, and shall make proper provision, to
the satisfaction of the Director, for the return of the surplus sea water into
the sea.

8.The tramway shall be constructed on a gauge of
not less than three feet and six inches in width, and with
steel rails which. shall, before being laid down, be approved
by the Director and shall bc laid and maintained in such
manner that the uppermost surface thereof shall be on a
level with the surface of the road.

9. The company for the purpose of making, forming, laying down,
maintaining, renewing, altering, adding, to or removing the tramway or
any part thereof respectively, may open and break up any road subject
to the following regulations

(a) it shall give to the Director notice of its intention, specifying the time
at which it will begin to do so, and the portion of road proposed to be opened or
broken up, such notice to be given seven days at least before the commencement of
the work; (b) it shall not open or break up or alter the lever of
any road except with the authority, under the
superintendence and to the satisfaction of the
Director.

10. When the company has opened or broken up and
portion of any road, it shall be under the following further
obligations, namely -

(a) it shall, with all convenient speed, complete the
work on account of which it opened or broke up
the same, and (subject to the formation, maintenance,
renewal or alteration of, addition to, or removal
of the tramway) fill in the ground and make good
the surface and, to the satisfaction of the Director,
restore the road to a good condition;

(b) it shal in the meantime cause the place where the
road is opened or broken up to be fenced and
watched, and to be properly lighted at night.

If the company fails to comply with any of the provisions
of this section it shall (without prejudice to the enforcement
of specific performance of the requirements of this Ordinance
or to any other remedy against it) be liable to a fine of one
hundred dollars, and in case of a continuing offence to a
further fine to twenty-five dollars for every day after the first
on which the default continues.

11. In addition to the requirements of section 10, the
company shall, when it gives notice as aforesaid to the
Director of its intention to open or break up any road for
any of the purposes aforesaid, lay before the Director a
cross section showing the proposed mode of constructing,
laying down, maintaining, renewing, altering, adding to or
removing the tramway or works in respect of which it pro-
poses to open or break up such road, and a statement of the
materials intended to be used therein; and the company shall
not commence the construction, laying down, maintenance,
renewal, alteration of, addition to or removal of such tramway
or works, or any part thereof respectively, except for
the purpose of necessary repairs, until such cross section
and statment have been approved in writing by the
Director; and the work shall be executed in accordance with
such approved cross section and statement, and under the
superintendence and to the satisfaction of the Director.




12. The company shall, at its own expense, at all times
maintain and keep in good condition and repair, with such
materials and in such manner as the Director may direct and
to his satisfaction, so much of any road whereon any tram-
way belonging to the company is laid as lies between the
rails of the tramway and (where a double line of tramway
is laid by the company in any road, the lines being not more
than four feet apart) the portion of the road between the two
lines of tramway, and in every case so much of the road as
extends eighteen inches beyond the rails of and on each side
of any such tramway. Except as aforesaid the company
shall not be liable to pay for the cost of the maintenance or
repair of any road whereon the tramway is laid.

13. The company shall maintain in good condition and
repair, and at their proper level so as not to be a danger or
annoyance to the ordinanry traffic, the rails of which the
tramway for the time being consists, and the substructure
upon which the same rest; and if the Director at any time
alters the level of any road along or across which the tramway
is laid, then the company shall, at its own expense, alter
its rail so that the uppermost surface thereof is on a level
with the surface of the road as altered, and if the company
makes default in complying with any of the provisions of
this section, it shall be liable to a fine of one hundred twenty-
five dollars for every day after the first on which such default
continues.

14. Where by reason of the execution of any work
affecting the surface or soil of any road along which the
tramway is laid, it is in the opinion of the Director necessry
or expedient temporarily to remove or discontinue the use of
such tramway or any part thereof, the Director shall, before
such tramway or any part thereof is temporarily removed
or the use thereof discontinued, give to the company fourteen
days' notice at least of the necessity or expediency of su
temporary removal or discontinuance, and immediately on
receipt of any such notice the company may, subject to such
conditions and rules as the Governor in Council may make,
construct in the same or any adjacent road and, subject as
aforesaid, maintain so long as necessary a temporary tramway
in lieu of the tramway or part thereof so removed or
discontinued, and the road on which such temporary tramway




is laid shall, subject as aforesaid, be maintained so long
as necessary by the Director at the expense of the com-
pany.

15. Any paving, metalling or material excavated by the
company in the construction of its works from any road under
the control of the Director may be applied by the company,
so far as may be necessary, in or towards the reinstating of
such road, provided such paving, metalling or material is
in the opinion of the Director fit and proper to be used for
such purpose, and all surplus paving, metalling or material
not so used shall be the property of the conipany, and
shall be removed by the company with all reasonable
diligence.

16. For the purpose of making, forming, laying down, maintaining,
renewing, altering, adding to or removing the tramway or any part
thereof, the company may, where it is necessary or appears expedient
for the purpose of preventing frequent interruption of the traffic by
repairs or works in connexion with the same, alter the position of any
mains or pipes for the supply of gas or water, or any tubes, wires,
standards, poles or apparatus for telegraphic, telephonic, electric
lighting or any other purposes, subject to the following restrictions

(i) before altering the position of any such mains or pipes,
tubes, wires, standards, poles or apparatus the company shall
obtain the written assent of the Director to such alteration;

(ii) before laying down the tramway in a road in which any mains or pipes,
tubes, wires standards, poles or apparatus may be laid, the company shall, whether
it contemplates altering the position thereof or not, give seven days' notice to
the department or person to whom they belong of its intention to lay down or
alter the tramway, and shall at the same time deliver a plan of the proposed work.
If it appears that the construction of the tramway as proposed would endagner any
such main or pipe, tube, wire, standard, pole or apparatus, or interfere with
or impede the supply of water or gas, or the telegraphic, telephonic, electric
lighting or other communication, such department or person may give notice to the
company to lower or otherwise alter the





position of the said mains or pipes, tubes, wires, standards poles
or apparatus in such nianner as may be considered necessary;
and any difference as to the necessity therefor shall be settled in
manner provided by this Ordinance for the settlement of
differences between the company and departments or persons;

(iii) the company, shall not remove or displace any of the
mains or pipes, valves, siphons, plugs, tubes, wires, standards,
poles or apparatus, or other work belonging to any such
department or person, or do anything to impede the passage of
water or gas, or the telegraphic, telephonic, electric lighting or
other communication into or through such mains or pipes, valves,
siphons, plugs, tubes, wires, standards, poles or apparatus,
without the consent of such department or person, or in any other
nianner than such department or person may approve, until good
and sufficient mains, pipes, valves, siphons, plugs, tubes, wires,
standards, poles or apparatus, and other works necessary or
proper for continuing the supply of water or gas or telegraphic,
telephonic, electric lighting or other communication as efficiently
as the same was supplied by the mains or pipes, valves, siphons,
plugs, tubes, wires, standards, poles or apparatus proposed to be
removed or displaced have at the expense of the company been
first made, and laid down in lieu thereof and are ready for use to
the reasonable satisfaction of the surveyor or engineer of such
department or person, or in case of disagreement between such
surveyor or engineer and the company, in such manner as the
Director or other fit and proper person specially appointed by, the
Governor may direct.

(iv) all alterations to be made under this section shall be
made with as little detriment and inconvenience to such
department or person as the circumstances admit and under the
superintendence of such department or person or of its or his
surveyor or engineer;

(v) the company shall not lay down any such mains or pipes, valves,
siphons, plugs, tubes, wires, standards, poles or apparatus contrary to the
provisions of any Ordinance relating to water, gas or other companies, or
to telegraphs;





(vi) the company shall make good all damage done by it to
property belonging to or controlled by any such department or
person, and shall make full compensation to all parties for any loss
or damage which they may sustain by reason of any
interference with such property or with the private Service pipes or
wires of any person supplied by any such department or person
with water or gas or electric light unless such department or
person, by or by reason of its or his own default, neglect
oiomission, has contributed to or assisted in the doing, happening
or bringing about of such loss or damage;

(vii) if by any such operations as aforesaid the company
interrupts the supply of water or gas or electric light in or through
any main, pipe or wire for a period exceeding twelve consecutive
hours, it shall be liable to a line of one hundred dollars for every
day or portion of a day after the expiration of such period of
twelve hours during which such supply is so interrupted.

17. If the trarnway or any works connected therewith
interfere with any sewer, drain, watercourse or subway, or in
any way affect the sewerage or drainage of the Colony the
conipany shall not commence the construction of the tramway
or works until it has given to the Director fourteen days'
previous notice in writing of its intention so to do, and has
left with such notice all necessary particulars relating thereto,
nor until the Director has signified his written approval of
the same, unless he does not signify his approval, disapproval
or other directions within fourteen days after service of the
said notice and particulars as aforesaid; and the company
shall comply with the directions of the Director in the execu-
tion of the said works, and shall provide by new, altered or
substituted works, in such manner as the Director may
require, for the proper protection of and for preventing injury
or impediment to the sewers, drains, watercourses, subways,
sewerage or drainage hereinbefore referred to by or by reason
of the tramway, and shall save harmless the Director against
the expense occasioned thereby; and all such works shall be
done by or under the superintendence of the Director at the
cost and expense of the company, and when any new, altered
or substituted works are cornpleted by or at the cost or
expense of the company under this Ordinance, the same shall
thereafter be as completely under the control of the Director,





and be maintained by him as any other sewers, drains, water-
courses, subways, sewerage or drainage.

18. If any cable or line used for the purpose of telegraphic, telephonic or
electric signalling communication, now or hereafter to be constructed and worked
in the Colony by a Government department, by Cable and Wireless Limited or by
the Great Northern Telegraph Company Limited, or any aerial or subterranean line
connected with any such cable, or the sheathings, coverings or supports of any
cable or line, be injuriously affected by the construction or working of the
undertaking, or by electrolysis or other cause arising or resulting from the
undertaking, the company shal pay the expenses of al such alterations in or additions
to such cable, line, sheathings, coverings or supports as may be necessary to remedy
such injurious affection. For the purposes of this section a cable or line shall be
deemed to be injuriously affected if telegraphic, telephonic or electric communication
by means of such cable or line is, whether through induction or otherwise, in any
manner affected by any act or work of the company.

19. Nothing. in this Ordinance shall take away or abridge any
power to open or break up any road along or across which the tramway
is laid or any other power now vested in any department or person
for the doing of any matter or thing which such department or person
is authorize to do, but in the exercise of such power all such
departments and persons shall be subject to the following

(i) they shall cause as little detriment or inconvenience to
the company as circumstances admit;

(ii) before they commence any work whereby the traffic on the
tramway will be interrupted they shall (except in cases of urgency,
in which case notice of the commencement of such work shall be
given to the conipany within twenty-four hours after such
commencement) give to the company and the Director notice of
their intention to commence such work, specifying the time at
which the), will begin to do so, such notice to be given twenty-
four hours at least before the commencement of the work;





(iii) they shall not be liable to pay to the company any
compensation for loss of traffic occasioned thereby, or for the
reasonable exercise of the powers so vested in theirt as aforesaid ;

(iv) whenever for the purpose of facilitating such work anv
such department or person so requires, the company shall either
stop traffic on that portion of the tramway to which such notice
refers, where such traffic would otherwise interfere with such
work, or shore up and secure such portion of the tramway at its
own risk and cost during the execution of the work there :
Provided that such work shall always be completed with all
reasonable expedition ;

(v) such work so far as it immediately affects the tramway
shall not be executed except under the superintendence of the
company, unless the conipany does not give such
superintendence at the time specified in the notice for the
commencement of the work or permanently discontinues the same
during the progress of the work, and such work shall be executed
without cost to and to the reasonable satisfaction of the company.


20. If any difference arises between the company on the one hand
and any department or person (other than the Director) to whom any
sewer, drain, tube, wires, standards, poles or apparatus for telegraphic,
telephonic, electric lighting or other put-poses may belong on the other
hand, with respect to any interference or control exercised, or claimed
to be exercised, by or on behalf of such department or person, or by the
conipany by virtue of this Ordinance in relation to the tramway or
works or in relation to any work or proceeding of such department or
person, or with respect to the propriety of or the mode of execution of
any work relating to the tramway, or with respect to the amount of any compensation
to be made by or to the company, or on the question whether any work is
such as ought reasonably to satisfy the department or person
concerned, or with respect to any other subject or thing regulated by or
comprised in this Ordinance, the matter in difference shall (unless
otherwise specially provided for by this Ordinance) be settled by a
special case, or if there are any facts in dispute dispute by an
action, and if any department is a party to such difference such special
case may be stated by, or such action may be





brought by or against, the chief officer ill the Colony Of such
department in the title of his office without naming any
individual person.

21. If any difference arises between the company on the
one hand and the Director on the other hand with respect to
any interference or control exercised or claimed to be exercised
by the company or the Director by virtue of this
Ordinance in relation to the tramway or works or in relation
to any work or proceeding of the Director or with respect to
the propriety of or the mode of execution of any work relating
to the tramway, or with respect to the cost of the maintenance
or repair of any road along or across which the tramway
passes, or with respect to the amount of any compensation
to be made by or to the company, or on the question whether
any work is such as ought to satisfy the Director, or with
respect to any other subject or thing regulated by or comprised
in this Ordinance, the matter in difference shall (unless
otherwise specially provided for by this Ordinance) be settled
by a special case, or if there are any facts in dispute, by an
action.

22. Neither the tramway nor any portion thereof shall
be opened for public traffic until the same has been certified
to be fit for such traffic by the Director or other officer duly
appointed in writing for that purpose by the Governor in
Council, and the Governor in Council has, by notification in
the Gazette, authorized the same to be opened for such
traffic.

Insufficient user of tramway.

23. if it be represented in writing to the Governor in
Council by the Director or by twenty inhabitant ratepayers
that the public are not afforded the full benefit of the tramway,
the Governor in Council may (if satisfied that prima
facie the case is one for inquiry) appoint an officer to inquire
into the matter and to hold an inquiry and report thereon,
and if the truth of the representation be proved, the Governor
in Council may issue an order to the company requiring it
to provide such a service of cars as will afford to the public
the full benefit of the tramway, and such order may prescribe
the number of cars which the company shall run upon the
tramway and the mode and times in and at which such cars




shall be run. Every such order shall be served upon the
company within forty-eight hours after it has been made, and
shall be published in the Gazelte next following the making
thereof: Provided that the Governor in Council shall, before
issuing any such order, be satisfied that under good and
economical management the prescribed service will. be fairly
remunerative to the company ; and that, after the company,
has complied with such order for not less than thirty days,
the Governor in Council may on the application of the com-
pany revoke or modify any such order.

24. If for the period of three months after the service of such order
the company fails or neglects to comply therewith, the tramway shall
be deemed to be a tramway to which all the provisions of this
Ordinance relating to the discontinuance of the tramway after proof of such
discontinuance shall apply, and it may be dealt with accordingly.

Discontinuance of tramway

25. If the company discontinues the working of the tramway or of
any part thereof for the space of six months (such discontinuance not
being occasioned by circumstances beyond the control of the
conipany, for which purpose the want of sufficient funds shall not be
considered a circumstance beyond its control) and such
discontinuance is proved to the satisfaction of the Governor in
Council, the Governor in Council may by order declare that the powers
of the company, in respect of the tramway or the part thereof so
discontinued shall from the date of such order be at an end, and
thereupon the powers of the company, shall cease and determine,
unless the same are purchased by the Governnient in manner by, this
Ordinance provided. Where any such order has been made the Director
may, at any time after the expiration of two months frorn the date of
such order, under the authority of a certificate to that effect of the
Governor in Council, remove the tramway or part of the tramway so
discontinued, and the company shall pay to the Director the cost of
such removal and of the making good of the road by the Director, such
cost to be certified by him, and his certificate shall be final and
conclusive, and if the company fails to pay, the amount so certified
within two months after delivery to it of such certificate or a true copy
thereof, the Director may (without any previous notice to the company
but without





prejudice to any other remedy which he may have for the recovery of
the amount) sell and dispose of the materials of the tramway or part of
the tramway removed, either by public auction or private contract and
for such sum and to such person as he may think fit, and may out of
the proceeds of such sale reimburse himself the amount of the cost
certified as aforesaid and of the cost of sale, and the balance, if any of
the proceeds of sale shall be paid to the company.

Insolvency of company.

26. If it appears to the Governor in Council that the
company is insolvent, so that it is unable to maintain the
tramway or work the same with advantage io the public, the
Governor in Council may inquire into the financial affairs
of the company, and if satisfied that the company is so
insolvent as aforesaid, may by order declare that the powers
of the company shall, at the expiration of six months from
the making of the order, be at an end, and the powers of
the company shall cease and determine at the expiration of
the said period unless the same are purchased by, the
Government in manner by this Ordinance provided, and
thereupon the Director may remove the tramway in like
manner and subject to the same provisions as to the payment
of the costs of such removal and to the same remedy for
recovery of such costs in every respect as in cases of removal
under section 26.

Purchase of trainway.

27. The Governor in Council may at the expiration of fifty years
from the 23rd day of May, 1902, or at the expiration of any
subsequent period of five years, or at the expiration of three months
after the making of any order under section 2.5 or 26, on giving to the
company a notice in writing in manner following

(a)at least six months' notice prior to the expiration of such fifty
years;

(b)at least six months' notice prior to the expiration of any such
subsequent period of five years;

(e)at least two months' notice prior to the expiration of such
three months,

require the company to sell and thereupon the company shall sell to the
Government its undertaking, and all lands, build





ings, works, materials and plant of the company suitable to
and used by the company for the purposes of its under-
taking, for and in consideration of the then value of the
same : Provided that the value aforesaid shall be deemed
to be the fair value at the time of the purchase, due regard
being had to the cost of construction less depreciation, and
to the then nature, condition and state of repair of the
buildings, works, materials and plant, and to the fact that
they are in such a condition and state of repair as to be ready
for immediate working, and to the suitability of the same
for the purposes of the undertaking, but without any addition
in respect of compulsory purchase, or of goodwill, or of any
profits which might have been made from the undertaking,
or of any similar considerations. In case of difference such
value as aforesaid shall be determined by a special case.
When any such sale has been made and completed all the
rights, powers and authorities of the company in respect of
the premises sold, or where any order has been made by the
Governor in Council under Section 25 or 26 all the rights,
powers and authorities of the company previous to the
making of such order in respect of the premises sold, shall
be transferred to and vested in and may be exercised by the
Government.

Motive power

28. The cars used on the tramway shall be moved by
electric power conveyed by means of a bare overbead wire
and the rails of the tramway: Provided always that the
exercise of the powers by this section conferred with respect
to the use of electric power shall be subject to any rules
which the Governor in Council may make for securing to
the public all reasonabl protection against danger in the
exercise of the power hereby conferred with respect to the
use of electric power on the tramway. In the event of the
company bring unable at any time to move the cars by
electric power the cars may temporarily by moved by animal
power.

29. Every motor car and trailer car used on the tramway shall be so
constructed as to provide for the safety of passengers and for their
safe entrance to and exit from and accommodation in such car and their
protection from the machinery used for drawing or propelling such car.





30. The Director, or any officer appointed for that purpose by the
Governor in writing, may, inspect any car used on the tramway and the
machinery therein and any wires or other machinery of the company
and report thereon, and the Governor may (after receiving from the
company and considering it report on the matter) by order prohibit the
use of any such car, wires or machinery as may be deter-
mined to be unsafe or unfit for use.

31. The company or any person using electric power on the
tramway contrary to the provisions of this Ordinance, or to any of the
rules under section 28, shall be subject to a fine of twenty-five dollars,
and also in the case of a continaing offence to a further fine of ten
dollars for every day after the first during which such offence
continues.

Rules.

32. (1) The Governor in Council may, make rules-

(a) regulating the working of the, tramway;

(b)regulating the use of the warring apparatus affixed to the
cars;

(c)providing that the cars shall be brought to a stand at such
places and in such cases of impending danger as the
Governor in Council may deem proper for securing safety;

(d)regulating the entrance to, exit from and accomodation in the
cars, and the protection of passengers from the machinery of
any car used on the tramway;

(e)regulating the rate of speed of the cars : Provided that the
speed on the portions of the route west of Causeway Road
shall not (unless another rate be authorized by the Governor
in Council under the authority of this paragraph exceed the
rate of fifteen miles per hour, and in Causeway Road and on
the portion of the route east thereof shall not exceed the rate
of twenty miles per hour : Provided





also that no cars may pass through movable facing points at
a speed exceeding the rate of four miles per hour;

(f) for the stopping of cars using the tramway;

(g)providing for the due publicity of all rules relating to the
tramway by exhibition thereof in conspicuous places; and

(h)providing for the safety of the public in all cases in which it
appears to the Governor in Council that such safety is or is
likely to be endangered.

(2) Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance and to the
furnishing to the Governor in Council of a true copy of every proposed
rule one month at least before the same is made, or such period less
than one month as the Governor in Council may agree to, it shall be
lawful for the company to make rules

(a)for preventing the commission of any nuisance in or upon any
car or in or agaiast any premises belonging to the company;
and

(b)for regulating the travelling in or upon any car belonging to
the company.

(3) Rules made by the Governor in Council or by the
company shall come into operation one month after their
publication in the Gazette, or within such shorter period after
their publication in the Gazette as the Governor in Council
may order.

33. Any such rule may impose fines for offences against
the same not exceeding one hundred dollars for each offence,
with or without further penalties for continuing offences not
exceeding for any continuing offence fifty dollars for every
day during which the offence continues.

Wheels and width of cars.

34. The company may use on the tramway cars with flange-wheels
or wheels suitable only to run on the rails of the tramway and, subject
to this Ordinance, the company shall have the exclusive use of the
tramway for cars with flange-wheels or other wheel suitable only to run
on the said rails, and no car used on the tramway shall exceed six feet
and six inches in width,





Power to sell.

35. Subject to the approval of the Governor in Council,
the company may sell or assign the whole of its undertaking
to such person, by public auction or private contract or partly
by public auction and partly by private contract, and with,
under and subject to such terms and conditions in all
respects, as the company thinks fit, with power at any such
sale to fix a reserve price for or buy in the same; and when
any such sale or assignment has been made and completed
all the rights, powers, authorities, obligations and liabilities
of the company in respect of the undertaking shall be trans-
ferred to, vested in and may be exercised by and shall attach
to the person to whom the same have been sold or assigned,
in like manner its if the undertaking had been constructed
by such person under the powers conferred upon him by
this Ordinance, and in reference to the same he shall be
deemed to be the company and to be subject in all respects
to the provisions of this Ordinance and to any order or rules
made hereunder :Provided that the company, may at any
time sell or assign any land, machinery, property, chattel or
effect which is not required for the efficient maintenance and
working of its undertaking.

Power to lease.

36. Subject to the approval of the Governor in Council, the
company may demise or let the whole of its undertaking to such
person, for such term of years or from year to year
or for any less period, and for such rent and upon such terms
and conditions in all respects, as the company thinks fit, to
take effect either in possession or at some future date and
either with or without a premium as a consideration for such
demise; and when any such demise or letting has been made
the lessee shall be subject in all respects to the provisions of
this Ordinance and to any, order or rules made hereunder :
Provided that the company may at any time demise or let
any land, machinery, property, chattel or effect which is not
required for the efficient maintenance and working of its
undertaking.

Power to mortgage.

37. Subject to the approval of the Governor in Council, it shall be
lawful for the conipany to borrow motley on mortgage of the whole of
its undertaking, and for that





purpose to assign or demise by way of mortgage all its lands,
messuages or tenements, erections, buildings, works, rolling
stock, plant, machinery, chattels and effects, to any person,
and to enter into all such covenants, provisos, declarations
and agreements as the company thinks fit or proper, and any,
mortgagee in possession shall be subject in all respects to
the provisions of this Ordinance and to any order or rules
made hereunder.

Rights of Government.

38. The Governor in Council may by order direct that precedence
over the company and all other persons in the user of the tramway or
any part thereof be taken for defensive or military purposes or for the
passage of troops and war material, on giving to the company, when
practicable, three clear days' notice before each occasion of such user.


39. The Governor in Council shall direct the payment
to the company for such user as aforesaid of such fares and
charges as may be agreed on, or if no agreement be come
to, then the amount of the fares and charges to be paid shall
be determined upon a special case.

40. Postmen and policemen in the service of the Govern-
ment on duty and in uniform shall be carried free of
charge

Traffic upon the tramway

41. The tramway may be used for the purpose of
conveying passengers, animals, goods, merchandise, commodities
minerals and parcels.

42. Save and except passengers' luggage riot exceeding sixteen
pounds in weight or one cubic foot in measurement, the company shall
not be bound to carry any animals, goods, merchandise, commodities,
minerals or parcels.

Royalties to Government

43. (1) In consideration of the rights, powers and authorities
hereby granted or conferred, the company shall pay to the Government
the following royalties





(a)from and after the 22nd day of September, 1914, for the
period of twenty-five years-five per cent per annum of the
profits;

(b)from and after the 22nd day of September, 1939, and for so
long as the company exercises its said rights, powers and
authoriities-twenty-five per cent per annuin of the profits.

For the purposes of this section profits shall be the
gross takings of the company less working expenses, and
such working expenses shall not be deemed to include any
interest or dividends upon on any moneys borrowed for the
purposes of the company.

(2) Any person appointed by the Government as
auditor for the purpose may at all reasonable times inspect
the books, papers and vouchers of the company and take
notes therefrom.

(3) In the event of any dispute arising between the
Government and the company as to what is, for the purposes
of this section, the correct amount of the profits of the
company in any particular year, such amount shall be
determined upon a special case.

Fares.

44. (1) The company may demand and take for every passenger
travelling upon the tramway or any portion thereof fares not exceeding
the following rates--

From any point on. the First class-twenty cents,
tramway to the terminus
indicated on the car. Third class-ten cents.

(2) A list printed in the English and Chinese languages
of all the fares for the time being authorized to be taken
shall be exhibited in a conspicuous place at the offices of the
company, and inside every car used upon the tramway, :
Provided that if there be any variation between the English
and Chinese prints of the said list, the English print thereof
shall prevail.

45. (1) Subject to the consent of the Governor in Council it shall
be lawful for the company to alter the rates of fares for the time being
authorized in respect of the whole or any portion of the tramway.





(2) Any such alteration shall come into force one
month after its publication in the Gazette or within such
shorter period after such publication as the Governor in
Council may order.

46. Separate cars or separate accommodation shall be provided by
the company for Chinese third class passengers.

47. The company shall not bc bound to find accommo-
dation for any passenger in or on any, car in or on which
the accommodation is fully taken up, notwithstanding that
such passenger may have purchased a ticket entitling him
to travel upon the tramway.

48. No passenger may take on the tramway personal luggage
other than small hand-baskets bags or parcels no one of which shall
exceed sixteen pounds in weight or one cubic foot in measurement. All
such personal luggage shall be carried by hand and at the
responsibility of the passenger, and shall not occupy any part of a seat
nor be of a form or description to annoy or inconvenience other
passengers.

49. The authorized fares shall be paid to such persons and at such
place and in such manner as the company may by notice annexed to
the list of fares, appoint.

Abandonment of undertaking

50. If the comnpany abandons its undertaking or any part thereof
and takes up the tramway or any portion thereof, it shall, with all
convenient speed and in all cases within eight weeks at the most
(unless the Director otherwise consents in writing), fill in the ground
and make good the surface and restore to the satisfaction of the
Director the portion of the road upon which the tramway or such
portion thereof as is abandoned was laid to a good condition, and shall
clear away surplus paving or metalling material or rubbish occasioned
by such work, and shall in the meantime cause the place where the road
is opened or broken up to be fenced and watched and to be properly
lighted at night : Provided that if the conipany fails to comply with the
provisions of this section the Director may at any time, after





seven days' notice to the company, remove the tramway and do the
work necessary for the restoration of the road to the extent provided
for in this section and the expense incurred by him in so doing shall be
repaid by the company.

Offences.

51. Any, person who commits any offence against this
Ordinance for which no penalty, is specially provided, or
wilfully obstructs any person acting under the authority of the
company in the lawful exercise of any of the powers hereby
conferred, or defaces or destroys any mark made for the
purpose of setting out the line of the tramway, or damages
or destroys any property of the company, shall be liable to
a fine of five hundred dollars.

52. Any person who wilfully and without lawful excuse

(a)interferes with, removes or alters any part of the tramway or
of the works connected therewith ; or

(b)places or throws any stone, dirt, wood, refuse or other
material on any part of the tramway; or

(c)does or causes to be done anything in such manner as to
obstruct any car using the tramway, or to endanger the lives
of persons therein or thereon; or

(d)knowingly aids or assists in the doing of any of such things,

shall be liable (in addition to any, proceedings by way of
indictment or otherwise to which he may be subject) to a
fine of one thousand dollars and in default of payment to
imprisonment for twelve months.

53. Any person who-

(a)while travelling or after having travelled in any car, avoids or
attempts to avoid payment of his fare; or

(b)having paid his fare for a certain distance, knowingly and
wilfully proceeds in ariv such car beyond such distance and
does not pay or tender the additional fare for the additional
distance, or attempts to avoid payment thereof; or





(c)knowingly or wilfully refuses or neglects, on
arriving at the point to whichlie has paid his fare,
to quit such car,
shall be liable to a fine of one hundred dollars.

54. It shall be lawful for any officer or servant of the
company, and for any person called by him to his assistance,
to seize any person whom such officer or servant may have
reasonable grounds for believing to have committed any
offence against, this Ordinance or against any rule made
thereunder, and to detain such person until he can be handed
over to a police officer, and any police officer to whom any,
person is so handed over shall detain any such person until
he can conveniently be brought before a magistrate :
Provided that it shall be lawful for any police officer in his
discretion to release such person upon being furnished by
such person with his true. narne and true address in the
Colony.

55. No person shall be entitled to carry or to require to
be carried on the tramway any dangerous goods as defined
by virtue of the Dangerous Goods. Ordinance, 1873, or any
Ordinance amending or substituted for the same, and every
person who sends by the tramway any such goods without
distinctly marking their nature on the outside of the vessel
or package containing the same, or otherwise giving notice
in writing to the book-keeper or other servant with whom
the same are left, at the time of such sending, shall be liable
to a fine of one hundred dollars, and it shall be lawful for
the company to refuse to take any parcel that it may suspect
to contain any such dangerous goods or require the same to
be opened to ascertain the fact.

56. Any person who (except under the authority of
this Ordinance) uses the tramway with carriages, cars or
vehicles having flange-wheels or other wheels suitable to
run on the rails of the tramway shall be liable to a fine of
one hundred dollars.

Miscellaneous

57. Every fare, charge, fine er forfeiture imposed by this
Ordinance or any rule or by-law made thereunder, the recovery of
which is not otherwise provided for, may be





recovered before a magistrate, and the provisions of the
Magistrates Ordinance, shall apply to every proceeding
before, and every order by, a magistrate under this
section.

58. No person shall be liable to the payment of any
fare, charge, fine or forfeiture imposed by, virtue of this
Ordinancefor any offence made cognizable before a
magistrate unless the complaint respecting such offence has
been made before such magistrate within six months next
after the commission of such offence.

59. The company shall be answerable for all accidents, damages
and injuries happening through its act or default, or through the act or
default of any person in its employment, by reason or in consequence
of any of its works or cars, and shall save harmless all departments,
and persons collectively and individually and their officers and
servants, from an damages and costs in respect of such accidents,
damages and injuries.

60. Notwithstanding Anything in this Ordinance, the company shall
not acquire any right other than that of user of the roads along or
across which the tramway is laid.

61. Nothing in this Ordinance shall limit the powers of
the police to regulate the passage of any traffic along or
across any public road along or across which the tramway,
is laid, and the police may exercise their powers as well on
as off the tramway and with respect as well to the traffic
of the company as to the traffic of other persons, and in
particular nothing in this Ordinance shall limit the power
of the Commissioner of Police under any Ordinance to make
regulations with reference to traffic.

62, Nothing in this Ordinance shall take away or abridge the
right of the public to pass along or across every or any part of any
public road along or across which the tramway is laid, whether on or off
the tramway, with carriages, cars or vehicles not having flange-wheels
suitable only to run on the rails of the tramway.





63. Nothing in this Ordinance shall exonerate the com-
pany from any indictment, action or other proceedings for
nuisance in the event of any nuisance being caused or
permitted by it.

64. Nothing in this Ordinance shall affect or be deerned to affect
the rights of His Majesty the King, His Heirs or Successors, or the
rights of any body politic or corporate or of any other persons except
such as are mentioned in this Ordinance aiid those claiming by from or
under them.
Originally 10 of 1902. Fraser 10 of 1902. 32 of 1946. 9 of 1950. Short title. Interpretation. 9 of 1950, Schedule. Construction and route of tramway. 9 of 1950, Schedule. power to lay single line where double line authorized, and to reconvert into double line. Power to widen bridges, etc. Electricity. 9 of 1950, Schedule. Power to lay down sea water pipes. Gauge of tramway. Power to break up roads. Completion of works, and restoration of road. Further provisions as to construction of tramway. Repair of roads on which tramway laid. Maintenance and level of rails. Temporary tramways may be made when necessary. Application of road materials excavated in construction of works. Protection of departments and persons. [s. 16 cont.] Protection of sewers, etc. [s. 17 cont.] Protection of Government or telegraph cables or lines. Rights of departments, etc., to open roads. Differences between company and others (other than the Director). [s. 20 cont.] Differences between company and Director. Tramway not to be opened until certified fit for traffic. Procedure when public not afforded full benefit of tramway. Procedure on non-compliance with order. Discontinuance of tramway. [s. 25 cont.] Proceedings in case of insolvency of company. Purchase by Government of tramway. Motive power. Construction of cars. Powers to authorities to inspect cars, etc. Penalty for using electric power contrary to Ordinance. Rules. 9 of 1950, Schedule. Penalize may be imposed in rules. 32 of 1946, s. 2. Wheels and width of cars. Power to sell. Power to lease. Power to mortgage. Rights of Government in military emergency. Fares, etc. to be paid in such emergency. Postmen and policemen on duty and in uniform free. Traffic upon tramway. Company may refuse to carry certain goods. Royalties. [s. 43 cont.] Fares for passengers. 32 of 1946, s. 3. Alteration of the rates of fares. 32 of 1946, s. 4. Chinese third class passengers. If cars full, company not bound to carry. Passengers' luggage. Payment of fares. 32 of 1946, s. 6. On abandonment, road to be restored. [s. 50 cont.] Breach of provisions of Ordinance, etc. Offences concerning car or tramway. Offences concerning passengers. 32 of 1946, s. 7. Power to detain persons who commit offences. Penalty for bringing dangerous goods on tramway. (1 of 1873.) Penalty for using tramway with flange-wheeled carriages, etc. Recovery of fares, etc. [s. 57 cont.] (Cap. 227.) Fares, etc., to be sued for within six months. Company to be responsible for all damage through its act or default. Right of user of roads only acquired. Rights of public reserved, Nuisances. Saving of rights of the Crown.

Abstract

Originally 10 of 1902. Fraser 10 of 1902. 32 of 1946. 9 of 1950. Short title. Interpretation. 9 of 1950, Schedule. Construction and route of tramway. 9 of 1950, Schedule. power to lay single line where double line authorized, and to reconvert into double line. Power to widen bridges, etc. Electricity. 9 of 1950, Schedule. Power to lay down sea water pipes. Gauge of tramway. Power to break up roads. Completion of works, and restoration of road. Further provisions as to construction of tramway. Repair of roads on which tramway laid. Maintenance and level of rails. Temporary tramways may be made when necessary. Application of road materials excavated in construction of works. Protection of departments and persons. [s. 16 cont.] Protection of sewers, etc. [s. 17 cont.] Protection of Government or telegraph cables or lines. Rights of departments, etc., to open roads. Differences between company and others (other than the Director). [s. 20 cont.] Differences between company and Director. Tramway not to be opened until certified fit for traffic. Procedure when public not afforded full benefit of tramway. Procedure on non-compliance with order. Discontinuance of tramway. [s. 25 cont.] Proceedings in case of insolvency of company. Purchase by Government of tramway. Motive power. Construction of cars. Powers to authorities to inspect cars, etc. Penalty for using electric power contrary to Ordinance. Rules. 9 of 1950, Schedule. Penalize may be imposed in rules. 32 of 1946, s. 2. Wheels and width of cars. Power to sell. Power to lease. Power to mortgage. Rights of Government in military emergency. Fares, etc. to be paid in such emergency. Postmen and policemen on duty and in uniform free. Traffic upon tramway. Company may refuse to carry certain goods. Royalties. [s. 43 cont.] Fares for passengers. 32 of 1946, s. 3. Alteration of the rates of fares. 32 of 1946, s. 4. Chinese third class passengers. If cars full, company not bound to carry. Passengers' luggage. Payment of fares. 32 of 1946, s. 6. On abandonment, road to be restored. [s. 50 cont.] Breach of provisions of Ordinance, etc. Offences concerning car or tramway. Offences concerning passengers. 32 of 1946, s. 7. Power to detain persons who commit offences. Penalty for bringing dangerous goods on tramway. (1 of 1873.) Penalty for using tramway with flange-wheeled carriages, etc. Recovery of fares, etc. [s. 57 cont.] (Cap. 227.) Fares, etc., to be sued for within six months. Company to be responsible for all damage through its act or default. Right of user of roads only acquired. Rights of public reserved, Nuisances. Saving of rights of the Crown.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1834

Edition

1950

Volume

v3

Subsequent Cap No.

107

Number of Pages

26
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 15:46:37 +0800
<![CDATA[RADIOTELEGRAMS (CHARGES) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1833

Title

RADIOTELEGRAMS (CHARGES) REGULATIONS

Description






(3) The licensee shall obey any instructions which may be issued by the
Director of Civil Aviation for observance by wireless telegraph aircraft stations
during any such emergency as aforesaid.
(4) The licensee shall be entitled to reasonable compensation for any
damage to the station arising in consequence of the exercise of the powers
conferred by paragraphs (1) and .(2).

These conditions apply only when the licence is endorsed 'Public correspondence
authorized'.

RADIOTELEGRAMS (CHARGES) REGULATIONS.
(Cap. 106, section 7(2)).
(Ordinance No. 18 of 1936).

[28th November, 1947.1

Charges for Radlotelegrams to and froin
Ships or Aircraft.
1. The charges payable in respect of radiotelegrams shall consist of
(a) a land station charge;
(b) a mobile station charge; and
(c) a charge for ordinary telegraph transmission.

2. Land station charges, per ,sord, shall be
(a) to ships or aircraft registered
in the United Kingdom or
Hong Kong 40 cents Hong
..Kong currency.
(b) from ships or aircraft registered
in the United Kingdom or
Hong Kong 6 pence Sterling.
(c) to or from ships or aircraft not
registered in the United King-
dom or Hong Kong 0.60 gold francs,
..or So cents,
..Hong Kong
..currency.





1 3. Mobile station charges, per word, shall be as set out in the
current list published by the Bureau of the International
Telecommunication Union at Berne.

4. Charges, per word, for ordinary telegraph trans-
mission shall be-
(a) for internal transmission ...... 0.10 gold francs,
....or 15 cents,
....Hong Kong
....currency.
(b)for international transmission in accordance with
published tariffs.

5. If the name of a mobile station sending a radiotelegram
destined for Hong Kong does not appear in the current list
published by the Bureau of the International Telecommunication
Union at Berne the radiotelegram may be delivered only on
payment, by the addressee, of the prescribed charges.

6. The charges for radiotelegrams in code language shall be
six-tenths of the charges prescribed in regulations I to 5 of these
regulations.

7. These regulations may be cited as the Radio-telegrams
(Charges) Regulations.
G.N.A. 888/47.

Abstract

G.N.A. 888/47.


Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1833

Edition

1950

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

106

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 15:46:36 +0800
<![CDATA[RADIOCOMMUNICATION REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1832

Title

RADIOCOMMUNICATION REGULATIONS

Description






TELECOMMUNICATION.
Subsidiary legislation under this Chapter, with subsequent
amendments (if any) incorporated, is set out as
follows- Page
Radiocommunication Regulations 216
Radiotelegrams (Charges) Regulations 254

RADIOCOMMUNICATION REGULATIONS.
(Cap. 106).
(Ordinance No. 18 of 1936).

[1st October, 1936.]

1. In these regulations-
'administration' means a Government Administration;
'aeronautical service' means a radiocommunication service effected
between aircraft stations and land stations and by aircraft stations
communicating between themselves. The term applies also to fixed
and special radiocommunication services intended to ensure the
safety of air navigation;
'aeronautical station' means a land station performing a service with
aircraft stations. It may be a fixed station assigned also for
communication with aircraft stations; it is then considered as an
aeronautical station only during the period of its service with
aircraft stations;
'aircraft station' means a station placed on board any aircraft ;
'amateur station' means a station used by an amateur, that is by a duly
authorized person, interested in radioelectrical practice with a
purely personal aim and without pecuniary interest;
'auxiliary route' means a route other than the normal route, but passing
through the same countries as the normal route;

*See also Cap. 50, rules, Importation and Exportation (Radio) Prohibition Order.





'band of frequencies of an emission' means the band of frequencies
effectively occupied by that emission, for the type of transmission
and the speed of signalling used;
'booking of a call' means the first request made by the caller for an
international telephone call;
'call' means the effect given to the booking of a call when
communication has been established between the calling
telephone station and the called telephone station;
'chargeable duration of a telephone call' means the period of time
which serves as the basis for calculating the charge for the call;
'coast station' means a land station performing a service with ship
stations. It may be a fixed station assigned also for communication
with ship stations; it is then considered as a coast station only
during the period of its service with ship stations;
'Contracting Government' means the government of a country which is
a signatory to the Telecommunication Convention;
'direct call' means a telephone call established by means of a single
international telephone circuit;
'direct transit circuit' means an international telephone circuit passing
through one or more transit countries and having no intermediate
telephone exchange;
'direction-finding station' means a station provided with special
apparatus intended to determine the direction of emissions of other
stations;
'emergency route' means route which passes through countries other
than the countries through which the normal route passes;
'fixed service' means a service of radioelectric communications of all
kinds between fixed points, with the exception of broadcasting
services and special services;
'fixed station' means a station not capable of moving which
communicates, by means of radiocommunications, with one or
more stations similarly established;
'frequency assigned to a station' means the mid-frequency of the band
of frequencies in which the station is authorized to work. In
general, this frequency is that of the carrier wave;





'frequency tolerance' means the maximum deviation permissible
between the frequency assigned to a station and the actual
frequency of emission;
'general telecommunications system' includes the whole of the existing
channels of telecommunication open to the public service, except
the radiocommunication channels of the mobile service;
'government telegrams and radio telegrams' means those originating
with
(a) the Head of a State;
(b) a Minister who is a member of a Government;
(c) the Head of a colony, protectorate, overseas territory or
territory tinder suzerainty, authority or mandate of the
Contracting Governments;
(d) Commanders in Chief of military forces, land, sea or air;
(e) diplomatic or consular agents of the Contracting
Governments;
(f)the Secretary General of the United Nations and also
the replies to such communications;
'International service' means a telecommunication service between
offices or stations of different countries or between stations of the
mobile service, unless these latter are of the same nationality and
are within the limits of the country to which they belong. An
internal or national telecommunication service, which is capable of
causing interference with other services outside the limits of the
country in which it operates, is considered as an international
service from the point of view of interference ;
'International telephone circuit' means a telephone circuit connecting
two telephone exchanges situated in two different countries ;
'land station' means a station not capable of moving which performs a
mobile service;
'mobile service' means a radiocommunication service effected between
mobile stations themselves, special services excluded;
'mobile station' means station capable of moving which ordinarily
does move;
'normal route' means the route which must be chosen in the first
place for the passing of telephone traffic in a particular service;

1





'power of a radioelectric transmitter' means the power supplied to the
aerial.
In the case of a modulated wave transmitter, the power in the
aerial is expressed by two figures, one indicating the power of the
carrier wave supplied to the aerial and the other the maximum
percentage of modulation actually used;
'private enterprise' means any individual or any company or
corporation other than a governmental establishment or agency,
recognized by the Government concerned, and operating
telecommunication installation with a
view to the exchange of public correspondence;
'private experimental station' means a private station intended for
experiments with a view to the development of radioelectric
practice or science;
'private radiocommunication station' means a private station, not open
to public correspondence, which is authorized solely to exchange
with other such stations communications concerning the private
business of the licensee or licensees;
'private telegrams and radiotelegrams' means telegrams and
radiotelegrams other than service or Government telegrams and
radiotelegrams;
'public correspondence' means any telecommunication which the
offices and stations, by virtue of their availability to the public,
must accept for transmission
'public service' means a service for the use of the public in general;
'radiodistribution' means diffusion or rediffusion by means of wires of
radiotelephonic messages and programmes, or other matter
specifically intended to be received by the public in general;
'radiodistribution service' means a service carrying out diffusion or
rediffusion by means of wires of radiotelephonic messages and
programmes, or other matter specifically intended to be received by
the public in general;
'radiodistribution station' means a station performing a radiodistribu-
tion service;
'radiobeacon station' means a special station of which the emissions
are intended to enable a ship or aircraft station to determine its
bearing or a direction in relation to the





radiobeacon station, and, if practicable, also the distance which
separates it from the latter;
'radiocommunication' means any telecommunication by means of
Hertzian waves;
'radiocommunication station' includes every apparatus or collection of
apparatus which can be used for radiocommunication or radio
distribution, whether for transmitting or receiving or for
transmitting and receiving and whether such apparatus or
collection of apparatus be complete or not;
'radiotelegram' means a telegram originating in or destined for a mobile
station, and transmitted over all or part of its course by the
radiocommunication channels of the mobile service;
'refused call': A call is deemed refused when, at the moment at which it
is offered, any person at either the calling or called telephone
station indicates at once that it is not practicable or that it is not
desired to speak;
'restricted service' means a service which may only be used by
specified persons or for particular purposes;
'service telegrams and radiotelegrams' means those originating with
telecommunication Administrations of the Contracting
Governments or of any private enterprise recognized by one of
those Governments and relating to international telecommunication
or to objects of public interest mutually agreed upon by such
Administrations;
'ship station' means a station placed on board a ship not permanently
moored;
'special service' means a telecommunication service operating specially
for the needs of a particular service of general interest not open to
public correspondence, such as: a radiobeacon service, direction-
finding, time signals, regular meteorological bulletins, notices to
navigators, press messages addressed to all stations, medical
advice (radiomedical consultations), calibrated frequencies
emissions having a scientific object, etc. ;
'station on board' means a station placed on board a ship not
permanently moored, or on board an aircraft;
'telecommunication' means any telegraphic or telephonic
communication of signs, signals, writing, facsimiles and sounds of
any kind, by wire, wireless or any other





system or process of electric signalling or visual signalling or by
means of pneumatic tubes;
'Telecommunication Convention' means the Convention signed at
Atlantic City on the 2nd day of October, 1947, and the Regulations
made thereunder and includes any Convention and Regulations
which may from time to time be in force in substitution therefor or
in amendmerit thereof.
'telegram' includes also 'radiotelegram,' except when the text expressly
precludes such a meaning;
'telegraph' means an electric, galvanic or magnetic telegraph, and
includes appliances and apparatus for transmitting, receiving or
making telecommunication, but does not include electric
appliances and apparatus, other than radio, the operation and
scope of which is limited to communication concerning the affairs
of the sender or receiver thereof and confined to a single messuage
or tenement or works area;
'telegraphy' means telecommunication by any system of telegraph
signalling;
'telephone broadcasting service' means a service carrying out the
broadcasting of radiotelephone emissions specifically intended to
be received by the public in general ;
'telephone broadcasting station' means a station performing a
telephone broadcasting service;
'telephone circuit' means an electrical connexion permitting the
establishment of telephone communication in both directions
between two telephone exchanges;
'telephone exchange' means an installation permitting the
establishment of telephone calls;
'telephony' means telecommunication by any system of telephone
signalling;
'terminal exchanges' means exchanges connected directly by an
international circuit;
'transit call' means a telephone call established by means of more than
one international telephone circuit;
'unit charge in a particular international service' means the charge
proper to an ordinary call of three minutes duration exchanged
during the period of heavy traffic;
'visual broadcasting service' means a service carrying out the
broadcasting of visual images, fixed or moving, specifically
intended to be received by the public in general;





'visual broadcasting station' means a station performing
a visual broadcasting service.
2. It shall be lawful for the Postmaster General, hereinafter
referred to as the licensing authority, to grant the following
licences and certificates
(a) fixed, coast, aeronautical, ship and aircraft stations;
(b) amateur and private experimental station licences;
(c) broadcast receiving licences;
(d) dealers licences;
(e) operators and watchers certificates of proficiency;
(f) radio distribution station licences;
(g) limited receiving and publishing radio station licences;
(h) wireless telegraphy school licences;
(i) experimental station licences;
(j) private business wirelessm licence;
3. Licences and certificates of proficiency granted by the
licensing authority under these regulations shall be licences or
certificates, as the case may be, of the Governmerit of Hong
Kong within the meaning of any telecommunication convention
froin time to time or at any time acceded to by or applied to this
Colony, and of any regulations made thereunder.
4. No person shall offer for sale, sell, or have in his
possession with a view to sale in the course of his business any
installation, mechanism, instrument, material or other apparatus
constructed for the purpose of or intended to be used for
radiocommunication in the Colony, unless such person is the
holder of a current dealer's licence, or is a licensed auctioneer or
the holder of a current letter of exemption or permit of sale
granted by the licensing authority.
5. It shall be lawful for the licensing authority to grant a letter
of exemption or permit of sale to any licensed auctioneer or other
person upon such conditions as the. licensing authority may in his
discretion think fit to impose.
6. Every licensed auctioneer or person to whom a letter of
exemption or permit as aforesaid shall have been granted shall
duly observe and comply with the conditions thereof.





7. The grant of every licence, certificate, letter of exemption, and
permit under these regulations shall be discretionary.
8. Licences, letters of exemption and permits may be cancelled at
any time upon such notice by the licensing authority. as lie may think
fit, without compensation and without return of any part of the fee, if
any, paid therefor.
9. Certificates may be endorsed or withdrawn, at the discretion of
the licensing authority, in case of breach, on the part of the holders
thereof, of any of the relevant international telecommunication
regulations, or in case of misconduct by them in respect of such
regulations.
10. The form of and the fee for a radiodistribution station licence,
an experimental' station licence or a private business wireless licence
shall be determined by the licensing authority in each case. The forms of
other licences and the forms of certificates shall -be those set out
hereunder with such variations (if any) as the licensing authority may
think fit. Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing words,
variations necessary to cause licences and certificates to bc in
conformity with any telecommunication convention, or regulations made
thereunder, as aforesaid, may be made by the licensing authority as well
during the subsistence of any licence or certificates as on the grant
thereof.
11. Licences not sooner determined by these regulations or not
expressed to be granted for a shorter period shall expire on the 31st day
of December of the year of issue provided that
(a)ship station licences, aircraft station licences and amateur
station licences will continue in force as long as the renewal
fees are paid and the conditions of the licence complied with ;
(b)broadcast receiving licences will continue in force for one
year from the date of issue ;
(c)radio distribution licences will continue in force for the period
stated in such licences.
12. Subject to withdrawal or other lawful determination, certicates
shall continue in force as long as the same are required by any
telecommunication convention, or by regulations made thereunder, as
aforesaid.





13. The loss of any licence or certificate must be reported by
the licensee or holder concerned, to the licensing authority in
writing, and as soon as possible.

14. In case of loss of any licence or certificate it shall be
lawful for the licensing authority, in his discretion, to issue a
duplicate of the licence or certificate so lost. Unless and until a
duplicate of a lost licence or certificate shall be so issued, the lost
licence or certificate shall be deemed to have been cancelled or
withdrawn.

15. (1) The following licence fees shall be payable to the
licensing authority upon the issue of a licence

Licence. Fee. When renewal
fee payable.

Fixed, coast, aeronautical, As may be
experimental, radio dis- decided by the
tribution, or private licensing
business wireless authority.
station.

Ship station. $ 25 1st January
annually.

Aircraft station. $ 25 1st January
annually.
Radio dealers. $250 1st January
annually.
Wireless telegraphy $100 1st January
school. annually.
Limited receiving and $6oo 1st January
publishing radio annually.
station.
Broadcast receiving $ 20 Annually from
station. date of issue.





Licence. Fee. When renewal
Amateur Station. According to the
power authorized
by the licensing
authority

If power is io Annually from
watts, $20. date of issue.
If power is 25 Annually from
watts, $30. date of issue.

If power exceeds Annually from
25 watts, $40. date of issue.

(2) For an amateur station the following non-recurrent fees
shall be payable upon the issue of a licence
(a) If the power is io watts $10
(b) If the power exceeds io watts $20
(3) For an amateur station, on transfer from io watts to a
higher power a transfer fee of $ 10 shall be payable.
(4) For an amateur station the initial fees and transfer fees
are shown separately from the annual fees, which are payable in
addition at the time of granting of a licence or of transfer to
higher power. When a licensee is authorized to transfer to a
higher power, a rebate on the annual charge for the current
licence proportionate to the number of months still to run will be
made.
(5) For a duplicate of any licence or for the revision of the
particulars of any licence (other than change of address) a fee of
$1 shall be payable.
(6) The following examination fees for certificates of
proficiency for operators or watchers shall be payable to the
licensing authority.
For examination for-
(a) 1st Class Certificate $30
(b) 2nd Class Certificate $20





(e) Air Radio Operator's Endorsement ... ... $10
(d) 2nd Class (Far East Zone) Certificate ... ... $10
(e) Special Class Certificate ... ... - . ... ... $10
(f) Telephony 'General' Certificate ... ... ... $ 5
(g) A Watcher's Certificate ... ... ... ... ... $ 5
(7) For a duplicate of any certificate a fee as rnay be
decided by the licensing authority shall be payable.

16. The licensee of a ship station or of in aircraft station
shall forthwith deliver up the licence to the licensing authority-
(a)if the licence has been cancelled;
(b)if the licence has expired by effluxion of time;
(c)if the licensee has ceased to be the owner of the ship or
the aircraft;
(d)if the nationality of the ship or the aircraft has changed;
or
(e)if the port of registry of the ship or the aircraft has
been changed.
17. If any ship or aircraft in respect of which a wireless
telegraphy licence shall have been granted is absent from the
Colony at the tirne of expiry of such licence then and in such
case the production of the licence which shall have so expired, or
a copy certified by the licensing authority. to be a true copy
thereof, shall be deemed, until the next subsequent return of the
said ship or aircraft to the Colony of HonKong, to be prima facie
proof that the licensee therein named is the holder of a current
licence in like terms.

18. Every licensee and every holder of a certificate shall
forthwith comply with any requirement of the licensing-authority
for production, handing over or delivery up of his licence or
certificate, whether current or otherwise, to the licensing
authority.
19. All apparatus for wireless telegraphy on board any ship,
whether British or foreign, not having the status of a ship of war,
in the waters of the Colony or on any aircraft in or over the
Colony shall be worked in such a way as not to interfere with (a)
naval signalling; or (b) the working of any wireless telegraph
station lawfully established, installed, or worked in the Colony or
the waters thereof, and in





cular tile said apparatus shall be so worked as [lot to interrupt or
interfere ,vIth the transmission of any messages between wireless
telegraph stations established as aforesaid oil land and wireless
telegraph stations established on ships at sea.

20. No apparatus for wireless telegraphy oil board any ,,hip,
whether British or foreign, riot having (lie status of a ship of war, shall
be worked or used while such ship is in the waters of the Colony
Provided that
(a)when the ship is in the waters of the Colony and is
being is not anchored or made
fast-the apparatus may be used for the purpose of
communicating oilminimum power, with the
nearest coast station ol-, if the interests of navigation
so require and communication with the nearest coast
station is impracticable, with a more distant coast
station, or, If necessary, with another ship stati
(b) when the ship is in the waters of the Colony and is or made
fast, the apparatus may be used In exceptional
circumstances such as may concern tile safety of
life or tile safety of the ship, for the purpose of
communicating with the nearest coast station or,
if communication with the nearest coast station is
impracticable, with a more distant coast station, or
if necessary, with another ship station ;
(c) receiving stations may be used at all
times provided that proper precautions are taken to
avoid interference with other stations;
(d)when the ship is in the waters of the Colons. and is anchored
or made fast, the apparatus may be used, with the written
consent of the Postmaster General and subject to such
conditions as to station, time, wave length or other matters as
he may n writing prescribe, for the purpose of carrying out
experimental tests, provided that no interference is caused to
the working of naval, military, air force, Government,
commercial, mobile or other licensed stations;
(e)the apparatus may be used, with the written consent, granted
in exceptional circumstances, of tile Postmaster General and
subject to such conditions as lie may in writing prescribe.





21. No apparatus for wireless telegraphy on any aircraft shall be
worked or used while such aircraft Is at the Air Port or at any other
aerodrome in the Colony
Provided that
(a)broadcast receiving stations may be used at all times provided
that proper precautions care taken to avoid interference with
other stations;
(b)the apparatus may be used with the written consent of the
Postmaster General and subject to such conditions as to
station, time, wave length or other matters as lie may in writing
prescribe, for the purpose of carrying out experimental tests,
provided that no interference is caused to the working of
naval, military, air force, Government, commercial. mobile or
other licensed stations ;
(c) The apparatus may be used, with the con-
sent, granted in exceptional circumstances, of the
Postmaster General and subject to such conditions
as lie may in writing prescribe.
22. These regulations may be cited as the Radio-communication
Regulations.

FORMS.
FORM 1.
GOVERNMENT OF HONG KONG.

Licence No . ................
Licence to establish Wireless Telegraph Ship Station.
(Chapter 106 of the Revised Edition)

Issued by virtue of the Telecommunication Ordinance, and in conformity
with the Telecommunication Convention.

(Name and address of Registered Owners).
. .
of ..........................................
........ 1
hereinafter called the licensee, is hereby licensed to establish and work a
wireless telegraph sending and receiving station in the ship specified below,
subject to the conditions stated on the back hereof.





PARTICULARS OF STATION.
Name of Ship ..............................................................
Call Sign ......................................................................
Category of Station under the Telecommunication Convention
...................................
The licensee is authorized to use the power, frequencies and types of
emission which for the time being appear against the name of the ship in the
International List of Coast Stations and Ship Stations published by the Bureau
of the International Telecommunication Union and also any additions which
shall have been notified in conformity with clause 12 of the conditions overleaf.
Postmaster General ....................................
Date of issue ..............................

CONDITIONS OF LICENCE.
1. The licensee shall comply with all the provisions of the
Telecommunication Convention which relate to mobile stations and the station
shall be worked in conformity with such provisions.
2. In so far as the rules and regulations relative to wireless telegraphy made
from time to time by the Governor in Council under the Telecommunication
Ordinance, or under the Merchant Shipping Ordinance, 1899, and amendments
thereto or any other Merchant Shipping Act or Ordinance for the time being in
force, apply to the ship in question, the licensee shall comply in all respects
with these rules or regulations.
3. The station shall only be used to send messages and signals to other
stations of the mobile service and to receive messages and signals from other
stations of the mobile service.
4. (1) The station shall cease working (except in the case of distress
working) on being instructed to do so by any British Naval or Air Force
Station.
(2) No messages shall be sent or received by the said ship station when the
said ship is in any of the harbours of the Colony of Hong Kong.
5. The licensee shall keep the station and in particular the headgear
receivers thereof in a clean and sanitary condition.
6. The licensee shall screen all lights emanating from the station and screen
or isolate all dangerous parts thereof in such manner as may be necessary to
ensure the reasonable comfort and health of operators.
7. In respect of messages sent or received on behalf of His Majesty's
Government in the United Kingdom or the Government of any of His Majesty's
Dominions or the Government of India or the Government of any British
Colony, Protectorate or Mandated Territory the licensee shall charge rates not
in excess of half of the rates charged to the ordinary public.
8. The station shall be worked only by operators holding certificates issued
by the Postmaster General or the Postmaster General of the United Kingdom or
the Government of any selfgoverning Dominion.





9. The licensee shall not receive by means of the station messages not
intended for receipt thereby, and if any such messages shall involuntarily be
received at the station the licensee shall not divulge the existence or the contents
thereof to any person other than to duly authorized officials of any such
Government as is mentioned in condition 7 or to a competent legal tribunal.
10. The licensee shall keep full accounts, records and registers of all
messages sent and received by means of the station -and in such registers each
of such messages shall be accompanied by its identifying number and date and
full particulars of its place of origin and of ultimate destination and such further
particulars as the Postmaster General shall from time to time reasonably require
to be shown, messages on His Majesty's service being in such registers
distinguished from other messages. The licensee shall preserve all used message
forms Written and printed and transcripts of messages and all other papers for
such period as is from time to time prescribed by the Telecommunication
Convention, and such registers and message papers shall be open to the
inspection of the Postmaster General or his officers thereto authorized at the
registered office for the time being of the licensee or at such other' place as may
be agreed between the hours of 10 a.m. and 5 p.m. on every day except Sunday
or a general holiday.
11. (1) The licensee shall render to the Postmaster General such accounts
as the Postmaster General shall direct in respect of all charges due or payable
under the Telecommunication Convention ion respect of messages exchanged
between the station and coast stations, and shall pay to the Postmaster General
at such times and in such manner as the Postmaster General shall direct all sums
which shall be due from the licensee under such accounts.
(2) The licensee shall from time to time deposit with the Postmaster
General such sums as he may by notice in writing to the licensee require as
security for payment by the licensee of any sums which may be or become due
to the Postmaster General under the provisions of paragraph (1).
12. The licensee shall notify the Postmaster General of any alteration
which may be made from time to time in the power or frequencies or type or
types of waves used for transmission.
13. The Postmaster General and his officers authorized agents may at all
reasonable times enter upon the station for the purpose of inspecting and may
inspect any apparatus fixed or being in the station for the purpose of sending
and receiving messages by wireless telegraphy and all other telegraphic
instruments and apparatus fixed or being in the-station and the working and
user of such apparatus and telegraphic instruments respectively.
14. The present licence, the International Radiocommunication Regulations
and the latest Edition of the Postmaster General's Handbook for Wireless
Operators issued by the Postmaster Gen- eral, London, shall be carried on board
the ship in the wireless room together with any other documents which the
Postmaster General may prescribe as necessary for carrying on the work of the
station. The licence shall be available for inspection when required by
competent authorities of the countries where the ship calls.
15. The licensee shall pay to the Postmaster General for and in respect of
the licence hereby granted a sum of $25 on the 1st day of January in each
year during which the licence remains valid.





16. This licence may be revoked and determined at any time by the
Postmaster General by notice in writing to the licensee and shall therefrom
cease, determine and become void but without prejudice to any right of action
or remedy which shall have accrued or shall thereafter accrue to the Postmaster
General under any condition or provision herein contained.
17. Any notice, request or consent (whether expressed to be in writing or
not) to be given by the Postmaster General under this licence may be signed by
any officer of the Post Office duly authorized by him and may be served by
being sent in a registered letter addressed to the licensee (if a Company) at its
registered office for the time being or if not a Company at his last known
address or by delivery to the master of the ship upon which the station is
installed, and any notice to be given by the licensee under this licence may be
served by being sent in a registered letter addressed to the Postmaster General,
Hong Kong.
18. The expression 'Telecommunication Convention' means the
Telecommunication Convention, Atlantic City, 1947, and the Regulations made
thereunder and includes any Convention and Regulations which may from time
to time be in force in substitution therefor or in amendment thereof.
19. The. expressions used in this licence have the same meaning as in the
Telecommunication Convention unless there is something in the subject or
context repugnant to such construction.
20. 'Phis licence covers the installation and maintenance of apparatus for
wireless telegraphy upon lifeboats carried by the ship or during an emergency
subject to the conditions contained in the licence except condition 8. Such
apparatus shall comply in all respects with any rules relating to wireless
telegraphy installations in ships' lifeboats which may be made by the Governor
in Council frorn time to time.
21. Any licence or permit heretobefore granted by the Postmaster General
to the licensee in respect of the Station is hereby revoked.
22. (1) If and whenever an emergency shall have arisen in which it is
expedient for the public service that His Majesty's Government shall have
control over the sending and receiving of messages by the station it shall be
lawful for any naval, military Customs or police officer, or any other person
authorized by the -Admiralty to take possession of the station or any part
thereof in the name and on behalf of His Majesty and to use the same for His
Majesty's service and in that event any such officer or person so authorized may
enter upon any ship on which a station is established and take possession of the
station and use the same as aforesaid and subject to such use may use the same
or allow it to be used for such ordinary services as may in his discretion seem fit
or may prohibit and take steps to prevent the use of the same and issue
directions which shall be obeyed by the licensee to prevent such use.
(2) Any such officer or person so authorized as aforesaid may in any such
event as aforesaid instead of taking possession of the station as aforesaid direct
and authorize sucli' persons as he may think fit to assume the control of the
sending and receiving of messages by the station either wholly or partly and in
such manner as he may direct and such persons may enter upon any ship on
which a station is installed accordingly 'or the said officer or person so
authorized as aforesaid may direct the licensee to submit to him or any person
authorized by him all messages tendered for despatch or received by the station
or any class or





classes of such messages to stop or delay the sending of any messages or the
delivery thereof or deliver the same to him or his agent and generally to obey all
such directions with reference to the sending, receiving or delivery of messages
as the said officer or person so authorized as aforesaid may prescribe, and the
licensee shall obey and conform to all such directions.
(3) The licensee shall obey any instructions which may be issued by the
Admiralty for observance by wireless telegraph ship stations during any such
emergency as aforesaid.
(4) The licensee shall be entitled to reasonable compensation for any
damage to the station arising in consequence of the exercise of the powers
conferred by paragraphs (1) and (2).

FORM 2.

GOVERNMENT OF HONG KONG
Telecommunication Ordinance.
(Chapter 106 of the Revised Edition).

Licence to establish an Amateur Wireless Station.
Mr. . .................................................................................... of
...........................................................................................
hereinafter called the licensee is hereby authorized to establish a wireless sending
and receiving station, hereinafter called the station, at
...........................................................................................
................
................
subject to the conditions overleaf and to the payment of a fee
of on the grant hereof (the receipt of which the
Postmaster General hereby acknowledges) and a fee of
on the anniversary of the date hereof in each year.
This licence is subject to withdrawal or modification at any time, either by
specific notice in writing sent to the licensee by post at the address shown
above, or by means of a general notice in the Gazette addressed to all holders of
amateur wireless licences.
Any breach of the conditions or non-payment of fees will render this
licence liable to cancellation. In event of cancellation no part of any fee paid in
respect of the current year will be returned.
Issued on behalf of the
Postmaster General} ......................................................
Date .............................................
All communications should be addressed to the Radio Licensing and
Inspection Branch, General Post Office, Hong Kong, quoting Reference
.................................
N.B.-Any change of address should be notified immediately. (Prior
authority must be obtained before the Station is established at a new address).





CONDITIONS.
1. Radiotelegraph Conventions-The licensee shall observe the provisions of
the Telecommunication Convention 1947, and the Radiocommunication
Regulations annexed thereto or those of any subsequent International
Convention and Regulations which may replace them so far. as they are
applicable to amateur stations.
2. Power and Frequencies.-Messages shall be sent only on
frequencies within the bands and by the types of emission specified hereunder
and the total D.C. power input to the anode circuit of the valve or valves
energizing the aerial shall not exceed that shown against the respective
frequencies.
Power (in watts) .........................................................
Frequencies (in kilocycles per second) ...........................
Types of emission .........................................................
The use of 'spark' sending apparatus is specifically forbidden. Unrectified
alternating voltage shall not in any circumstances be employed for the H.T.
supply to the sending apparatus, and the H.T. supply shall be so smoothed that
the value of the residual ripple voltage does not exceed 5 per cent of the D.C.
voltage.
3. Frequency Control and Measurement-When in use, the sending
arparatus shall be tuned to a frequency within an authorized band, which
frequency shall be so selected and maintained that no appreciable energy is
radiated on any frequency outside the limits, of the band with or without the
modulation applied due allowance having been made for the inaccuracy of the
calibrating device. A satisfactory method of frequency stabilization shall be
employed in the sending apparatus.
Where the sending apparatus is not crystal controlled there shall be kept at
the station, and used whenever necessary (and on all occasions when the
frequency used for sending is changed). a reliable frequency meter of the piezo-
electric crystal type or other type approved by the Postmaster General, for
measuring the sending frequency to an accuracy of not less, than +0.1 per cent.
Where the sending apparatus is crystal controlled the use of a separate crystal
frequency meter a. a calibrating device will not be compulsory. but a reasonably
reliable frequency meter must be provided for checking that the sender is
operating normally.
4. Operator-The apparatus must in all cases be operated by or under the
direct suspervision of .............................................
..................
5. Sending Periods.-The station may be operated at any time, provided that
no period of sending shall exceed 10 consecutive minutes. Sending shall not
commence without listening on the frequency which is to be used in order to
ascertain, as far as possible, whether interference is likely to be caused thereby
with any other station which may be working.
6. Log.-A running record shall be kept in a book of approved type (not
loose-leaf) of all sending periods showing the date and time of each period and
the frequency and type of emission employed (see condition 2). No gaps shall
be left between entries in the log. The record of sending periods shall in all cases
be initialled at the time of recording by the authorized operator named in
condition 4.





7. Receiver-The station shall always be equipped for the reception of
signals sent on frequencies in current use at the station at any time by means of
continuous wave telegraphy, telephony and any other type of emission
authorized in condition 2.
8. (1) Messages.-Messages may be exchanged only with amateur stations
(as defined by the International Radiocommunication Regulations) in this
Colony or abroad. Except as is in this condition expressly provided messages
exchanged by means of the station shall relate solely to the licensee's private
(but not business) affairs or those of the person with whom he is
communicating and shall be in plain language. Special gramophone records for
reproducing modulations of definite tones may be used for test purposes.
Gramophone records of the type intended for entertainment purposes may be
used on the condition that only one such record is used during the course of any
day, the same record being repeated as desired; any record so used shall not have
a playing time exceeding 10 minutes when played at the correct speed.
(2) The use of the station for (a) advertising or business purposes, (b) the
sending or reception of news or the messages of persons other than the licensee
or the person with whom he is communicating, (c) the sending or reception of
broadcast programmes or (d) the sending or reception of social or political
propaganda or the messages of any social or political organization is expressly
prohibited.
(3) The licensee shall not receive any payment (either direct or indirect) for
the use of the station or allow the station to be controlled by or used for the
purposes of any social or political Organization.
9. Secrecy of Correspondence-If any message which the licensee is not
entitled to receive is. nevertheless, received the licensee shall not make known or
allow to be made known its contents. its origin or destination, its existence or
the fact of its receipt to any person (other than a duly authorized officer of the
Hong Kong Government or a competent legal tribunal) and shall not reproduce
in writing, copy or make any use of such message or allow the same to be
reproduced in writing, copied or made use of.
10. Call signal.-The call signal V (V ) has
been allotted to the station. The prefix of nationality. i.e. 'V' must
invariably be included in the call signal which may be sent either
by morse telegraphy at a speed not greater than 20 wards per minute
or telephonically if the station is authorized to use telephony.
The call signal must be sent for identification purposes at the beginning
and at the end of each period of sending.
In calling another station the call signal of that station must be sent and
may be repeated throughout a period of not more than one minute, after which
the signal 'de' must be sent once and the call signal of the calling station three
times. This procedure may he repeated but the time taken in calling must not
exceed three minutes without an interval during which the operator must listen
in the band of frequencies in which the call has been made.
In answering a call the call signal of the calling station must .be sent three
times, the signal 'de' once and the call signal of the answering station three
times.
When telephony is used the letters of the call signals may be confirmed by
the pronunciation of well-known words of which the initial letters are the same
as those in the call signals, but words used in this manner must not be of a
facetious character nor be capable of undesirable misinterpretation.





11. Inspection-The station shall be subject to the approval of the
Postmaster General and together with the record of transmissions and this
licence shall be open to inspection at all reasonable times by duly authorized
officers of the Post Office who will produce their cards of identity on request.
12. Non-interference-The station shall be used in such a
manner as not to cause interference with other stations outside the
authorized bands. Se ' nding shall at once be discontinued or post-
poned at the request of any Government or commercial station.
When telegraphy is being used the arrangement employed for 'keying' the
sender must be such as to reduce to a minimum the risk of interference due to
key clicks being produced in neighbouring apparatus. Whenever, for any reason,
the carrier wave of the sender is being modulated by any system of modulation,
care must be taken to avoid over-modulation. Particular care must be taken to
avoid unwanted frequency modulation of the carrier frequency. At all times
every precaution shall be taken to prevent the radiation of energy at frequencies
other than those which are necessary for the type of emission in use.
13. Aerial.-If the station is situated within half a mile of the boundary of
any aerodrome, the height of the aerial above the ground level shall not exceed
50 feet. An aerial which crosses above or is liable to fall upon or to be blown on
to any overhead power wire (including electric lighting and tramway wires) or
power apparatus must be guarded to the reasonable satisfaction of the owner of
the power wire or power apparatus concerned. No aerial shall be erected in such
a way as that in f alling or being lowered it shall occupy or traverse a public
thoroughfare.
14. Control in. Emergency-(a) If and whenever in the opinion of the
Postmaster General an emergency shall have arisen in which it is expedient for
the public service that the Hong Kong Government shall have control over the
sending and receipt of messages by means of the station it shall be lawful for the
Postmaster General to direct and cause the station to be taken possession of in
the name and on behalf of the Government and to prevent the licensee from
using it and for these purposes or either of them to cause any part of or all the
apparatus forming the station to be removed to such place as he may think fit
and any person authorized by the Postmaster General may from time to time
enter the premises at which the station is maintained for any such purposes as
aforesaid.
(b) The licensee not to entitled to any compensation in
respect of the exercise by the Postmaster General of the power
conferred by this condition which shall remain in force notwith-
standing the withdrawal or modification of the licence.

NOTES-1. Use of Supply Mains.-If power for the working of the wireless station is taken from a.
public electricity supply no direct connexion shall be made between the supply mains and the aerial.
2 ' Broadcast Reception-This licence does not authorize the reception of broadcast programmes
for entertainment purposes. For the reception of broadcast programmes for entertainment a separate
broadcast receiving licence is necessary.
3. Copyright-This licence does not authorize the licensee to do any act which is an infringement
of any copyright which may exist in the matter transmitted.
4. Return Of Licence-When this licence is cancelled or superseded by a new licence it must be
returned to the address given at the foot of page 1, together with any letters authorizing additions or
alterations to the terms of the licence.
5. Payment of 'Renewal Fee-The fee should be forwarded on the due date to the Radio Licensing
and Inspection Branch, General Post Office, Hong Kong, quoting the reference given at the foot of
page 1. It is unnecessary to forward the licence when the renewal fee is remitted.





FORM 3.

Telecommunication Ordinance.
(Chapter 106 of the Revised Edition).

Licence No . ---------*
Broadcast Receiving Licence Hong Kong.

.......
(Name in full)
of ....
(Address in full)
address of station .....................................................................
This licence authorizes the licensee to establish a wireless receiving station
at the above specified address and in addition to work one portable wireless
receiving set at any place in the Colony subject to the conditions set forth
hereon.
Dated this day of 19
This licence will expire on the day of 19
$20.00.
...............................................
for Postmaster General.

CONDITIONS.
1. The licensed shall not allow either the station or the portable set to be
used for any purpose other than that of receiving transmissions sent for
experimental purposes from a duly authorized transmitting station recognized
as such by the Hong Kong Government or those sent by a duly authorized
wireless telegraph station, or wireless telephone, or visual broadcasting station,
and specifically intended for general public reception. If any other message is
unintentionally received, the licensee shall rot make known, or allow to be made
known, its contents, its origin or destination, its existence or the fact of its
receipt to any-person (other than a duly authorized officer of the Hong Kong
Government, or a competent legal tribunal), and shall not reproduce in writing,
copy, or make any use of such message, or allow the same to be reproduced in
writing, copied, or made use of.
The publication or reproduction of any message or broadcast received by
means of the apparatus, or of the sense or meaning of any such message or
broadcast, by any means or in any manner whatsoever without the express
permission of the Postmaster General is strictly prohibited.
2. The licensee shall not allow the portable set to be worked by any
person other 'than himself, or a member of his household,





and this licence, or a duplicate, shall be carried by the person working the
portable set.
3. Neither the station nor the portable set shall be used in such a manner
as to cause interference with the working of other stations. In particular,
reaction must not be used to such an extent as to energize any neighbouring
aerial.
4. The combined height and length of the external aerial, where one is
employed, shall not exceed 100 feet. An aerial which crosses above, or is liable
to fall upon, or to be blown on to any overhead Dower wire, including electric
lighting and tramway wires, must be guarded to the reasonable satisfaction of
the owner of the power wire concerned. No aerial shall be erected in such a way
that. in falling or being lowered, it shall occupy or traverse a public
thoroughfare.'
5. The earth connexion shall where, possible consist of a buried plate or
tube in the ground external to the building. Where this arrangement is not
possible a soldered connexion should be made to the water pipe. On no account
shall a gas pipe be used as an earth.
6. The apparatus shall be open to inspection at all times by any person
who produces a written authority to inspect, either general or particular, signed
by the Postmaster General, and this licence shall be produced to any such
person upon request by him.
7. This licence is not transferable, but in the event of the decease of the
licensee it will be regarded as covering the use of wireless apparatus during the
unexpired portion of its currency at the address of the licensed station, by any
member of the deceased's household.
8. Any alterations to the addresses specified in this licence must be
notified 'to the licensing authority and licence presented for correction. No fee
is payable for this. (This condition applies equally to any person using a
portable receiver only, should his address be changed from that specified on the
licence).

NOTES- 1. If it is desired to continue to maintain the station or to retain possession of the
apparatus after the date of expiration of this licence, a renewal must be effected not later than the date
of expiration. Heavy penalties are provided by the Ordinance for maintaining a wireless station or
possessing the apparatus without a valid current licence.
2. This licence may be cancelled by the Postmaster General at any time. either by notice in
writing addressed to the licensee at the address specified in this licence, or by a general notice in the
Gazette, or in such other way as he may think fit. Any contravention of any of the conditions of this
licence may cause cancellation of the licence.
3. This licence does not authorize the licensee to do any act which is an infringe. ment of any
copyright which may exist in the matter transmitted, and the majority of musical works are the subject
of copyright. No such infringement of copyright will arise so long as the licensee restricts the use of
the apparatus to purely domestic household reception.





FORM 4.

Telecommunication Ordinance.
(Chapter 106 of the Revised Edition).

Limited Receiving and Publishing Radio Station Licence
Hong Kong.


(name in full)
of ....................................................
(address in full)
Address of station ..............................
This licence authorizes the licensee to establish a wireless receiving station
and to distribute press messages received from
............ 1 for publication in the
until the 31st day of December, 19 subject to the conditions
set forth hereon.
Dated this day of 19
$600.
for Postmaster General.

CONDITIONS.
1. The reception of messages other than those specified in this licence is
prohibited. If any other message is unintentionally received, the licensee shall
not make known, or allow to be made known, its contents, its origin or
destination, its existence or the fact of its receipt to any person (other than a
duly authorized officer of the Hong Kong Government, or a competent legal
tribunal), and shall not reproduce in writing, copy, or make any use of such
message, or allow the same to be reproduced in writing, copied, or made use of.
2. The station shall not be used in such a manner as to cause interference
with the working of other stations. In particular, reaction must not be used to
such an extent as to energize any neighbouring aerial.
3. The combined height and length of the external aerial, where one is
employed, shall not exceed 100 feet. An aerial which crosses above, or is liable
to fall upon, or to he blown on to any overhead power wire, including electric
lighting and tramway wires, must be guarded to the reasonable satisfaction of
the owner of the power wire concerned. All aerials erected externally to the
building shall be fitted with an earthing switch, and the aerial shall be left
earthed when not in use. No aerial shall be erected in such a way that, in falling
or being lowered, it shall occupy or traverse a public thoroughfare.
4. The earth connexion shall where possible consist of a buried plate or
tube in the ground external to the building. Where this arrangement is not
possible a soldered connexion should be made to the water pipe. On no account
shall a gas pipe be used as an earth.





5. The apparatus shall be open to inspection at all times by any person
who produces a written authority to inspect, either general or particular, signed
by the Postmaster General, and this licence shall be produced to any such
person upon request by him.

6. This licence is not transferable to another person.
7. Any alterations to the addresses specified in this licence must be
notified to the licensing authority and the licence presented for correction. No
fee is payable for this.
8. The conditions of this licence may be modified at any time by the
Postmaster General.
9. The licensee shall, if so required by the Postmaster General, cease at
once to use the licensed apparatus for such period as may be specified.

NOTES- 1. If it is desired to continue to maintain the station or to retain possession of the
apparatus after the date of expiration of this licence. a renewal must he effected not later than the date
of expiration. Heavy penalties are provided by the Ordinance for maintaining a wireless station or
possessing the apparatus without a valid current licence.
2. This licence may be cancelled by the Postmaster General at any time. either by notice in
writing addressed to the licensee at the address specified in this licence, or by a general notice in the
Gazette, or in such other way as he may think fit. Any contravention of any of the conditions of this
licence may cause cancellation of the licence.
3. This licence does not authorize the licensee to do any act which is an infringement of any
copyright which may exist in the matter transmitted.

Licence No . ........................

FORM 5.

Telecom munica tion Ordinance.
(Chapter 106 of the Revised Edition)

Dealer's Licence.

Licence is hereby granted to ............................................. .
of hereinafter called
the licensee, to sell, hire or otherwise dispose of wireless telegraph appliances
and apparatus for use in radiocommunication in this Colony, subject to the
conditions hereinafter set forth.
This licence will expire on the 31st day of December.
Dated this day of 19

for Postmaster General.




CONDITIONS OF LICENCE.
1. All radiocommunication appliances and apparatus which are or may be
intended to be sold, hired or otherwise disposed of, by the licensee for use in
radiocommunication in this Colony and which are or may be in the possession
of the licensee, hereinafter referred to as the licensed apparatus, shall unless and
until disposed of in accordance with this licence be kept at

and no other place. without the written permission of the Post-
master General.
1 2. The licensed apparatus shall not be used for or by the licensee or by any
person either on behalf of or by permission of the licensee for the purpose of
radiocommunication, except under and in accordance with a licence granted by
the Postmaster General.
3. The licensee shall keep and maintain registers of the licensed apparatus
and of all his dealings and transactions therewith. He shall produce such
registers and shall exhibit his stock of such apparatus to and on the demand of
the Postmaster General or his authorized agent. He shall forward monthly to the
licensing authority a detailed list of all transactions made. This list shall include
details of stocks received and disposed of and repair or installation work
effected by him during the month; the date, nature of transaction and full name
and address of customer being included.

FORM 6.

Telecommunication Ordinance.
(Chapter 106 of the Revised Edition).

Form of application for permission to attend examination for certificate
of competency as wireless telegraph operator or watcher on Board
British Ships Registered in Hong Kong.

The Postmaster General,
Hong Kong.
SIR---
I beg to inform you that I wish to obtain a
First Class
Second Class
Air Radio Operator's
Endorsement certificate qualifying me
Special Class to act
Radiotelephony (General)
Radiotelephony (Restricted)
as Operator on board British ships. I have furnished evidence
that I am of British nationality.
I am, Sir,
Your obedient Servant,
. . (usual signature).
(date).
Name in full .....................................................................
Place of birth ....................................................................





Date of birth .......................................................................
Address to which it is desired that the notification of examination shall be
sent ...............................................................
...............
System or systems in which examination is desired ...............
...............
Date and place of last examination (if any)


Description of Applicant.
Height feet inches.
Colour of Eyes Colour of Hair
Complexion .........................................................................
Any special peculiarities ......................................................

NOTE-Evidence of British nationality, to the satisfaction of the Postmaster General, must he
produced before the delivery of the application.
Candidates must bring with them at the time of their examination an unmounted photograph
(perferably head and shoulders only and approximately 3 inches by 2 inches) to be signed in the
presence of the Examiner and subsequently affixed to the Certificate.

FORM 7.

Telecommunication Ordinance.
(Chapter 106 of the Revised Edition).

Declaration of secrecy in the operation of wireless
telegraphic apparatus.

I.........................................................................................
do declare that I will not improperly divulge to any person the purport
of any message which I may transmit or receive by means of any
radiocommunication apparatus operated by me or which may come
to my knowledge in connexion with the operation of the said
apparatus.
Date .................................................................
Signature .........................................................
Signature of witness ............................................................
Address ........................................................................
......
Occupation ....................................................................





FORM 8.

COLONY OF HONG KONG.

Telecommunication Ordinance.
(Chapter 106 of the Revised Edition).

Certificate of proficiency in Radiotelegraphy granted
by the Government of Hong Kong.

FIRST CLASS.
This is to certify that, under the provisions of the Telecommunication
Convention of Atlantic City, 1947, Mr. . ............
........................................................ has been examined
in Radiotelegraphy and has passed in-
(a) knowledge of the general principles of electricity, of the theory of
radiotelegraphy and radiotelephony, and of the regulation and the practical
working of the types of apparatus used in the mobile service;
(b) theoretical ind practical knowledge of the working of the accessory
apparatus, such as motor-generators, accummulators, etc., used in the operation
and adjustment of the apparatus specified in sub-paragraph (a);
(c) practical knowledge necessary to effect, with the means available on
board, the repair of damage which may occur to the apparatus during a voyage;
(d) ability to send correctly and to receive correctly by ear code groups
(mixed letters, figures and signs of punctuation), at a speed of 20 (twenty)
groups a minute, and a plain language passage at a speed of 25 (twenty-five)
words a minute;
(e) ability to send correctly and to receive correctly by telephone;
(f) detailed knowledge of the regulations applying to the exchange of
radiocommunications, knowledge of the documents relative to the assessment of
the charges for radiocommunications, knowledge of that part of the Convention
for the Safety of Life at Sea which relates to radiotelegraphy, and, in the case of
air navigation, knowledge of the special provisions governing the radioelectric
service in air navigation. In the latter case, the certificate states that the holder
has successfully passed the test relating to these provisions;
(g) knowledge of the general geography of the world, especially the
principal navigation routes (maritime or air, according to the type of certificate)
and the most important telecommunication routes.
It is also certified hereby that the holder has made a declaration that he
will preserve the secrecy of correspondence.


Signature of examining officer.





The holder of this certificate is therefore authorized to operate wireless
telegraph apparatus as a first-class operator on board a British ship.
............................... Postmaster General Hong Kong
(Date) ..........................................................................
Signature of holder .........................................................
Date of Birth .................................................................
Place of Birth ...............................................................

NOTES-This certificate should he carefully preserved. In case of loss through avoidable causes a
duplicate will only be issued on payment of a fee of not less than five dollars.
This certificate may be endorsed, or withdrawn, at the discretion of the Postmaster General of
Hong Kong in the case of misconduct or breach on the part of the holder of the regulations prescribed
for the working of ships' stations.
Unless so withdrawn it will continue to he valid so long as the Regulations of the
Telecommunication Convention of Atlantic City, 1947, remain in force.
In case of loss of this certificate a report thereof and of the circumstances in which the loss
occurred must be made to the Postmaster General of Hong Kong, in writing, as soon as possible.
Any person other than the owner thereof becoming possessed of this certificate should transmit
it forthwith to the Postmaster General, Hong Kong.

PHOTO OF HOLDER.

Description of Holder.
Age ...........................................................................................
Height............feet inches.
Colour of Eyes ........................................................................... Colour of Hair
...........................................................................
Complexion ...............................................................
Any special peculiarities ............................................................
Signature of Holder

FORM 9.
COLONY OF HONG KONG.
Telecommunication Ordinance.
(Chapter 106 of the Revised Edition).
Certificate of proficiency in Radiotelegraphy granted
by the Government of Hong Kong.
SECOND CLASS.
This is to certify that, under the provisions of the Tele-
communication Convention of Atlantic City, 1947, Mr. . ..................
has been examined
in Radiotelegraphy and has passed in-





(a) element-try theoretical and practical knowledge of electricity and
radiotelegraphy, and knowledge of the adjustment and practical working of the
types of apparatus used in the mobile radiotelegraph service;
(b) elementary theoretical and practical knowledge of the' working of the
accessory apparatus, such as motor-generator sets, accumulators, etc., used in
the operation and adjustment of the apparatus mentioned in sub-paragraph (a);
(c) practical knowledge sufficient for effecting minor repairs in case of
damage occurring to the apparatus;
(d) ability to send correctly and to receive correctly by ear code groups
(mixed letters, figures and signs of punctuation) at a speed of 16 (sixteen)
groups a minute. Each code group must comprise five characters, each figure or
punctuation mark counting as two characters;
(e) knowledge of the regulations applying to the exchange of
radiocommunications, knowledge of the documents relative to the assessment of
the charges for radiocommunications, knowledge of that part of the Convention
for the Safety of Life at Sea which relates to radiotelegraphy, and, in the case of
air navigation, knowledge of the special provisions governing the radioelectric
service in air navigation. In the latter case, the certificate states that the holder
has successfully passed the tests relating to these provisions;
(f) knowledge of the general geography of the world, especially the
principal navigation routes (maritime or air, according to the type of certificate)
and the most important telecommunications routes.
It is also certified hereby that the holder has made a declaration that he
will preserve the secrecy of correspondence.
....................................
Signature of examining officer.
The holder of this certificate is therefore authorized to operate wireless
telegraph apparatus as a second-class operator on board a British ship.
. .. . ......
Postmaster General Hong Kong
(Date) ..........................................................................
Signature of holder ........................................................
Date of Birth .................................................................
Place of Birth ...............................................................

NOTES-This certificate should he carefully preserved. In case of loss through avoidable causes a
duplicate will only he issued on payment of a fee of not less than five dollars.
This certificate may be endorsed, or withdrawn, at the discretion of the Postmaster General of
Hong Kong in the case of misconduct or breach on the part of the holder of the regulations prescribed
for the working of ships' stations. Unless so withdrawn it will continue to be valid so long as the
Regulations of the Telecommunication Convention of Atlantic City, 1947, remain in force.
In case of loss of this certificate a report thereof and of the circumstances in which the loss
occurred must he made to the Postmaster General of Hong Kong, in writing, as soon as possible.
Any person other than the owner thereof becoming possessed of this certificate should transmit
it forthwith to the Postmaster General, Hong Kong.





PHOTO OF HOLDER.

Description of Holder.
Age
Height ................... feet inches.
Colour of Eyes ...........................................................................
Colour of Hair ...........................................................................
Complexion ...............................................................................
Any special peculiarities ............................................................
Signature......of Holder ;

FORK 10.

HONG KONG GOVERNMENT.
Telecommunication Ordinance.
(Chapter 106 of the Revised Edition).

Aircraft Radio Operator's Endorsement.
This is to certify that Mr. has
passed an examination in the
(1)'International Aeronautical Communication Regulations and Traffic
Procedure,'
(2)'Operation of Aircraft Radio Stations and Radio Apparatus!'
The holder of this certificate is, therefore, qualified to operate radio-
telegraph and radio-telephone equipment on board aircraft registered in Hong
'Kong.
Postmaster General.
.............................. (date)

FORM 11.

COLONY OF HONG KONG.
Telecommunication Ordinance.
(Chapter 106 of the Revised Edition).
Certificate of competency in Radiotelegraphy granted
by the Government of Hong Kong.
SPECIAL CLASS.
This is to certify that under the provisions of the Telecommunication
Convention of Atlantic City, 1947, Mr. . ..................
: ......1 has been examined
in Radiotelegraphy and has passed in-





(a) elementary knowledge of the working and adjustment of the apparatus;
(b) transmitting and receiving by ear, messages in plain language at a speed
of 20 words a minute, and in code groups at a speed of 16 groups a minute; and
(c) knowledge of the regulations applying to the exchange of
radiotelegraph traffic;
and having made a declaration that he will preserve the secrecy of
correspondence, is hereby authorized to operate wireless telegraph apparatus
on board British ships not coming within the scope of the Merchant Shipping
(Wireless Telegraph) Act, 1919 and the Merchant Shipping (Safety and Load
Line Conventions) Act, 1932.
Dated this day of 19
...........................................
aster General, Hong Kong.
Signature of examining officer ...................................................

NOTES-This certificate should he carefully preserved. In case of loss through avoidable causes
a duplicate will only he issued on payment of a fee of not less than five dollars.
This certificate may be endorsed, or withdrawn, at the discretion of the Postmaster General of
Hong Kong in the case of misconduct or breach on the part of the holder of the regulations prescribed
for the working of ships' stations. Unless so withdrawn it will continue to be valid so long as the
Regulations of the Telecommunication Convention of Atlantic City, 1947, remain in force.
In case of loss of this certificate a report thereof and of the circumstances in which the loss
occurred must be made to the Postmaster General, in writing, as soon as possible.
Any person other than the owner thereof becoming possessed of this certificate should transmit
it forthwith to the Postmaster General, Hong Kong.

PHOTO OF HOLDER.

. Description of Holder.
Age ..........................................................................................
Height feet inches
Colour of Eyes ........................................................................
Colour of Hair ........................................................................
Complexion ...................
Any special peculiarities ............................................................
Signature of Holder ..................................................................





FORM 12.

COLONY OF HONG KONG.

Telecommunication Ordinance.
(Chapter 106 of the Revised Edition).
Certificate of competency in Radiotelephony granted
by the Government of Hong Kong.

GENERAL.
This is to certify that under the provisions of the Tele-
communication Convention of Atlantic City, 1947, Mr. . ..................
............................ has been examined in Radio-telephony and has passed in

(a)a practical knowledge of radiotelephony, especially as regards the
avoidance of interference;
(b)a knowledge of the adjustment and working of radiotelephone
apparatus;
(e)sending and receiving spoken messages correctly by telephone;
(d)a knowledge of the Regulations relating to the Safety of Life;
and having made a declaration that he will preserve the secrecy of
correspondence, is hereby authorized to operate wireless telephony apparatus
on board British ships, of which the power of the carrier wave in tile aerial does
not exceed 100 watts.
Dated this day of 19

. .. ... . ... ... ... .
Postmaster General Hong Kong
Signature of examining officer ...................................................

NOTES-This certificate should be carefully preserved. In case of loss through avoidable causes
a duplicate will only be issued on payment of a fee of not less than five dollars.
This certificate may be endorsed or withdrawn at the discretion of the Postmaster General of
Hong Kong in the case of misconduct or breach on the part of the holder of the regulations
prescribed for the working of telephony stations.
Unless so withdrawn it will continue to be valid so long as the Regulations of the
Telecommunication Convention of Atlantic City, 1947, remain in force.
In case of loss of this certificate a report must be made to the Postmaster General, Hong Kong, in
writing, as soon as possible.
Any person other than the owner thereof becoming possessed of this certificate should transmit
it forthwith to the Postmaster General, Hong Kong.

Photograph of Holder.
.
Signature of Holder.





FORM 13.

COLONY OF HONG KONG.

Telecommunication Ordinance.
(Chapter 106 of the Revised Edition).

Certificate of competency in Radiotelephony granted
by the Government of Hong Kong.

RESTRICTED.
This is to certify that under the provisions of the Tele-
communication Convention of Atlantic City, 1947, Mr. . ..................
..................................has been examined in Radio-
telephony and has passed in-
(a)a practical knowledge of radiotelephony, especially as regards the
avoidance of interference;
(b)a knowledge of the adjustment and working of radiotelephone
apparatus;
(e)sending and receiving spoken messages correctly by telephone;
(d)a knowledge of the regulations applying to the exchange' of
radiotelephone communication and of the part of the
Radiocommunication Regulations relating to the Safety of Life;
and having made a declaration that he will preserve the secrecy of
correspondence, 'is hereby authorized to act as radiotelephone operator on
board a British ship equipped with a radiotelephone installation of which the
power of the carrier wave in the aerial does not exceed 50 watts.
Dated this day of 19

. .
Postmaster General, Hong Kong.
Signature of examining officer ...................................................
NOTES-This certificate should be carefully preserved. In case of loss through avoidable causes a
duplicate will only he issued on payment of a fee of not less than five dollars.
This certificate may be endorsed or withdrawn at the discretion of the Postmaster General of
Hong Kong in the case of misconduct or breach on the part of the holder of the Regulations
prescribed for the working of telephony stations.
Unless so withdrawn it will continue to be valid so long as the Regulations
of the Telecommunication Convention of Atlantic City, 1947, remain in force.
In case of loss of this certificate a report must be made to the Postmaster General, Hong Kong, in
writing, as soon as possible.
Any person other than the owner thereof becoming possessed of this certificate should transmit
it forthwith to the Postmaster General, Hong Kong.

................ Photograph of Holder.
Signature of Holder.





FORM 14.

Telecommunication Ordinance.
(Chapter 106 of the Revised Edition).

Licence No . ..............
Licence for use of apparatus at a school of instruction in
wireless telegraphy.

Licence is hereby granted to ..............................................

hereinafter called the licensee, to establish, maintain and work a wireless
telegraph receiving station and to instal and work transmitting apparatus not
connected with an aerial at .....................
..................
.................. for the purpose of instructing pupils in the
theory and practice of wireless telegraphy, subject to the. conditions
hereinafter set forth.
The transmitting apparatus must be such that the radiation therefrom will
not be perceptible outside the building in which the apparatus is installed, and
no attempt shall be made to send signals to other stations. It is intended that the
effects produced by the sending apparatus shall be ascertained by means of
suitable detecting or measuring devices coupled with or used within a few feet
of an 'artificial' aerial.
An 'artificial' aerial means a closed, non-earthed, oscillatory circuit
possessing inductance capacity and resistance, and functioning in place of the
usual aerial-earth system. It must be as nearly non-radiating as possible.
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE GRANT OF A
LICENCE.
The applicant for a licence shall produce evidence of British nationality
and two recent written references as to character. A certificate of birth should be
furnished if possible; but this will not be insisted on if the referees testify of
their own knowledge that the applicant is of British nationality. The referees
should be persons of British birth and of standing, not related to the applicant.
If the applicant is under 21 years of age, evidence of British nationality and
references should be furnished both in respect of the applicant and of his parent
or guardian.
In the case of a company, society or other body, application should be
made by one of the principals on behalf of the company, etc., who will be
personally responsible for the observance of the terms of any licence granted. '
CONDITIONS OF
LICENCE.
1. The licensee shall submit to the Postmaster General such particulars as
he shall from time to time require relating to any student whom the licensee
proposes to train or any instructor whom the licensee proposes to employ in
such training. All such particulars shall be supported by such evidence as the
Postmaster General may from time to time require.
No student or instructor shall be allowed to use the Station without the
approval of the Postmaster General. Any such approval may be revoked by the
Postmaster General.





2. The Station shall be subject to the approval of the Postmaster General
and shall be open to inspection at all reasonable times by officers of the
Government duly authorized by the Postmaster General, who will produce
their cards of identity on request, and this licence shall be produced to any such
officer upon request by him.
3. The licensee shall not use or allow the Station to be used except for the
purpose of instructing pupils in the theory and practice of wireless telegraphy.
No person using the Station shall make known the contents of any message
(other than a message sent for general information) received by means of the
Station, the origin or destination of any message other than aforesaid, its
existence or the fact of its receipt to any person (other than a duly authorized
officer of the Hong Kong Government or a competent legal tribunal) and shall
not retain any copy or mike any use of such message.
4. The length of the effective portion of the aerial and down lead used at
the Station for reception shall not exceed 100 feet. An aerial which crosses
above or is liable to fall upon or be blown on to any overhead power wire,
including electric lighting and tramway wires. must be guarded to the reasonable
satisfaction of the owner of the power wire concerned.
5. The Station shall not be used in such a manner as to cause any
interference with the working of other stations. In particular, reaction must not
be used for reception to such an extent as to energize any neighbouring aerial.
6. This licence may be cancelled by the Postmaster General at any time,
either by notice in writing addressed to the licensee at the address specified in
this licence, or by a general notice in the Gazette, or in such other way as he may
think fit. The licensee shall not be entitled to any compensation in respect of the
exercise by the Postmaster General of the powers conferred by the conditions of
this licence.
Dated the day of 19
This licence will expire on the day of 19
. .
Postmaster General.

FORM 15.
GOVERNMENT OF HONG KONG.

Licence No . ..................
Licence to establish Wireless Telegraph Aircraft Station.
(Chapter 106 of the Revised Edition).
Issued by virtue of the Telecommunication Ordinance, and in conformity
with the Telecommunication Convention.

(Name and address of Registered Owners)
. .
of
.........................
hereinafter called the licensee, is hereby authorized to establish and work a
wireless telegraph sending and receiving station in the aircraft specified below,
subject to the conditions stated on the back hereof.





PARTICULARS OF STATION.
Nationality and registration Marks of Aircraft ............................
Name of Aircraft ......................................................................
Make and type of Aircraft .........................................................
Call Sign
..................................................................................
Class of Station under the Telecommunication Convention ................
The licensee is authorized to use the power, frequencies and types of emission
which for the time being appear against the name of the aircraft in the
International List of Aeronautical and Aircraft Stations published by the Bureau
of the International Telecommunication Union.
Postmaster General ..........................................
Date of issue ..................

CONDITIONS.
1. The licensee shall comply with all the provisions of the
Telecommunication Convention which relate to mobile stations and the station
shall be worked in conformity with such provisions, and also in conformity
with the relative provisions of the International Telegraph Regulations.
2. Each aircraft station shall comply in all respects with the provisions- of
any directions or regulations issued or made by the Director of Civil Aviation
and for the time being in force, under the provisions of the Air Navigation Order
and the station shall not be used either by the licensee or by any other person
for the despatch or receipt of messages except messages authorized by such
directions or regulations.
3. The station shall cease working (except in the case of distress working)
on being instructed to do so by any British Naval, Military or Air Force
Station. In the event of a forced landing the wireless apparatus may be used for
communication with the nearest aeronautical ground station of the country in
which the forced landing has occurred regarding repairs or safety of the aircraft.
4. The licensee shall keep the station and in particular the headgear
receivers thereof in a clean and sanitary condition.
5. The licensee shall screen or isolate all dangerous parts of the station in
such manner as may be necessary to ensure the reasonable comfort and health
of operators.
6. In respect of messages sent or received on behalf of His Majesty's
Government in the United Kingdom or His Majesty's Government in any of the
Dominions or the Government of India or the Government of any British
Colony Protectorate or Mandated Territory the licensee shall charge rates not in
excess of half of the rates charged to the ordinary public.
7. The licensee shall not receive by means of the station messages not
intended for receipt thereby, and if any such messages shall involuntarily be
received at the station the licensee shall not divulge the existence or the contents
thereof to any person other than to duly authorized officials of any such
Government as is mentioned in condition 6 or to a competent legal tribunal.





*8. The licensee shall keep full accounts records and registers of all
messages sent and received by means of the station and in such registers each of
such messages shall be accompanied by its identifying number and date and full
particulars of its place or origin and of ultimate destination and such further
particulars as the Postmaster General and/or the Director of Civil Aviation shall
from time to time reasonably require to be shown, messages on His Majesty's
service being in such registers distinguished from other messages. The licensee
shall preserve all used message forms written and printed and transcripts of
messages and all other papers for such period as is from time to time prescribed
by the International Telegraph Regulations and such registers and message
papers shall be open to the inspection of the Postmaster General and/or the
Director of Civil Aviation or their officers thereto authorized at the registered
office for the time being of the licensee or at such other place as may be agreed
between the hours of 10 a.m. and 5 p.m. on every day except Sunday or a
general holiday.
*9. (1) The licensee shall render to the Postmaster General such accounts
as the Postmaster General andlor the Director of Civil Aviation shall direct in
respect of all charges due or payable under the Telecommunication Convention
in respect of messages exchanged between the station and land stations and shall
pay to the Postmaster General and/or the Director of Civil Aviation at such
times and in such manner as the Postmaster General and/or the Director of Civil
Aviation shall direct all sums which shall be due from the licensee under such
accounts.
(2) The licensee shall from time to time deposit with the Postmaster
General and/or the Director of Civil Aviation such sums as he may by notice in
writing to the licensee require to be held by the Postmaster General and/or the
Director of Civil Aviation as security for payment by the licensee of any sums
which may be or become due to the Postmaster General and/or the Director of
Civil Aviation under the provisions of paragaph (1).
10. The Postmaster General and/or the Director of Civil Aviation and their
officers and authorized agents may at all reasonable times enter upon the station
for the purpose of inspecting and may inspect any apparatus fixed or being in
the station for the purpose of sending and receiving messages by wireless
telegraphy and all other telegraphic instruments and apparatus fixed or being in
the station and the working and user of such apparatus and telegraphic
instrument respectively.
11. The present licence, the operator(s) certificate(s) and the Q Code shall
be carried on board the aircraft in the wireless room together with any other
documents which the Postmaster General and/or the Director of Civil Aviation
may prescribe as necessary for carrying on the work of the station. The licence
shall be available for inspection when required by competent authorities of the
countries where the aircraft calls.
12. The licensee shall forthwith pay to the Postmaster General for and in
respect of the licence hereby granted a sum of $25 and in addition thereto- a
sum of $25 on the 1st day of January in each year during which the licence
remains valid.
13. This Licence may be revoked and determined at any time by the
Postmaster General by notice in writing to the licensee and shall therefrom cease
determine and become void but without prejudice to any right of action or
remedy which shall have accrued or shall thereafter accrue to the Postmaster
General under any condition or provision herein contained.





14. Any notice request or consent (whether expressed to be in writing or
not) to be given by the Postmaster General under this licence may be signed by
any officer of the Post Office duly authorized by him and may be served by
being sent in a registered letter addressed to the licensee (if a Company) at its
registered office for the time being or if not a company at his last known address
or by delivery to the pilot of the aircraft upon which the station is installed and
any notice to be given by the licensee under this licence may be served by being
sent in a registered letter addressed to the Postmaster General, Hong Kong.
15. The expression 'Telecommunication Convention' means the
Convention signed at Atlantic City on the 2nd day of October, 1947, and the
Radiocommunication Regulations annexed thereto and includes any Convention
and/or Regulations which may from time to time be in force in substitution for
or in amendment of the said Convention and/or Regulations. The expression
'International Telegraph Regulations' means the Telegraph Regulations annexed
to the Telecommunication Convention and includes any Regulations which may
from time to time be in force in substitution therefor or in amendment thereof.
The expression 'Air Navigation Order' means the Colonial Air Navigation
Order, 1949, and any other Order in Council for the time being in force in
substitution therefor or in amendment thereof.
16. The expressions used in this licence have the same meaning as in the
Telecommunication Convention unless there is something in the subject or
context repugnant to such construction.
17. Any licence or permit heretobefore granted by the Postmaster General
to the licensee in respect of the station is hereby revoked.
18. (1) If and whenever an emergency shall have arisen in which it is
expedient for the public service that His Majesty's Government shall have
control over the sending and receiving of messages by the station it shall be
lawful for any naval, military, Customs, air force or police officer or any other
person authorized by the Director of Civil Aviation to take possession of the
station or any part thereof in the name and on behalf of His Majesty and to use
the same for His Majesty's Service and in that event any such officer or person
so authorized may enter upon any aircraft on which a station is established and
take possession of the station and use the same or allow it to be used for such
ordinary services as may in his discretion seem fit to him or may prohibit and
take steps to prevent the use of the same and issue directions which shall be
obeyed by the licensee to prevent such use.
(2) Any such officer or person so authorized as aforesaid may in any such
event as aforesaid instead of taking possession of the station as aforesaid direct
and authorize such persons as he may think fit to assume the control of the
sending and receiving of messages by the station either wholly or partly and in
such manner as he may direct and such persons may enter upon any aircraft on
which a station is installed accordingly or the said officer or person so
authorized as aforesaid may direct the licensee t.) submit to him or any person
authorized by him all messages tendered for despatch or received by the station
or any class or classes of such messages to stop or delay the sending of any
messages or the delivery thereof or deliver the same to him or his agent and
generally to obey all such directions with reference to the sending receiving or
delivery of messages as the said officer or person so authorized as afore
as.Aid may prescribe and the licensee shall obey and conform to all such
directions.





(3) The licensee shall obey any instructions which may be issued by the
Director of Civil Aviation for observance by wireless telegraph aircraft stations
during any such emergency as aforesaid.
(4) The licensee shall be entitled to reasonable compensation for any
damage to the station arising in consequence of the exercise of the powers
conferred by paragraphs (1) and .(2).

These conditions apply only when the licence is endorsed 'Public correspondence
authorized'.

RADIOTELEGRAMS (CHARGES) REGULATIONS.
(Cap. 106, section 7(2)).
(Ordinance No. 18 of 1936).

[28th November, 1947.1

Charges for Radlotelegrams to and froin
Ships or Aircraft.
1. The charges payable in respect of radiotelegrams shall consist of
(a) a land station charge;
(b) a mobile station charge; and
(c) a charge for ordinary telegraph transmission.

2. Land station charges, per ,sord, shall be
(a) to ships or aircraft registered
in the United Kingdom or
Hong Kong 40 cents Hong
..Kong currency.
(b) from ships or aircraft registered
in the United Kingdom or
Hong Kong 6 pence Sterling.
(c) to or from ships or aircraft not
registered in the United King-
dom or Hong Kong 0.60 gold francs,
..or So cents,
..Hong Kong
..currency.
Ord. 18 of 1936, s. 39, Schedule, G.N. 461/36. G.N. 785/36. G.N. 786/36. G.N. 895/36. G.N. 896/36. G.N. 763/37. G.N. 924/37. G.N. 814/38. G.N. 596/46. G.N.A. 5/4/8. G.N.A. 200/48. G.N.A. 208/48. G.N.A. 3849.. G.N.A. 271/49. G.N. 75/51.
[r. 1 cont.]
[r. 1 cont.]
G.N.A. 75/51.
[r. 1 cont.] G.N. 896/36. G.N. 814/38. G.N.A. 208/48.
G.N.A. 208/48. G.N.A. 5/48.
G.N.A. 5/48. G.N.A. 3/49.
[r. 15 cont.] G.N.A. 271/49. G.N.A. 5/48. G.N.A. 5/48. G.N. 895/36.
G.N.895/36. G.N. 924/31.
G.N. 895/36.
G.N.A. 75/51. (Cap. 106) (10 of 1989)
G.N.A. 786/36.
G.N.A. 75/51.
G.N. 596/46
G.N.A. 75/51.
G.N.A. 3/49.
G.N. 786/36.
G.N.A. 75/51.
G.N.A. 75/51.
G.N.A. 75/51.
G.N.A. 75/31.
G.N.A.271/49 G.N.A. 75/51.
G.N.A. 75/51.
G.N.A. 75/51.
G.N.A. 75/51.
G.N. 814/38.
G.N.A. 5/48.
G.N.A. 75/51. G.N.A. 75/51.
G.N.A. 888/47.

Abstract

Ord. 18 of 1936, s. 39, Schedule, G.N. 461/36. G.N. 785/36. G.N. 786/36. G.N. 895/36. G.N. 896/36. G.N. 763/37. G.N. 924/37. G.N. 814/38. G.N. 596/46. G.N.A. 5/4/8. G.N.A. 200/48. G.N.A. 208/48. G.N.A. 3849.. G.N.A. 271/49. G.N. 75/51.
[r. 1 cont.]
[r. 1 cont.]
G.N.A. 75/51.
[r. 1 cont.] G.N. 896/36. G.N. 814/38. G.N.A. 208/48.
G.N.A. 208/48. G.N.A. 5/48.
G.N.A. 5/48. G.N.A. 3/49.
[r. 15 cont.] G.N.A. 271/49. G.N.A. 5/48. G.N.A. 5/48. G.N. 895/36.
G.N.895/36. G.N. 924/31.
G.N. 895/36.
G.N.A. 75/51. (Cap. 106) (10 of 1989)
G.N.A. 786/36.
G.N.A. 75/51.
G.N. 596/46
G.N.A. 75/51.
G.N.A. 3/49.
G.N. 786/36.
G.N.A. 75/51.
G.N.A. 75/51.
G.N.A. 75/51.
G.N.A. 75/31.
G.N.A.271/49 G.N.A. 75/51.
G.N.A. 75/51.
G.N.A. 75/51.
G.N.A. 75/51.
G.N. 814/38.
G.N.A. 5/48.
G.N.A. 75/51. G.N.A. 75/51.
G.N.A. 888/47.


Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1832

Edition

1950

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

106

Number of Pages

39
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 15:46:36 +0800
<![CDATA[TELECOMMUNICATION ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1831

Title

TELECOMMUNICATION ORDINANCE

Description






CHAPTER 106.

THE TELECOMMUNICATION ORDINANCE.

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS.

PART I.-PRELIMINARY

Section Page

1. Short title ............................. ... ... ... 166

2. Interpretation .......................... ... ... ... ... 166

PART II-PRIVILEGES AND POWERS OF THE
GOVERNMENT.

3. Exclusive privilege in respect of telegraphs and power to

grant licences ......................... ... ... ... ... 167

4. Power in Government to take possession of licensed telegraphs

and to order interception of messages ...... ... ... ... 167
5. Power to require production of messages ... ... ... ... 168

6. Protection of certain messages from publication within period. 168

7. Power to make regulations for the conduct of telegraphs 169

8. Revocation of licences .................. ... ... ... ... ... 170

9. Government not responsible for loss or damage ... ... 170

PART III-POWER TO PLACE TELEGRAPH
LINES AND POSTS.

10. Power to place and maintain telegraph lines and posts ... 171

11. Exercise of powers conferred by section 10 and disputes as

to compensation in case of property .... ... ... ... 171

12. Removal or alteration of telegraph line or post on property. 172

13. Removal of trees interrupting telecommunication ... ... 173

14. Existing lines and posts deemed to he placed under this

Ordinance .............................. ... ... 174

PART IV-PENALTIES.

15. Establishing, maintaining, or working unlicensed telegraph or

breaking condition of licence .......... ... ... ... ... 174

16. Using such telegraphs................... ... ... ... ... ... 174





Section................................... Page

17. Intrusion into signal-room, trespass in telegraph office, or

obstruction .............................. ... ... ... ... 175

18. Unlawfully attempting to learn contents of messages ... 175
19. Intentionally damaging or tampering with telegraphs ... 175

20. Telegraph officer or other official making away with or altering or
unlawfully intercepting or disclosing messages
or divulging purport of signals ....... ... ... ... ... 1

21. Telegraph officer fraudulently sending messages without
payment .................................... ... ... ... ... 176

22. Misconduct ............................. ... ... ... ... 176

23. Sending fabricated message ............. ... ... ... ... ... 177

24. Fraudulent retention, etc. of message ... ... ... ... ... 177

25. Corruption ............................. ... ... ... ... ... 177

PART V - RADIOCOMMUNICATION

26...........Interpretation ................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 177

27.........Exemption ....................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 177
28. (1) Licences for radiocommunication may be granted by the
Governor .................................. ... ... ... ... 178

(2) Power of delegation and of appointment ... ... ... 178

(3) Corruption ........................... ... ... ... 178

29. Licences for radiocommunication stations and for dealers in

wireless equipment ..................... ... ... ... ... 178

30. Arrest, search, inspection, removal and detention ... ... 179

31. Regulations ............................ ... ... ... ... 181

32. Control in emergency ................... ... ... ... 181

33. Experimental licences........ ... ... ... ... 182

34. Prohibition of radiation of magnetic waves ... ... ... 182

PART VI-MISCELLANEOUS.

35. General penalty ........................ ... ... ... 183

36. Regulations. Atlantic City Convention ... ... ... ... 183

37. Exemptions.......... .............. ... ... ... .. 1 . ... ... ... 183





CHAPTER 106.

TELECOMMUNICATION.

To amend and consolidate the law relating to telecommunication.

[1st October, 1936.]

PART I.

Preliminary

1. This Ordinance. may be cited as the Telecommuniication
Ordinance.

2. In this Ordinance

'telecommunication' means any telegraphic or telephonic
communication of signs, signals, writing, facsimiles and sounds
of any kind, by wire, wireless, or any other system or process of
electric or visual signalling or by means of pneumatic tubes;

'telegraph' means any electric, galvanic or magnetic telegraph, and
includes appliances and apparatus for transmitting, receiving or
making telecommunication, but does not include electric
appliances and apparatus, other than radio, the operation and
scope of which is limited to communications concerning the
affairs of the sender or receiver thereof and confined to a single
messuage or tenement or works area;

'telegraph officer' means any person employed, either permanently or
temporarily, in connexion with a telegraph established,
maintained or worked by the Government or by a person licensed
under this Ordinance;

telegraph line' means any wire or wires used for the purposes of
telecommunication, with any casing, coating, tube or pipe
enclosing the same, and any appliances and apparatus connected
therewith for the purpose of fixing or insulating the same;

'message' means any telecommunication sent by telegraph or
handed to a telegraph officer to be sent by telegraph or to be
delivered;





'post' means a post, pole, standard, stay, strut or other above-
ground contrivance for carrying, suspending or supporting a
telegraph line;

'licensed person' means a person holding a licence granted by the
Governor in Council under section 3 or section 30.

PART II.

Privileges and powers of the government.

3. (1) Within the Colony the Governor in Council shall have the
exclusive privilege of establishing, maintaining and working
telegraphs.

(2) The Governor in Council may grant a licence, on such
conditions and in consideration of such payments as he thinks fit, to
any person or to the representative for the time being in the Colony of
any corporation or administration to establish, maintain or work a
telegraph within any part of the Colony, and to place, lay, carry or
maintain any posts, cables or wires for the purpose of such telegraph
in, along, through, across or under any roads or other property vested
in the Crown.

4. (1) On the occurrence of any public emergency or in the interest
of the public safety the Governor or any officer specially authorized in
this behalf by the Governor may

(a) take temporary possession of any telegraph established,
maintained or worked by any person licensed under this
Ordinance; or

(b)withdraw either partially or totally the use of any telephone
trunk line or exchange system from any person or class of
persons or from the public at large; or

(c)order that any message or class of messages to or froni anv
person or class of persons or relating to any patricular
subject, brought for transmission by or transmitted or
received by any telegraph, shall not be transmitted or shall
be intercepted or detained or shall be disclosed to the
Government or an officer thereof mentioned in the order.





(2) The powers conferred by paragraph (c) of sub-
section (1) may also be exercised by the Governor, or any
officer specially authorized by him in that behalf, in any case
which appears to be dangerous to the security of the Colony
or contrary to the laws of the Colony, or contrary to public
order or decency.

(3) If any doubt arises as to the existence of a public emergency,
or whether any act done under this section was in the interest of the
security of the Colony or of the enforcement of the laws of the Colony
or of public order or decency, a certificate signed by the Governor and
delivered to the person in charge of the telegraph shall be conclusive
proof on the point.

5. (1) Where it appears to the Governor that such a course is expedient
in the public interest he may by warrant under his hand require any person
who owns or controls any telegraph line or any apparatus for radiocommunication,
used for the sending or receipt of messages to or from any place outside the
Colony, to produce to any person named in the warrant the originals and transcripts
either of all messages or of messages of any specified class or description sent or
received to or from any place outside the Colony by means of any such line or apparatus,
and all other papers relating to any such messages.

(2) In this section the expression radiocommunication shall have
the same meaning as in section 27.

(3) Any person who, on being required under subsection (i) to
produce any original or transcript of a message or any paper relating to
a message, refuses or neglects to do so, shall be liable to a fine of five
hundred dollars and to imprisonment for three months.

6. (1) Whenever anv message transmitted by telegraph from any
place outside the Colony is received by any person, association or
conipany in the Colony, for the purpose of publication in any
newspaper, or, by printed circular or otherwise, to any limited number
of persons being members of or subscribers to any such association or
company, no person, whether a member of or a subscriber to such
association or company or not, shall, without the consent in writing of
such person, association or company by whom such message has
been received, print or publish in any





newspaper, or in any letter or circular or other printed or written
communication, or tender for transmission by telegraph, any such
message, or the substance thereof or any extract therefrom, until after
the expiration of thirty six hours from the time of the first publication of
such message by the person, association or company receiving the
same : Provided always that such protected period shall not extend
beyond forty eight hours from the time of the first receipt in the
Colony, of such message : Provided also that the publication of any
similar message lawfully received in like manner by any other person,
association or company shall not be deemed or taken to be a
publication of such firstmentioned message within the meaning of this
section.

(2) Every message in respect of which the protection of this
section is claimed shall be published with the heading
'Telecommunication Ordinance, (Chapter 106 of the Revised Edition of
the Laws of Hong Kong)' and the name of, the person, association or
company claiming such protection and shall state the date and hour of
its receipt in the Colon), and of its publication, and such statement shall
be prima facie evidence of the times of such receipt and publication.

(3) In any prosecution under this section the production
of any document which purports to be a telegraphic message
duly and regularly issued by any telegraph company in the
Colony on its customary form shall be prima facie evidence
that the message contained therein was received in the Colony
by telegraph from the place therein mentioned to the address
of the person, association or company therein named, and
was duly delivered in the Colony to such person, association
or company.

(4) Any person who prints or publishes, or causes to
be printed or published, or retransmits any matter contrary
to the provisions of this section shall be liable upon summary
conviction io a fine of two hundred and fifty dollars.

7. (1) It shall be lawful for the Governor in Council to make
regulations for the conduct of all or any telegraphs established,
maintained or worked by the Governnient or by persons licensed under
this Ordinance.

(2) Regulations made under this section may provide for all or any
of the following among other matters





(a)the rates at which and the other conditions and restrictions
subject to which messages shall be transmitted ;

(b)the precautions to be taken for preventing the improper
interception or disclosure of messages;

(c)the period for which and the conditions subject io which
messages and other documents belonging to or being in the
custody of telegraph officers shall be preserved;

(d)the fees to be charged for searching for messages or other
documents in the custody of any telegraph officer.

(3) When making rules for the conduct of any telegraph
established, maintained or worked by any person licensed under this
Ordinance, the Governor in Council may prescribe fines for any breach
of the same.

(4) The fines so prescribed shall not exceed the following limits

(a)when the person licensed under this Ordinance is punishable
for the breach, five hundred dollars, and in the case of a
continuing breach, a further fine of one hundred dollars for
everv day after the first during the whole or any part of
which the breach continues;

(b)when a servant of the person so licensed or any other person
is punishable for the breach, one-fourth of the amount
specified in paragraph (a).

8. The Governor in Council may at any time revoke any licence
granted under section 3 for good cause or on the breach of any of the
conditions therein contained or in default of payment of any
consideration payable thereunder.

9. (1) The Government shall not be responsible for any loss or
damage which may occur in consequence of any telegraph officer
failing in his duty with respect to the receipt, transmission or delivery
of any message.

(2) No such officer shall be responsible for any such loss or
damage unless he causes the same negligently, maliciously or
fraudulently.





PART III.

Power to place Telegraph Lines and Posts.

10. (1) The Director of Public Works may place and maintain, and
may authorize a person licensed under section 3 to place and maintain,
a telegraph, line under, over, along or across, and posts in or upon, any
immovable property.

(2) Neither the Governnient nor a licensed person shall by the
exercise of the powers conferred by this section acquire any right other
than that of user only in any property over, along, across, in or upon
which any telegraph line or post has been so placed.

(3) In the exercise of the powers conferred by this section the
Director of Public Works and any licensed person so authorized as
aforesaid shall do as little damage as possible, and when those powers
have been exercised in respect of any property, full compensation shall
be paid by the Director of Public Works or by the licensed person,
whichever has exercised the powers, to all persons interested for any
damage sustained by reason of the exercise of such powers.

(4) The Director of Public Works or any licensed person so
authorized as aforesaid may at any time for the purpose of examining,
repairing, altering or removing any telegraph line or post erected or
maintained by him, enter on the property under, over, along, across, in
or upon which the line or post has been placed.

(5) The Director of Public Works may for the purpose of
exercising the powers conferred by this section alter, or may authorize
a licensed person to alter, the position of any, pipe or wire, not being a
main, for the supply of gas or electricity : Provided that when it is
desired to alter the position of any such pipe or wire reasonable notice
of the intention to do so shall be given by the Director of Public Works
or by the licensed person, whichever is concerned, to the person under
whose control such pipe or wire is.

11. (1) If the exercise of the powers mentioned in section 10, in
respect of property referred to in subsection (4) thercof, is resisted or
obstructed, a magistrate may, on a





summons taken out in that behalf, order that the Director of Public
Works or the licensed person concerned shall be permitted to exercise
them.

(2) If after the making of an order under subsection (i) any person
resists the exercise of those powers, or having control over the
property does not give all facilities for their being exercised, he shall be
deemed to have committed an offence under this Ordinance.

(3) If any dispute arises as to the sufficiency of the compensation
to be paid under subsection (3) of section 10, it shall, on application by
way of summons for that purpose by either of the disputing parties to a
magistrate, be determined by him.

(4) If any dispute arises as to the persons entitled to receive
compensation or as to the proportions in which the persons interested
are entitled to share in it, the Director of Public Works or the licensed
person concerned may pay into the. magistrate's court such amount as
he deems sufficient, or, where all the disputing parties have in writing
admitted the amount tendered to be sufficient or the amount has been
determined under subsection (3), that amount.

(5) The magistrate, after giving notice to the parties and hearing
such of them as desire to be heard, shall determine the persons entitled
to receive the compensation or, as the case may be, the proportions in
which the persons interested are entitled to share in it.

(6) Every determination of a dispute by a magistrate under
subsection (3), (4) ot. (5) shall be final.

(7) Nothing in subsection (6) shall affect the right of any person
to sue for and recover the whole or any part of any compensation paid
by the Director of Public Works or by a licensed person from the
person who has received the same.

12. (1) When under the foregoing provisions of this Ordinance a telegraph line
or post has been placed by the Director of Public Works or by a person licensed
as aforesaid under, over, along, across, in or upon any property, and any person
entitled to do so desires to deal with that property in such manner as to render
it necessary or con-

venient that the telegraph line or post should be removed to another
part thereof or to a higher or lower level or altered in form, he may
require the Director of Public Works or the licensed person concerned
to remove or alter the line or post accordingly.

(2) If compensation has been paid under section 11 such person
shall, when making the requisition, tender to the Director of Public
Works or to the licensed person concerned the amount requisite to
defray the expense of the removal or alteration or half of the amount
paid as compensation, whichever is the smaller sum.

(3) If the Director of Public Works or licensed person omits to
comply with the requisition, the person making it may apply to a
magistrate to order the removal or alteration.

(4) Such magistrate May, in his discretion, reject the application or
make an order, absolute or subject to conditions, for the removal of the
telegraph line or post to any other part of the property or to a higher
or lower level or for the alteration of its form, and the order so made shall be final.

13. (1) If a tree standing or lying near a telegraph line interrupts or
is likely to interrupt telecommunication, a Magistrate may, on a
summons taken out in that behalf, order the tree to bc removed or dealt
with in such other way as he deems fit.

(2) When disposing of an application under subsection (i), such
magistrate shall, in the case of any tree in existence before the
telegraph line was placed, award to the persons interested in the tree
such compensation as, he thinks reasonable, and the award shall be
final.

(3) In the event of the owner or occupier of any land felling or clearing, or
causing or allowing to be felled or cleared, any trees or vegetation, or erecting
to be felled or cleared, any trees or vegetation, or erecting or causing or allowing
to be erected any marshed, scaffolding or other structure, adjacent to any telegraph
line, such owner or occupier shall give to the Director of Public Works or to the
licensed person concerned notice in writing of his intention so to do and shall take
all such reasonable precautions as may be necessary for the protection of such
telegraph line.


(4) If any such owner or occupier fails to give such notice as is
required by subsection (3), or having given notice fails to take such
necessary precautions, and if damage is done to such telegraph line.
by the act of himself, his servants or agents, he shall be liable to pay to
the Director of Public Works or to the licensed person concerned all
costs and expenses that may be incurred in repairing the line and re-
establishing communication.

(5) If the amount so due for costs and expenses be not paid within
seven days after demand the Director of Public Works or the licensed
person concerned may, upon a summons taken out in that behalf,
recover such amount before a magistrate.

(6) If any trees or vegetation are felled or cleared, or if any
matshed, scaffolding or other structure is erected, upon land adjacent
to any telegraph line, it shall be presumed until the contrary is proved
that such clearing, felling or erecting was done by, the owner of the
land or by his servants or agents acting as such.

14. Every telegraph line or post placed before the cornmencement
of this Ordinance under, over, along, across, in or upon any property
for the purposes of a telegraph established or maintained by the
Governnient or by a person licensed under this Ordinance shall be
deemed to have been so placed in exercise of the powers conferred
by, and after observance of all the requirements of, this Ordinance.

PART IV.

Penalties.

15. Any person who establishes, maintains or works a telegraph
within the Colony otherwise than as permitted by a licence granted
under section 3 or breaks any condition contained in such a licence
shall be liable to a fine of one thousand dollars, and to a further fine of
five hundred dollars for every week during which the telegraph is
maintained or worked or the breach of the condition continues.

16. Any person who, knowing or having reason to believe that a
telegraph has been established or is maintained
or worked in contravention of this Ordinance, transmits or





receives any message by such telegraph, or performs any service
incidental thereto, or delivers any message for tranmission by such
telegraph, or accepts delivery of any message sent thereby, shall be
liable to a fine of fifty dollars.

17. Any person who

(a)enters the signal-room of a telegraph office of the
Government or of a person licensed under this Ordinance
without the permission of a competent authority;

(b)enters a fenced enclosure round such a telegraph office in
contravention of any rule or notice not to do so;

(e)refuses to quit such room or enclosure on being requested
to do so by any officer or servant employed therein ; or

(d)wilfully obstructs or impedes any such officer or servant in
the performance of his duty,

shall be liable to a fine of two hundred and fifty dollars.

18. Any person who does any of the acts mentioned in section 17
with the intention of unlawfully learning the contents of any message
or of committing any offence punishable tinder this Ordinance, may, in
addition to the fine to which lie is liable under section 17, be liable to
imprisonment for one year.

19. Any person who, intending-

(a)to prevent or obstruct the transmission or delivery of any
message;

(1))to intercept or to acquaint himself with the contents of any-
message; or

(c)to cause, or knowing that he is likely to cause, wrongful loss
or damage to the public or to any person

damages, removes, tampers with or touches any, battery machinery,
telegraph line, post or other thing whatever, being part of or used in or
about any telegraph or in the working thereof, shall be liable to a fine
of five hundred dollars and imprisonment for three years.





20. Any telegraph officer, or any person not being a telegraph
officer but having official duties connected with any office which is
used as a telegraph office, who

(a)wilfully secretes, rnakes away with or alters any message
which he has received for transmission or delivery

(b) forges or, knowing the same to be forged or altered, utters
any message whether he has or has not any intent to defraud

(c)wilfully and otherwise than in obedience to an order of the
Governor in Council, or of an officer specially authorized by
the Governor in Council to make the order, omits to transmit
or intercepts or detains any message or any part thereof or
otherwise than in pursuance of his official duty or in
obedience to the direction of a competent court, discloses
the contents or any part of the contents of any message to
any person not entitled to receive the same ; or

(d)divulges the purport of any telegraphic signal to any person
not entitled to become acquainted with the same,

shall be liable lo a fine of one thousand dollars and imprisonment for
three years.

21. Any telegraph officer who transmits by telegraph any message
on which the charge prescribed by the Government or by a person
licensed under this Ordinance, as the case may be, has not been paid,
intending thereby to defraud the Governnient or that person, shall be
liable to a fine of one thousand dollars and imprisonment for three
years.

22. Any telegraph officer, or any person not being a telegraph
officer but having official duties connected with any office which is
used as a telegraph office, who is guilt of any act of drunkenness,
carelessness or other misconduct whereby the correct transmission or
the delivery of any message is impeded or delayed, or any telegraph
officer who loiters or delays in the transmission or delivery of any
message, shall be liable to a fine of one hundred dollars and
imprisonment for three months.





23. Any person who transmits or causes to be transmitted by
telegraph a message which he knows to be false or fabricated shall be
liable to a line of one thousand dollars and imprisonment for three
years.

24. Any person who fraudulently retains or wilfully
secretes, makes away with or detains a message which ought to
have been delivered to some other person, or being required by a
telegraph officer to deliver up any such message neglects or refuses to
do so, shall be liable to a fine of one thousand dollars and
imprisonment for two years.

25. A telegraph officer shall be deemed a public servant and an
officer of a public body within the meaning of the Prevention of
Corruption Ordinance.

PART V.

Radiocommunication.

26. (1) In this Part and in any regulations made thereunder

'radiocommunication' means any telecommunication by means of
Hertzian waves;

'radiocommunication station' includes every apparatus or collection
of apparatus which can be used for radiocommunication or
radiodistribution, whether for transmitting or receiving or for
transmitting and receiving, and whether such apparatus or
collection of apparatus be complete or not.

(2) Subject to the regulations made under section 31
nothing in this Part shall prevent any person from making
or using electrical apparatus for actuating machinery or for
any purpose other than the transmission or reception of
messages.

27. The provisions of this Part shall not apply to officers or men
of His Majesty's Army, Navy or Air Force using wireless apparatus in
the performance of their official duties or to apparatus so used.





28. (1) The Governor may, whenever he deems it expedient to do
so, license the establishment of any radiocommunication station or the
installation or working of any apparatus for radiocommunication in any
place in the Colony or on board any British ship registered in the
Colony.

(2) The Governor may delegate his power of issuing licences to
the Postmaster General or to such officer or officers as he thinks fit,
and may appoint officers, who shall be known as wireless inspectors,
for the purpose of carrying into effect the provisions of this Ordinance.

(3) Every such officer shall be deemed a public servant
and an officer of a public body within the meaning of the
Prevention of Corruption Ordinance.

29. (1) Any person who, in any place in the Colon or on board any
British ship re-istered in the Colony
(a)establishes, maintains, works or uses a radiocommunication
station ; or

(b)offers for sale, sells or has in his possession, whether with a
view to sale or otherwise, any apparatus or material for
radiocommunication,

otherwise than under and in accordance with a licence, sale permit or
letter of exemption granted under this Ordinance, shall be guilty of an
offence against this section.

(2) Every such licence, sale permit and letter of exemption
shall be in such form and for such period as the
Governor in Council determines and shall contain such terms,
conditions and restrictions on and subject to which the
licence is granted as the Governor in Council considers
desirable in the public interest.

(3) Any person who is in possession of apparalus for
radiocommunication shall be, deemed until the contrary is proved to
have worked the same.

(4) The occupier of any dwelling-house or premises in which is
installed radiocommunication equipment in respect of which a licence
is not in force shall be guilty of an offence against this section.

(5) It shall be a defence to a prosecution for an offence against
subsection (4) that the occupier was not aware, and could not with
reasonable diligence have become aware, of





the existence in the dwelling-house or premises of the
radiocommunication equipment in question.

(6) Any person who is guilty of an offence against this
section shall be liable on summary conviction to a fine of
three thousand dollars (and in default of payment to
imprisonment for twelve months) or to imprisonment for
twelve months, and shall upon conviction on indictment be
liable to a fine of ten thousand dollars (and in default of
payment to imprisonment for three years) or to imprison-
ment for three years.

30. (1) It shall be lawful for any public officer authorized by the
Postmaster General in that behalf

(a)to arrest and bring before a magistrate any person whom
such public officer may have reason to suspect of having
contravened any of the provisions of this Ordinance or of
ariv regulation made thereunder;

(b) to search the person and property and effects of any
person whom it may be lawful for such public officer
to arrest ; Provided that no female person shall be
searched except by a fernale : Provided also that no
person shall be searched in a public place if he
objects to be so searched;

(c)to search any place in which such public officer may have
reason to suspect that there may be anything which under
paragraph (f) is liable to seizure ;

(d)to search and, if necessary, stop and search, any ship (not
being or having the status of a ship of war) in which such
public officer may have reason to suspect that there may be
anything which unde paragraph (f) is liable to seizure;

(e)to search the premises of any person carrying on the
business of a producer, manufacturer, seller or distributor of
any apparatus for radiocommunication, and to demand the
production of, and to inspect, any books or documents
relating to dealings in any such apparatus, and to inspect any
stocks of any such apparatus;





to seize, remove and detain-

(i) anything with respect to which such public officer may
have reasonable grounds for suspecting that any offence
against this Ordinance has been committed ;

(ii) any book or other docurnent which such public officer
may have reasonable grounds for suspecting to relate to, or
to be connected directly or indirectly with, any transaction or
dealing which was, or any intended transaction or dealing
which would if carried out be, an offence against this
Ordinance;

(iii) any other thing which may appear to such officer
likely to be, or to contain, evidence of any such offence,
transaction or dealing.

(2) Such public officer may-

(a)break open any outer or inner door of or in any such place;

(b) forcibly enter any such ship and every part thereof;

(c)remove by force any personal or material obstruction to any
arrest, detention, search, inspection, seizure or removal which
lie is empowered to make;

(d)detain every person found in such place until such place has
been searched.

(3) Any authority given by the Postmaster General under this
section may be general so as to embrace all the powers referred to in
this section, or limited so as to embrace only a portion of those powers,
or particular for a particular occasion.

(4) No person shall delay or obstruct any detention, arrest,
search, inspection, seizure or removal which is authorized by this
Ordinance.

(5) It shall be lawful for a magistrate or the Court to order to be
forfeited to the Crown any apparatus in respect to which any offence
under this Part has been committed whether any person shall have
been charged with, or convicted of, such offence or not.





31. (1) The Governor in Council may make regulations for

(a)prescribing the forms of licences and the manner in which
applications for licences under this Part are to be made;

(b)prescribing the terms, conditions and restrictions on and
subject to which licences are granted and the duties of
licensees;

(c)prescribing the fees payable on the grant of any licence;

(d)regulating the working and use of apparatus for
radiocommunication;

(e)regulating the licensing of dealers in, and the sale or transfer
of, wireless apparatus;

(f) prohibiting or regulating the working or using of any
apparatus for radiocommunication on board any ship,
whether British or foreign, while in the territorial waters of the
Colony;

(g)prohibiting or regulating the working or using of any
apparatus for radiocommunication on any aircraft, whether
British or foreign, while in or over the Colony or the territorial
waters thereof;

(h)examination of operators and issuing certificates of
proficiency thereof;

(i) ensuring the secrecy of wireless messages;

(j) regulating electrical interference with the working or using of
any apparatus for radiocommunication ;

(k)prescribing all matters which by this Part are required or
permitted to be prescribed or which are necessary or
convenient to be prescribed for carrying out or giving effect
to this Part.

(2) No regulations made in respect of the matters
described in paragraphs (f) and (g) of subsection (i) shall,
apply to the use of radiocommunication for the purpose of
making or answering signals of distress.

32. If on the occurrence of any public emergency, or in the
interest of public safety or tranquillity, the Governor in Council is of
opinion that the Government should have





control over the transmission or reception of messages by
radiocommunication, then, after publication of notice to that
effect in the Gazette and until further notice, the use of radio-
communication at any radiocommunication station and by
any installation and apparatus for radiocommunication in the
Colony or on any aircraft in or over the Colony and its
waters shall be subject to such orders, rules or regulations
as the Governor in Council may make, either before or after
the occurrence of the emergency and such orders, rules or
regulations may-

(a)prohibit or regulate such use in all cases or In such cases as
may be deemed desirable; and

(b) provide for-

(i) the taking possession of, the control of or the use for
official purposes of all radiocommunication stations and
apparatus, and the payment of compensation for any damage
caused thereby;

(ii) the stopping, delaying and censoring of all messages
received, transmitted or submitted for transmission; and

(iii) the carrying out of any other purpose which the
Governor in Council thinks necessary :

Provided that nothing in such orders, rules or regulations shall
apply to the use of radiocommunication for the purpose of making or
answering signals of distress.

33. When an applicant for a licence proves to the satisfaction
satisfaction of the Governor that the sole object of obtaining
the licence is to enable him to conduct experiments in radio-
communication, a licence for that purpose may he granted
in accordance with the regulations made under section

34. No person, whether holding a licence granted under this Part or not,
shall radiate electro-magnetic waves of radio frequencies which may be
used for wireless telegraphy, or cause or permit such waves to be radiated, so
as injuriously to affect the working of any authorized radiocommunication
station or apparatus.




PART VI.

Miscellaneous

35. (1) Every omission or neglect to comply with, and every act
done or attempted to be done contrary to, this Ordinance or any order,
rule or regulation made thereunder, or in breach of the conditions and
restrictions subject to or upon which any licence has been issued, shall
bc deemed to be an offence against this Ordinance, and for every such
offence not otherwise specially provided for the offender shall, in
addition to the forfeiture of any articles seized, be liable on summary
conviction to a fine of one thousand dollars or to imprisonment for
twelve months.

(2) In the case of a conviction involving a fine the magistrate
inflicting such fine may direct, on the application of the Postmaster
General or other officer conducting the prosecution, that any part not
exceeding one half thereof shall be paid to any person who has given
such information as has led to the conviction of the offender or
offenders, or if there are more than one such person may direct such
part to be divided amongst them in such proportion as he may direct.


36. Save in so far as they are repugnant to any regulations
made under this Ordinance, the Telegraph Regulations,
the Telephone Regulations, the Radio Regulations and the
Additional Radio Regulations annexed to the Final Acts of
the International Telecommunication Convention, Atlantic
City, 1947, shall be in force in the Colony, so far as they are
applicable thereto, as if such Regulations had been made
under the authority of this Ordinance.

37. (1) The provisions of this Ordinance shall not apply to the case
of any telegraph erected or maintained by the Naval, Military or Air
Force authorities or, except as to sections 2 and 4 hereof, to the
concession granted by Ordinance to the Hong Kong Telephone
Company Limited.

(2) Nothing in this Ordinance shall be deemed to authorize the
placing or maintenance of any telegraph line under, over, along or
across, or of any telegraph posts in or upon, any immovable property,
which is vested in or under the control of the Naval, Military or Air
Force authorities, without the previous consent of the authorities
concerned.
18 of 1936. 1 of 1937. 23 of 1939. 12 of 1947. 33 of 1949. 9 of 1950. 24 of 1950. Short title. Interpretation. Exclusive privilege in respect of telegraphs and power to grant licences. Power in Government to take possession of licensed telegraphs and to order interception of messages. [s. 4 cont.] 1 of 1937, s. 2. 1 of 1937, s. 2. Power to require production of messages. Protection of certain messages from publication within certain period. Power to make regulations for the conduct of telegraphs. [s. 7 cont.] Revocation of licences. Government not responsible for loss or damage. Power to place and maintain telegraph lines and posts. Exercise of powers conferred by section 10 and disputes as to compensation in case of property. [s. 11 cont.] Removal or alteration of telegraph line or post on property. Removal of trees interrupting telecom-munication. [s. 13 cont.] Existing lines and posts deemed to be placed under this Ordinance. Establishing, maintaining, or working unlicensed telegraph or breaking condition of licence. Using such telegraphs. Instrusion into signal-room, trespass in telegraph office, or obstruction. Unlawfully attempting to learn contents of messages. Intentionally damaging or tampering with telegraphs. Telegraph officer or other official making away with or altering or unlawfully intercepting or disclosing messages or divulging purport of signals. Telegraph officer fraudulently sending messages without payment. Misconduct. Sending fabricated message. Fraudulent retention, etc. of message. Corruption. 9 of 1950, Schedule. (Cap. 215.) Interpretation. Exemption. Licences for radio-communication may be granted. 9 of 1950, Schedule. (Cap. 215.) Licences for radiocom-munication stations and for dealers in wireless equipment. 12 of 1947, s. 2. 9 of 1950, Schedule. Arrest, search, inspection, removal and detention. 23 of 1939, s. 2. [s. 30 cont.] 12 of 1947, s. 3. Regulations. Control in emergency. [s. 32 cont.] Experimental licences. Prohibition of radiation of magnetic waves. general penalty. Regulations. Atlantic City Con-vention. 24 of 1950, Schedule. Exemptions. 33 of 1949, s. 2.

Abstract

18 of 1936. 1 of 1937. 23 of 1939. 12 of 1947. 33 of 1949. 9 of 1950. 24 of 1950. Short title. Interpretation. Exclusive privilege in respect of telegraphs and power to grant licences. Power in Government to take possession of licensed telegraphs and to order interception of messages. [s. 4 cont.] 1 of 1937, s. 2. 1 of 1937, s. 2. Power to require production of messages. Protection of certain messages from publication within certain period. Power to make regulations for the conduct of telegraphs. [s. 7 cont.] Revocation of licences. Government not responsible for loss or damage. Power to place and maintain telegraph lines and posts. Exercise of powers conferred by section 10 and disputes as to compensation in case of property. [s. 11 cont.] Removal or alteration of telegraph line or post on property. Removal of trees interrupting telecom-munication. [s. 13 cont.] Existing lines and posts deemed to be placed under this Ordinance. Establishing, maintaining, or working unlicensed telegraph or breaking condition of licence. Using such telegraphs. Instrusion into signal-room, trespass in telegraph office, or obstruction. Unlawfully attempting to learn contents of messages. Intentionally damaging or tampering with telegraphs. Telegraph officer or other official making away with or altering or unlawfully intercepting or disclosing messages or divulging purport of signals. Telegraph officer fraudulently sending messages without payment. Misconduct. Sending fabricated message. Fraudulent retention, etc. of message. Corruption. 9 of 1950, Schedule. (Cap. 215.) Interpretation. Exemption. Licences for radio-communication may be granted. 9 of 1950, Schedule. (Cap. 215.) Licences for radiocom-munication stations and for dealers in wireless equipment. 12 of 1947, s. 2. 9 of 1950, Schedule. Arrest, search, inspection, removal and detention. 23 of 1939, s. 2. [s. 30 cont.] 12 of 1947, s. 3. Regulations. Control in emergency. [s. 32 cont.] Experimental licences. Prohibition of radiation of magnetic waves. general penalty. Regulations. Atlantic City Con-vention. 24 of 1950, Schedule. Exemptions. 33 of 1949, s. 2.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1831

Edition

1950

Volume

v3

Subsequent Cap No.

106

Number of Pages

20
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 15:46:35 +0800
<![CDATA[PUBLIC LIGHTING ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1830

Title

PUBLIC LIGHTING ORDINANCE

Description






CHAPTER 105.

PUBLIC LIGHTING.

To Provide for the, public lighting of the Colony and for the
protection of the appliances used in connexion therewith.

[8th May 1914.]

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Public Lighting Ordinance.

2. It shall be lawful for the Director of Public Works
to cause a sufficient number of posts, standards and brackets
for the lighting of the public or private streets, roads, ways
and thoroughfares in the Colony or for the control of
pedestrian and vehicular traffic therein to be provided and
to be set up, fixed or erected in all suitable situations for
such lighting or control, whether in any of the said streets,
roads, ways and thoroughfares or in any place adjacent
thereto or upon or against the wall of any house or building
or the side of any wall or fence, or elsewhere, as he may
think proper; and it shall also be lawful for him to cause
to be provided and put and affixed upon the said posts.
standards and brackets such a number of lamps and of such
sizes and sorts respectively as may be found requisite for
the lighting or control of the said streets, roads, ways and
thoroughfares respectively.

3. The laws relating to the removing, taking, carrying
away or stealing of fixtures and chattels respectively shall be
interpreted to apply to the removing, taking, carrying away
or stealing of any of the poasts, standards, brackets or lamps
provided under this Ordinance; and the property of and
in all or any of such posts, standards, brackets or lamps
shall be deemed to be vested in the Director of Public Works
for all the purposes of any proceedings, civil or criminal,
in relation thereto.

4. Every person who wilfully injures, displaces or damages any of
the posts, standards or brackets provided under this Ordinance or who
wilfully extinguishes, obscures or interferes in any way with the light
of any lamp provided





under this Ordinance shall upon summary conviction be liable to a fine
of two hundred dollars in addition to the full arnount of the damage
and all incidental costs and expenses.

5. It shall be lawful for any person witnessing the commission of
an offence against section 4 to seize the said offender and to deliver
him to any constable or to a magistrate; and no warrant shall be in any
case necessary to justify the apprehension of any such offender.

6. When any damage or injury has been occasioned to any of the
posts, standards, brackets or lamps provided under this Ordinance by
any person otherwise than wilfully, and such person has not made
satisfaction for the same, it shall be the duty of a magistrate, on
complaint thereof made, to order and compel the said person to make
full satisfaction for the amount of such damage or injury, together with
all incidental costs and expenses.

7. Nothing in this Ordinance contained shall be deemed to affect
any liability imposed by section 109 of the Buildings Ordinance, upon
the owners of the land fronting, adjoining or abutting on any street on
land held under lease from the Crown on which buildings front, adjoin
or abut.
Originally 13 of 1914. Fraser 13 of 1914. 28 of 1940. 22 of 1950. Short title. Director of public works to have power to erect lamp posts and affix lamps thereon. 28 of 1940, s. 2. 28 of 1940, s. 2. Property in lamp posts and lamps to be vested in Director of Public Works. Damaging, lamp posts or lamp or light of lamps. 22 of 1950. Schedule. Apprehension without warrant of offender. Compensation to be paid for damage other than wilful. Saving (Cap. 123.)

Abstract

Originally 13 of 1914. Fraser 13 of 1914. 28 of 1940. 22 of 1950. Short title. Director of public works to have power to erect lamp posts and affix lamps thereon. 28 of 1940, s. 2. 28 of 1940, s. 2. Property in lamp posts and lamps to be vested in Director of Public Works. Damaging, lamp posts or lamp or light of lamps. 22 of 1950. Schedule. Apprehension without warrant of offender. Compensation to be paid for damage other than wilful. Saving (Cap. 123.)

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1830

Edition

1950

Volume

v3

Subsequent Cap No.

105

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 15:46:34 +0800
<![CDATA[EXCLUDED FERRIES (NO. 3) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1829

Title

EXCLUDED FERRIES (NO. 3) REGULATIONS

Description






EXCLUDED FERRIES (NO. 3) REGULATIONS.

(Cap. 104, section 5).
(Ordinance No. 28 Of 1917).

[15th September, 1950.]

1. These regulations may be cited as the Excluded Ferries
(No. 3) Regulations.

2. The ferry named hereunder is excluded from the
operation of the Ordinance, so long as
(a)no exclusive and conflicting licence is granted under the
said Ordinance; and
(b)only one launch or motor boat is employed by the
person named in the service; and
(c 1)the ferry adheres to a schedule approved by the
Director of Marine; and
(d)all directions given by the Director of Marine as to
terminal and intermediate (if any) places or ports of call
are complied with; and
(e)only a vessel licensed and approved for the purpose by
the Director of Marine is employed; and
(f)the fares and charges at any time taken and made are approved by
the Director of Marine:
Provided that notwithstanding the above prescribed conditions,
the period of exclusion shall not exceed one year from 21st
August, 1950.

Excluded Ferry.
The ferry of Kwok Ping Wing between Ngau Chi Wan and
Chakuling on the eastern side of Kowloon Bay.
G.N.A. 201/50. Citation. Ferry excluded from operation of Ordinance

Abstract

G.N.A. 201/50. Citation. Ferry excluded from operation of Ordinance


Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1829

Edition

1950

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

104

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 15:46:34 +0800
<![CDATA[EXCLUDED FERRIES (NO. 2) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1828

Title

EXCLUDED FERRIES (NO. 2) REGULATIONS

Description






(e)the vessel employed is licensed and approved for the purpose
by the Director of Marine; and
(f)the fares and charges at any time taken and made are
approved by the Director of Marine.

Excluded Ferry.
The ferry of Tsang Hon between Shaukiwan, Sam Ka Tsun, Cha
Kwo Ling and Sai Tso Wan, i.e., across Lyeemun Pass.

EXCLUDED FERRIES (NO. 2) REGULATIONS.

(Cap. 104, section 5).
(Ordinance No. 28 Of 1917).

[19th May, 1950.]

1. These regulations may be cited as the Excluded Ferries (No. 2)
Regulations.

2. The ferry named hereunder is excluded from the operation of the
Ordinance, so long as
(a)no exclusive and conflicting licence is granted wider the said
Ordinance; and
(b)such number of vessels to be put into service on the ferry run
as will maintain a service and schedule approved by the
Director of Marine: and
(c)all directions given by the Director of Marine as to ferry
points or piers and the use and maintenance thereof are
complied with; and
(d)only vessels licensed and approved for the purpose by the
Director of Marine are employed; and
(e)the fares and charges at any time taken and made. are
approved by the Director of Marine.

Excluded Ferry.
The ferry of Lam Mao Sum between Aberdeen and Aplichau
Island.
G.N.A. 97/50. Citation. Ferry excluded from operation of Ordinance.

Abstract

G.N.A. 97/50. Citation. Ferry excluded from operation of Ordinance.


Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1828

Edition

1950

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

104

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 15:46:34 +0800
<![CDATA[EXCLUDED FERRIES (NO. 1) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1827

Title

EXCLUDED FERRIES (NO. 1) REGULATIONS

Description






Non-payment of rent or royalty.
61. If a licensee of any ferry in respect of which rent or
royalty is payable fails to pay any instalment of the rent or royalty
when due, it shall be lawful for the Governor in Council by order
to declare that the powers and privileges of the licensee in
respect of the said ferry shall upon a date specified in the said
order cease and determine; and all the said powers and privileges
of the said licensee shall absolutely cease and determine at
midnight on the said date.

Penalty.
62. Any person who acts in contravention of the regulations
mentioned hereunder shall be liable to a fine of one thousand
dollars
regulations 15, 16, 18 to 35, 37 to 50, and 60.

Citation.
63. These regulations may be cited as the Ferries
Regulations.

EXCLUDED FERRIES (NO. 1) REGULATIONS.
(Cap. 104, section 5).
(Ordinance No. 28 Of 1917).
[22nd August, 1947.]
1. These regulations may be cited as the Excluded Ferries
(No. 1) Regulations.

2. The ferry named hereunder is excluded from the operation
of the Ordinance, so long as
(a) no exclusive and conflicting licence is granted under the
said Ordinance; and
(b) only one, vessel is employed in the service; and
(c) the ferry adheres to a schedule approved by the
Director of Marine; and
(d) all directions given by the Director of Marine as to
terminal and intermediate (if any) places or ports of call
are complied with; and





(e)the vessel employed is licensed and approved for the purpose
by the Director of Marine; and
(f)the fares and charges at any time taken and made are
approved by the Director of Marine.

Excluded Ferry.
The ferry of Tsang Hon between Shaukiwan, Sam Ka Tsun, Cha
Kwo Ling and Sai Tso Wan, i.e., across Lyeemun Pass.

EXCLUDED FERRIES (NO. 2) REGULATIONS.

(Cap. 104, section 5).
(Ordinance No. 28 Of 1917).

[19th May, 1950.]

1. These regulations may be cited as the Excluded Ferries (No. 2)
Regulations.

2. The ferry named hereunder is excluded from the operation of the
Ordinance, so long as
(a)no exclusive and conflicting licence is granted wider the said
Ordinance; and
(b)such number of vessels to be put into service on the ferry run
as will maintain a service and schedule approved by the
Director of Marine: and
(c)all directions given by the Director of Marine as to ferry
points or piers and the use and maintenance thereof are
complied with; and
(d)only vessels licensed and approved for the purpose by the
Director of Marine are employed; and
(e)the fares and charges at any time taken and made. are
approved by the Director of Marine.

Excluded Ferry.
The ferry of Lam Mao Sum between Aberdeen and Aplichau
Island.
G.N.A. 75/51. G.N. 654/47. Citation. Ferry excluded from operation of Ordinance.
G.N.A. 97/50. Citation. Ferry excluded from operation of Ordinance.

Abstract

G.N.A. 75/51. G.N. 654/47. Citation. Ferry excluded from operation of Ordinance.
G.N.A. 97/50. Citation. Ferry excluded from operation of Ordinance.


Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1827

Edition

1950

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

104

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 15:46:33 +0800
<![CDATA[FERRIES REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1826

Title

FERRIES REGULATIONS

Description






FERRIES.
Subsidiary legislation under this Chapter, with subsequent
amendments (if any) incorporated, is set out as
follows-
Page
Ferries Regulations 198
Excluded Ferries (No. 1) Regulations 212
Excluded Ferries (No. 2) Regulations 213
Excluded Ferries (No. 3) Regulations 214

FERRIES REGULATIONS.
(Cap. 104, section 5).
(Ordinance No. 28 Of 1917).

[21st November, 1930.]

Ferries.
1. (1) Section 3 of the Ordinance, is hereby declared to apply to
the waters of the Colony.
(2) This declaration shall not have the effect of prohibiting the
maintenance of any ferry between any single point in the waters of the
Colony and any point or points outside the Colony.
(3) Any ferry point may be a point of radiation common to or used
by more than one ferry.

2. These regulations shall apply to every ferry or group of ferries,
and to every licence under the Ordinance, for the exclusive maintenance
of any ferry or group of ferries.





Licensing of ferries.
3. Unless otherwise ordered by the Governor in Council in any
particular case, no such licence shall be granted unless it has been put
up to public tender.

4. Subject to these regulations, the term for which any such licence
shall be granted shall be one year or such longer period not exceeding
fifteen years as shall be stated in the notice inviting tenders: Provided
that the Governor in Council may, for such reasons as he considers
sufficient, at any time during the subsistence of any licence extend such
licence for a period not exceeding six years at any one time: Provided
further that such extensions together with the period for which the
licence was granted shall not in any case exceed in the whole a period of
eighteen years.

5. Every licence as aforesaid shall be for a ferry or group of ferries
from and to particular points or piers, within particular localities or
frontages. Such points or piers and localities or frontages shall be
specified in the respective licences.

6. In every case of tender the notice inviting tenders, which shall
be published in the Gazette, shall state
(a)the date on which the term is to commence;
(b)the points or piers, and the localities or frontages within
which such points or piers are;
(c)the service to be provided;
(d)the passenger fares and other charges which may be
demanded and taken;
(e)the security to be furnished by the successful tenderer;
(f)whether a monthly rent, or a rent and/or royalty is to be
offered; and
(g)whether the tenders shall be scaled or open.

7. Every tender shall state the monthly rent offered, or the monthly
rent and/or royalty, as the case may be. Rent shall be payable in
advance on the first day of each month from the commencement of the
term, and royalty, if any, shall be payable as specified in the relevant
licence.





8. No tender shall offer any premium or consideration for the
licence other than the monthly rent, or rent and/or royalty, as the case
may be.

9. A deposit of $ 1,000 shall be made to the Accountant General
with each tender.

10. Every licence shall be granted by the Colonial Secretary who
shall first obtain the approval of the Governor in Council.
11. The Colonial Secretary shall not be bound to accept the
highest or any tender.


12. The deposit shall be returned in the case of every unsuccessful
tender after notice of the non-acceptance of the tender has been posted
to the tenderer.

13. In the case of a successful tender the deposit shall, not be
returned, and the licence shall not be issued, unless and until the
tenderer has furnished such security as may be required in the notice
inviting such tender.

14. Such security shall be furnished within fourteen days after the
posting to the successful tenderer of a notice of acceptance of his
tender.

Conditions of licences.
15. Every licence granted to a successful tenderer shall be subject
to the following conditions
(a) the licensee shall provide, by a date stated in the notice
inviting tenders, ferry vessels of such number, dimensions
and designs as shall be specified in such notice or as may be
otherwise agreed on. No ferry vessel shall be placed on the
service until such vessel has been approved by the Director
of Marine, and after such approval no alteration shall, without
the permission of the Director of Marine be made in any such
ferry vessel while such vessel is employed on the service;
(b) if during the subsistence of the licence it is necessary in the
opinion of the Governor in Council to increase the number of
ferry vessels or to substitute





other ferry vessels for any which may have been lost or
withdrawn or become unsuitable, the licensee shall, within
such period as the Governor in Council may think fit, provide
additional or substituted ferry vessels of such number,
dimensions, speed and design as the Governor in Council
may approve;
(c)the licensee shall provide such an additional number of ferry
vessels of approved dimensions and design as may be
specified by the Governor in Council. Such additional ferry
vessels shall be maintained as a reserve for the due
maintenance, but not for the increase, of the ferry service;
(d)the licensee shall maintain the ferry vessels in a state of
seaworthiness and efficiency to the satisfaction of the
Director of Marine.
(e)the licensee shall provide for each ferry vessel other than a
ferry vessel in reserve, if a steam vessel, not less than two
conswains, two engineers, two stokers and four seamen and
if a motor vessel such personnel as the Director of Marine
may direct;
(f)the licensee shall publish a schedule, subject to the approval
of the Director of Marine, stating the intended times of
departure from every ferry, point or pier;
(g)the licensee shall forfeit to the Crown a sum Of $25 for each
occasion that a ferry vessel is more than fifteen minutes later
than the schedule time in departing from any ferry point or
pier, and an additional sum Of $25 for each additional period of
fifteen minutes after the first, if the delay or omission to run
the ferry vessel is not due to accident or weather: Provided
that, unless in the opinion of the Director of Marine such
delay or omission to run is wilful, the total penalty for each
default shall not exceed $250;
(h)the licensee shall forfeit to the Crown a SUM Of $25 for each
occasion that a ferry vessel departs before the schedule time,
if the early departure is not due to accident or weather;
(i)the service provided shall be for the carriage of [here insert
passengers only, or passengers and (insert particulars), as
the case may be] ;





(j)the service provided by the said schedule shall provide for
not less than the following departures daily from each of the
ferry points or piers
[here insert the particulars appearing in the notice inviting tenders];
(k)the licensee shall make use of, for the purposes of the ferry or
group of ferries, the following ferry points or piers [here insect the particulars appearing in the notice inviting tenders] ;
(l)should the Governor in Council decide at any time during the
subsistence of the licence, whether at the request of the
licensee or of his own motion, to assign other ferry points or
piers, or localities or frontages, for the use of a ferry in
addition to or substitution for those hereinbefore specified,
the licensee shall be bound to include such points or piers in
his service and to accept such localities or frontages, on terms
to be agreed upon or failing agreement to be determined by
arbitration under the provisions of these regulations;
(m)the licensee shall not assign or transfer his licence without the
permission of the Governor in Council;
(n)the licensee may temporarily suspend his service or any part
thereof while the black typhoon signals remain hoisted or
when the weather conditions are such as to render its
continuance unsafe;
(o)this licence is subject to all regulations for the time being in
force relating to ferries.

Fares and charges.
16. (I) The licensee of a ferry or group of ferries shall not demand or
take, for passengers, vehicles, animals, packages or things for which he
is required to provide a service, fares or charges exceeding the fares or
charges stated in his licence or such substituted, altered, amended,
increased, modified or additional fares and charges as may from time to
time and for the time being be fixed by the Governor in Council and
deemed by him to be fair and reasonable





having regard as well to the licensee as to the general public.
(2) Nothing in this regulation shall be deemed to limit the right of
the licensee to issue season tickets or punch tickets covering a number
of journeys.
17. The licensee shall permit any passenger to take with him on a
ferry vessel as free personal luggage such small baskets, bags or parcels
as he may be able to carry by hand. Save and except such free personal
luggage the licensee shall only be bound to carry vehicles, animals,
packages and things contemplated by the service to be provided. If he
does carry other cargo he shall do so at rates not exceeding those (if any)
specified in his licence in respect of such other cargo.
18. The licensee shall exhibit in a conspicuous situation in each
class of every ferry vessel a list printed in the English and Chinese
languages of all the fares and charges authorized to be taken.

Regulations as to passengers, etc.
19. The licensee shall not carry or attempt to carry passengers or
vehicles in excess of the authorized complement of any ferry vessel.
20. The licensee shall not load or allow to be loaded any ferry
vessel so as to cause danger to the vessel or persons or vehicles on
board.
21. Except with the express permission of the Director of Marine
and in accordance with any conditions imposed by him the licensee
shall not permit any ferry vessel to carry offensive cargo or to tow any
craft.
22. No person shall travel or attempt to travel in or bring any
vehicle on board any ferry vessel after being warned by any servant of
the licensee that such ferry vessel contains the full complement of
passengers or vehicles.
23. No person shall smoke or carry any lighted pipe, cigar or
cigarette in any part of a ferry vessel marked NO SMOKING.





24. No person shall take on any ferry vessel as personal luggage
anything other than small hand baskets, bags or parcels of a form or
description not calculated to annoy or inconvenience other passengers.
The personal luggage taken by any one person shall not exceed in the
aggregate 28 lb. in weight, or one cubic foot in measurement. All such
personal luggage shall be carried by hand and be under the personal
care and control of the person taking the same; it shall not occupy any
part of a scat.

25. No person shall trespass on any pier or part of a pier or other
place exclusively reserved for a ferry.

26. No person shall stand upon any seat or place his feet on any
scat on a ferry vessel or ferry pier.

27. No person shal! alight or attempt to alight from or enter or
attempt to enter any ferry vessel while in motion, or alight or attempt to
alight from or enter or attempt to enter any ferry vessel except by the
proper entrances or exits, and no person shal! open or remove or
attempt to open or remove or climb over or attempt to climb over any
gate or barrier erected on any ferry pier.

28. Every holder of a monthly or season ticket-
(a)shall for the purpose of identification sign all monthly or
season tickets purchased by him ;
(b)entering upon any ferry pier for the purpose of travelling on
any ferry vessel, or travelling upon any ferr y vessel, shall on
demand show and hand over for. examination his monthly or
season ticket to any servant of the licensee or in default shall
pay the same fare for the journey as that legally demandable
from a passenger who is not a monthly or season ticket
holder.

29. No person shall travel on any special ferry vessel (unless the
same is advertised as being for the public use) except by permission of
the person who hired or engaged such ferry vessel.

30. Holders of monthly or season tickets shall not travel on any
special ferry vessels which are advertised as being for





the public use without paying the same fare and in the same manner as
persons other than monthly or season ticket holders.

31. No person shall travel in a class superior to that for which his
ticket is issued.

32. No person shall embark on or disembark from any ferry vessel
from or to any sampan, boat or other craft if any other means of
embarkation or disembarkation is provided.

33. No person shall wilfully obstruct any person acting under the
authority of the licensee in the lawful discharge of his duties.

34. No person shall embark on or travel by any ferry vessel without
having first paid his proper fare. All tickets issued in exchange for such
payment (with the exception of monthly or season tickets) shall be
handed to the ticket collector on the wharf for checking and must be
surrendered to the ticket collector on board the ferry vessel. In the class
or classes for which no tickets are issued in exchange for such payment
each passenger shall, before embarking, pass through the appropriate
turnstile situate on the ferry pier.

35. No person shall use or attempt to use any monthly or season
ticket unless it has been issued to him in his own name and unless his
own name and signature appear on the face thereof and no holder of a
monthly or season ticket shall sell or transfer or attempt to sell or
transfer the same to any person.

36. Any reference in these regulations to the holder of a monthly or
season ticket shall be deemed to refer to and include any person to
whom and in whose name the company issues a monthly or season
ticket and whose name and signature appear on the face thereof.

37. No intoxicated person shall travel or attempt to travel on any
ferry vessel.
38. No launch, sampan, boat or other craft shall make fast to, or use
or embark or disembark passengers at any ferry pier.





39. No person shall swear or use obscene or offensive
language whilst in or upon any ferry vessel or any ferry pier, or
commit any nuisance in, on, from or against any ferry vessel or
any ferry pier or premises.

40. No person shall spit in, on, from or against any ferry
vessel or any ferry pier or premises.

41. No person whose dress or clothing might, in the opinion
of any inspector or collector of the licensee, soil ol- injure the
seats or fittings of a ferry vessel or ferry pier, or the dress or
clothing of any passenger, and no person who in the opinion of
any inspector or collector of the licensee, might for any other
reason be offensive to passengers, shall enter upon any ferry pier
or travel in any ferry vessel and it shall be lawful for any servant
of the licensee to prevent any such person from so doing.

42. No person except a passenger, an intending passenger or
police and revenue officers in the active pursuance of their duty
shall enter upon any ferry vessel or any ferry pier. Nothing
contained in this regulation shall be deemed to authorize any
police or revenue officer to enter upon any of the ferry vessels or
upon any ferry pier except upon duty and for the purpose of
performing sonic act in pursuance of that duty.

43. No person shall stand upon the gangway or other
appliance of any ferry vessel or otherwise impede or hamper
in any way the movements of any such gangway or
appliance.

44. No passenger shall enter upon the bridge or wheel-house
or engine room of any ferry vessel, or on any part of a ferry
vessel which is marked NO ADMITTANCE.

45. No person shall take a dog or other animal in or upon any
ferry vessel or ferry pier except on a lead and after first having
obtained permission from the collector on duty at the ferry pier to
do so. Any dog or animal taken into or upon any ferry vessel or
ferry pier shall be removed by the person in charge of such dog
or other animal from







the ferry vessel or ferry pier immediately on request by any
servant of the licensee and in default of compliance with such
request may be removed by or under the direction of any servant
of the licensee.
46. Every vehicle, before embarkation on any ferry vessel
provided for the transport of vehicles, shall pass over the weigh-
bridge and through the inclosed car park.
47. Every owner and driver of any vehicle which is
transported or is intended to be transported by any ferry vessel
shall
(a)exercise all due care and precautions in the handling of
the vehicle;
(b)if the vehicle is a motor vehicle, stop the engine thereof
as soon as the vehicle is on board and in position for
transport;
(c)obey all lawful instructions which may be given to him
or them by the servants of the licensee;
(d)pay the legal fare for the carriage of the vehicle, its
freight and passengers.
48. No vehicle shall pass along the ramp or the deck of a
ferry vessel at a greater speed than three miles per hour.
49. Every person to whom any ticket is issued in respect of a
fare paid shall on demand surrender the same, unmutilated, to
any servant of the licensee authorized to collect tickets.
50. If any servant of the licensee has reason to believe
that any person has committed or is committing a breach
of any regulation in this group of regulations, he shall
be entitled to ask such person for his name and address and any
such person shall on demand forthwith furnish to the servant of
the licensee his true name and his true address.
51. Nothing in this group of regulations shall be deemed to
relieve any person from any obligation under any other enactment
dealing with similar subject-matter and in force for the time being
and from time to time, or to override any such enactment.





Maintenance and user of ferry piers.
52. Piers employed for the - purpose of a ferry shall he
built (if necessary), adapted and maintained by the Govern-
ment free of cost to the licensee who shall not, subject
as hereinafter provided, be required to make any payment
for the use or repair thereof: Provided that in the event
of any damage being caused to any pier or any structure
erected thereon by the licensee, his servants or vessels,
other than fair wear and tear, of which the Director of
Public Works shall be the judge, then the licensee shall
on demand by the Director of Public Works forthwith pay
into the Treasury the amount of such damage as shall be
certified by the Director of Public Works. Such piers
shall be provided by the Government with such barriers,
gates, turnstiles, ticket offices and other superstructure as
may be necessary for the efficient working of the ferry.
Nothing in these regulations shall be deemed to require
the provision by the Government of a pier at each ferry
point.

Insufficient ferry service.
53. If it be represented in writing to the Governor in Council
by the Director of Marine or by fifiy inhabitant rate-payers that
the public are riot afforded the full benefit of a ferry, the
Governor in Council may (if satisfied that prima facie the case is
one for inquiry) appoint a person to inquire into the matter and
report thereon, and if the truth of the representation be proved the
Governor in Council may issue an order to the licensee requiring
him to provide such a service as will afford to the public the full
benefit of the ferry, and such order may prescribe the number of
ferry vessels which the licensee shall run and the times at which
they shall be run. Every such order shall be posted to the licensee
at his last known address and published in the Gazette . Provided
that the Governor in Council shall before issuing any such order
be satisfied that under good and economical management the
prescribed service will be fairly remunerative to the licensee; and
that, after the licensee has complied with such order for not less
than thirty days, the Governor in Council may on the application
of the licensee revoke or modify any such order.





54. If for the period of three months after the posting of such order
and its publication in the Gazelle the licensee fails or neglects to
comply therewith, the ferry shall be deemed to have been discontinued
and shall be dealt with accordingly.

Discontinuance of a ferry.
55. (1) If in the opinion of the Governor in Council the licensee
has discontinued the working of the ferry or any part thereof for a
period of fourteen days the Governor in Council may, by order declare
that the powers and privileges of the licensee in respect of the ferry or
part thereof so discontinued shall from the date of the order be at an
end, and thereupon all the powers and privileges of the said licensee in
respect of the said ferry or part thereof shall cease and determine.
(2) If in the opinion of the Governor in Council the licensee has
discontinued the working of the ferry or any part thereof for any period
whatsoever it shall be lawful for the Governor in Council
notwithstanding the subsistence of such licence to make such
arrangements as he may think fit in the public interest for the temporary
maintenance of such ferry or part thereof.
(3) Any net loss incurred by or on behalf of the Government in
consequence of the making of any such arrangement as is con
templated in paragraph (2) shall be recoverable by the Government from
the licensee.
(4) The fact that any such arrangement as is contemplated in
paragraph (2) has been made shall not prevent the running of the period
of fourteen days referred to in paragraph (1).
(5) This regulation shall not apply to any discontinuance which in
the opinion of the Governor in Council is due to circumstances beyond
the control of the licensee, but the want of sufficient funds shall not for
the purpose of this regulation be deemed to be a circumstance beyond
the control of the licensee.





Insolvency of the licensee.
56. If it appears to the Governor in Council that the licensee
is insolvent so that he is unable to maintain his ferry or any part
thereof or to work the same with advantage to the public, the
Governor in Council may inquire into the financial affairs of the
licensee, and if satisfied that the licensee is so insolvent as
aforesaid, may by order declare that the powers and privileges of
the licensee shall at the expiration of three months from the
making of the order be at an end, and the powers and privileges
of the licensee shall cease and determine at the expiration of the
said period.
Purchase of ferries.
57. The Governor in Council may, at the expiration of the
term of the licence or on the determination of the powers and
privileges of the licensee under the foregoing regulations or at any
time during the subsistence of' the licence on giving six months'
notice in the Gazette require the licensee to sell, and thereupon
the licensee shall sell, to the Government his undertaking and all
ferry vessels, materials, plant and equipment suitable to and used
by the licensee for the undertaking for and in consideration of the
then value of the same without any addition in respect of goodwill,
compulsory purchase, expectation or possibility of renewal, or of
any profits which might have been made frorn the undertaking :
Provided that if such notice is given during the subsistence of the
licence, the amount payable for the ferry vessels, materials, plant
and equipment shall be not less than the original value of the same
when acquired by the licensee less an allowance in respect of
reasonable wear and tear. In case of difference the value, shall
be determined by arbitration.

Arbitration.
58. Every arbitration under these regulations shall be heard
and determined by a board of arbitrators which shall in each case
consist of three members and be constituted :n manner following
(a)the chairman of the board shall be such judge as the
judges may mutually arrange;





(b)the two other members of the board shall consist of one
member to be nominated by the Governor and the other
by the licensee: Provided always that the member
nominated by the Governor may be any member of the
Colonial Civil Service;
(c)notice in writing of the nomination by the Governor of a
member of the board shall be forthwith given to the
licensee and shall be published in the Gazette and if he
does not nominate a member of the board within seven
days from the date of such publication, it shall be lawful
for the chairman to nominate and appoint any person,
other than a member of the Colonial Civil Service, on
behalf of such owner.

59. (1) The constitution of any board shall be notified in the
Gazette and within fourteen days from such notification it shall
commence its sittings at such time and place as the chairman
may appoint.
(2) The Governor may appoint some person to act as clerk to
a board and the Governor in Council shall determine his
remuneration.

(3) The remuneration of any member of a board shall be at a
rate according to the amount of work, the time occupied and the
magnitude of the interests involved and shall be determined in
each case by the chairman at the conclusion of the arbitration:
Provided that nothing herein shail authorize the payment of
remuneration to a public servant who is not permitted to receive
remuneration as a member of a board.

Temporary licences.
60. Notwithstanding anything in these regulations, it shall be
lawful for the Director of Marine to grant a temporary licence,
subject to such conditions as he may think fit, for the maintenance
of any ferry during such period as may be required for the steps
necessary for the issuing of a regular licence as contemplated by
these regulations.





Non-payment of rent or royalty.
61. If a licensee of any ferry in respect of which rent or
royalty is payable fails to pay any instalment of the rent or royalty
when due, it shall be lawful for the Governor in Council by order
to declare that the powers and privileges of the licensee in
respect of the said ferry shall upon a date specified in the said
order cease and determine; and all the said powers and privileges
of the said licensee shall absolutely cease and determine at
midnight on the said date.

Penalty.
62. Any person who acts in contravention of the regulations
mentioned hereunder shall be liable to a fine of one thousand
dollars
regulations 15, 16, 18 to 35, 37 to 50, and 60.

Citation.
63. These regulations may be cited as the Ferries
Regulations.

EXCLUDED FERRIES (NO. 1) REGULATIONS.
(Cap. 104, section 5).
(Ordinance No. 28 Of 1917).
[22nd August, 1947.]
1. These regulations may be cited as the Excluded Ferries
(No. 1) Regulations.

2. The ferry named hereunder is excluded from the operation
of the Ordinance, so long as
(a) no exclusive and conflicting licence is granted under the
said Ordinance; and
(b) only one, vessel is employed in the service; and
(c) the ferry adheres to a schedule approved by the
Director of Marine; and
(d) all directions given by the Director of Marine as to
terminal and intermediate (if any) places or ports of call
are complied with; and
Regulations Fraser, vol. 3, p. 854. G.N.A. 288/48. G.N.A. 75/51. (Cao. 104.)
G.N.A. 288/48.
[r. 15 cont.]
G.N.A. 75/51. G.N. 654/47. Citation. Ferry excluded from operation of Ordinance.

Abstract

Regulations Fraser, vol. 3, p. 854. G.N.A. 288/48. G.N.A. 75/51. (Cao. 104.)
G.N.A. 288/48.
[r. 15 cont.]
G.N.A. 75/51. G.N. 654/47. Citation. Ferry excluded from operation of Ordinance.


Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1826

Edition

1950

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

104

Number of Pages

15
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 15:46:33 +0800
<![CDATA[FERRIES ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1825

Title

FERRIES ORDINANCE

Description






CHAPTER 104.

FERRIES.

To regitlate ferries and ferry piers.

[3oth November, 1917.]

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Ferries Ordinance.

2. (1) In this Ordinance

'ferry' means any service, conducted by means of a vessel or vessels
propelled by any mcans except oars and sails, for the conveyance
of persons or of persons and things by water for payment or
reward, between two or more points within the Colony, whether
such service is also to any point or points without the Colony or
not and whether the points between which the service is provided
are varied from time to time or not, but does not include the hiring
of any vessel to one person for a single journey and does not
include the hiring of any vessel to a single pleasure party;

'ferry pier' rneans any pier which is used for the purposes of a ferry.

'ferry vessel' means any vessel which is employed for the purpose of
a ferry;

'illegal ferry' means a ferry which is maintained in contravention of
section 3;

(2) Any person who has at any time been entitled to any share in
the profits of an illegal ferry shall be deemed to have maintained such
ferry during the period in respect of which he was so entitled, and any
owner of a ferry vessel, or if the vessel is under charter, any charterer
of the said vessel, shall be presumed to have been entitled to a share in
the profits of the ferry until he proves affirmatively that he was not
entitled to any such share or that such vessel was employed as a ferry
vessel without his consent or connivance.

(3) Nothing in subsection (2) shall be construed as relieving from
liability any person who, without being





himself entitled to any share in the profits of the ferry, maintains any
illegal ferry or counsels, procures, aids or abets the maintaining of any
illegal ferry.

3. (1) No person shall without a licence under this Ordinance
maintain a ferry in any area to which this section is by any regulation
made under this Ordinance declared to apply.

(2) Any such regulation may provide that such declaration shall
not have the effect of prohibiting the maintenance of a ferry between
any single point or any particular points within the area declared and
sonic point or points outside that area.

4. The issue of any licence tinder this Ordinance shall be subject
to the absolute discretion of the Governor in Council.

5. The Governor in Council may, by regulations provide for--

(a) licensing and regulating ferries and ferry ' ferry vessels;

(b)defining the conditions of any licence to be issued tinder
this Ordinance;

(c)prescribing the fees, rent or premium to be paid in respect of
any licerice to be issued under this Ordinance;

(d) declaring the areas to which section is to apply;

(e)excluding from the operation of this Ordinance any specified
ferry or any ferry plying to or from any specified point or
points within or without the Colony;

(f) granting exclusive rights of maintaining ferries;

(g) regulating ferry piers; and

(h)generally for the purpose of carrying into effect the
provisions of this Ordinance.

6. Any person who contravenes any of the provisions
of this Ordinance or of any regulation made thereunder, or of any
condition of any licence issued thereunder, shall be deemed to be
guilty of an offence against this Ordinance.





7. Any person who is guilty of an offence against this Ordinance
shall upon summary conviction be liable to a fine of one thousand
dollars.

8. Any police officer may seize any vessel which he may
reasonably suspect is being used to commit any offence against this
Ordinance and any vessel so seized may be detained by the
Commissioner of Police until the conclusion of any proceedings taken
under this Ordinance and until the payment of any fine which may be
imposed in such proceedings: Provided that the Commissioner of
Police may release any such vessel so seized upon security to his
satisfaction being provided for the payment of any fine which may be
imposed in such proceedings.

9. This Ordinance shall not apply to any ferry maintained by the
Star Ferry Company, Limited, between the pier situate opposite to Ice
House Street, Victoria, and the pier situate at Kowloon Point and
known as to its western portion as the Star Ferry Pier and as to its
eastern portion as the Railway Pier, nor shall it affect any rights
conferred on the said company by the terms of any lease to the said
company of the said pier situate opposite to Ice House Street
aforesaid.
Originally 28 of 1917. Fraser 28 of 1917. Short title. Interpretation. [s. 2 cont.] No unlicensed ferry to be maintained in certain areas. Issue of licence discretionary. Regulations. Offences. Penalty. Seizure of ferry vessel. Exemption.

Abstract

Originally 28 of 1917. Fraser 28 of 1917. Short title. Interpretation. [s. 2 cont.] No unlicensed ferry to be maintained in certain areas. Issue of licence discretionary. Regulations. Offences. Penalty. Seizure of ferry vessel. Exemption.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1825

Edition

1950

Volume

v3

Subsequent Cap No.

104

Number of Pages

3
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 15:46:32 +0800
<![CDATA[ELECTRICITY SUPPLY REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1824

Title

ELECTRICITY SUPPLY REGULATIONS

Description






ELECTRICITY SUPPLY.
ELECTRICITY SUPPLY REGULATIONS.
(Cap. 103, section 3).
(Ordinance No. iS of 1911).

[19th May, 1911.]

Definitions.
1.In these regulations-
'consumer's wires' means any electric lines on a con
sumer's premises which are connected with the service lines
of the company at the consumer's terminals;
'overhead line' means any electric line which is placed
above ground and in the open air;
'pressure' means the difference of electrical potential
between any two conductors through which a supply
of energy is given, or between any part of either con-
ductor and the earth; and-
(a)where the conditions of the supply are such that the
pressure at any pair of consumer's terminals does not
exceed 250 voits, the supply shall be deemed a low
pressure supply;
(b)where the conditions of the supply are such that the
pressure exceeds 250 voits but does not exceed 650
voits, the supply shall be deemed a medium pressure
supply;
(c)where the conditions of the supply are such that the
pressure exceeds 650 voits but does not exceed 3,000
voits, the supply shall be deemed a high pressure supply; and
(d)where the conditions of the supply are such that the
pressure exceeds 3,000 voits, the supply shall be deemed
an extra high pressure supply;
'sub-station' means any premises in which energy is
transformed or converted for the purpose of supply to
consumers, and which are large enough to admit the
entrance of a person after the transforming or converting
apparatus is in position : Provided that for the purpose of
these regulations any place within any such premises which
is used solely for some purpose other than such
transformation or conversion shall not be deemed to form
part of a sub-station.





Where these regulations require any metallic body to be
'efficiently connected with earth', it shall be connected with the
general mass of earth in such manner as will ensure at all times
an immediate and safe discharge of electrical energy.

General.
2. The 'pressure of a supply delivered to anv consumer shall
not exceed the limit of low pressure except for special purposes,
for which a medium pressure supply may be given on the
consumer undertaking to comply with the following conditions
(a) where the supply is for power purposes-
(i) the frame of every electric motor shall be
efficiently connected with earth;
(ii) tile consumer's wires forming the connexions to
motors, or otherwise in connexion with the supply, shall
be, as far as practicable, coin
pletely inclosed in strong metal easing efficiently
connected with earth, or they shall be fixed in such a
manner that there shall be no danger of any shock;
(iii) the supply to every motor shall be controlled by
means of an efficient cut-off switch, placed in such a
position as to be easily handled by the person in charge
of the motor, and connected so that by its means all
pressure can be cut off from the motor itself and from
any regulating switch, resistance or other device in
connexion therewith;
(iv) switches, efficient fuses or other automatic
circuit-breakers shall be provided, so as to protect
the circuits from excess of current, and all switches
and cut-outs shall be so inclosed and protected that
there shall be no danger of any shock being
obtained in the ordinary handling thereof, or of
any fire being caused by their normal or abnormal
action ;
(v) a notice shall be fixed in a conspicuous position at
every motor and switch board in connexion with the
supply forbiding unauthorized persons to touch the
motors or apparatus;





(b) where the supply is for arc lamps in series-
(i) the consumer's wires forming the connexions to
the arc lamps, or otherwise in connexion with the
supply, shall be, as far as practicable, completely
inclosed in strong metal casing efficiently connected
with earth, or they shall be fixed in such a manner that
there shall be no danger of any shock;
(ii) the supply to every are lamp shall be controlled by
means of an efficient cut-off switch, placed in such a
position as to be easily handled by the person in charge
of the arc lighting, and connected so that by its means
all pressure can be cut off from the arc lamp itself and
from any regulating switch, resistance or other device in
connexion therewith: Provided that where the arc
lamps are connected in series across the outer
conductors of a three-wire system, it shall be sufficient
if one such switch be provided for each series of are
lamps;
(iii) switches, efficient fuses or other automatic cut-
outs shall be provided, so as to protect the circuits from
excess of current, and all switches and cut-outs shall be
so inclosed and protected that there shall be no danger
of any shock being obtained in the ordinary handling
thereof, or of any fire being caused by their normal or
abnormal action;
(c) where the supply is for incandescent lamps in series,
unless the Director of Public Works otherwise allows
(i) the consumer's wires forming the connexions to
the incandescent lamps, or otherwise in connexion with
the supply, shall be completely inclosed in strong metal
casing and this casing together with the switches and
lamp holders, if metallic, shall be efficiently connected
with earth;
(ii) switches, efficient fuses or other automatic cut-
outs shall be provided, so as to protect the circuits from
excess of current, and all switches and cut-outs shall be
so inclosed and protected that there shall be no danger
of any shock being obtained in the ordinary handling
thereof, or of any fire being caused by their normal
action.





(d) where the supply is for any special purpose other than those
above mentioned, or where the pressure of the supply
exceeds the limits of medium pressure, it shall be subject to
such other regulations as the Governor in Council may
prescribe.

3. When the pressure between the outer conductors of a three-wire
system exceeds 250 voits and the three wires of the system or two pairs
of wires are brought into a consumer's premises, the supply shall be
given to two pairs of terminals arranged in such a manner that there
shall be no danger of any shock, and the wiring from those terminals
shall be kept distinct.

4. The sectional area of the conductor in any electric line other than
low tension laid or erected in any street after 2nd December, 1921, shall
not be less than that of a strand of seven wires, each of which is of No.
22 standard wire gauge, and the sectional area of every wire in a strand
forming any such conductor shall not be less than that gauge, and
where such stranded conductor is erected it ,shall be suspended from a
suitable bearer wire or shall be protected by a suitable cradle fixed
underneath. In the case of low tension conductors in any electric line
the sectional area shall not be less than that of a single wire of No. 16
standard wire gauge efficiently insulated.
This regulation shall not apply in the case of an electric line placed
in a lamp post.

5. Every low pressure and medium pressure main, after having been
placed in position and before it is used for the purposes of supply, shall
withstand a pressure equal to the maximum pressure to which it is
intended to be subjected in use, and in any case at least 200 voits, and
further, before being used as aforesaid it shall be tested for insulation,
and the company shall duly record the results of the tests of each main
or section of a main.

6. A high pressure circuit shall not be brought into use unless the
insulation of every part thereof has withstood the continuous
application, during one hour, in the case of every electric line, of a
pressure equal to the full





working pressure to which it is intended to be subjected in use,
and in the case of every machine, device or apparatus, of a
pressure equal to the full working pressure to which it is intended
to be subjected.
The company shall duly record the results of each test.

7. There shall be maintained by the company at each station
or sub-station as may be necessary a leakage indicator of
approved pattern and so arranged that the leakage on each main
feeder can be readily ascertained at any time and a weekly test
recorded. If at any time the leakage is in the opinion of the
Director of Public Works excessive, fie shall require the company
to remedy the same and it shall forthwith. be remedied: Provided
that where any part of any electric circuit is connected with
earth, either in accordance with these regulations or with the
approval of the Director of Public Works, the provisions of this
regulation shall not apply to that part of that circuit so long as the
connexion with earth exists.

8. Every high pressure main, conductor or other apparatus
shall be protected by a suitable fuse or automatic circuit-breaker:
Provided that it shall not be incumbent upon the company to
provide such a fuse or circuit-breaker for the outer conductor of
a concentric main which is, in accordance with these regulations
or with the approval of the Director of Public Works, efficiently
connected with earth.

9. In every case where a high pressure supply is
transformed for the purpose of supply to one or more consumers,
some suitable automatic and quick-acting means shall be provided
to protect the consumer's wires from any accidental contact with
or leakage from the high pressure circuit, either within or without
the transforming apparatus.

10. The metallic portion of every high pressure transformer,
with the exception of the conductors thereof, shall be efficiently
connected with earth except in respect of transformers supported
on poles at such a height as to be inaccessible except by the use
of a ladder or other special appliance: Provided that in such
cases such poles shall be efficiently connected with earth.





11. Where any portion of any electric line or any support for
any electric line is exposed in such a position as to be liable to
cause injury from lightning, it shall be efficiently protected against
such liability.
12. Where any accident by explosion or fire. or any other
accident of such kind as to have caused or to be likely to have
caused loss of life or personal injury has occurred at any part of
any electric line or work, the company shall give immediate
notice thereof to the Director of Public Works.

PART 1.-General.
13. (1) Line conductors shall be copper, aluminium or such
other materials as i-nay be approved by the Director of Public
Works.
(2) All line conductors at the time of erection shall comply,
as regards elongation, breaking load and elasticity, with the
specification of the British Engineering Standards Association
then in force.
(3) The minimum permissible size for copper and other line
conductors (other than service lines) shall be such as to have an
actual breaking load of not less than 1,237 lb., the equivalent
minimum cross-sectional area and weight per mile for copper
being as follows
Conductor. Cross-sectional Weight per
area. mile.
sq. in. lb.
No. 8 S.W.G . 0.0201 409
The minimum permissible size of service line shall be such
as to have an actual breaking load of not less than 816 lb., the
equivalent minimum cross-sectional area and weight per mile for
copper being as follows
Conductor. Cross-sectional Weight per
area. mile.
sq. in. lb.
No. 10 S.W.G . 0.0129 262
(4) Line conductors shall be rendered inaccessible to any
person from any building or other place without the use of a
ladder or other special appliance. Regard shall





be had to the normal use by the occupier of any premises or land and
where necessary (a) the height of the line conductors shall be
increased to provide sufficient clearance for safety in accordance with
such use, and (b) provision as hereinafter prescribed in paragraph (14)
OF (17) shall be made to prevent danger.
(5) Where a line. conductor crosses over or under or
is in proximity, to any other overhead wire, precautions
shall be taken by the company to prevent contact, due to
breakage or otherwise, between the line conductor and the
other overhead wire, or between the other wire and the
line conductor : Provided that this paragraph shall not be
deemed to require the company to take precautions against
contact between a broken line conductor and other auxiliary
conductors and earth wires carried on the same suppor and
forming part of the same overhead line.
(6) Line conductors shall be attached to suitable insulators carried
on. supports of iron, steel or reinforced concrete. Special precautions
shall be taken to prevent the corrosion of all metal work at or below the
surface of the ground.
(7) The supports, in conjunction with stays or struts if provided,
shall withstand the longitudinal, transverse and vertical loads due to
the wind pressure hereinafter specified without damage and without
movement in the ground. In no case shall the strength of a support in
the direction of the overhead line be less than one-quarter the required
strength in a direction transverse to the line.
The following factors of safety shall apply to each support
Material. Factor of safety.
Iron or steel 3
Reinforced concrete 4
These factors of safety shall be calculated on the assumption that
all line conductors, cables and wires carried by the supports are at a
temperature Of 70' F., and that together with the supports they are
subjected to a wind pressure Of 40 lb. per square foot.





(8) Service lines shall be connected to line conductors at a point of
support only and shall be fixed to insulators on consumers' premises.
Every part of a service line (other than a neutral conductor connected
with earth) which is accessible from a building with the use of a ladder
or other special appliance shall be efficiently protected either by
insulating material or by other means approved by the Director of Public
Works.
(9) Where line conductors forming parts of systems at different
voltages are erected on the same poles or supports adequate provision
shall be made to guard against danger to linesmen and from the lower
voltage system being charged above its normal voltage by leakage from
or contact with the higher voltage system; and the type of construction
shall be subject to the prior approval of the Director of Public Works.
(10) Every overhead line, including its supports and structural parts,
and electrical appliances and devices belonging to or connected
therewith, shall be regularity inspected and efficiently maintained.
(11) All materials used shall at the time of erection con-
form to the specifications for the time being in force of
the British Engineering Standards Association and the
Post Office (London) for the construction of aerial lines,
so far as the same are applicable and are not inconsistent
with this regulation.

PART II-Specific.
(Applicable according to the voltage between line conductors where no part
of the system is connected with earth, or according to the voltage to earth where
part of the system is connected with earth.)

A.-For voltages not exceeding 650 volts direct current
and 325 volts alternating current.
(12) The factor of safety of line conductors shall be 2. The factor
of safety shall be based on the breaking load and shall be calculated on
the assumption that the line conductors are at a temperature Of 70' F.
and that they are subjected to a wind pressure of 4o lb. per square foot.





(13) The height from the ground of any line conductor
(other than a service line), earth wire or auxiliary conductor
at any point of the span at a temperature of 16o' F. shall
not, except with the consent of the Director of Public
Works, be less than ig feet across a public road or 17 feet
in other positions. A height of iS feet may be adopted
in situations inaccessible to vehicular traffic.

Where a service line is carried across or along a
carriage-way, the height of the line from the ground at
any part of the carriage-way shall not, except with the
consent of the Director of Public Works, be less than 19
feet and 17 feet respectively.

(14) Where the voltage to earth exceeds 250 volts direct
current or 125 volts alternating current, precaution should
be taken to prevent danger,
(I) from a broken line conductor by the provision of-
(a) a neutral or earthed conductor carried continuously
from pole to pole, and so arranged in relation to
the other conductors that in the event of breakage
of any one of them the line conductor shall make
contact with the earthed wire; or
(b) other means approved by the Director of Public
Works;
(II) from leakage by the provision-
(a) in cases where metal poles are used, of-
(i) an earthed wire, running from pole to pole
and connected to the poles; or
(ii) a suitable metal framework to support the
insulators carrying the line conductors, the frame-
work being insulated from the pole but connected
to the neutral conductor; or
(iii) other means approved by the Director of
Public Works;
(b) in cases where wooden poles are used, of-
(i) a bonding wire connected to the supporting
metal work of all insulators, the bonding wire
terminating at the lowest part of the supporting
metal work., or
(ii) other means approved by the Director of
Public Works.





All stay wires other than those which are connected with earth by
means of a continuous earth wire shall be insulated to prevent danger
from leakage. For this purpose an insulator shall be placed in each stay
wire at a height of not less than 10 feet from the ground.

B.-For voltages exceeding 650 volts direct current
and 325 volts alternating current.
(15) The factor of safety of line conductors shall be 2. The factor of
safety shall be based on the breaking load and shall be calculated on the
assumption that the line conductors are at a temperature of 7o' F. and
that they are subjected to a wind pressure Of 40 lb. per square foot.
(16) The height from the ground of any line conductor at any point
on the span at a temperature of 16o' F. shall not, except with the consent
of the Director of Public Works,
be less than the height hereunder stated-
Voltages not exceeding 66,000 volts 20 feet.
Voltages exceeding 66,000 volts and not
exceeding 1 10,000 Volts 21 feet.
Voltages exceeding 110,000 volts and not
exceeding 165,ooo volts 22 feet.
Voltages exceeding 165,ooo volts 23 feet.
The height from the ground of an earth wire or auxiliary
conductor shall not be less than the minimum heights
prescribed in paragraph (13) above.
(17) Adequate means shall be provided to render any line
conductor dead or harmless to human beings or animals in the event of
it falling, due to breakage or otherwise.
All metal work other than conductors shall be permanentIy and
efficiently connected with earth. For this purpose- a continuous earth
wire shall be provided and connected with earth at four points in every
mile, the spacing between the points being as nearly equidistant as
possible, or alternatively the metal work shall be connected to an
effective earthing device at each individual support. The design and
construction of the system of earth connexions shall be such that when
contact is made between a line conductor and metal connected with
earth the resulting leakage current shall not be less than twice the
leakage cur-





rent required to operate the devices which make the line dead or
harmless to human beings or animals.
(18) Where an overhead line is erected along or across a public
road or canal or across a railway all wires including earth wires and
auxiliary conductors shall be placed at the appropriate height from the
ground specified in paragraph (16) for line conductors, and the
following additional precautions shall be taken to prevent danger
(a) in the case of a line erected along a public road or canal (or
within 50 feet thereof) there shall be provided
(i) duplicate insulators supporting the conductors; or
(ii) a device to ensure that in the event of a line conductor
falling it shall be put to earth ; or
(iii) other means approved by the Director of Public Works
(b) in the case of a line erected across a public road, canal or
railway there shall be provided
(i) duplicate insulators for supporting the line conductor
and a device to ensure that in the event of a line conductor
falling it shall be put to earth; or
(ii) duplicate insulators supporting duplicate conductors
tied at intervals not exceeding five feet; or
(iii) other means approved by the Director of Public Works.
(19) Supports shall be numbered consecutively and each support
shall have a danger notice of a permanent character securely fixed to it.
Adequate provision shall also be made to prevent unauthorized
climbing.
(20) All overhead lines shall be removed on ceasing to be used for
the purposes for which they were erected.

14. Save as above provided, overhead lines shall not be erected
except in accordance with such regulations as the Governor in Council
may prescribe.





Electric lines other than overhead lines.
15. All conduits, pipes, casings and street boxes used as
receptacles for electric lines shall be constructed of durable material, and
where laid under carriage-ways shall be of ample strength to prevent
damage from heavy traffic, and reasonable means shall be taken by the
company to prevent accumulation of gas in such receptacles.

16. Where any electric line crosses, or is in proximity to, any
metallic substance, special precautions shall be taken by the company
against the possibility of any electrical charging of the metallic
substance from the line or from any metal conduit, pipe or casing
inclosing the line.

17. All metal conduits, pipes or casings containing any high
pressure electric line shall be efficiently connected with earth, and shall
be so jointed and connected across all street boxes and other openings
as to make good electrical connexion throughout their whole length.

18. (1) Where the conductors of electric lines placed in any conduit
are not continuously covered with insulating material, they shall be
secured in position, and no unfixed uninsulated material of a conducting
nature shall be contained in the conduit. No such conductor shall be at
a pressure exceeding 300 volts, from earth.
(2) Adequate precau tions shall also be taken to ensure that no
accumulation of water shall take place in any part of the conduit and to
prevent any dangerous access of moisture to the conductors or the
insulators.
(3) The insulators of any such electric line shall be so disposed
that they can be readily inspected; but this requirement shall not apply
to any such insulators which before 2nd December, 1921, were not
required by any regulation then in force to be so capable of ready
inspection.

19. Every portion of any high pressure electric line placed above
the surface of the ground, or in any subway not in the sole occupation
of the company, shall be completely inclosed either in a tube of highly
insulating material embedded in brickwork, masonry or cement-concrete,
or in strong metal casing efficiently connected with earth.





20. Where any high pressure electric line is laid beneath the
surface of the ground, efficient means shall be taken to render it
impossible that the surface of the ground or any neighbouring electric
line or conductor shall become charged by leakage from the high
pressure electric line.

21. A high pressure electric line shall not, except with the consent
of the Director of Public Works, be used for the supply of energy before
it has been completely laid, properly jointed, examined and tested, or
until it is in the sole charge of the company, and every such line shall
during its use be in the sole charge of the company.

Sub-stations and street boxes.
22. Sub-stations shall be established in suitable places and shall be
in the sole occupation and charge of the company. Sub-stations shall be
erected above ground wherever possible, but where necessarily
underground, due provision shall be made for ventilation and for
drainage.

23. In addition to the provisions contained in regulation iS as to the
construction of receptacles for electric lines, the following conditions
shall be observed with respect to street boxes
(a) the covers of all street boxes shall be so secured that they
cannot be opened except by means of a special appliance;
(b) the covers of all street boxes containing high pressure
apparatus other than cables shall be connected to strips of
metal laid immediately underneath the street, and efficient
means shall be taken to render it impossible that the covers or
other exposed parts of these boxes, or any adjacent material
forming the surface of the street, shall become electrically
charged, whether by reason of leakage, defect or otherwise;
(c) where street boxes are used as transformer chambers,
reasonable means shall be taken to prevent as far as possible
any influx of water, either from the adjacent soil or by means
of pipes; and in the case of any such street box exceeding one
cubic yard in capacity, ample provision shall be made, by





ventilation or otherwise, for the immediate escape of any gas
which may by accident have obtained access to the box, and
for the prevention of danger from sparking;
(d) all street boxes shall be regularly inspected for the presence of
gas and if any influx or accumulation is discovered the
company shall give immediate notice to the company whose
gas mains are laid in the neighbourhood of the street box;
(e) where mains at different pressures pass through the same
street box they shall be readily distinguishable from one
another.
24. The maximum power supplied to any underground sub-station
or street box shall not, without the consent of the Director of Public
Works, exceed 30 kilowatts in the case of a sub-station or street box
containing a single transformer, or 75 kilowatts in the case of a sub-
station or street box containing two or more transformers.

Consumer's premises.
25. The company shall be responsible for all electric lines, fittings
and apparatus belonging to it or under its control, which may be upon a
consumer's premises, being maintained in a safe condition and in all
respects fit for supplying energy.
26. In delivering the energy to a consumer's terminals the company
shall exercise all due precautions so as to avoid risk of causing fire on
the premises.
27. (1) A suitable safety fuse or other automatic circuit-breaker shall
be inserted in each service line within a consumer's premises as close as
possible to the point of entry, and contained within a suitable locked or
sealed receptacle of fireproof construction, except in cases where the
service line is protected by fuses in a street box; but no fuse or
automatic circuit-breaker shall be inserted in the intermediate conductor
of a three-wire system.
(2) Wherever a seal is found broken on a consumer's premises and
unless the same has been broken by an employee of the company, the
consumer shall be liable to a penalty of five dollars.





28. All service lines and apparatus placed on a consumer's
premises shall be highly insulated and thoroughly protected against
injury to the insulation or access of moisture, and any metal forming
part of the electric circuit shall not, unless efficiently connected with
earth, be exposed so that it can be touched. All electric lines shall be so
fixed and protected as to prevent the possibility of electrical discharge
to any adjacent metallic substance.

29. Where the general supply of energy is a high pressure supply
and transforming apparatus is installed on a consumer's premises, the
whole of the high pressure service lines, conductors and apparatus,
including the transforming apparatus itself, so far as they are on the
consumer's premises, shall be completely inclosed in solid walls or in
strong metal casing efficiently connected with earth and securely
fastened throughout.

30. The company shall not connect with its mains consumers' wires
or fittings that would cause an undue leakage or that are, in the opinion
of the company, constructed or arranged in such a manner as to cause a
danger of shock or fire. Where the company declines to make such
connexion it shall serve upon the consumer a notice stating its reasons
for so declining.

31. (1) For the purpose of ascertaining that a consumer's wires and
fittings have not subsequently fallen into an unsafe condition the
company shall make periodical tests at intervals of not more than five
years. For the purposes of such tests, and for the purpose of
discovering whether a defect exists at some part of a consumer's
installation within or upon the consumer's premises, the company may,
by notice in writing, require the consumer at some reasonable time after
the service of the notice to permit any officer of the company to inspect
and test the installation. Service of any such notice may be effected by
letter sent by ordinary post addressed to the consumer's premises, or by
leaving the notice at such premises.
(2) If the consumer does not give all due facilities for such
inspection and testing within a reasonable time after the service of the
notice, the company shall forthwith dis-





continue the supply of energy to the consumer's premises, giving
immediate notice of the discontinuance to the consumer, and shall not
recommence the supply until the test has been carried out. The period of
discontinuance as aforesaid shall be excluded in computing the interval
of not more than five years above mentioned.
(3) If after such inspection and testing the company is reasonably
satisfied that a defect exists at some part of a consumer's installation the
company shall by notice require the consumer within a reasonable time
after the service of such notice, to remove the defect.
(4) If after retesting by an officer of the company the installation is
found to be still defective, the company shall forthwith discontinue the
supply of energy to the premises in question. The supply shall not be
reconnected until the defect has been removed and the charges for
reconnection and retesting have been paid to the company.
32. (1) If any consumer is dissatisfied with the action of the
company in refusing to give or in discontinuing or in not recommencing
the supply, of energy to his premises, the wires and fittings of that
consumer shall, on his application and oil payment of a fee of ten
dollars, be tested for the existence of leakage by the Director of Public
Works.
(2) This regulation shall be indorsed oil every notice given under
the provisions of regulation 30 or 31.

33. Every person who makes any addition to any electrical
installation connected to the company's main without obtaining the
written consent of the company thereto shall be liable to a penalty of
one hundred dollars for every such addition.

34. Every consumer upon whose premises any such addition is
found shall be liable to a penalty of one hundred dollars for every day or
part of a day during which such addition has been in existence. In this
regulation, 'consumer' means the person in whose name the contract
for the supply of electricity to such premises was made with the
company, or if there be no such person, the principal tenant or person in
actual occupation of the premises in which such addition is found.





Arc lighting.
35. Arc lamps used in any street for public lighting shall be so fixed
as not to be in any part at a less height than ten feet from the ground.

36. All arc lamps shall be so guarded as to prevent pieces of
ignited carbon or broken glass falling from them, and shall not be used
in situations where there is any danger of the presence of explosive
dust or gas.

Connexion of circuits with earth.
37. Where the pressure of a supply between the adjacent
conductors of a three-wire system of mains exceeds 125 volts the
intermediate conductor shall be connected with earth in accordance
with the following conditions
(a)the connexion with earth of the intermediate conductor shall
be made at one point only on each distinct circuit, namely at
the generating station, sub-station or transformer, and the
insulation of the circuit shall be efficiently maintained at all
other parts ;
(b)the current from the intermediate conductor to earth shall be
continuously recorded and if it at any time becomes excessive
steps shall be immediately taken to improve the insulation of
the system.

38. The company shall not connect any other circuit with earth
except with the approval of the Director of Public Works and subject to
such conditions as he may prescribe.

Extra high pressure.
39. (1) This regulation shall have effect in the case of a supply at
extra high pressure, and shall be in addition to and not in substitution
for the obligations imposed by the foregoing regulations.
(2) An extra high pressure main shall not be brought into use
unless, after it has been placed in position and before it is used for the
purposes of supply, the insulation of every part thereof has withstood
the continuous application, during half an hour, of pressure exceeding
the maximum pressure to which it is intended to be subject in use, that is





to say, in the case of every electric line to be used for a pressure not
exceeding 10,000 volts twice the said maximum pressure, and in the case
of a line to be used for a pressure exceeding 10,000 volts, a pressure
exceeding the said maximum pressure by 10,000 volts; and the company
shall record the results of the tests of each main or section of a main.
(3) Every extra high pressure main shall be protected by a suitable
fuse or automatic circuit-breaker, but in the case of a concentric main
that fuse or circuit-breaker shall not be inserted in any external
conductor thereof which is connected with earth.
(4) In every case where an extra high pressure supply is
transformed or converted to a reduced pressure, some suitable
automatic and quick-acting means shall be provided to protect the
reduced pressure circuits from any accidental contact with or leakage
from the extra high pressure system, either within or without the
transforming or converting apparatus.
(5) All metal conduits, pipes or casings containing any extra high
pressure electric line shall be efficiently connected with earth and shall
be so jointed and connected across all street boxes and other openings
as to make good electrical connexion throughout their whole length.
(6) Every portion of any extra high pressure electric line placed
above the surface of the ground, otherwise than in a sub-station, or in
any subway not in the sole occupation of the company, shall be
completely inclosed either in a tube of highly insulated material
embedded in brickwork, masonry or cement-concrete, or in strong metal
casing efficiently connected with earth.
(7)(a) Where extra high pressure mains for threephase supply
consist of insulated conductors laid together, provision shall
be made to ensure that neither the ground nor any
neighbouring or electric line or conductor can become
charged by leakage from any such main.
(b)Where this provision is made by a copper strip under a lead
sheath that strip shall be not less than sixteen-thousandths of
an inch in thickness, and where it is made by steel wires
outside a lead sheath





each of those wires shall be not less than one-tenth of an
inch in diameter.
(c) Where the mains are inclosed in a lead sheath the sheath shall
be not less than one-tenth of an inch in thickness and shall be
permanently and efficiently connected with earth.
(8) Extra high pressure mains for single phase supply and all cables
connected therewith shall consist either of two concentric conductors
or of separate conductors. Where concentric conductors are used the
insulation shall be maintained efficiently throughout except that the
outer conductor shall be connected with earth at one point, and where
separate conductors are used provision shall be made as in the case of
mains for three-phase supply to ensure that neither the ground nor any
neighbouring electric line or conductor can become charged by leakage.
(9) An extra high pressure electric line shall not be brought into use
for the supply of energy before it has been completely laid, properly
jointed, examined and tested or until it is in the sole charge of the
company, and every such line shall during its use be in the sole charge
of the company.
(10) Extra high pressure mains shall not pass through the same
street box with other mains, unless they are inclosed in strong metal
casing; and street boxes containing high pressure mains shall not
contain pipes for water, gas or other service, or electric mains belonging
to another undertaking: Provided that any such street box may contain
telephone wires belonging to the company.
(11) Sub-stations supplied at extra high pressure shall be established
in suitable places and shall be in the sole occupation of the company.
(12) Sub-stations constructed below the surface of any street after
2nd December, 1921, to which an extra high pressure is to be given shall
not contain switches or other apparatus than transformers.
(13) The transforming apparatus at any sub-station supplied at
extra high pressure shall be so arranged that
there shall be no danger of any mains connected therewith





being charged to any pressure beyond the limits of pressure for
which those mains are intended.
(14) In delivering the energy to a sub-station at extra high
pressure the company shall exercise all due precautions so as to
avoid risk of causing fire on the premises.
(15) All extra high pressure electric lines and apparatus
placed in a sub-station shall be highly insulated and throughly
protected against injury to the insulation or access of moisture,
and any metal forming part of the electric circuit shall not, unless
efficiently connected with earth, be exposed so that it can be
inadvertently touched. All such lines shall be so fixed and
protected as to prevent the possibility of electrical discharge to
any adjacent metallic substance.
(16) The Director of Public Works shall be entitled to enter at
all times any of the generating stations or substations of the
company supplying or supplied at an extra
high pressure, and to make any such examination and tests of the
mains, machines, transformers or other apparatus in use in those
stations as may appear to him necessary, and the company shall
afford all due facilities for any such examination and tests.
(17) Where any extra high pressure circuit is connected with
earth the connextion shall be made at one point only, namely at
the generating station, sub-station or transformer, and the
insulation of the circuit shall, except at that point, be efficiently
maintained throughout.
(18) (a) The neutral point of the star winding of each distinct
three-phase circuit, used for extra high pressure, may be
connected with earth or may be insulated. If connected
with earth through a resistance, that resistance shall be
sufficiently low to ensure that the fuse or automatic
circuit-breaker in the mains shall act.
(b)If the neutral point is not connected with earth a
separate electro-static voltmeter placed in a conspicuous
position in the generating station shall be connected
between each circuit and earth; and if the indications of
the voltmeters show that the insulation of any of the
circuits is faulty, immediate steps shall be taken to
restore the insulation.





Penalties.
40. (1) If the Company makes default in complying with any
of these regulations, it shall be liable to a penalty of one hundred
dollars for every such default and in the case of continuing
offence to a further penalty of one hundred dollars for each day
during which the offence continues.
(2) The recovery of a penalty under these regulations shall not
affect the liability of the company to make compensation in
respect of any damage or injury which may be caused by reason
of the default.
Exemptions.
41. Nothing in these regulations shall be deemed to authorize
or require the company to make any examination, inspection or
test of any wires, fittings, installations, apparatus or equipment of
the Hong Kong Government, or of the naval, military or air force
authorities, or to authorize entry for such purposes by the
company's agents, servants or workmen in or upon the property
of the said Government or authorities.

42. The Governor in Council may at any time, upon it
appearing to him that adequate provision has been made for the
examination, inspection and testing of the wires, fittings,
installations, apparatus and equipment in or upon any works,
building or other premises, by order specifying such works,
building or premises, exempt the same from examination,
inspection and testing under these regulations.

Citation.
43. These regulations may be cited as the Electricity Supply
Regulations.
Regulations Fraser, vol. 2, p. 686. Interpretation.
[r. 1 cont.] Pressure of supply to consumers.
[r. 2 cont.] Introduction of three-wire system into consumer's premises. Minimum size of condusctors. Insulation test of low pressure and medium pressure mains. Testing of insulation of all parts of high pressure circuit.
Maintenance of insulation. Circuit-breaker for high pressure mains, etc. Transformers. Connexion of transformers with earth.
Protection from lightning. Report of accidents to Director of Public Works. Material of line conductors. Strength of line conductors. Minimum size of line conductor. Line conductors to be inaccessible.
Line conductors crossing other lines. Supports. Factor of safety of supports.
[r. 13 cont.] Service lines. Erection of line conductors at different voltages on same supports. Inspection and maintenance of lines. Materials used. Factor of safety of line conductors.
Minimum height of conductors Provision to prevent danger.
[r. 13 cont.] Factor of safety of line conductors. Minimum height of conductors. Provision to prevent danger.
Road-crossings, etc. Danger notices. Other overhead lines.
Constructions of receptacles for electric lines. Crossing pipes, etc. Electric continuity of metal conduits, etc., of high pressure line. Precautions to be taken when bare conductors are used. High pressure lines laid above ground or in subways.
Protection for surface of ground and electric lines. Completion and control of high pressure lines. Sub-stations. Street boxes.
[r. 23 cont.] Maximum power in case of underground sub-station, etc. Respon-sibility of company for lines, etc., on consumer's premises. Fire risks. Main fuses or circuit-breakers.
[r.31 cont.] Appeal to Director of Public Works. Penalty for making addition to electrical installation. Penalty on consumer for addition to electrical installation.
Height from ground. Are lamps to be guarded. Connexion with earth of a three-wire system. Connexion of other circuits with earth. Special regulations as to extra high pressure.
[r.39 cont.]
[r. 39 cont.]
Penalties for default. Specific exemptions. Exemption by Governor in Council. Citation.

Abstract

Regulations Fraser, vol. 2, p. 686. Interpretation.
[r. 1 cont.] Pressure of supply to consumers.
[r. 2 cont.] Introduction of three-wire system into consumer's premises. Minimum size of condusctors. Insulation test of low pressure and medium pressure mains. Testing of insulation of all parts of high pressure circuit.
Maintenance of insulation. Circuit-breaker for high pressure mains, etc. Transformers. Connexion of transformers with earth.
Protection from lightning. Report of accidents to Director of Public Works. Material of line conductors. Strength of line conductors. Minimum size of line conductor. Line conductors to be inaccessible.
Line conductors crossing other lines. Supports. Factor of safety of supports.
[r. 13 cont.] Service lines. Erection of line conductors at different voltages on same supports. Inspection and maintenance of lines. Materials used. Factor of safety of line conductors.
Minimum height of conductors Provision to prevent danger.
[r. 13 cont.] Factor of safety of line conductors. Minimum height of conductors. Provision to prevent danger.
Road-crossings, etc. Danger notices. Other overhead lines.
Constructions of receptacles for electric lines. Crossing pipes, etc. Electric continuity of metal conduits, etc., of high pressure line. Precautions to be taken when bare conductors are used. High pressure lines laid above ground or in subways.
Protection for surface of ground and electric lines. Completion and control of high pressure lines. Sub-stations. Street boxes.
[r. 23 cont.] Maximum power in case of underground sub-station, etc. Respon-sibility of company for lines, etc., on consumer's premises. Fire risks. Main fuses or circuit-breakers.
[r.31 cont.] Appeal to Director of Public Works. Penalty for making addition to electrical installation. Penalty on consumer for addition to electrical installation.
Height from ground. Are lamps to be guarded. Connexion with earth of a three-wire system. Connexion of other circuits with earth. Special regulations as to extra high pressure.
[r.39 cont.]
[r. 39 cont.]
Penalties for default. Specific exemptions. Exemption by Governor in Council. Citation.


Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1824

Edition

1950

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

103

Number of Pages

21
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 15:46:32 +0800
<![CDATA[ELECTRICITY SUPPLY ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1823

Title

ELECTRICITY SUPPLY ORDINANCE

Description






CHAPTER 103.

ELECTRICITY SUPPLY.

To regulate the supply of electricity for lighting and other
purposes purposes

19th May, 1911

1 . This Ordinance may be cited as the Electricity Supply
Ordinance.

2. In this Ordinance-

'company' means any person or any body of persons corporate or
unincorporate by whom electricity is generated or supplied;

'electricity' means electricity, electric current or any like agency;

'electric line' means a wire or wires, conductor or other means used for
the purpose of conveying, transmitting or distributing electricity,
with any easing, coating, covering, tube, pipe or insulator
inclosing, surrounding or supporting the same, or any part
thereof, or any apparatus connected therewith for the purpose of
conveying, transmitting or distributing electricity ;

'street' includes any square, court or alley, highway, lane, road,
thoroughfare or public passage or place;

'works' includes electric lines and any buildings, machinery,
engines, works, matters or things of whatever description
required to supply electricity and to carry into effect the objects of
a company.

3. The Governor in Council may make regulations, which shall
apply to every conipany generating or supplying electricity within the
Colony, for

(a)securing the safety of the public in respect of electricity,
electric lines and works;

(b)securing a regular and sufficient supply of electricity and
generally for controlling and regulating such supply; and





(c)the protection of telegraph cables, telephone lines, or lines
operated by any department of the Government or by the
naval, military or air force authorities or by any person or
body of persons authorized by the Government to maintain a
telegraphic service.

4. It shall be lawful for the Governor in Council to grant exemption
from any regulations made for securing the safety of the public under
this Ordinance to any company which proves to the satisfaction of the
Governor in Council that the conditions under which it generates or
supplies electricity are such as not to endanger in any way the safety
of the public.

5. Any regulation under this Ordinance may impose penalties for
offences against the same not exceeding five hundred dollars for
each offence, with or without penalties for continuing offences not
exceeding for any continuing offence one hundred dollars for every
day during which the offence continues. All such penalties may be recovered summarily.
Originally 18 of 1911. Fraser 18 of 1911. 22 of 1950. Short title. Interpretation. Power for Governor in Council to make regulations. [s. 3 cont.] Power for Governor in Council to grant exemption from safety regulations. Penalties may be imposed in regulations. 22 of 1950, Schedule.

Abstract

Originally 18 of 1911. Fraser 18 of 1911. 22 of 1950. Short title. Interpretation. Power for Governor in Council to make regulations. [s. 3 cont.] Power for Governor in Council to grant exemption from safety regulations. Penalties may be imposed in regulations. 22 of 1950, Schedule.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1823

Edition

1950

Volume

v3

Subsequent Cap No.

103

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 15:46:31 +0800
<![CDATA[WATERWORKS REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1822

Title

WATERWORKS REGULATIONS

Description






WATERWORKS.

WATERWORKS REGULATIONS.

(Cap. 102).
(Ordinance No. 20 Of 1938).
[1st January, 1939.]

The Form and Service of Notices.

(1) Notices required to be given or sent under the
Ordinance and regulations to a person or persons shall be
issued under the hand of the water authority, or an authorized
officer on his behalf and shall be served either by delivering
the same by post to the person or persons to whom they
are addressed or by leaving the same at the residence or
place of business of such person or persons, or by, leaving
the same on the premises to which such notices relate.

(2) All such notices shall be given on standard forms
prepared by the water authority the nature of which is stated
in Appendix II.

(3) General notices affecting all consumers shall be
inserted in newspapers approved by the water authority.

(4) The water authority shall have the right to alter
at his discretion the wording of all forms the nature of which
is stated in Appendix II or to introduce such new forms
as lie may consider necessary in conformity with the
regulations.

The Time and Place for the Payment of Moneys.

2. (1) The water authority shall submit accounts for
moneys and deposits due in the appropriate Form A, B,
C, D or E, the nature of which is stated in Appendix II

(2) The date by which payment must be made shall
be stated on the form, and payment shall be made at the.
address given on the form.

(3) If in any case the deposits or moneys due are not
paid within seven days before the date stated on the form,
a notice of intention to disconnect the service shall be sent





by the water authority on the appropriate form : Provided that nothing
shall prevent action under section 5 or proceedings under section i. of
the Ordinance being taken without notice to the person in default.

Deposits.

3. (1) In the case of work to be carried out by the water authority
for a consumer the work will not be put in hand till payment of the
deposit as requested on Form E has been made. The deposit will be
refunded after payment by the consumer of the account for the work.
(2) In the case of a deposit requested to cover the amounts due or
to become due for chargeable water for an existing inside service the
service will be disconnected from the waterworks after service of Form j
if payment of the deposit is not made within the time laid down on Form
E.
(3) In the case of a new inside service a connexion to the
waterworks will not be given until payment of the deposit as required
on Form E has been made.
(4) Deposits against payment of the amount due or to become due
for chargeable water will be held until the inside service has been
disconnected frorn the waterworks by the water authority at the request
of the consumer and all amounts due for chargeable water have been
paid by the consumer.

Fees.
4. The amounts of all fees payable under the regulations shall be
fixed from time to time and set forth in Appendix 1. Notice to pay shall
be given on Form D.

Price of Water.
5. The price of water for domestic, trade, construction and shipping
supplies shall be fixed from time to time and set forth in Appendix 1.
Notice to pay shall be given on Form B.





Meters Consumption and Water Accounts.
6. (1) Meters will be provided and maintained by the water
authority, and all repairs, except those necessitated by wilful
damage or negligence, will be made by the water authority free
of cost to the consumer.
(2) The consumer shall be held solely responsible for the safe
custody of the meter whilst it is fixed on the inside service
supplying his premises with water, and lie shall pay the cost of
fixing and removing the meter.
(3) The water authority shall have the right to prescribe the
size of meter or meters, and the number of meters which shall be
fixed to any premises.
(4) The water authority may in his discretion change a meter
at any time.
(5) Meters shall be read at such times as the water authority
may direct.
(6) For the purpose of determining the periodical
consumption the first reading of the meter may be taken not more
than io days before or after the first day of the period and the last
reading of the meter may be taken not more than io days before
or after the last day of the period. If the meter is removed or the
supply terminated during the period, then the last reading shall be
taken.
(7) The reading used as the last reading of any period shall
be used as the first reading of the ensuing period.
(8) If the consumer doubts the accuracy of the meter which
measures his water supply then the meter will, on receipt of Form
I duly signed by the consumer, be tested by the water authority.
The consumer, or any person appointed by him, may be present
when the meter is tested. The results of the test shall be binding
both on the water authority and on the consumer, and the quantity
of water indicated by the meter from the first reading of the
period shall be corrected according to the results of the test.
(9) If the meter is found to indicate correctly, or less than
the correct amount, then a fee as laid down in Appendix I shall
be paid by the consumer for testing the meter, plus





the cost of removing and refixing the meter. If the meter be found to
indicate more than the correct amount then no fee nor charges shall be
paid by the consumer for removing, testing and refixing the meter.
(10) A meter shall be considered to be correct when its inaccuracy
does not exceed three per cent.
(11) If a meter is found to be out of order, or if it is removed for repair
or alteration, a workmen's note giving the last reading of a meter shall be
left at the premises supplied through it. On fixing a new meter or refixing
the old meter a second workmen's note shall be left at the premises. The
consumption for the time that the meter was out of order or for the time
that the service was without a meter shall be calculated according to the
average daily rate of consumption that obtained during the period
between any two successive readings whilst the meter was in good
order prior to the removal of the meter, or, at the discretion of the water
authority, , according to the average daily rate
of consumption during the period between the two successive readings
immediately succeeding the fixing of a new meter or the refixing of the
old meter.
(12) Accounts for amounts due for chargeable water will be
delivered on Form B, quarterly or at such other periods as the water
authority may deem expedient.
(13) On receiving written notice from a consumer that fie desires to
have a supply terminated or his liability transferred the water authority
shall send to him Form 1 for signature, and, on receipt of Form 1 duly
signed, the inside service will be disconnected from the waterworks and
the meter removed by the water authority at the cost of the consumer.
The consumer shall pay all rates and charges incurred until lie has given
notice to the water authority in writing of his wish to have the supply
terminated or his liability transferred.

Notification of Restriction or Suspension of Supply.
7. If in the opinion of the water authority it is necessary to restrict
or suspend the supply-
(a) under paragraph (a) of section 7 of the Ordinance, notice will
be given in newspapers approved by the water authority;





(b) under paragraph (b) of section 7 of the Ordinance,
notice will be served by hand in Form L on the
consumers affected;
(c) under paragraphs (c), (d) and (e) of section 7, no notice
will be given.
In all the above cases the water authority shall incur no
liability for compensation to consumers or to any person
whatsoever on account of restriction or suspension of the supply
to any premises or to public standpipes.

Disconnexion of the Supply to a Consumer.
8. (1) Under section 5 of the Ordinance disconnexion of the
supply to any consumer may be effected by severing the inside
service or by such other means as the water authority may deem
necessary. Notice that the supply is to be disconnected shall be
given on Form J.
(2) After the conditions and regulations of the Ordinance have
been complied with, a fee as laid down in Appendix I shall be
paid by the consumer for the reconnexion of any supply so
disconnected.

Licensing of Plumbers.
9. (1) Every person, except the authorized officers of the
water authority, who intends to carry out for a consumer any
work in connexion with the construction, alteration or repair of
inside services or fire services which are to deliver water
supplied from the waterworks must first obtain a licence from the
water authority on Form 0.
(2) Such licence will be granted only to persons (or to firms
employing persons) who hold certificates from any of the
following
(a) The Royal Sanitary Institute,
(b) The Institute of Plumbers,
(c) The City and Guilds of London, or to persons (or firms
employing. persons) who, in the opinion of the water authority,
possess other suitable qualifications.
(3) Such licence shall be for one year or part of one year in
the first instance, and shall be renewable annually





on the 1st of January at the discretion of the water authority, and subject
to the payment in advance of the fees laid down in Appendix 1. The
water authority may revoke any licence at any time, without
compensation to the holder, in the event of the holder acting in any way
contrary to the provisions of these regulations.

Standards.
Pipes.
10. (1) Pipes of cast iron, wrought iron or other approved material
as hereinafter specified may be used in any part of an inside service or
fire service.
(2) Cast iron pipes shall comply with the requirements of the latest
British standard specification for class C cast iron pipes.
(3) Wrought iron pipes shall be of water quality and galvanized,
and shall comply with the requirements of the latest British standard
specification for such pipes.
(4) Copper pipes or pipes of other material shall comply with the
requirements of the latest British standard specification for such pipes.
(5) Lead pipes and lead connexions of any kind shall not be
permitted in any part of an inside or fire service for the conveyance of
water from the waterworks.
(6) The water authority shall have the right at any time to weigh,
measure or otherwise test any pipes being used for an inside service or
lire service to ascertain if they are up to standard.
(7) Galvanized iron or steel services shall be not less generally than
3/4'internal diameter. 1/2' branches to draw off
points may be permitted, but must be kept as short as possible and shall
supply not more than one draw off point. Changes of direction shall be
effected by slow bends. Sharp elbows shall not be permitted.

Taps, ball cocks and stop cocks.
(8) All taps, ball cocks and stop cocks shall conform to the latest
standards laid down by the British Waterworks Association and the
relevant British Standard Specification.





(9) Iron taps, ball cocks and stop cocks shall not be used without
written permission from the water authority.
(10) Fittings with threaded outlets, or any contrivance or device
permitting the connecting of rubber or other type flexible hose, shall not
be permitted, except only by written permission of the water authority.
(11) Samples of taps, ball cocks and stop cocks of approved type
may be seen at the waterworks workshops.
(12) No tap, ball cock or stop cock shall be used until it has been
approved and stamped by the water authority. The licensed plumber
shall at his own cost deliver ail such fittings to the waterworks
workshops and remove them after they are stamped.
(13) A fee as specified in Appendix I shall be charged for each
article stamped by the water authority.
(14) Jointing compounds using a lead base shall not be permitted
on screwed joints.

Cold water cisterns
(15) Cold water cisterns for the storage of water supplied by the
waterworks shall not be permitted except with the written permission of
the water authority. Where permitted they shall be watertight and have
close fitting covers which shall not be airtight. They shall be
constructed of concrete, iron or other approved material. Where iron is
used it shall be galvanized or otherwise protected against corrosion in a
manner to be approved by the water authority. Every cistern shall have a
ball cock and an overflow pipe. The ball cock shall shut off the supply
when the water level is 2 inches below the overflow pipe and the nose or
outlet of the ball cock shall be above the surface of the water when the
cistern is charged. The overflow pipe shall be laid to the outside of the
building and shall terminate in a conspicuous position. No overflow pipe
shall be connected to a drain, sewer, or to the overflow pipe from any
other cistern. Cisterns shall be placed in such positions that they are
easily accessible for cleaning.
(16) The storage of the following amounts of cold water from the
mains may generally be permitted, but the water





authority shall in all cases decide the maximum storage to be allowed
For domestic purposes in ordinary type houses or flats
(a)Flushing supply (where a mains supply is approved)
10 gallons per flushing point whether water closet,
urinal or bidet.
Minimum 50 gallons.
Maximum 400 gallons.
(b)Hot water system-1 1/2 times the capacity of the hot water
cylinders.
(c)Cold water system-nil, except where a house or flat is situated
at such a level that a gravity supply from the mains cannot be
guaranteed.

For trade purposes-Factories, restaurants,
cating houses, etc.
The amount of storage shall depend on the average daily
requirements at the premises, and in general approval shall not be given
for an amount which exceeds half such requirements.
(17) All storage cisterns shall have stop cocks on the inlet and
delivery pipes.

Hot water apparatus.
(18) Except with the written permission of the water authority all hot
water apparatus such as geysers, engines or other appliances in which
water supplied from the waterworks is heated shall be fed from a cold
water cistern and shall not be connected directly to the main. The
supply pipe from the cold water cistern shall feed the hot water
apparatus only.
(19) If the cold water for such apparatus is supplied from a cold water
cistern which is used for other purposes no pipe other than the
connexion to the hot water apparatus shall draw water from the lower
half of such cistern.
(20) Hot water cylinders shall be constructed of galvanized iron or
other approved material, tested to double the normal working pressure,
and adequately supported. No





tap or other means of drawing off water (other than a screwed
plug with a removable key for emptying the system for
cleansing or repairs) shall be connected to any part of the
hot water system below the top of the hot water cylinder in
such a way that the level of the water in the cylinder can
be lowered. Every cylinder shall have an expansion pipe
which shall be carried up and bent over the cold water cistern
so that the open end of the pipe shall be above the surface
of the water when the cistern is charged. All hot water boiler and
storage cylinders shall have stop cocks on the inlet and outlet pipes.
(21) Hot water apparatus generally shall conform to the standards
laid down for the time being by the British Waterworks Association.

Flushing apparatus.
(The following standards apply only lit cases zc,here permi . ssion.
has been. granted under regulation 17 to use water supplied froin the
waterworks for flushing water closets, latrines and urinals.)
(22) Every water closet, latrine and urinal shall be provided with a
flushing cistern made of cast iron or other suitable approved material.
(23) Flushing cisterns for water closets shall be capable of giving
a flush of not less than 2 gallons nor more than 3 gallons of water.
(24) The tall pipe and flush pipe of flushing cisterns for water
closets shall have an internal diameter of not less than one and one
quarter inches.
(25) Every flushing cistern shall have an overflow which shall
terminate in a conspicuous position.
(26) Every flushing cistern shall have a ball cock of such design as
to allow the cistern to fill rapidly but shall shut off the supply when the
water level reaches a level one inch below the overflow.. The nose or
outlet of the ball cock shall be above- the surface of the water when the
cistern is charged. A stop cock shall be fixed behind the ball cock.
(27) Every flushing cistern shall have an efficient wastepreventing
device of the valveless type.





(28) The siphon (or dome and discharge pipe as the case may be)
of every flushing cistern shall either be of corrosion-resisting material or
be efficiently protected against corrosion.
(29) Every flushing cistern shall be so constructed that water
cannot flow down the flush pipe except when a flush is being properly
delivered, and so that it shall not discharge at one flush more than its
normal capacity.
(30) In the case of latrines or urinals the capacity of the flushing
cistern shall be decided by the water authority.
(31) Flushing apparatus shall be operated by hand, except in cases
where written permission from the water authority has been granted for
the installation of automatic flushing. In such cases the amount and
frequency of the flushes shall be decided by the water authority.
(32) Flushing cisterns shall in all cases be supplied
from cold water cisterns and such cold water cisterns shall not be used
to supply, any other apparatus, appliances or fittings.
(33) Flushing apparatus without flushing cisterns shall not be used
without the written permission of the water authority. Where flushing
valves of approved type. are so permitted they, shall be set and sealed
by the water authority.

Baths, lavatory basins and sinks.
(34) Every inlet to a bath, lavatory basin or sink shall be distinct
from, and unconnected with, the outlet thereof, and any outlet for
emptying a bath, lavatory basin or sink shall be provided with a visible
and well fitting watertight plug or other easily, accessible and equally
suitable outlet.
(35) The level of the nose or outlet of the cold water .Inlet to a bath,
lavatory basin or sink shall be above the level of the overflow pipe, or if
there be no overflow pipe, above the rim of the bath, lavatory basin or
sink.
(36) All taps supplying baths, lavatory basins and sinks shall be
checked by a- stop cock fixed in a readily accessible position.





Apparatus for combating fire.
(37) All apparatus, appliances and fittings to be used in a fire
service shall be of a type to be approved by the Chief Officer of the Fire
Brigade and shall also comply with the standards required by these
regulations in so far as they apply.
Booster pumps.
(38) Booster pumps shall not be permitted except where, owing to
the elevation of the site, water will not reach the roof level by gravity. In
such cases pumping direct from the mains shall not he permitted and a
sump must be provided by the consumer at a level where it can be
supplied from the Government mains by gravity. The booster shall pump
from this sump to a roof tank.

Construction alteration and repair of inside services.
11. (I) Any consumer may arrange to construct, alter or repair at his
own cost an inside service for the supply of water from the waterworks
to any premises and such work except for the portions on Crown land
shall be carried out only by licensed plumbers in accordance with the
regulations and subject to the approval of the water authority.
(2)(a) The construction, alteration and repair of the portions of
an inside service on Crown land shall be carried out by the
water authority at the cost of the consumer.
(b)The water authority will not undertake the construetion of
new inside services or the alteration of existing inside
services except for the portions on Crown land, but may at his
discretion undertake to repair an inside service at the cost of
a consumer.
(3) When a licensed plumber has been instructed to carry out the
construction, alteration or repairs to an inside service he shall submit
his proposals to the water authority on Form G, which will be retained
by the water authority. Plans and a complete specification of the works
may be required by the water authority whenever in his opinion, having
regard to the magnitude of the works, it is desirable to do so.





(4) In the case of a new inside service the licensed plumber before
submitting Form G shall ascertain from the water authority the point at
which a connexion from the waterworks to the premises will be given.
(5) As soon as Possible after receipt of Form G the water authority
shall inform the licensed plumber on Form H if the proposals are
approved. If they are not approved Form G will be returned to the
licensed plumber with the reasons for approval being withheld. The
licensed plumber shall notify the water authority in writing when he
proposes to commence work which has been approved, giving at least
three days' clear notice.
(6) Where urgent repair work has to be carried out the licensed
plumber may proceed at once without submitting Form G. He shall,
however, notify the water authority in writing as soon as possible
giving details of the work being carried out. When repair work involves
only the provision of new washers for taps neither Form G nor
notification of work being carried out is required.
(7) No part of an inside service shall be extended or constructed to
include any draw off point in any garden, lawn, bowling green or sports
area of any kind, or in any place where the use of water from the
waterworks is not purely for domestic or for other approved purpose.
Rubber or other type flexible hose shall not be used except with the
written consent of the water authority.
(8) The water authority's decision as to the size and position of the
inside service pipes and fittings, the number of fittings and the position
of the meter shall be final.
(9) No pipes and fittings forming the inside service shall be
covered up until they have been inspected and approved by the water
authority.
(10) When the work is completed to the boundary of the premises
an application in Form 1 shall be made to the water authority for a
connexion to the waterworks. A final inspection will then be made and,
if the inside service is in order and the consumer has signed the
appropriate undertaking in Form F, the portion on Crown land and the
connexion to the main will be laid and the meter fixed by the water
authority at the cost of the consumer.





(11) The stop cock or sluice valve on the connexion to the main
shall be fixed as close to the main as possible. The connexion to the
main shall be maintained by the water authority and the inside service
shall be maintained by the consumer.
(12) All pipes and fittings shall conform to the standards laid down
in the regulations, and any materials found on the work which do not
conform to these standards shall be removed forthwith by the licensed
plumber on the request of the water authority. If the licensed plumber
desires to use any fittings for which no standards are laid down in the
regulations such fittings shall first be approved by the water authority.
(13) All labour and materials supplied by the water authority at the
request of a consumer on Form I shall be charged for at actual cost plus
such supervision charge as may be fixed from tirne to time and set forth
in Appendix I. The water authority shall, after the completion of the
work, present an account for the cost of the work to the consumer on
Form A.
(14) The water authority will not be responsible for any damage to
and will not undertake to restore any ornamental floors, walls or
decorations which may be disturbed in carring- out work on an inside
service.
(15) The water authority notwithstanding that his requirements
have been complied with as regards inside services does not hold
himself liable for any damage that may arise in premises by bursting or
overflowing, nor will the water authority by any permission or act
extend his responsibility beyond the connexion to the main.
(16) No inside Service constructed for the reception or conveyance
of water supplied from the waterworks shall be used for the reception or
conveyance of any other water than that supplied from the waterworks
nor connected in any way to a service used to convey water not
supplied from the waterworks.
(17) The water authority shall have the right to refuse to connect to
the waterworks any new inside service or to disconnect from the
waterworks any existing inside service





which does not conform in any way to the requirements of the
regulations. Notice that an existing inside service is to be so
disconnected from the waterworks will be given on Form J.

Construction, alteration and repair of fire services.
12. (I) Permission to construct a fire service in premises may be
granted by the water authority when in the opinion of the Chief officer
of the Fire Brigade such a service is necessary or expedient to enable
water to be drawn from the waterworks for the purpose of combating fire
in such premises.
(2) Such permission shall be subject to the conditions laid down in
these regulations and in Form M.
(3) The annual fee payable in advance for the retention of a fire
service shall be as stated in Appendix 1. A proportionate fee shall be
paid in advance in respect of any fire service connected during a year
and a proportionate refund will be made, on request, in respect of any
fire service disconnected during a year and no longer necessary.
(4) The cost of the fire service including the connexion to the main
shall be borne by the permittee who shall be entirely responsible for the
maintenance of the fire service.
(5) The water authority shall not be responsible for damage or loss
caused by diminution or failure of the supply due to water restriction or
to any other cause.
(6) The construction, alteration and repair of fire services shall be
carried out only by licensed plumbers except for the portions on Crown
land where the work shall be carried out by the water authority.
(7) When a licensed plumber has been nstructed to construct a fire
service he shall first ascertain from the office of the water authority
whether a connexion to the waterworks can be given, and if so, the point
at which such connexion will be given.
(8) When a licensed plumber has been instructed io construct, alter
or repair a fire service he shall prepare a plan of the proposed work and
submit it to the Chief Officer of the Fire Brigade together with Form G. If
the Chief





Officer of the Fire Brigade approves the proposals lie will indorse Form
G and the plan accordingly-and pass them to the water authority.
(9) (a) If in the opinion of the water authority there is no
objection to the proposals he shall notify the licensed
plumber on Forin H that the work is approved and in the case
of a new or altered fire service shall send to him Form M for
signature by the permittee, Form G and the plan will be
retained by the water authority.
(b)If in the opinion of either the water authority or Chief Officer
of the Fire Brigade there is an objection to the proposals, Form
G and the plan will be returned to the licensed plumber for
amendment with the reason for approval being withheld.
(10) When a new or altered fire service which has been approved
on Form H is completed to the boundary of the premises the licensed
plumber shall submit to the water authority Form I duly signed. An
inspection shall then be made by the water authority and, if the service
is in order, the laying of the connexion to the main and the portion of (lie
service on Crown land will be carried out by the water authority at the
cost of the permittee.
(11) Paragraphs (10) to (16) of regulation II shall apply equally to the
construction, alteration and repair of fire services.

Inside services which are defective or not up to standard.
13.In the event of any defect or of any pipes or fittings
which are not tip to standard being discovered on the inside services of
any premises the water authority shall serve notice upon the consumer
in Form K.
(2) If the consumer fails to have the defect remedied or the pipes or
fittings replaced within three days or such extended time as the water
authority shall consider necessary, the inside service will be
disconnected from the waterworks under section 5 of the Ordinance
after service of Form J.

Prevention of waste.
14. Every consumer shall take all possible precautions to prevent
waste and misuse of water and shall he held





entirely responsible for the proper maintenance of the inside service
supplying his premises. If any consumer is found to be wasting water or
permitting water to be wasted, notice
will be served on him by the water authority on Form that the inside
service will be disconnected from the waterworks under section section 5 of
the Ordinance. The consumer shall in addition be liable to the penalties
laid down in section 19 of the Ordinance.

Keeping inside services clean.
15. (1) The responsibility for keeping clean an inside service
including all fittings shall rest entirely with the consumer.
(2) If any part of an inside service is discovered to be dirty and in
the opinion of the water authority a possible source of pollution of the
water in the mains it shall be considered defective and notice will be
served on the consumer accordingly in Form K and, if the inside service
be not cleaned within three days of the date of such notice or such
extended time as the water authority shall consider necessary, the inside
service shall be disconnected from the waterworks by the water
authority under section 5 of the Ordinance after service of Form

Drawing water from Public standpipes.
16. (1) Water shall be taken from public standpipes only in buckets
or other suitable receptacles, and in such a manner as to prevent waste.
(2) No hose-pipe, pipe, tube, chute or other contrivance of any
nature whatever shall be attached either temporarily or permanently to
any public standpipe.
(3) No automatic self-closing valve or other automatic appliance
attached to or forming part of any public standpipe shall be interfered
with so as to prevent either temporarily or permanently its automatic
action.
(4) Water from public standpipes is intended for domestic
purposes only and water to be used for trade purposes shall not be
taken from a public standpipe.





Use of water from the waterworks for flushing.
17. Water from the waterworks shall not be used for flushing water
closets, latrines and urinals without the written consent of the water
authority.

Use of water from the waterworks for air conditioning
plants and swimming pools.
18. (1) Water from the waterworks shall not be used for air
conditioning plants and swimming pools without the written consent of
the water authority.
(2) The water authority shall have the right to stipulate the
conditions under which such consent may be given.

Taking. fish in the 'reservoirs.
19. (1) The use of nets or other appliances, including
rods and lines, and the use of dynamite or other explosive
substance or any poisonous, stupefying or noxious substance
to catch or destroy fish in the reservoirs is strictly prohibited :
Provided always that permission to fish with rod and line
may be granted by licence by the water authority on Form P;
such licence must be produced when demanded by any police
officer or by any officer or servant of the water authority.
(2) No fishing will be permitted between 1st April and 31st August.
(3) A seasonal fee as set out in Appendix I shall be paid in
advance before such permit will be granted.

Penalty.
20. Any person who acts in contravention of regulations 16, 17, 18
and 19 shall be liable to a fine of five hundred dollars.

Citation.
21. These regulations may be cited as the Waterworks
Regulations.





APPENDIX 1.

PRICE OF WATER.
(Regulation 5).
In this Table-
'construction Purposes' includes
any purpose connected with the construction,
alteration or repair of any premises;
'shipping purposes' includes any water supplied to piers, wharves or sea-walls, or
to any vessel including any water boat lying at or near any pier, wharf or sea-
wall;
'trade -purposes' includes any purpose connected with any trade, manufacture or
business other than construction or shipping purposes;
'domestic purposes' means purposes connected solely with the occupation of a
dwelling house.
The price of water, filtered or unfiltered, per unit of 1,000
gallons shall be-
per unit
(a) for construction or shipping purposes $2.00
(b) for all other purposes .80
Charges for water at the above rates shall be made in all
accounts issued by the Water Authority on Form B.
Surcharges.
If any part of any account rendered in Form B remains unpaid
after the date specified in the account for payment without surcharge, the amount
remaining unpaid shall, if it does not exceed five dollars, be increased by twenty-
five cents, and if it exceeds five dollars, be increased by ten cents for every two
dollars or part of two dollars.
FEES.
(Regulation 4).
Fees payable under the regulations shall be
Fees in Connexion with Water Service.
(a) Under regulation 6: Testing a meter $ 10.00
(b) 8: Reconnecting an inside service 5.00
(c) 10: Stamping fittings (each) 0.25
(d) 12: Fire Service retention
(annually in advance)
(i) 2' 35.00
(ii) 3' 50.00
(iii) 4' . 75.00
(iv) 6 . 110.00
(e) ,, regulations
11 & 12: Resealing waterworks fittings 4.00
Licence fees.
(a) Under regulation 9: Plumber's registration and
licence $ 10.00
(b) 9: Renewal of plumber's licence
(annually in advance) 5.00
(c) 19: Fishing licence (per season in
advance) 10.00

175





SUPERVISION CHARGE.
(Regulation 11 (13)).
The charge for supervision on work carried out by the water authority for
a consumer shall be 331 per cent on the actual cost of all labour and materials.

APPENDIX II.

FORMS.
(Regulation 1).
Standard forms of notices, accounts, etc., to be

Regulation Form Nature of form

6, 11, 12 A House service account.
6 B Water account.
4 D Fee account.
3 E Demand notice for deposit.
11 F Undertaking.
11, 12 G Notice by licensed plumber of intention to
construct, alter or repair an inside or
fire service.
11, 12 H Notice by water authority of approval of
proposals for constructing, altering or
repairing an inside or fire service.
6, 11, 12 I Requisition for work to be carried out by
the water authority for a consumer.
8 J Notice by water authority that an inside
service is to be disconnected from the
waterworks.
13 K Notice by water authority that an inside
service is defective or not up to
standard.
7 L Notice that the supply to certain consum-
ers is to be suspended to allow altera-
tions, etc., to be carried out to the
waterworks by the water authority.
12 M Conditions for a fire service installation.
9 O Plumber's licence.
19 p Fishing licence.
Ord. 20 or 1938, s. 30, Schedule. G.N. 595/39. G.N. 1202/39. G.N. 936/40. Ord. 2/46, Schedule III, G.N. 470/46. G.N.A. 23/51. G.N.A. 75/51.
G.N. 470/46.
G.N. 470/46. GN.A. 75/51.
G.N.A. 75/51. G.N. 470/46.
[r. 7 cont.]
G.N.A. 75/51. G.N.A. 75/51. G.N.A. 75/51.
[r. 10 cont.] G.N.A. 75/51. G.N.A. 75/51. G.N.A. 75/51. G.N.A. 75/51.
G.N.A. 75/51.
[r. 10 cont.] G.N.A. 75/51.
G.N.A. 75/51. G.N.A. 75/51.
[r. 10 cont.] G.N.A. 75/51.
G.N.A. 75/51. G.N. 1202/39.
[r. 11 cont.]
[r. 12 cont.]
G.N. 470/46. G.N.A. 75/51.
G.N. 470/46. G.N. 1202/39. G.N. 470/46. G.N.A. 75/51.
G.N. 1202/39. G.N. 1202/39 G.N. 470/46.

Abstract

Ord. 20 or 1938, s. 30, Schedule. G.N. 595/39. G.N. 1202/39. G.N. 936/40. Ord. 2/46, Schedule III, G.N. 470/46. G.N.A. 23/51. G.N.A. 75/51.
G.N. 470/46.
G.N. 470/46. GN.A. 75/51.
G.N.A. 75/51. G.N. 470/46.
[r. 7 cont.]
G.N.A. 75/51. G.N.A. 75/51. G.N.A. 75/51.
[r. 10 cont.] G.N.A. 75/51. G.N.A. 75/51. G.N.A. 75/51. G.N.A. 75/51.
G.N.A. 75/51.
[r. 10 cont.] G.N.A. 75/51.
G.N.A. 75/51. G.N.A. 75/51.
[r. 10 cont.] G.N.A. 75/51.
G.N.A. 75/51. G.N. 1202/39.
[r. 11 cont.]
[r. 12 cont.]
G.N. 470/46. G.N.A. 75/51.
G.N. 470/46. G.N. 1202/39. G.N. 470/46. G.N.A. 75/51.
G.N. 1202/39. G.N. 1202/39 G.N. 470/46.


Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1822

Edition

1950

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

102

Number of Pages

19
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 15:46:30 +0800
<![CDATA[WATERWORKS ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1821

Title

WATERWORKS ORDINANCE

Description






CHAPTER 102.

WATERWORKS.

To provide for and regulate the supply of water.

[1st January, 1939.]

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Waterworks Ordinance.

Interpretation of terms

2. In this Ordinance-

'authorized officer' includes the water authority and any person
subordinate to him authorized by the Governor perform any of the
functions of the water authority;

'chargeable water' means

(a)in the case of any premises entitled to a free allowance of
water, any consumption in excess of such free allowance;

(b)in the case of any premises not entitled to a free allowance of
water, the total consumption ;

'connexion to the main' includes the stop cock and length of piping
between such stop cock aiid the main;

'consumer' includes any person or persons or corporate body
supplied or applying to be supplied with or using water from the
waterworks, or who is liable for the payment of rates, or moneys
due or to become due under this Ordinance;

'consumption' means any quantity of water ascertained by meter as
having been used;

'fire service' includes any pipes and fittings used for the sole
purpose of supplying water to premises to combat fire;

'fittings' includes all taps, stop cocks, ball cocks, cold water cisterns,
hot water apparatus, flushing apparatus, or any other apparatus
or appliances used on an inside service in connexion with the
supply of water from the waterworks, except meters;





'gathering ground' means any surface of land or otherwise which
collects the rainfall for the purposes of the waterworks;

'inside service' includes all pipes and fittings beyond the connexion
to the main;

'licensed plumber' includes any person or persons or corporate body
licensed by the water authority to construct, alter or repair inside
services or fire services connected with or to be connected with
the waterworks;

includes any, pipe owned and maintained by the water
authority, including 'connexions to the main' ;

'meter' includes any appliance or device used to measure, ascertain or
regulate the amount of water taken or used from the waterworks;

'premises' includes any structure, building or part of a building, land
without buildings, or any pier, sea-wall or wharf in the waters of
the Colony;

'public standpipe' includes any fountain standpipe, valve, tap or
appliance provided and maintained by the water authority for the
purpose of supplying water to the public;

'quarter' means any three consecutive months;

'water authority' means the Director of Public Works or such other
person as the Govertior may appoint to administer, manage or
supervise the waterworks or water supply

'waterworks' includes all gathering grounds, reservoirs, dams, weirs,
tanks, cisterns, tunnels, filter beds, conduits, aqueducts, mains,
pipes, meters, fountains, sluices, valves, hydrants, pumps, prime
movers and all other structures or appliances used or constructed
for the storage, conveyance, supply, measurement or regulation
of water, and which have been constructed by or on behalf of the
Government and are the property thereof, or which shall hereafter
be used or constructed by the water authority;





Administration of waterworks.

3. The water authority shall have the custody and administration
of the waterworks and of the water therein and the management of the
supply or distribution of such water, subject to the general authority
of the Governor in Council.

4. The Governor shall appoint suitable officers to carry out the
provisions of this Ordinance, who shall be under the control of the
water authority, subject to the general authority of the Governor.

Powers of the water authority.

5. It shall be lawful for the water authority to disconnect from the
waterworks the inside service to any premises without prejudice to any
water rate, meter rent or other sums due or to become due under this
Ordinance or the Rating Ordinance

(a)unless the consumer, within fourteen days from the date of
service of written notice in that behalf or such extended time
as the water authority may allow, gives an undertaking
satisfactory to the water authority to pay to the Accountant
General, quarterly or at such lesser periods as the water
authority may in any case determine, the amount due for
charges for water and for meter rent in accordance with
regulations;

(b)if default is made in the payment of any deposit which the
water authority may require or of any moneys due under this
Ordinance frorn the consumer for so long as the default
continues ;

(c)if the construction, alteration or repair of any inside service
by a consumer is not carried out to the satisfaction of the
water authority in accordance with the provisions of this
Ordinance or regulations; or if the construction, alteration or
repair of any inside service is carried out without the
approval of the water authority;

(d)if any consumer is found to be wilfully or negligently wasting
water supplied from the waterworks through the inside
service to his premises; or





(e)if any act or thing is done or omitted contrary to the
provisions of this Ordinance in relation to any damage,
alteration, pollution or abuse of the waterworks or of any
inside or fire service.

6. It shall be lawful for the water authority or any person duly
Authorized in writing by him, at any reasonable time or in the case of
urgency at any time, for the purposes hereinafter mentioned to enter
into and upon any premises into or upon which any inside service has
been laid for the supply of water from the waterworks, namely

(a)to inspect any inside service and to ascertain whether there
is any waste, leakage, obstruction, alteration, interference or
damage to any inside service or meter therein and anything
in connexion therewith,

(b) to regulate or repair any inside service or meter;

(c) to ascertain the consumption; or

(d)to disconnect the inside service to any premises or to
diminish, withhold or suspend, stop, turn off or divert the
supply of water to any premises through or by means of any
inside service either wholly or in part.

7. It shall be lawful for the water authority to restrict,
diminish, withhold or suspend, stop, turn off or divert the
supply of water through or by means of any main, inside
service or public standpipe, either wholly or in part, when-
ever the water authority may think fit, and without preJudice
to any water rate, meter rent or other sums due or to become
due under this Ordinance and without compensation for any
damage or loss which may result-

(a) whenever the available supply of water from the
waterworks shall in the opinion of the water
authority be insufficient;

(b)whenever it may be expedient or necessary for the purpose
of extending, altering, testing or repairing the waterworks or
for the purpose of the connexion of inside or fire services;

(c)whenever any public standpipe is damaged or the waters
thereof are polluted or wasted;

(d) in case of an outbreak of fire; or





(e) in case. of a breakdown in the waterworks.

8. It shall be lawful for the water authority to fix public standpipes
together with the connexions to the waterworks in or over any lane or
street over land held under lease from the Crown.

9. It shall be lawful for the water authority to fix the amount of and
to demand in advance deposits from consumers to cover the amount
due or to become due for meter rent and for chargeable water at any
premises and for work to be carried out by the water authority at the
cost of a consumer. Such deposits may be held by the Accountant
General for such time as the water authority shall direct and shall bear
no interest and may, in the discretion of the water authority and
without prejudice to his powers under section 5, be applied to the
payment of any money in respect of which the deposit was made and
which has not been duly paid in accordance with regulations.

Inside services.

10. Any consumer may arrange with a licensed plumber to
construct an inside service in premises for the supply of water from the
waterworks. The construction of the inside service and the nature, size
and quality of the materials and fittings shall be in accordance with
regulations and on the completion of the service to the satisfaction of
the water authority it shall be connected by the water authority to the
waterworks subject to payment of the charges for such connexion as
prescribed by such regulations and subject to the consumer giving the
undertaking required by section 5 :

Provided that, except when so directed by the Governor in
Council, the water authority shall be under no obligation to connect
with the waterworks the inside services of any premises which are
more than two hundred yards from a main, or which are at an altitude
higher than that to which water from the waterworks can be supplied
by gravitation

Provided also that nothing in this section shall be deemed to
restrict the drawing of water by any person from public standpipes in
districts where public standpipes are provided.

11. The cost of constructing, altering or repairing all inside
services shall be borne by the consumer.





12. The water authority may, in his discretion, repair any part of an
inside service at the request of a consumer, and on completion thereof
the consumer shall pay the cost of the repair at such time and place as
may be prescribed by regulations.

13. In the case of any existing inside service or of any inside
service that may hereafter be constructed, the connexion to the main
shall be a part of the waterworks.

14. All water supplied to premises through inside services shall be
measured by meter in the manner prescribed by regulations.

Gathering grounds

15. The Governor shall cause. the limits or areas of all existing
gathering grounds to be mapped and thereafter no land not then
already leased by the Crown shall be granted, demised or sold within
such limits or areas for any purpose whatsoever :

Provided that, if the water authority be satisfied that it is
practicable to drain any land situated either wholly or partially within
the limits of any gathering ground in such a way as to prevent any
portion of the waterworks becoming contaminated, the Governor may
grant, demise or sell such land, subject to such conditions and
restrictions as to drainage as may be deemed advisable.

A map showing clearly such limits and areas shall be inade and
kept for public reference in the office of the water authority.

16. Whenever the Governor in Council decides that a gathering
ground is required for the purpose of extending or augmenting the
water supply, the water authority shall cause the limits or area thereof
to be mapped as in section 15 and thereafter, if in the opinion of the
Governor in Council any land held under lease frorn the Crown within
such area is required for any purpose connected with the waterworks,
including the protection thereof from contamination, such purpose
shall be deemed to be a public purpose within the meaning of the
Crown Lands Resumption Ordinance.





Moneys due.

17. All moneys, other than penalties or fines, payable or
recoverable under this Ordinance shall be recoverable at the suit of the
Accountant General in the summary jurisdiction of the Supreme Court
together with interest thereon at a rate not exceeding eight per cent per
annum, and any judgment given or order made shall be enforced in the
same manner in which any judgment or order may be enforced in any
other action' in the Supreme Court.

18. In any such action a certificate under the hand of the water
authority that any sum of money is due shall in the absence of
evidence to the contrary be conclusive evidence of such debt and of
the non-payment thereof.

Offences and penalties.

19. Any person who wilfully or negligently misuses or wastes or
allows to be misused or wasted any water supplied from the
waterworks either through a metered service or public standpipe shall
be liable on summary conviction to a fine of one thousand dollars.

20. Any person who in any public street, road or lane washes
clothes at or near a public standpipe with water therefrom shall be
liable on sumniary conviction to a fine of five hundred dollars.

21. Any person who wilfully or negligently injures the
waterworks, or unlawfully draws off, diverts or takes water from the
same or from any stream or waters by which the waterworks are
supplied, or alters or causes or permits any inside service to be altered
without the approval of the water authority, shall be liable on summary
conviction to a fine of one thousand dollars.

22. Any person who alters or causes or permits to be
altered any inside service with intent to avoid the accurate
measurement of water by means of any meter, or who
wilfully or negligently interferes with or injures any meter,
shall be liable on summary conviction to a fine of two
hundred and fifty dollars and any inside service so altered
or meter so injured or interfered with shall be replaced or





repaired by the water authority and the cost of such replacement or
repair may be recovered upon the order of a magistrate from the
person convicted in the same manner as a fine.

23. Any unauthorized person who interferes with or opens or
shuts any valve or hydrant or stop cock belonging to the waterworks
shall be liable on summary conviction to a fine of one thousand

24. Any person who takes any water from the waterworks except
through a metered inside service or from a public standpipe without the
permission of the water authority shall be liable on summary conviction
to a fine of one thousand dollars.

25. (1) Any person who deposits or allows to be
deposited any earth, material or liquid in such manner or
place that it may be washed, fall or be carried into the water-
works shall be liable on summary conviction to a fine of one
thousand dollars, and if such earth, material or liquid is
allowed to remain so deposited after nofice in writing from
the water authority requiring it to be removed has been
given to such person he shall be liable to a further fine of
one hundred dollars for each day during which the offence
continues.

(2) Any person who bathes, washes his person or enters in any
part or any water of the waterworks, or washes, throws or causes to
enter therein any creature, alive or dead, or any thing, shall be liable on
summary conviction to a fine of two hundred and fifty dollars.

26. Every breach of this Ordinance or regulations for which no
penalty is by this Ordinance otherwise expressly provided shall be
punishable on summary conviction by a fine of five hundred dollars.

27. In any complaint or proceedings under this Ordinance the
water authority may be represented by an authorized officer.

28. No fine or punishment imposed under this Ordinance or
regulations shall affect or prejudice the powers of the water authority
under section 5.





Regulations.

29. The Governor in Council may by regulations provide for

(a)the forms of all notices required to be given or sent
under this Ordinance and the issuing and service
thereof

(b)the time and place for the payment of all moneys due
or to become due under this Ordinance;

(c) deposits to be made by consumers;

(d) fees and the payment thereof;

(c) the price of water.;

free allowances of water to approved hospitals,
charitable institutions or other premises;

(g)the fixing of meters, the amount of meter rents and the
ascertaining of the consumption at any premises;

(h)the notification of restriction or suspension of the water
supply;

(i)the disconnexion of the water supply from a consumer;

(j) the licensing of plumbers;

(k)the standards required for pipes and fittings to be used
on inside and fire services;

(l)the construction, alteration and maintenance of inside
and fire services including the keeping of such services
clean;

(m) notification to consumers that any inside or fire service
is defective;

(n) the prevention of waste of water;

(o)the taking of water from public standpipes, the
regulation or restriction of the persons resorting or
desiring to resort thereto, the apportionment or





rationing or restriction of the supplies which may be taken
therefrom and the giving of powers to police officers and
others with a view to such regulation, apportionment,
rationing and restriction;

(p)the use of water from the waterworks for flushing water
closets, latrines and urinals;

(q)the use of water from the waterworks for air conditioning
plants aiid swimming pools;

(r) the taking of fish in reservoirs;

(s)prescribing any thing which is by this Ordinance to be
prescribed. bv regulations;

(t)all such matters not hereinbefore specifically mentioned as
may conduce to the better and rnore effective carrying out of
this Ordinance.
20 of 1938. 2 of 1940. 22 of 1950. Short title. Interpretation. Custody and administration of waterworks. Appointment of officers. Power to disconnect and inside service. (Cap. 116.) 2 of 1940, s. 2. Power of entry into premises. Power to restrict suspend, etc., the supply of water. [s. 7 cont.] Power to fix public standpipes in private streets. Power to demand deposits. Construction and connexion of insi9de services. Cost, by whom borne. Inside services may be repaired by water authority. Connexion to the main to be part of the waterworks. Inside services to be metered. Mapping of gathering grounds. Establishment of new gathering grounds. (Cap. 124.) Recovery of moneys. Proof of moneys due. Waste. 22 of 1950, Schedule. Washing clothes near public standpipes. 22 of 1950, Schedule. Injury or alteration of waterworks or inside services. 22 of 1950, Schedule. Fraudulent measurement. Interference with valves, etc. 22 of 1950, Schedule. Water from unauthorized service. 22 of 1950, Schedule. Pollution. 22 of 1950, Schedule. Penalties for breaches not provided for. 22 of 1950, Schedule. Representation of water authority. Penalties not to prejudice powers of water authority. Regulations to be made by Governor in Council.

Abstract

20 of 1938. 2 of 1940. 22 of 1950. Short title. Interpretation. Custody and administration of waterworks. Appointment of officers. Power to disconnect and inside service. (Cap. 116.) 2 of 1940, s. 2. Power of entry into premises. Power to restrict suspend, etc., the supply of water. [s. 7 cont.] Power to fix public standpipes in private streets. Power to demand deposits. Construction and connexion of insi9de services. Cost, by whom borne. Inside services may be repaired by water authority. Connexion to the main to be part of the waterworks. Inside services to be metered. Mapping of gathering grounds. Establishment of new gathering grounds. (Cap. 124.) Recovery of moneys. Proof of moneys due. Waste. 22 of 1950, Schedule. Washing clothes near public standpipes. 22 of 1950, Schedule. Injury or alteration of waterworks or inside services. 22 of 1950, Schedule. Fraudulent measurement. Interference with valves, etc. 22 of 1950, Schedule. Water from unauthorized service. 22 of 1950, Schedule. Pollution. 22 of 1950, Schedule. Penalties for breaches not provided for. 22 of 1950, Schedule. Representation of water authority. Penalties not to prejudice powers of water authority. Regulations to be made by Governor in Council.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1821

Edition

1950

Volume

v3

Subsequent Cap No.

102

Number of Pages

10
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 15:46:29 +0800
<![CDATA[URBAN COUNCIL ELECTION RULES]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1820

Title

URBAN COUNCIL ELECTION RULES

Description






URBAN COUNCIL.
URBAN COUNCIL ELECTION RULES.
(Cap. 101).
(Ordinance No. 7 Of 1935).

[8th July, 1927.]

Rules for the. Election of Members of the Urban Council.

1. The Governor may appoint any person to be the Presiding
Officer at elections of members of the Urban Council, and failing any
such appointment the Registrar of the Supreme Court shall be the
Presiding Officer. The Presiding Officer shall have the general conduct
of the election and of the ballot, if any, and, in respect of any matter not
provided for by these rules, or by any other enactment, he may take any
action which is not inconsistent with these rules or with any other
enactment applicable to such matter.

2. When -any vacancy on the Urban Council occurs which
necessitates an election the Presiding Officer shall cause that fact to be
notified in the Gazette and shall in the said notification invite
nominations of candidates to fill the vacancy. Such nominations will be
accepted up to i p.m. on the twelfth day after the date of the Gazette in
which the notification appears. No nomination received by the Presiding
Officer after i p.m. on that day will be valid, provided that if the said
twelfth day is a general holiday nominations will be accepted up to i p.m.
on the first succeeding day which is not a general holiday. Nominations
shall be in writing and shall be signed by two electors and shall be
countersigned by the candidate.

3. If the number of candidates duly nominated does not exceed the
number of vacancies the Presiding Officer shall cause to be notified in
the Gazette the election of the said candidate or candidates.

4. If the number of candidates duly nominated exceeds the number
of vacancies a ballot will be held at such place, on such day, and
between such times, as may be notified





by the Presiding Officer in the Gazette. At least three
weeks shall elapse between the date of the Gazette and the
date fixed for the ballot.

5. The voting shall be by ballot. No elector shall
give more than . one vote in respect of any one candidate.
Candidates shall not, as such, be disqualified from voting.
The Presiding Officer shall cause the name of every elector
voting to be recorded.

6. Subject to the provisions of rule 9, no ballot paper
shall be issued after the later of the two times specified in
the Gazette notification as the times between which the ballot
is to be held, but ballot papers already issued may be filled
up and deposited in the ballot boxes after that time, if so
filled up and deposited forthwith.

7. The candidates and their agents (not exceeding four
in number, in the case of each candidate) may be present
at the opening of the ballot boxes and the counting of the
votes.

8. Whenever it is impossible, owing to equality of
voting, to say which of two or more candidates is or are
entitled to be declared elected the names of such candidates
shall be submitted to another ballot, which shall be held on
such day, at such place, and between such times, as may
be notified by the Presiding Officer in the Gazette.

9. The Presiding Officer in his absolute discretion may
extend the time up to which voting may take place at any
ballot, or may adjourn the ballot to another day, and may
at any time close the ballot after such extension of time or
adjournment.

10. Upon the completion of the balloting in any election
the Presiding Officer shall cause to be notified in the Gazette
the names of the candidates and the number of votes obtained
by each, and the candidates or the two candidates, according
to the number of vacancies, who shall have obtained the
highest number of votes shall thereupon be deemed to have
been elected.

11. These rules may be cited as the Urban Council
Election Rules.
Ord. 7 of 1935, s. 4, G.N. 408/27.

Abstract

Ord. 7 of 1935, s. 4, G.N. 408/27.


Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1820

Edition

1950

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

101

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 15:46:29 +0800
<![CDATA[URBAN COUNCIL ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1819

Title

URBAN COUNCIL ORDINANCE

Description






CHAPTER 101.

URBAN COUNCIL.

To make Provision, for an Urban. Council.

[1st January, 1936.]

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Urban Council Ordinance.

2. In this Ordinance

'Council' means the Urban Council;

'Chairman' means the officer for the time being lawfully
performing the duties of Chairman of the Council ;

'Secretary' means any person appointed by the Governor
to be Secretary and includes an assistant secretary ;

'Health Officer' includes any Medical Officer appointed as a Health
Officer by the Governor by notification in the Gazette.

'Veterinary Officer' includes the Senior Veterinary Office.' and any
Assistant Veterinary Officer.

3. (1) The Urban Council shall consist of the Chairman, appointed
by the Governor, the Deputy Director of Health Services who shall be
Vice-Chairman, the Director of Public Works, the Secretary for Chinese
Affairs, the Commissioner of Police, and not more than eight additional
members who shall hold office for one year frorn the notification of
their respective appointments or elections in the Gazette.

(2) Two of the said additional members shall be elected by an
electorate composed of the persons whose names shall appear in one
or other of the two parts of the register hereinafter referred to :
Provided that if nominations are not received for all the vacancies
announced, it shall be lawful for the Governor to fill by appointment
any vacancy or vacancies which are not filled by election.

(3) The first part of the register shall consist of the two jurors lists
for the current jury year brought into force under the provisions of the
jury Ordinance.





(4) The second part of the said register, which shall be kept by the
Registrar of the Supreme Court, shall consist of the names of all male
persons of any of the following classes who shall have duly applied to
be registered therein, and whose claims to be registered shall have
been duly allowed--

(a)unofficial members of the Executive or Legislative Council ;

(b)persons of sound mind who have previously been included
in the jurors lists but have. been omitted or removed
therefrom on account of age or infirmity, or on account of
exemption from jury service ,granted by the Governor in
Council or by the court ;

(c)barristers and solicitors in actual practice and the clerks of
solicitors in actual practice ;

(d)persons registered under section 4 Of the Medical
Registration Ordinance, or under the Dentists Registration
Ordinance, or under the Pharmacy and Poisons Ordinance;

(e)editors and sub-editors of daily newspapers published in the
Colony;

(f) clergymen, priests, and ministers of any Christian or Jewish
congregation, acting as such in the Colony;

(g)professors and other academic officers of the University of
Hong Kong;

(h)masters of schools which are certified by the Director of
Education as not being vernacular schools;

(i)certificated officers of the British Mercantile Marine; and
officers, warrant officers, and non-commissioned officers of
the Hong Kong Defence Force, and also such other members
of such Forces as shall have been exempted from jury -
service by the Governor in Council :

Provided that no person who is in the service of the Crown, and
whose whole time is at the disposal of the Crown, shall be entitled to
be included in the said register.





(5) If any question question arises as to the right of any person to
be included in the second part of the said register such question shall
be decided by the Registrar of the Supreme Court, subject to an appeal
within seven days to the Governor in Council whose decision thereon
shall be final : Provided that it shall be lawful for the Governor in
Council to vary such decision at any time.

(6) Subject to any rules made under section 4 Of this Ordinance,
the second part of the said register shall be closed to any fresh
applications for registration for fourteen days before the day appointed
for any ballot for the election of a member of the Urban Council, and
shall remain closed until after the balloting in that election shall have
been completed.

(7) Any person who at any ballot held under this section applies
for a ballot paper in the name of some other person, whether that name
be that of a person living or dead or of a fictitious person, or who,
having voted once at any such ballot, applies at the same ballot for a
ballot paper in his own name, and any person who, for the purpose of
procuring his registration in the second part of the register referred to in
subsections (3) to (6), knowingly makes any false or misleading
representation, whether verbal or in writing or by conduct, shall upon
summary conviction be liable to a fine of five hundred dollars and to
imprisonment for three months.

(8) If any question arises as to the validity of any proceeding in
any election or intended election of a member of the Urban Council the
decision of the Governor in Council thereon shall be final and
conclusive for all purposes whatsoever and the Governor in Council
may thereupon give any direction which he may think fit.

(9) The other six additional members (three of whom shall be
Chinese) shall be appointed by the Governor.

4. All matters relating to the keeping and revision of the register
and to the election of the members shall be governed by rules made by
the Governor in Council. The names of all members elected or
appointed shall be forthwith notified in the Gazette.






5. If any member of the Council be at any time pre-
vented for more than six months by absence or other cause
from acting, the Governor may appoint, or if the member
has been elected the electors may nominate, and, if more
than one candidate is nominated may elect, some other person
to replace such member, until he shall return or be able to
resume his functions.

6. The duties of the Council shall be to exercise control
within the area allotted to it over all matters in respect of
which powers are given to it by this Ordinance or any other
Ordinance.

7. For the purpose of carrying out the provisions of the
law in respect of matters over which the Council exercises
control there shall be a Sanitary Department.

8. The Governor may appoint a Secretary and assistant
secretaries to the Council, and also Health Officers, Veterinary
ary Officers and Health and other Inspectors, all of whom
shall be officers of the Sanitary Department, and may also
appoint such servants of the Department as may be
required.

9. The Deputy Director of Health Services shall be the
professional adviser to the Council in all medical matters
including matters of public health and sanitation, It shall
be his duty to assist and advise the Council on such matters
and to superintend the enforcement and observance of all
Ordinances relating to public health and of the by-laws and
regulations egulations made thereunder.

10. The Chairman of the Council shall give such
instructions as may be necessary for carrying out and giving
effect to the decisions and policy of the Council, and shall
be responsible also for the general administration of the
Sanitary Department.

11. The Council shall be held to be legally constituted
notwithstanding any vacancies occurring therein by the death,
absence, resignation, or incapacity of any member.





12. (1) The Council shall meet once in every alternate week and
oftener if need be, and may adjourn from time to time. The Chairman
may at any time, and shall, on a requisition signed by three members of
the Council, summon a meeting thereof.

(2) Any four members shall be a quorum, and at every meeting at
which the Chairman or Vice-Chairman is absent the members present
shall appoint a temporary chairman to preside. The chairman at any
meeting shall have an original vote and also, if the votes be equal, a
casting vote.

(3) The Council may make Standing Orders for
regulating the procedure at its meetings.

13. (1) The Council may appoint select committees, consisting of
not less than two of its members or one of its members and a Health
Officer or a Veterinary Officer, and may by appointment or removal
change the personnel of any such committee.

(2) The Council may by resolution delegate any of its powers and
functions to any Health Officer or to any such select committee as
aforesaid, with full powers to enforce any of the provisions of any
Ordinance or by-law conferring powers on the Council or providing for
the more effectual sanitation of the Colony, and may revoke such
delegation.

(3) Any failure to comply with the orders of a Health Officer or of
such select committee, duly signed by the Secretary of the Council,
shall be punishable in the same manner as if such order had been made
by the Council.
7 of 1935. 35 of 1939. 1 of 1940. 6 of 1946. Short title. Interpretation. Composition of the Urban Council. 35 of 1939, s. 2. 6 of 1946, s. 3. 6 of 1946, s. 6. (Cap. 3.) [s. 3 cont.] (Cap. 161.) (Cap. 156.) (Cap. 138.) 1 of 1940, s. 28. Rules as to election of members of the Council. Substitution of members. Duties of the council. Preserving existence of Sanitary Department. Appointment of officers. Position of Deputy Director of Health Services. 35 of 1939, s. 2. Duties of Chairman of Council. Constitution unaffected by vacancies on the Council. Council meetings. Appointment of select committees. Orders thereof or of Health Officer.

Abstract

7 of 1935. 35 of 1939. 1 of 1940. 6 of 1946. Short title. Interpretation. Composition of the Urban Council. 35 of 1939, s. 2. 6 of 1946, s. 3. 6 of 1946, s. 6. (Cap. 3.) [s. 3 cont.] (Cap. 161.) (Cap. 156.) (Cap. 138.) 1 of 1940, s. 28. Rules as to election of members of the Council. Substitution of members. Duties of the council. Preserving existence of Sanitary Department. Appointment of officers. Position of Deputy Director of Health Services. 35 of 1939, s. 2. Duties of Chairman of Council. Constitution unaffected by vacancies on the Council. Council meetings. Appointment of select committees. Orders thereof or of Health Officer.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1819

Edition

1950

Volume

v3

Subsequent Cap No.

101

Number of Pages

5
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 15:46:28 +0800
<![CDATA[REGISTRAR GENERAL (ESTABLISHMENT) ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1818

Title

REGISTRAR GENERAL (ESTABLISHMENT) ORDINANCE

Description






CHAPTER 100.

REGISTRAR GENERAL (ESTABLISHMENT).

To establish the office of Registrar General, to define the duties
thereof, and to make provision incidental thereto.

[1st April, 1949.]

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Registrar General
(Establishment) Ordinance.

2. There shall be a Registrar General who is hereby authorized ex
officio to exercise all the powers, privileges and discretions from time
to time vested in, and to discharge the duties from time to time required
to be performed by, the offices specified in the Schedule hereto.

3. The Governor may appoint a Registrar General and may also
appoint such number of deputies under the style of deputy registrar
general as may in his opinion from time to time be required to assist the
Registrar General in the performance of his duties.

4. Any deputy appointed under section 3 may subject to any
instructions of the Governor and to the instructions of the Registrar
General exercise all the powers, privileges and discretions vested in the
Registrar General and shall subject to any such instructions discharge
such part of the duties of that office as may be assigned to him.

5. Nothing herein contained shall derogate from the provisions of
sections 2 and 9 of the New Territories Ordinance, or from the
provisions of any enactment empowering the Governor or any other
person or body to appoint a person to any of the offices specified in
the Schedule hereto or to appoint deputies and assistants to the
persons holding such offices.





6. Whenever in any enactment or instrument, whether made or
issued before or after the commencement of this Ordinance, reference
is made to any, of the offices in the Schedule hereto the same shall be
deemed to include a reference to the Registrar General.

SCHEDULE. [ss. 2, 5, 6]

Land Officer.
Registrar of Companies.
Registrar of Trade Marks and Designs.
Registrar of Patents.
Registrar of Marriages.
Official Receiver in Bankruptcy.
Official Trustee.
14 of 1949. Short title. Establishment., powers and duties of Registrar General. Appointment of Registrar General and deputies. Powers and duties of deputies. Saving. (Cap. 97.) Reference to officers in Schedule to be deemed to refer to Registrar General.

Abstract

14 of 1949. Short title. Establishment., powers and duties of Registrar General. Appointment of Registrar General and deputies. Powers and duties of deputies. Saving. (Cap. 97.) Reference to officers in Schedule to be deemed to refer to Registrar General.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1818

Edition

1950

Volume

v3

Subsequent Cap No.

100

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 15:46:28 +0800
<![CDATA[TAI PO RAILWAY PIER RULES]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1817

Title

TAI PO RAILWAY PIER RULES

Description






TAI PO RAILWAY PIER RULES.
(Cap. 99, section 29(2)).
(Ordinance No. 21 Of 1909).

[13th August, 1926.]

1. No person shall cause any launch, lighter, junk, boat or
other vessel to be made fast to, or to be moored ~,t, or to be
brought to or to be alongside the Tai Po Railway Pier or the bund
leading thereto, or shall bring to, land at or take on board from the
said pier or the said bund any passengers, cargo, goods, effects
or things, unless such person has
(a) first obtained a licence in accordance with these rules;
or
(b) paid the appropriate fee or fees mentioned in Part 11 of
the scale of charges set forth in rule 12 :
Provided that the Manager, Kowloon-Canton Railway, in these
rules referred to as the manager, in his discretion, may allow the
occasional use of the said pier and bund free of charge by
vessels of not more than 70 piculs capacity.

2. Licences under these rules shall be in writing signed by
the manager. Licences shall be limited in their application to the
launches respectively named therein.

3. The fee mentioned in Part 1 of the said scale of charges
shall be paid by every licensee quarterly in advance.

4. Before granting any licence under these rules, and during
the subsistence of any such licence, the manager may require,
and the applicant or licensee shall supply., true and full particulars
as to the place or places between or from or to which the launch
plies or is to ply, and of the times of arrival or departure at and
from such place or places, and of the charges made or to be
made to passengers and for cargo.

5. All licensed launches bringing passengers for the railway,
unless prevented by accident or circumstances





which the manager may deem a sufficient explanation, shall
arrive at the said pier at least an hour before the departure of
the train intended to be caught. Launches embarking or waiting
for passengers shall make way for launches bringing passengers
for the railway.

6. Within one hour next before the departure of a train from
Tai Po Station, no one launch, whether licensed or not, shall be
alongside or obstruct the said pier or the approaches thereto for
longer than ten minutes.

7. Subject to the requirements of licensed launches tile said
pier shall be available to unlicensed launches upon payment of the
appropriate fees set forth in Part II of the said scale of charges.

8. Vessels other than launches, on payment of the
appropriate fees set forth in Part 11 of the said scale of charges,
may tie up to the said bund and may land and take on board
passengers and cargo there. No facilities will be provided by the
railway administration therefor.

9. Every person in charge of any vessel using the said pier or
the said bund, or the approaches thereto, and every person in
charge of any cargo, goods, effects or things at or upon the said
pier or bund, shall obey the orders of the manager and of every
railway official acting under the orders or instructions of the
manager.

10. No cargo, goods, effects or things either from or
intended for any vessel using the said pier or the said
bund shall be allowed to obstruct the said pier or bund.
No cargo, goods, effects or things shall be placed or left
on the said bund unless some person is already there to
effect removal.

11. (1) Any 'licence granted under, these rules may, at the
discretion of the manager, be cancelled at any time, without any
notice, compensation or refund, in case of any breach or failure
to comply with any of these rules.





(2) In the event of any area including the said pier being declared an
area to which section 3 of the Ferries Ordinance, is to apply, then every
licence granted under these rules shall terminate as and when the said
section applies, and thereupon a refund of a proportionate part of any
current fee shall be made, but no compensation shall be payable to any
licensee or other person in respect of such termination.

12. The following shall be the scale of charges-
PART I.
Fee
Launches licensed under these rules $360 per annum

PART II.
Fee.
Launches not licensed for each ten minutes
under these rules or part of ten minutes $ 1.00
Other vessels-
Capacity over 2,000 piculs per hour .50
from 1,000-2,000 piculs .40
from 500-1,000 piculs .30
500 piculs and under .20

13. These rules may be cited as the Tai Po Railway Pier Rules.

CHAPTER 100.
(Ordinance No. 14 Of 1949).
REGISTRAR GENERAL (ESTABLISHMENT).
.No subsidiary legislation.
Regulations, Fraser, vol. 2, p. 572.
[r. 5 cont.]
(Cap. 104.)

Abstract

Regulations, Fraser, vol. 2, p. 572.
[r. 5 cont.]
(Cap. 104.)


Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/1817

Edition

1950

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

99

Number of Pages

3
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 15:46:28 +0800